As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 28, 2014

Registration No. 333-169797

811-6584

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

AMENDMENT NO. 246

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK SEPARATE ACCOUNT A

(formerly, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A)

(Exact name of Registrant)

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

(formerly, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York)

(Name of Depositor)

Copy to:

100 Summit Lake Drive, Second Floor

Valhalla, New York 10595

(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices)

(914) 773-0708

(Depositor’s Telephone Number Including Area Code)

Thomas J. Loftus, Esquire

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York

601 Congress Street

Boston, MA 02210-2805

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Title of Securities Being Registered: Variable Annuity Insurance Contracts

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

¨ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

x on April 30, 2014, pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485

¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

¨ On            pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

¨ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment

PART A

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN A PROSPECTUS

Venture^® Frontier Variable Annuity Prospectus

PREVIOUSLY ISSUED CONTRACTS

April 30, 2014

This Prospectus describes interests in VENTURE^® FRONTIER flexible Purchase Payment deferred Variable Annuity contracts (singly, a “Contract” and collectively, the “Contracts”) that were previously issued by John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (“John Hancock USA”) in all jurisdictions except New York, or by John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (“John Hancock New York”) in New York. Unless otherwise specified, “we,” “us,” “our,” or a “Company” refers to the applicable issuing company of a Contract. You, the Contract Owner, should refer to the first page of your Venture^® Frontier Variable Annuity Contract for the name of your issuing Company. Effective December 16, 2011, the Contracts are no longer offered for sale.

Variable Investment Options. We measure Contract Value and Variable Annuity payments according to the investment performance of Variable Investment Options under the Contracts. We hold the assets for each Variable Investment Option in a corresponding Subaccount of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account H or, in the case of John Hancock New York, a corresponding Subaccount of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A (singly, a “Separate Account” and collectively, the “Separate Accounts”). Each Subaccount, in turn, invests in a Portfolio of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust. John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS LLC”), an affiliate of ours, is the investment adviser to the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust.

On the date of this Prospectus, each of the Subaccounts that we make available for the Contracts invests in one of the following Portfolios:

CONTRACTS WITH INCOME PLUS FOR LIFE® 6.11 SERIES RIDERS	CONTRACTS WITHOUT INCOME PLUS FOR LIFE® 6.11 SERIES RIDERS
Bond PS Series1	Core Strategy Trust
Lifestyle Balanced PS Series	Lifestyle Balanced MVP
Lifestyle Conservative PS Series	Lifestyle Balanced PS Series
Lifestyle Growth PS Series	Lifestyle Conservative MVP
Lifestyle Moderate PS Series	Lifestyle Conservative PS Series
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust	Lifestyle Growth MVP
	Lifestyle Growth PS Series
	Lifestyle Moderate MVP
	Lifestyle Moderate PS Series
	Ultra Short Term Bond Trust

¹  You cannot directly allocate Purchase Payments or Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. If you purchased a Contract with one of the Income Plus for Life^® 6.11 Series Riders (the “IPFL 6.11 Series Riders”) we offered, we may make automatic transfers of Contract Value to and from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount), as determined by the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® that we use in connection with those Riders. We describe the process and the automatic transfers in this Prospectus under “Features of the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders.”

Contracts are not deposits or obligations of, or insured, guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board, or any other agency. Please read this Prospectus carefully and keep it for future reference. It contains information about the Separate Accounts and the Variable Investment Options that you should know before investing. The Contracts have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Neither the SEC nor any state has determined whether this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The Contract allows you to elect a Flex Access feature that provides a shorter withdrawal charge schedule in exchange for an extra distribution fee. Instead of a seven-year withdrawal charge schedule on each withdrawal of Purchase Payments, choosing the Flex Access option gives you a four-year schedule. On Contracts with the Flex Access option, we charge an additional asset-based fee against your Contract Value during the first four Contract Years (see “VII. Charges and Deductions – Asset-Based Charges” for more information). Expenses for a Contract with the Flex Access option may be higher than the expenses for a Contract which does not have Flex Access. Please read “V. Description of the Contract – Withdrawals” for more information about the Flex Access option.

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (U.S.A.)		JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
John Hancock Annuities Service Center	Mailing Address	John Hancock Annuities Service Center	Mailing Address
30 Dan Road – Suite 55444	P.O. Box 55444	30 Dan Road – Suite 55444	P.O. Box 55445
Canton, MA 02021-2809	Boston, MA 02205-5444	Canton, MA 02021-2809	Boston, MA 02205-5445
(800) 344-1029	www.jhannuities.com	(800) 551-2078	www.jhannuitiesnewyork.com

0414:110301 Venture^® Frontier

Table of Contents

I. GLOSSARY	1
General Terms	1
Special Terms Used with Our Income Plus For Life® 6.11 Series Riders	3
II. OVERVIEW	5
III. FEE TABLES	10
Examples	12
IV. GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT US, THE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS AND THE PORTFOLIOS	14
The Companies	14
The Separate Accounts	14
The Portfolios	15
Voting Interest	19
V. DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT	20
Eligible Plans	20
Accumulation Period Provisions	20
Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments	20
Accumulation Units	22
Value of Accumulation Units	22
Net Investment Factor	23
Transfers You May Make Among Investment Options	23
Automatic Transfers Under IPFL 6.11 Series Riders	24
Telephone and Electronic Transactions	24
Special Transfer Services – Dollar Cost Averaging	24
Special Transfer Services – Asset Rebalancing Program	25
Withdrawals	26
Special Withdrawal Services – The Income Plan	27
Special Withdrawal Services – The Income Made Easy Program	27
Death Benefit During Accumulation Period	27
Pay-out Period Provisions	29
General	29
Determination of Amount of the First Variable Annuity Payment	31
Annuity Units and the Determination of Subsequent Variable Annuity Payments	31
Transfers During Pay-out Period	31
Death Benefit During Pay-out Period	32
Other Contract Provisions	32
Ownership	32
Annuitant	32
Beneficiary	33
Spouse	33
Modification	33
Code Section 72(s)	33
Misstatement and Proof of Age or Survival	33
VI. OPTIONAL BENEFITS	34
Overview	34
Features of the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders	34
Rider Fee	34
Restrictions on Additional Purchase Payments	35
IPFL 6.11 Series Riders Benefits	35
Variable Investment Options and Automatic Transfers of Contract Value Under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider	36
Other Investment Limitations Under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider	43

Increases in Guaranteed Amounts	44
Withdrawals, Distributions and Settlements	46
Additional Annuity Options	49
Comparison between Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits and Annuity Payments	49
Impact of Death Benefits	49
Tax Considerations	51
Annual Step-Up Death Benefit	51
VII. CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS	53
Withdrawal Charges	53
Waiver of Applicable Withdrawal Charge – Confinement to Eligible Nursing Home	54
Annual Contract Fee	55
Asset-Based Charges	55
Administration Fee	55
Mortality and Expense Risks Fee	55
Distribution Fee	56
Reduction or Elimination of Charges and Deductions	56
Premium Taxes	57
VIII. FEDERAL TAX MATTERS	58
Introduction	58
Our Tax Status	58
Special Considerations for Optional Benefits	58
General Information Regarding Nonqualified Contracts	59
General Information Regarding Qualified Contracts	62
Traditional IRAs	63
Roth IRAs	64
See Your Own Tax Advisor	70
IX. GENERAL MATTERS	71
Asset Allocation Services	71
Distribution of Contracts	71
Standard Compensation	71
Revenue Sharing and Additional Compensation	72
Differential Compensation	72
Transaction Confirmations	72
Reinsurance Arrangements	72
Statements of Additional Information	73
APPENDIX A: EXAMPLES OF CALCULATION OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE	A-1
APPENDIX B: IMPACT OF TRANSACTIONS ON PORTFOLIO STABILIZATION PROCESS®	B-1
APPENDIX C: EXAMPLES OF THE PORTFOLIO STABILIZATION PROCESS®	C-1
APPENDIX U: TABLES OF ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES	U-1

ii

I. Glossary

General Terms

In the following section, we define terms that we use throughout this Prospectus. In the second section of the Glossary, we define terms contained in this Prospectus that we use to describe our Income Plus for Life^® 6.11 Series Riders. We also define other terms in specific sections of this Prospectus.

Accumulation Period: The period between the issue date of a Contract and the Annuity Commencement Date.

Additional Purchase Payment: Any Purchase Payment made after the initial Purchase Payment.

Anniversary Value: A term used with our optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider that describes one of the values we use to determine the death benefit. (See “VI. Optional Benefits – Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.”)

Annuitant: Any natural person or persons to whom annuity payments are made and whose life is used to determine the duration of annuity payments involving life contingencies. If the Contract Owner names more than one person as an Annuitant, the second person named is referred to as “co-Annuitant.” The Annuitant and co-Annuitant are referred to collectively as “Annuitant.” The Annuitant is as designated on the Contract specification page or in the application, unless changed. The Annuitant becomes the Owner of the Contract during the Pay-out Period, unless the Owner is a trust or a custodian.

Annuities Service Center: The mailing address of our service office is listed on the first page of this Prospectus. You can send overnight mail to us at the street address of the Annuities Service Center, 30 Dan Road – Suite 55444, Canton, MA 02021-2809.

Annuity Commencement Date: The date we/you annuitize your Contract. That is, the Pay-out Period commences and we begin to make annuity payments to the Annuitant. You can change the Annuity Commencement Date to any date at least six months (one year for John Hancock New York Contracts) after the Contract Date, and prior to the Maturity Date.

Annuity Option: The method selected by the Contract Owner (or as specified in the Contract if no selection is made) for annuity payments made by us.

Annuity Unit: A unit of measure that is used after the election of an Annuity Option to calculate Variable Annuity payments.

Asset Allocation Services: Programs offered by third parties in connection with the Contracts through which the third party may transfer amounts among Investment Options from time to time on your behalf.

Beneficiary: The person, persons or entity entitled to the death benefit under the Contract upon the death of a Contract Owner or, in certain circumstances, an Annuitant. The Beneficiary is as specified in the application, unless changed.

Business Day: Any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business. The end of a Business Day is the close of daytime trading of the New York Stock Exchange, which generally is 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commuted Value: The present value of any remaining guaranteed annuity payments under your Contract, determined on the day we receive your written request for surrender. See “Full Surrenders During the Pay-out Period” in “V. Description of the Contract – Pay-out Period Provisions.”

Company: John Hancock USA or John Hancock New York, as applicable.

Contingent Beneficiary: The person, persons or entity to become the Beneficiary if the Beneficiary is not alive. The Contingent Beneficiary is as specified in the application for a Contract, unless changed.

Contract: A Variable Annuity contract described in this Prospectus.

Contract Anniversary: The day in each calendar year after the Contract Date that is the same month and day as the Contract Date.

Contract Date: The date of issue of a Contract.

Contract Value: The total of the Investment Account values attributable to a Contract.

Contract Year: A period of twelve consecutive months beginning on the date the Contract is issued, or any anniversary of that date.

1

Financial Account Plan. A method of making periodic Additional Purchase Payments automatically through a bank account, brokerage account or other account you hold at a similar financial institution.

Fixed Annuity: An Annuity Option with payments for a set dollar amount that we guarantee.

General Account: All of a Company’s assets, other than assets in its Separate Account and any other separate accounts it may maintain.

Good Order: The standard that we apply when we determine whether an instruction is satisfactory. An instruction is considered in Good Order if it is received at our Annuities Service Center: (a) in a manner that is satisfactory to us such that it is sufficiently complete and clear that we do not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instruction and it complies with all relevant laws and regulations and Company requirements; (b) on specific forms, or by other means we then permit (such as via telephone or electronic submission); and/or (c) with any signatures and dates we may require. We will notify you if an instruction is not in Good Order.

Investment Account: An account we established for you which represents your interests in an Investment Option during the Accumulation Period.

Investment Options: The investment choices available to Contract Owners.

John Hancock New York: John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York.

John Hancock USA: John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.).

Maturity Date: The latest allowable Annuity Commencement Date under your Contract. That is, the last date (unless we consent to a later date) on which the Pay-out Period commences and we begin to make annuity payments to the Annuitant. The Maturity Date is the date specified on the Contract specifications page, unless changed with our consent.

Nonqualified Contract: A Contract which is not issued under a Qualified Plan.

Owner or Contract Owner (“you”): The person, persons (co-Owner) or entity entitled to all of the ownership rights under the Contract. References in this Prospectus to Contract Owners are typically by use of “you.” The Owner has the legal right to make all changes in contractual designations where specifically permitted by the Contract. The Owner is as specified in the application, unless changed. The Annuitant becomes the Owner of the Contract during the Pay-out Period, unless the Owner is a trust or a custodian.

Pay-out Period: The period when we make annuity payments to you following the Annuity Commencement Date.

Payroll Plan: A method of making periodic Additional Purchase Payments through a payroll deduction plan.

Portfolio: A series of a registered open-end management investment company which corresponds to a Variable Investment Option.

Prospectus: This prospectus that describes interests in the Contract.

Purchase Payment: An amount you pay to us for the benefits provided by the Contract.

Qualified Contract: A Contract issued under a Qualified Plan.

Qualified Plan: A retirement plan that receives favorable tax treatment under section 401, 403, 408 (IRAs), 408A (Roth IRAs) or 457 of the Code.

Rider: An optional benefit that you may elect for an additional charge.

Separate Account: John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account H or John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A, as applicable. Each Separate Account is a segregated asset account of a Company that is not commingled with the general assets and obligations of the Company.

Spouse: Any person recognized as a “spouse” in the state where the couple was legally married. The term does not include a party to a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship recognized under state law that is not denominated as a marriage under that state’s law.

Subaccount: A separate division of the applicable Separate Account.

2

Unliquidated Purchase Payments: The amount of all Purchase Payments in the Contract net of any withdrawals in excess of earnings that have been taken to date.

Variable Annuity: An Annuity Option with payments which: (1) are not predetermined or guaranteed as to dollar amount; and (2) vary in relation to the investment experience of one or more specified Subaccounts.

Variable Investment Options: The variable investment choices available to Contract Owners, and the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount) that we use for automatic transfers of Contract Value to or from other Variable Investment Options under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Withdrawal Amount: The total amount taken from your Contract Value, including any applicable withdrawal charge, tax and proportional share of administrative fee, to process a withdrawal.

Special Terms Used with Our Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders

In the following section, we define terms used in this Prospectus in connection with our Income Plus for Life^® 6.11 Series Riders. Please see “VI. Optional Benefits” for more details about these Riders.

Adjusted Benefit Base: The Riders’ Benefit Base immediately after we adjust it during a Contract Year to reflect the value of Additional Purchase Payments that we add to the Benefit Base.

Age 65 Contract Anniversary: The Contract Anniversary on, or next following, the date the Covered Person (oldest Covered Person under an Income Plus for Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider) turns age 65.

Age 95 Contract Anniversary: The Contract Anniversary on, or next following, the date the Covered Person (oldest Covered Person under an Income Plus for Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider) turns age 95.

Assumed Equity Allocation Factor or AEAF: An assumed equity factor assigned to each of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® that does not change. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® also determines a dollar-weighted AEAF on a periodic basis based on your current Contract Value in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts.

Benefit Base: The value we use to determine guaranteed annual withdrawal amounts under the Riders.

Benefit Rate: The rate we use to determine guaranteed annual withdrawal amounts under the Riders.

Covered Person(s): The individual (or two individuals under an Income Plus for Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider) whose lifetime(s) we use to determine the duration of any guaranteed lifetime withdrawal amounts under the Rider. The Covered Person(s) must be the Annuitant (or Co-Annuitants) under the Contract.

Credit: A potential way to increase guaranteed annual withdrawal amounts under the Riders. A Credit, if applicable, increases the Benefit Base if you defer taking withdrawals during one or more Credit Periods.

Credit Period: The period of time we use to measure the availability of Credits.

Credit Rate: The rate we use to determine a Credit, if any, under the Riders. The Credit Rate is based on the Covered Person’s (youngest Covered Person’s under an Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider) age on each Contract Anniversary.

Designated Investment Option: A Subaccount (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount) that we use for automatic transfers of Contract Value to or from other Variable Investment Options (currently the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts) under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Excess Withdrawal: A withdrawal that exceeds certain limits under the Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders.

Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Rider: A guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Rider that provides guaranteed withdrawal amounts based on the lifetime of a single Covered Person. We also may refer to this Rider as the “IPFL 6.11 Rider.”

Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider: A guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Rider that provides guaranteed withdrawal amounts based on the lifetime of two Covered Persons. We also may refer to this Rider as the “IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider.”

Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders: Both Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Riders – i.e., Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 and Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11. We also may refer to these Riders as the “IPFL 6.11 Series Riders.”

3

Lifetime Income Amount: The annual guaranteed withdrawal amounts under the Riders.

Lifetime Income Date: The date on which the Lifetime Income Amount guarantee begins.

Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts: The Subaccounts that invest in a specific Lifestyle PS Series Portfolio of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust: Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount, Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount. We make the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts available under a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider.

Monthly Anniversary: The day in each calendar month that is the same day of the month as the Contract Date. If that day is not a Business Day, the Monthly Anniversary will be the next Business Day. If the Monthly Anniversary is on the 29th, 30th or 31st, then for any month that does not include those dates, the Monthly Anniversary will be the first Business Day of the following month.

Portfolio Stabilization Process^®: A non-discretionary, systematic mathematical process we use each Business Day to monitor the Contract Value under a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® determines the amount of Contract Value, if any, that we automatically transfer between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts and a “Designated Investment Option” (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount) at the end of a Business Day.

Reference Value: A value that the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® uses each Business Day to compare against your Contract Value. The Reference Value is based on your initial Contract Value, and is adjusted each Business Day to reflect Additional Purchase Payments and Excess Withdrawals. We adjust the Reference Value on each Monthly Anniversary to reflect the current Contract Value if that amount is greater than the most recently determined Reference Value. The Reference Value has no cash value, and you cannot withdraw it. It is not designed to equal the Benefit Base or the Lifetime Income Amount.

Reference Value Ratio or RV Ratio: The Contract Value on any Business Day divided by the current Reference Value.

Settlement Phase: The period when your Contract Value is less than the Lifetime Income Amount and we automatically begin making payments to you under the Rider, subject to the conditions described in the Rider. During the Settlement Phase, the Contract continues but all other rights and benefits under the Contract, including death benefits and any additional Riders, terminate.

Step-Up: A potential way to increase guaranteed annual withdrawal amounts under the Riders. A Step-Up, if applicable, increases the Benefit Base to reflect favorable investment performance, if any, on Contract Anniversaries before and after the Lifetime Income Date, up to and including the Age 95 Contract Anniversary.

Step-Up Date: A date on which we determine whether a Step-Up could occur.

Target Bond PS Series Subaccount Allocation: The target amount required to be maintained in the Designated Investment Option of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount), before adjustment to reflect Contract Value allocated to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount.

4

II. Overview

This overview tells you some key points you should know about the Contract. Because this is an overview, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read carefully this entire Prospectus, including its Appendices and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) for more detailed information.

We disclose all material features and benefits of the Contracts in this Prospectus. Insurance laws and regulations apply to us in every state in which our Contracts were sold. As a result, a Contract purchased in one state may have terms and conditions that vary from the terms and conditions of a Contract purchased in a different jurisdiction. We disclose all material variations in this Prospectus.

What kind of Contract is described in this Prospectus?

The Contract is a flexible Purchase Payment deferred variable annuity contract between you and a Company. “Deferred” means payments by a Company begin on a future date under the Contract. “Variable” means amounts in the Contract may increase or decrease in value daily based upon your Contract’s Variable Investment Options. The Contract provides for the accumulation of these investment amounts and the payment of annuity benefits on a variable and/or fixed basis.

Who issued my Contract?

Your Contract provides the name of the Company that issued your Contract. In general, John Hancock USA issued the Contract in any jurisdiction except New York. John Hancock New York issued the Contract only in New York. Each Company sponsors its own Separate Account.

What are some benefits of the Contract?

The Contract offers access to Variable Investment Options, tax-deferred treatment of earnings during the Accumulation Period, and the ability to receive annuity payments at a future date. We pay a death benefit to your Beneficiary if you die during the Accumulation Period, which is described in this Prospectus under “Death Benefit During Accumulation Period.”

We offer a variety of Fixed Annuity and Variable Annuity payment options. Periodic annuity payments will begin on the Annuity Commencement Date. You select the Annuity Commencement Date, the frequency of payment and the type of annuity payment option. Annuity payments are made to the Annuitant, unless the Owner is a trust or custodian. We provide more information about payout benefits in “V. Description of the Contract – Pay-out Period Provisions.”

In most cases, no income tax will have to be paid on your earnings under the Contract until these earnings are paid out. The Contract does not provide any additional tax-deferred treatment of earnings beyond the treatment provided by a Qualified Plan. Consequently, if you invest in a Contract for a Qualified Plan, you should do so only on the basis of other benefits offered by the Contract. These benefits may include lifetime income payments and protection through living and death benefits.

The Contract provides an optional death benefit called the “Annual Step-Up Death Benefit” and optional guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits called the “Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders,” each for an additional fee. These optional benefits were available only at the time you purchased your Contract. We provide more information about these benefits under “VI. Optional Benefits.”

How does the Contract work?

Under the Contract, you make one or more Purchase Payments to a Company for a period of time, known as the Accumulation Period. During the Accumulation Period, your Purchase Payments are allocated to Investment Options. You may transfer among the Investment Options and take withdrawals. Later, beginning on the Annuity Commencement Date, that Company makes one or more annuity payments under the Contract for a period of time, known as the Pay-out Period. Your Contract Value during the Accumulation Period is variable, and the amounts of annuity payments during the Pay-out Period may either be variable or fixed, depending upon your choice.

Can I invest more money (i.e., make Additional Purchase Payments) in the Contract?

That depends. We accept Additional Purchase Payments for the Contracts only in a limited number of circumstances and you may be unable to make an Additional Purchase Payment (see “Accumulation Period Provisions – Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments” in “V. Description of the Contract”).

5

What charges do I pay under the Contract?

The Contracts have an annual Contract fee of $50, which we waive if you are registered for electronic delivery of transaction confirmations (see “V. Description of the Contract – Telephone and Electronic Transactions”). Your Contract’s asset-based charges compensate us primarily for our administrative and distribution expenses and for the mortality and expense risks that we assume under the Contract. We take the deduction proportionally from each of your Variable Investment Options. We make deductions for any applicable taxes based on the amount of a Purchase Payment. If you elect a Rider, we also deduct the Rider charges shown in the Fee Tables proportionally from each of your Investment Options, based on your value in each.

If you withdraw some of your Purchase Payments from your Contract prior to the Annuity Commencement Date (including withdrawals under an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider), or if you surrender your Contract in its entirety for cash prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, we may assess a withdrawal charge. The amount of this charge will depend on the number of years that have passed since we received your Purchase Payments, and which of the following charge structures you selected prior to issuance:

• Venture^® Frontier – the Contract imposes a charge on each withdrawal of Purchase Payments (net of the “free Withdrawal Amount” – see “VII. Charges and Deductions – Withdrawal Charges”) equal to 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3% and 2% in the years after payment and reducing after year seven to 0%; or

• Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access – this option imposes a withdrawal charge equal to 8%, 7%, 6% and 5% in the years after payment and reducing after year four to 0%, plus an additional asset-based 0.50% distribution charge for the first four Contract Years.

For more information, please see “III. Fee Tables.”

What are my investment choices?

Variable Investment Options. We hold the assets of each Variable Investment Option in a Subaccount that invests solely in a corresponding Portfolio. The Portfolio prospectuses contain full descriptions of the Portfolios. The amount invested in any Variable Investment Option will increase or decrease based upon the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio (reduced by certain charges we deduct – see “III. Fee Tables”).

We offer two sets of Variable Investment Options. The set of Variable Investment Options available to you depends upon whether you selected an Income Plus for Life^® 6.11 Series Rider with your Contract.

Contracts with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider. If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you may allocate Purchase Payments and Contract Value to one or more of the following Investment Options:

Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount

Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount

Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount

Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount

Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount

In addition, we may make automatic transfers of your Contract Value to and from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount), in accordance with the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® that is a feature of the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders. You cannot directly allocate any of your Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, but we may transfer your Contract Value between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts you choose and the Bond PS Series Subaccount. We describe the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® we use to determine when and how much we may transfer under “VI. Optional Benefits.”

If you purchased a Contract with an Income Plus for Life^® 6.11 Series Rider, you authorized us to transfer your Contract Value between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts and the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount). Accordingly, your ability to maintain an investment in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts is affected by automatic transfers we may make to and from the Bond PS Series Subaccount. An Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider may not be appropriate if you are primarily interested in maximizing the Contract’s potential for long-term participation in equity securities markets.

6

Contracts without an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider. If you purchased a Contract without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you may allocate Purchase Payments and Contract Value to one or more of the following Variable Investment Options:

Core Strategy Subaccount

Lifestyle Balanced MVP Subaccount

Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount

Lifestyle Conservative MVP Subaccount

Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount

Lifestyle Growth MVP Subaccount

Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount

Lifestyle Moderate MVP Subaccount

Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount

Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount

All Contracts

Before you select Variable Investment Options under a Contract, you should consider:

• You bear the investment risk that your Contract Value will increase or decrease to reflect the results of your Contract’s investment in underlying Portfolios. We do not guarantee Contract Value in a Variable Investment Option or the investment performance of any Portfolio.

• The risks, fees and expenses (such as operating expenses and transaction costs) associated with the Portfolios available under a Contract with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider generally will differ from those associated with the Portfolios available in a Contract without an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider, even where the Portfolio names are similar (see “IV. General Information about Us, the Separate Accounts and the Portfolios – The Portfolios”). You should review the Portfolio prospectuses for more information.

• Although the Portfolios may invest directly in securities or indirectly, through other underlying funds, you do not have the ability to determine the investment decisions or strategies of the Portfolios.

How can I change my investment choices?

Allocation of Purchase Payments. You designate how you would like your Purchase Payments to be allocated among the Variable Investment Options available under your Contract. You may change this investment allocation for future Purchase Payments at any time.

Transfers Among Investment Options. During the Accumulation Period, you may transfer your investment amounts among Investment Options, subject to certain restrictions described below and in “V. Description of the Contract – Transfers You May Make Among Investment Options.” During the Pay-out Period, you may transfer your allocations among the Variable Investment Options, subject to certain restrictions described in “Transfers During Pay-out Period.”

The Variable Investment Options can be a target for abusive transfer activity. To discourage disruptive frequent trading activity, we have adopted a policy for each Separate Account to restrict Owner-initiated transfers to two per calendar month per Contract, with certain exceptions described in more detail in “V. Description of the Contract – Transfers You May Make Among Investment Options.” We apply each Separate Account’s policy and procedures uniformly to all Contract Owners.

In addition to the transfer restrictions that we impose, the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust also has adopted policies under Rule 22c-2 of the 1940 Act to detect and deter abusive short-term trading. Accordingly, a Portfolio may require us to impose trading restrictions if it discovers violations of its frequent short-term trading policy. We will provide tax identification numbers and other Contract Owner transaction information to John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust upon request, which it may use to identify any pattern or frequency of activity that violates its short-term trading policy.

Transfers Between Annuity Options. During the Pay-out Period, you may not transfer from a Variable Annuity Option to a Fixed Annuity Option, or from a Fixed Annuity Option to a Variable Annuity Option (see “V. Description of the Contract – Transfers During Pay-out Period”).

Transfers under Contracts with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider. We impose restrictions on your ability to make transfers among certain Variable Investment Options available under the Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders. In addition, we are authorized to make automatic transfers under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® from time to time. These automatic transfers move your Contract Value between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts you select and the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount) (see “VI. Optional Benefits”).

7

How do I access my money?

During the Accumulation Period, you may withdraw all or a portion of your Contract Value. The amount you withdraw from any Investment Option must be at least $300, or your entire balance in that Investment Option if less than $300. If a withdrawal plus any applicable withdrawal charge would reduce your Contract Value to less than $1,000, we may treat your withdrawal request as a request to withdraw all of your Contract Value. A withdrawal charge and an administration fee may apply to your withdrawal (see “VII. Charges and Deductions – Withdrawal Charges”). Withdrawals from Contracts with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider may affect the benefits under the Rider (see “VI. Optional Benefits”). A withdrawal also may be subject to income tax and a 10% penalty tax.

What types of optional benefit Riders were available under the Contract?

For the additional charge shown in the Fee Tables, you may have purchased a Rider offering optional benefits. The availability of the Riders may have varied by state.

Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders

The Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders (or “IPFL 6.11 Series Riders”) are optional guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Riders. The Riders contain our guarantee that you will be able to make withdrawals of a Lifetime Income Amount, regardless of your Contract’s investment performance. We describe the Riders’ terms in more detail in “VI. Optional Benefits.”

Availability. If it was available in your state, you may have elected to purchase an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider through your financial advisor’s authorized distributor. If we issued you a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you cannot terminate the Rider or exchange it for another Rider while your Contract is in effect.

Rider Benefit. We designed the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders to make a Lifetime Income Amount available for annual withdrawals starting on a “Lifetime Income Date.” If you limit your annual withdrawals to the Lifetime Income Amount, we make this benefit available for as long as you live, even if your Contract Value reduces to zero. You may elect to receive the Lifetime Income Amount automatically under our Income Made Easy program. We pay the Lifetime Income Amount automatically during the Rider’s “Settlement Phase,” which begins when your Contract Value reduces below a minimum required amount and you satisfy the conditions described in the Rider.

Excess Withdrawals. Under the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders, you choose how much Contract Value to withdraw at any time. We may reduce the Lifetime Income Amount that we guarantee for future lifetime benefit payments, however, if:

• you make a withdrawal before the Lifetime Income Date, or

• your annual Withdrawal Amounts exceed the Lifetime Income Amount in any year after the Lifetime Income Date.

We reduce the Lifetime Income Amount if you take any withdrawals before the applicable Lifetime Income Date. We also reduce the Lifetime Income Amount if your annual Withdrawal Amounts after the Lifetime Income Date exceed the limits specified in the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders. You will lose the Lifetime Income Amount if your Withdrawal Amounts before the applicable Lifetime Income Date deplete your Contract Value and any remaining Benefit Base to zero (see “VI. Optional Benefits – Features of IPFL 6.11 Series Riders”).

Benefit Base. We use a Benefit Base to determine the Lifetime Income Amount. You cannot request a withdrawal of the Benefit Base, and it usually differs from the Contract Value. The initial Benefit Base is equal to your initial Purchase Payment, up to the maximum Benefit Base ($3 million). If you choose not to make any withdrawals at all during certain Contract Years, we will increase the Benefit Base by a Credit. We also may increase or “step up” the Benefit Base on certain dates to reflect market performance or other factors. You may also increase the amounts we guarantee by making Additional Purchase Payments (if not otherwise restricted – see “V. Description of the Contract – Accumulation Period Provisions – Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments”).

Investment Limitations – Automatic Transfers of Contract Value. If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you must invest your Contract Value only in the Variable Investment Options we make available for that Rider. Under the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders, we monitor your Contract Value each Business Day and we may make automatic transfers of some of your Contract Value between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts you select and the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount). We only make these automatic transfers to or from the Bond PS Series Subaccount under a non-discretionary, systematic mathematical process we call the “Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.” We describe the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® in more detail in “VI. Optional Benefits,” and in the SAI. We do not permit you to invest directly in or transfer funds directly out of the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

8

Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider

You may have elected to purchase the optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider, if available in your state, whether or not you purchased an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider. Under the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider, we guarantee a minimum death benefit up to the earlier of the Annuity Commencement Date or the Maturity Date based on the Contract’s highest “Anniversary Value” that may be achieved up to the Contract Anniversary after you (or any Co-Owner) have turned age 75 (or death if earlier). The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit was available only at Contract issue and cannot be revoked once elected. The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider was not available, however, if you (or any co-Owner) had already turned age 75 at the time you purchased the Contract, or if your Contract was an IRA that you inherited from someone else (unless you were the Spouse of the decedent and owned the IRA in your own name).

If you elected to purchase an Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider and not an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you can invest your Contract Value in the Investment Options available under a Contract without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. We reserve the right to impose additional restrictions on Investment Options at any time. If we do impose additional restrictions, any Contract Value already allocated to a permitted Investment Option will not be affected by the restriction as long as it remains in that Investment Option.

What are the tax consequences of owning a Contract?

In most cases, no income tax has to be paid on amounts you earn under a Contract until these earnings are paid out. All or part of the following distributions from a Contract may constitute a taxable payout of earnings:

• withdrawals (including surrenders and systematic withdrawals);

• payment of any death benefit proceeds;

• periodic payments under one of our annuity payment options;

• certain ownership changes; and

• any loan, assignment or pledge of the Contract as collateral.

How much you will be taxed on a distribution is based upon complex tax rules and depends on matters such as:

• the type of the distribution;

• when the distribution is made;

• the nature of any Qualified Plan for which the Contract is being used; and

• the circumstances under which the payments are made.

If your Contract was issued in connection with a Qualified Plan, all or part of your Purchase Payments may be tax deductible or excludible from income.

A 10% penalty tax applies in many cases to the taxable portion of any distributions taken from a Contract before you reach age 59 ¹/₂. Also, most Qualified Plans require that minimum distributions from a Contract commence and/or be completed within a certain period of time. This effectively limits the period of time during which you can continue to derive tax-deferral benefits from any tax-deductible or tax-deferred Purchase Payments you paid or on any earnings under the Contract.

The Contract does not provide any tax-deferral benefits in addition to those provided by a Qualified Plan, including an IRA. The favorable tax-deferral benefits available for Qualified Plans that invest in annuity contracts are also generally available if the Qualified Plans purchase other types of investments, such as mutual funds, equities and debt instruments. However, the Contract offers features and benefits that other investments may not offer, including the Investment Options and protection through living guarantees, death benefits and other benefits.

We provide additional information on taxes in “VIII. Federal Tax Matters.” We make no attempt to provide more than general information about use of the Contract with the various types of retirement plans. Purchasers of Contracts for use with any retirement plan should have consulted with a qualified tax advisor regarding the suitability of the Contract.

Do I receive Transaction Confirmations?

We send you a confirmation statement for certain transactions in your Investment Accounts. You should carefully review these transaction confirmations to verify their accuracy. You should immediately report any mistakes to our Annuities Service Center (at the address or phone number shown on the first page of this Prospectus). If you fail to notify our Annuities Service Center of any mistake within 60 days of the delivery of the transaction confirmation, you will be deemed to have ratified the transaction. If you have not already done so, we encourage you to register for electronic delivery of your transaction confirmations. We waive the $50 annual Contract fee if you are registered. Please contact the John Hancock Annuities Service Center at the applicable telephone number or Internet address shown on the first page of this Prospectus for more information on electronic transactions.

9

III. Fee Tables

The following tables describe the fees and expenses applicable to buying, owning and surrendering a Venture^® Frontier Contract. These fees and expenses are more completely described in this Prospectus under “VII. Charges and Deductions.” The items listed under “Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” are described in detail in the Portfolio prospectus. Unless otherwise shown, the tables below show the maximum fees and expenses (including fees deducted from Contract Value for optional benefits).

The following table describes the fees and expenses that you pay when you withdraw Contract Values or surrender the Contract (or potentially when you transfer Contract Value between Investment Options). State premium taxes may also be deducted.

Contract Owner Transaction Expenses¹

John Hancock USA

John Hancock New York

Venture® Frontier
Withdrawal Charge2
(as percentage of Purchase Payments)
First Year		8	%
Second Year		7	%
Third Year		6	%
Fourth Year		5	%
Fifth Year		4	%
Sixth Year		3	%
Seventh Year		2	%
Thereafter		0	%
Transfer Fee3
Maximum Fee	$	25
Current Fee	$	0

¹  State premium taxes may also apply to your Contract, which currently range from 0.04% to 4.00% of each Purchase Payment (see “VII. Charges and Deductions – Premium Taxes”).

²  You selected at issue either the Venture^® Frontier withdrawal charge schedule or the Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access option and, once made, your selection may not be revoked. Note that the Flex Access option also has an asset-based distribution charge (see following table). Please refer to “VII. Charges and Deductions” for more information. The withdrawal charge is taken upon withdrawal or surrender within the specified period of years measured from the date of each Purchase Payment. We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the amount of the Purchase Payment being liquidated by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage shown above. The total withdrawal charge will be the sum of the withdrawal charges for the Purchase Payments being liquidated.

³  This fee is not currently assessed against transfers. We reserve the right to impose a charge in the future for transfers in excess of 12 per year. The amount of this fee will not exceed the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount transferred.

10

The following table describes fees and expenses that you pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. This table does not include annual Portfolio operating expenses.

Periodic Fees and Expenses other than Portfolio Expenses

John Hancock USA

John Hancock New York

Annual Contract Fee1	$50
	Venture® Frontier 2	Venture® Frontier with Flex Access 2
Annual Separate Account Expenses3		Contract Years 1-4	Contract Years 5+
(as a percentage of Contract Value in the Variable Investment Options)
Mortality and Expense Risks Fee4 Administration Fee (asset-based) Distribution Fee (asset-based) 5	1.00% 0.15% 0.00%	1.00% 0.15% 0.50%	1.00% 0.15% 0.00%
Total Annual Separate Account Expenses3	1.15%	1.65%	1.15%
(With No Optional Riders Reflected)
Optional Benefits		Contract Years 1-4	Contract Years 5-7
Fees deducted from Separate Account Optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Fee	0.30%	0.30%	0.30%
Total Annual Separate Account Expenses6	1.45%	1.95%	1.45%

¹  The annual Contract fee is waived if you are registered for electronic delivery of transaction confirmations (see “IX. General Matters – Transaction Confirmations”).

²  The asset based charges are assessed differently under each withdrawal charge option. Please refer to “VII. Charges and Deductions” for more information.

³  We deduct from each of the Subaccounts a daily charge at an annual effective percentage of the Contract Value in the Variable Investment Options.

⁴  This charge is assessed on all active Contracts, including Contracts continued by a Beneficiary upon the death of the Contract Owner or continued under any annuity option payable on a variable basis.

⁵  If you choose the Flex Access withdrawal charge option, the Distribution Fee is assessed for the first four Contract Years.

⁶  Amount shown includes the Mortality and Expense Risks Fee, Administration Fee, Distribution Fee, as well as the optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Fee, as applicable.

Other Account Fees deducted from Contract Value
Optional Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit Riders (You were allowed to select only one of the following. We deduct the fee on an annual basis from Contract Value.)
	IPFL 6.11 Rider  1	IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider2
Maximum Fee	1.50%	1.50%
Current Fee	1.00%	1.00%

¹  The current charge for the Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Rider is 1.00% of the Adjusted Benefit Base. We reserve the right to change the charge up to a maximum charge of 1.50% at any time, but we do not do so during the first 2 Contract Years, or within the 2 Contract Years following such a change.

²  The current charge for the Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider is 1.00% of the Adjusted Benefit Base. We reserve the right to change the charge up to a maximum charge of 1.50% at any time, but we do not do so during the first 2 Contract Years, or within the 2 Contract Years following such a change.

11

The next table describes the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. More detail concerning each Portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the Portfolio’s prospectus.

	Venture® Frontier with IPFL 6.11 Series Rider		Venture® Frontier  without IPFL 6.11 Series Rider
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses (as a percentage of the Portfolio’s average net assets for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013)	Minimum	Maximum	Minimum	Maximum
Range of expenses that are deducted from Portfolio assets, including management fees, Rule 12b-1 fees and other expenses	0.87%	0.99%	0.86%	0.99%

Examples

We provide the following examples that are intended to help you compare the costs of investing in a Contract with the costs of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These costs include Contract Owner expenses, Contract fees, Separate Account annual expenses and Portfolio fees and expenses. Example 1 pertains to a Venture^® Frontier Contract with the Flex Access option and the optional benefit Riders shown below. Example 2 pertains to a Contract with the Flex Access option and without optional benefit Riders. Example 3 pertains to a Contract the optional benefit Riders shown below. Example 4 pertains to a Contract without optional benefit Riders.

Example 1: Maximum Portfolio operating expenses – Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access Contract with optional benefit Riders

The following example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Contract with the Flex Access withdrawal charge schedule option and the optional benefit Riders shown below. The first example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum annual Contract fee, Rider fees, and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios. Please note that the Rider fees are reflected as a percentage of the Adjusted Benefit Base, which may vary in value from the total Variable Investment Option value. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

John Hancock USA John Hancock New York Contract with Income Plus For Life® 6.11 and Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Riders
	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$1,242	$2,093	$2,563	$5,140
If you annuitize, or do not surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$506	$1,543	$2,563	$5,140

Example 2: Minimum Portfolio operating expenses – Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access Contract with no optional benefit Riders

The next example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Contract with the Flex Access withdrawal charge schedule option and no optional benefit Riders. This example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the average annual Contract fee we expect to receive for the Contracts and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

John Hancock USA John Hancock New York Contract with no optional benefit Riders
	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$1,043	$1,505	$1,515	$2,949
If you annuitize, or do not surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$304	$927	$1,515	$2,949

12

Example 3: Maximum Portfolio operating expenses – Venture^® Frontier Contract with optional benefit Riders

The following example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Contract with the optional benefit Riders shown below. The first example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the maximum annual Contract fee and the maximum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios. Please note that the Rider fees are reflected as a percentage of the Adjusted Benefit Base, which may vary in value from the total Variable Investment Option value. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

John Hancock USA John Hancock New York Contract with Income Plus For Life® 6.11 and Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Riders
	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$1,196	$1,957	$2,751	$4,982
If you annuitize, or do not surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$456	$1,398	$2,377	$4,982

Example 4: Minimum Portfolio operating expenses – Venture^® Frontier Contract with no optional benefit Riders

The next example assumes that you invest $10,000 in a Contract with no optional benefit Riders. This example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and assumes the average annual Contract fee we expect to receive for the Contracts and the minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions, your costs would be:

John Hancock USA John Hancock New York Contract with no optional benefit Riders
	1 Year	3 Years	5 Years	10 Years
If you surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$997	$1,364	$1,720	$2,778
If you annuitize, or do not surrender the Contract at the end of the applicable time period:	$254	$777	$1,320	$2,778

A Table of Accumulation Unit Values relating to the Contract is included in Appendix U to this Prospectus.

13

IV. General Information about Us, the Separate Accounts and the

Portfolios

The Companies

Your Contract was issued by either John Hancock USA or John Hancock New York. Please refer to your Contract to determine which Company issued your Contract.

John Hancock USA, formerly known as “The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.),” is a stock life insurance company originally organized under the laws of Maine on August 20, 1955, by a special act of the Maine legislature. John Hancock USA redomesticated under the laws of Michigan on December 30, 1992. John Hancock USA is authorized to transact life insurance and annuity business in all states (except New York), the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Its principal office is located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805. John Hancock USA also has an Annuities Service Center at 30 Dan Road – Suite 55444, Canton, MA 02021-2809. John Hancock New York, formerly known as “The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York,” is a wholly-owned subsidiary of John Hancock USA and is a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of New York on February 10, 1992. John Hancock New York is authorized to transact life insurance and annuity business only in the State of New York. Its principal office is located at 100 Summit Lake Drive, Valhalla, New York 10595. John Hancock New York also has an Annuities Service Center at 30 Dan Road – Suite 55444, Canton, MA 02021-2809.

The ultimate parent of both companies is Manulife Financial Corporation, a publicly traded company, based in Toronto, Canada. Manulife Financial Corporation is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial. The Companies changed their names to John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) and John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, respectively, on January 1, 2005 following Manulife Financial Corporation’s acquisition of John Hancock Financial Services, Inc.

The Company incurs obligations under the Contract to guarantee certain amounts, and investors must depend on the financial strength of the Company for satisfaction of the Company’s obligations such as the Lifetime Income Amount, the death benefit and any guaranteed amounts associated with our optional benefits Riders. To the extent that the Company pays such amounts, the payments will come from the Company’s General Account assets. You should be aware that, unlike the Separate Accounts, the Company’s General Account is not segregated or insulated from the claims of the Company’s creditors. The General Account consists of securities and other investments that may decline in value during periods of adverse market conditions. The Company’s financial statements contained in the SAI include a further discussion of risks inherent within the Company’s General Account investments.

The Separate Accounts

You do not invest directly in the Portfolios made available under the Contracts. When you direct or transfer money to a Variable Investment Option, or when we transfer Contract Value to the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Investment Option), we purchase shares of a corresponding Portfolio through one of our Separate Accounts. We hold the Portfolio’s shares in a “Subaccount” (usually with a name similar to that of the corresponding Portfolio) of the applicable Separate Account. A Separate Account’s assets (including the Portfolio’s shares) belong to the Company that maintains that Separate Account.

For Contracts issued by John Hancock USA, we purchase and hold Portfolio shares in John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account H, a Separate Account under the laws of Michigan. For Contracts issued by John Hancock New York, we purchase and hold Portfolio shares in John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A, a Separate Account under the laws of New York.

The income, gains and losses, whether or not realized, from assets of a Separate Account are credited to or charged against that Separate Account without regard to a Company’s other income, gains, or losses. Nevertheless, all obligations arising under a Company’s Contracts are general corporate obligations of that Company. Assets of a Separate Account may not be charged with liabilities arising out of any of the respective Company’s other business.

We reserve the right, subject to compliance with applicable law: to add other Subaccounts; to eliminate existing Subaccounts; to combine Subaccounts or transfer assets in one Subaccount to another Subaccount that we, or an affiliated company, may establish; or (in states where permitted) to restrict or prohibit additional allocations to a Subaccount. We will not eliminate existing Subaccounts or combine Subaccounts without the prior approval of the appropriate state and/or federal regulatory authorities.

We registered the Separate Accounts with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) as unit investment trusts. Registration under the 1940 Act does not involve supervision by the SEC of the management or investment

14

policies or practices of the Separate Accounts. If a Company determines that it would be in the best interests of persons having voting rights under the Contracts it issues, that Company’s Separate Account may be operated as a management investment company under the 1940 Act or it may be deregistered if 1940 Act registration were no longer required.

The Portfolios

When you select a Variable Investment Option, or when we transfer Contract Value to or from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Investment Option), we invest your money in a Subaccount of our Separate Account and it invests in shares of a corresponding Portfolio of John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust.

The Portfolios in the Separate Account are NOT publicly traded mutual funds. The Portfolios are available to you only as Investment Options in the Contracts or, in some cases, through other variable annuity contracts or variable life insurance policies issued by us or by other life insurance companies. In some cases, the Portfolios also may be available through participation in certain tax-qualified pension, retirement or college savings plans.

Investment Management

The Portfolios’ investment advisers and managers may manage publicly traded mutual funds with similar names and investment objectives. However, the Portfolios are NOT directly related to any publicly traded mutual fund. You should not compare the performance of any Portfolio described in this Prospectus with the performance of a publicly traded mutual fund. The performance of any publicly traded mutual fund could differ substantially from that of any of the Portfolios held in our Separate Account. Similarly, the performance of a Portfolio available under a Contract could differ substantially from that of another Portfolio with a similar name and investment objective that is also available under the Contract.

In selecting the Portfolios that are available as Investment Options under a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, we may establish requirements that are intended, among other things, to mitigate market price and interest rate risk for compatibility with the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® and our obligations to pay guarantees and benefits under the Rider. We seek to make available Investment Options that use strategies that are intended to lower potential volatility, including, but not limited to, strategies that: encourage diversification in asset classes and style; combine equity exposure with exposure to fixed income securities; and allow us to effectively and efficiently manage our exposure under the Rider. The requirements we impose are intended to protect us from loss. They may increase a Portfolio’s transaction costs, and may otherwise lower the performance and reduce the availability of Investment Options under the Contract and/or under optional benefit Riders.

The John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust is a so-called “series” type mutual fund and is registered under the 1940 Act as an open-end management investment company. John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS LLC”) provides investment advisory services to the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust and receives investment management fees for doing so. JHIMS LLC pays a portion of its investment management fees to other firms that manage the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust’s Portfolios (i.e., subadvisers). JHIMS LLC is our affiliate and we indirectly benefit from any investment management fees JHIMS LLC retains.

The John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust has obtained an order from the SEC permitting JHIMS LLC, subject to approval by the Board of Trustees, to change a subadviser for a Portfolio or the fees paid to subadvisers and to enter into new subadvisory agreements from time to time without the expense and delay associated with obtaining shareholder approval of the change. This order does not, however, permit JHIMS LLC to appoint a subadviser that is an affiliate of JHIMS LLC or the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (other than by reason of serving as subadviser to a Portfolio) (an “Affiliated Subadviser”) or to change a subadvisory fee of an Affiliated Subadviser without the approval of shareholders.

If shares of a Portfolio are no longer available for investment or if in our judgment investment in a Portfolio becomes inappropriate, we may eliminate the shares of a Portfolio and substitute shares of another Portfolio, or of another open-end registered investment company. A substitution may be made with respect to both existing investments and the investment of future Purchase Payments. However, we will make no such substitution without first notifying you and obtaining approval of the SEC (to the extent required by the 1940 Act).

Portfolio Expenses

Fees and expenses of the Portfolios include investment management fees, Rule 12b-1 fees and other operating expenses. The fees and expenses are not fixed or specified under the terms of the Contracts and may vary from year to year. These fees and expenses differ for each Portfolio and reduce the investment return of each Portfolio. Therefore, they also indirectly reduce the return you might earn on any Separate Account Investment Options.

15

The Portfolios pay us or certain of our affiliates compensation for some of the distribution, administrative, shareholder support, marketing and other services we or our affiliates provide to the Portfolios. The amount of this compensation is based on a percentage of the assets of the Portfolios attributable to the variable insurance products that we and our affiliates issue. These percentages may differ from Portfolio to Portfolio and among classes of shares within a Portfolio. In some cases, the compensation is derived from the Rule 12b-1 fees which are deducted from a Portfolio’s assets and paid for the services we or our affiliates provide to that Portfolio. Compensation payments may be made by a Portfolio’s investment adviser or its affiliates. None of these compensation payments results in any additional charge to you additional.

Funds of Funds

The Core Strategy Trust Portfolio and each of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust’s “Lifestyle” Portfolios is a “fund of funds” that invests in other underlying mutual funds. Expenses for a fund of funds may be higher than those for other Portfolios because a fund of funds bears its own expenses and indirectly bears its proportionate share of expenses of the underlying portfolios in which it invests. The prospectus for each of these funds of funds contains a description of the underlying portfolios for that Portfolio, including expenses of the portfolios, associated investment risks, and deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the Portfolio. JHIMS LLC retains QS Investors, LLC to provide direct subadvisory consulting services in its management of the Lifestyle Balanced MVP, Lifestyle Conservative MVP, Lifestyle Growth MVP, and Lifestyle Moderate MVP.

Portfolio Investment Objectives and Strategies

You bear the investment risk of any Portfolio you choose as a Variable Investment Option for your Contract. The following table contains a general description of the Portfolios that we make available under the Contracts.

You can find a full description of each Portfolio, including the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of, and the risks relating to, investment in the Portfolio in the prospectus for that Portfolio. You can obtain a copy of a Portfolio’s prospectus, without charge, by contacting us at the Annuities Service Center shown on the first page of this Prospectus. You should read the Portfolio’s prospectus carefully before investing in the corresponding Variable Investment Option.

JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

We show the Portfolio’s investment adviser or subadviser (“manager”) in bold above the name of the Portfolio.

John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC
Bond PS Series Series II	Seeks income and capital appreciation. The Portfolio invests at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified mix of debt securities and instruments. There is no limit on the Portfolio’s average maturity.
Core Strategy Trust Series II	Seeks long term growth of capital; current income is also a consideration. To do this, the Portfolio invests approximately 70% of its total assets in equity securities and portfolios which invest primarily in equity securities and approximately 30% of its total assets in fixed-income securities and portfolios which invest primarily in fixed income securities. The Portfolio is a fund of funds and is also authorized to invest in other underlying portfolios and investment companies.

16

JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

We show the Portfolio’s investment adviser or subadviser (“manager”) in bold above the name of the Portfolio.

John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (cont.)
Lifestyle Balanced MVP Series II	Seeks growth of capital and current income while seeking to both manage the volatility of return and limit the magnitude of Portfolio losses. The Portfolio seeks to limit the volatility of returns to a range of 8.25% to 10.25%. The Portfolio is a fund of funds and invests primarily in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities and underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities. The Portfolio’s risk management strategy may cause the Portfolio’s economic exposure to equity securities, fixed-income securities and cash and cash equivalents to fluctuate and during extreme market volatility, the Portfolio’s economic exposure to either equity securities or fixed-income securities could be reduced to 0% and its economic exposure to cash and cash equivalents could increase to 100%. The subadvisor normally will seek to limit the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities (either directly or through investment in underlying portfolios or derivatives) to no more than 55%.
Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Series II	Seeks a balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on growth of capital. The Portfolio operates as a fund of funds and normally invests approximately 50% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities or in futures contracts on equity markets and approximately 50% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities or in futures contracts on fixed-income markets. Underlying portfolios may include ETFs and the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in ETFs.
Lifestyle Conservative MVP Series II	Seeks current income and growth of capital while seeking to both manage the volatility of return and limit the magnitude of Portfolio losses. The Portfolio seeks to limit the volatility of returns to a range of 5.5% to 6.5%. The Portfolio is a fund of funds and invests primarily in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities and underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities. The Portfolio’s risk management strategy may cause the Portfolio’s economic exposure to equity securities, fixed-income securities and cash and cash equivalents to fluctuate and during extreme market volatility, the Portfolio’s economic exposure to either equity securities or fixed-income securities could be reduced to 0% and its economic exposure to cash and cash equivalents could increase to 100%. The subadvisor normally will seek to limit the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities (either directly or through investment in underlying portfolios or derivatives) to no more than 22%.
Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Series II	Seeks a high level of current income with some consideration given to growth of capital. The Portfolio operates as a fund of funds and normally invests approximately 80% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities or in futures contracts on fixed-income markets and approximately 20% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities or in futures contracts on equity markets. Underlying portfolios may include ETFs and the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in ETFs.

17

JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

We show the Portfolio’s investment adviser or subadviser (“manager”) in bold above the name of the Portfolio.

John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (North America) Limited and John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC (cont.)
Lifestyle Growth MVP Series II	Seeks long-term growth of capital while seeking to both manage the volatility of return and limit the magnitude of Portfolio losses. The Portfolio seeks to limit the volatility of returns to a range of 11% to 13%. The Portfolio is a fund of funds and invests primarily in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities and underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities. The Portfolio’s risk management strategy may cause the Portfolio’s economic exposure to equity securities, fixed-income securities and cash and cash equivalents to fluctuate and during extreme market volatility, the Portfolio’s economic exposure to either equity securities or fixed-income securities could be reduced to 0% and its economic exposure to cash and cash equivalents could increase to 100%. The subadvisor normally will seek to limit the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities (either directly or through investment in underlying portfolios or derivatives) to no more than 77%.
Lifestyle Growth PS Series Series II	Seeks long-term growth of capital. Current income is also a consideration. The Portfolio operates as a fund of funds and normally invests approximately 70% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities or in futures contracts on equity markets and approximately 30% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities or in futures contracts on fixed-income markets. Underlying portfolios may include ETFs and the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in ETFs.
Lifestyle Moderate MVP Series II	Seeks current income and growth of capital while seeking to both manage the volatility of return and limit the magnitude of Portfolio losses. The Portfolio seeks to limit the volatility of returns to a range of 7% to 9%. The Portfolio is a fund of funds and invests primarily in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities and underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities. The Portfolio’s risk management strategy may cause the Portfolio’s economic exposure to equity securities, fixed-income securities and cash and cash equivalents to fluctuate and during extreme market volatility, the Portfolio’s economic exposure to either equity securities or fixed-income securities could be reduced to 0% and its economic exposure to cash and cash equivalents could increase to 100%. The subadvisor normally will seek to limit the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities (either directly or through investment in underlying portfolios or derivatives) to no more than 44%.
Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Series II	Seeks a balance between a high level of current income and growth of capital, with a greater emphasis on income. The Portfolio operates as a fund of funds and normally invests approximately 60% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in fixed-income securities or in futures contracts on fixed-income markets and approximately 40% of its assets in underlying portfolios that invest primarily in equity securities or in futures contracts on equity markets. Underlying portfolios may include ETFs and the Portfolio may invest a significant portion of its assets in ETFs.

18

JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST

We show the Portfolio’s investment adviser or subadviser (“manager”) in bold above the name of the Portfolio.

John Hancock Asset Management a division of Manulife Asset Management (US) LLC

Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series II

Seeks a high level of current income consistent with the maintenance of liquidity and the preservation of capital. To do this, the Portfolio normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in a diversified portfolio of domestic, investment grade debt securities. Note: The Ultra Short Term Bond Portfolio is not a money market fund. Although the Portfolio seeks to preserve the principal value of your investment, the Portfolio’s value fluctuates, and it is possible to lose money by investing in this Investment Option.

Voting Interest

We vote Portfolio shares held in a Separate Account at any Portfolio shareholder meeting in accordance with timely voting instructions received from the persons having the voting interest under the Contract. We determine the number of Portfolio shares for which voting instructions may be given not more than 90 days prior to the meeting. We arrange for voting materials to be distributed to each person having the voting interest under the Contract together with appropriate forms for giving voting instructions. If there are shares of a Portfolio held by a Subaccount for which we do not receive timely voting instructions, we will vote those shares in the same proportion as the total votes for all of our registered separate accounts for which we have received timely instructions, We will vote all Portfolio shares that we hold directly in our General Account in the same proportion as the total votes for all our registered separate accounts and those of any of our affiliates for which we have received timely instructions. One effect of this proportional voting is that a small number of Contract Owners can determine the outcome of a vote.

During the Accumulation Period, the Contract Owner has the voting interest under a Contract. We determine the number of votes for each Portfolio for which voting instructions may be given by dividing the value of the Investment Account corresponding to the Subaccount in which such Portfolio shares are held by the net asset value per share of that Portfolio.

During the Pay-out Period, the Annuitant has the voting interest under a Contract. We determine the number of votes as to each Portfolio for which voting instructions may be given by dividing the reserve for the Contract allocated to the Subaccount in which such Portfolio shares are held by the net asset value per share of that Portfolio. Generally, the number of votes tends to decrease as annuity payments progress because the amount of reserves attributable to a Contract will usually decrease after commencement of annuity payments.

We reserve the right to make any changes in the voting rights described above that may be permitted by the federal securities laws, regulations, or interpretations thereof.

19

V. Description of the Contract

Eligible Plans

The Contract may be used to fund plans qualifying for special income tax treatment under the Code, such as individual retirement accounts and annuities (“IRAs”), pension and profit-sharing plans for corporations and sole proprietorships/partnerships (“H.R. 10” and “Keogh” plans), and state and local government deferred compensation plans (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters,” or you may request a copy of the SAI from the Annuities Service Center). We also designed the Contract so that it may be used with nonqualified retirement plans, such as payroll savings plans and such other groups (with or without a trustee), and other individually owned nonqualified contracts, as may be eligible under applicable law.

You should consult with a qualified tax advisor for more information if you are considering a conversion of your Qualified Contract to a Roth account. You should also consider that:

• the Contracts are not designed to hold both Roth and non-Roth accounts; we do not separately account for any part of any Purchase Payments, Contract Value or any Annuity Payments as attributable to both a Roth account and a non-Roth account, even if permitted in your Qualified Plan, and that you or your plan administrator will be responsible for any tax related accounting required by such a split;

• any transfer of Contract Value from a Contract used to fund a non-Roth account to a Roth account permitted in your Qualified Plan (or from a Contract used to fund a Roth account to a non-Roth account) may incur withdrawal charges; and

• the Contract was not designed to fund a comingled account for multiple participants in a Qualified Plan.

Please see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters – General Information Regarding Qualified Contracts” for additional information about the use of the Contract in connection with Qualified Plans.

Section 403(b) Plans. For information regarding Contracts issued for use in an existing retirement plan intended to qualify under section 403(b) of the Code (a “Section 403(b) Plan” or a “403(b) Plan”), please see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters,” or you may request a copy of the SAI from the Annuities Service Center.

Accumulation Period Provisions

Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments

Restriction on Additional Purchase Payments for Nonqualified Contracts. Except as listed below, you may not make an Additional Purchase Payment after the first Contract Year.

• (Contracts issued in Florida) Contracts issued with neither a GMWB Rider nor an Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider are not subject to the restriction above on Additional Purchase Payments.

• (Contracts issued in New York or Oregon) You may not make an Additional Purchase Payment after the first Contract Anniversary if your total Additional Purchase Payments would exceed $100,000.

Additional Purchase Payments for all Nonqualified Contracts remain subject to the following:

• You may not make an Additional Purchase Payment if your total contract value (your contract values in this Contract plus any other variable annuity contracts with the same Owner or Annuitant, issued by us or our affiliates) exceeds $1 million at the time of payment or if your Contract Value is less than $1 million and the Additional Purchase Payment would cause your total contract value to exceed $1 million.

• (Contracts issued with a GMWB Rider) You may not make an Additional Purchase Payment if your GMWB Rider is in the Settlement Phase.

Restriction on Additional Purchase Payments for Qualified Contracts (Including IRAs). Except as listed below, you may not make an Additional Purchase Payment after the later of the first Contract Year or the Age 65 Contract Anniversary.

• (Contracts issued in Florida) Contracts issued with neither a GMWB Rider nor an Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider are not subject to the restriction above on Additional Purchase Payments.

• (Contracts issued in New York or Oregon) You may not make an Additional Purchase Payment after the later of the first Contract Anniversary or the Age 65 Contract Anniversary if your total Additional Purchase Payments after the first Contract Anniversary would exceed $100,000.

Additional Purchase Payments for all Qualified Contracts remain subject to the following:

• You may not make an Additional Purchase Payment if your total contract value exceeds $1 million at the time of payment or if your total contract value is less than $1 million and the Additional Purchase Payment would cause your total contract value to exceed $1 million.

• (Contracts issued with a GMWB Rider) You may not make an Additional Purchase Payment after the oldest Covered Person becomes age 81 or if your GMWB Rider is in the Settlement Phase.

20

If we issued your Contract in connection with an IRA, any Additional Purchase Payments for the year that you become age 70 ¹/₂ and for any subsequent year must qualify as a “rollover contribution.” You should consult with a qualified tax advisor for additional information.

For information regarding additional restrictions on Purchase Payments for Contracts issued for use in Section 403(b) Plans, you may request a copy of the SAI from the Annuities Service Center.

Approval of Additional Purchase Payments through Automatic Payments or Transfers from Financial Accounts and Payroll Deduction Plans. We will continue to accept Additional Purchase Payments under the terms of the Contract, including any GMWB Rider, when made in connection with an automatic payment or transfer program from a bank account, brokerage account or other account you hold at a similar financial institution (“Financial Account Plan”) or in connection with a payroll deduction plan (“Payroll Plan”) if:

• the Financial Account Plan or Payroll Plan was in effect on October 12, 2012,

• no automatic withdrawal program from your Contract is in effect;

• any GMWB Rider that you may have purchased with your Contract is not in the Settlement Phase; and

• you have received our approval if any of the conditions below apply.

For Qualified Contracts with a GMWB Rider, you may not make an Additional Purchase Payment under a Financial Account Plan or Payroll Plan after the oldest Covered Person becomes age 81.

Any Additional Purchase Payments will be subject to our approval if any of the following conditions apply:

• you make the payment under a Financial Account Plan and it exceeds the amount authorized on October 12, 2012 to be paid or transferred periodically from the bank account, brokerage account or other account you hold at a similar financial institution, and paid to us as an Additional Purchase Payment; or

• your total contract value exceeds $1 million at the time of payment, under either a Financial Account Plan or Payroll Plan; or

• your total contract value is less than $1 million and the Additional Purchase Payment under either a Financial Account Plan or Payroll Plan would cause your total contract value to exceed $1 million.

Approval of Additional Purchase Payment to Prevent Cancellation of Contracts. We will mail notice to you at your last known address if we intend to cancel a Contract, where permitted by state law, at the end of any two consecutive Contract Years (three for Contracts issued in New York) in which no Purchase Payments have been made, in order to allow you to make the necessary Additional Purchase Payment to keep your Contract in force.

Modification of Additional Purchase Payment Requirements. We may modify, suspend, waive or terminate our restrictions on Additional Purchase Payments at any time. This may include, but is not limited to, circumstances where:

• you obtain our prior approval to make Additional Purchase Payments for Contracts with or without GMWB Riders; or

• we impose additional restrictions, or eliminate, your ability to make any Additional Purchase Payments through Financial Account Plans and/or Payroll Plans.

John Hancock USA may have reduced or eliminated the minimum initial Purchase Payment requirement, upon your request and as permitted by state law, in the following circumstances:

• You purchased your Contract through an exchange under section 1035 of the Code or a Qualified Plan transfer from an existing contract(s) issued by another carrier(s) AND at the time of application, the value of your existing contract(s) met or exceeded the applicable minimum initial Purchase Payment requirement AND prior to our receipt of such section 1035 or Qualified Plan monies, the value dropped below the applicable minimum initial Purchase Payment requirement due to market conditions.

• You purchased more than one new Contract and such Contracts cannot be combined AND the average initial Purchase Payments for these new Contracts was equal to or greater than $50,000.

• You and your Spouse each purchased at least one new Contract AND the average initial Purchase Payments for the new Contract(s) was equal to or greater than $50,000.

• You purchased multiple Contracts issued in conjunction with a written retirement savings plan (either qualified or non-qualified), for the benefit of plan participants AND the Annuitant under each Contract was a plan participant AND the average initial Purchase Payment for these new Contracts was equal to or greater than $50,000.

• You purchased a Contract to be used within John Hancock USA’s Individual 401(k) Program.

• You purchased a new Qualified Contract under an already existing qualified retirement plan AND the plan owned one or more Qualified Contracts issued by us prior to June 1, 2004.

21

If permitted by state law, we may cancel a Contract at the end of any two consecutive Contract Years (three for Contracts issued in New York) in which no Purchase Payments have been made, if both:

• the total Purchase Payments made over the life of the Contract, less any withdrawals, are less than $2,000; and

• the Contract Value at the end of such two-year period is less than $2,000.

As a matter of administrative practice, the respective Company will attempt to notify you prior to any such cancellation in order to allow you to make the necessary Additional Purchase Payment (if not otherwise restricted) to keep your Contract in force. The cancellation of Contract provisions may vary in certain states to comply with the requirements of insurance laws and regulations in such states. If we cancel your Contract, we will pay you the Contract Value computed as of the period from one Business Day to the next (the “valuation period”) during which the cancellation occurs. The amount paid is treated as a withdrawal for federal tax purposes and thus may be subject to income tax and to a 10% penalty tax (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters”).

You designate how your Purchase Payments are to be allocated among the Investment Options. You may change the allocation of Additional Purchase Payments at any time by notifying us in writing (or by telephone or electronically if you comply with our telephone or electronic transaction procedures described in “Telephone and Electronic Transactions” in this section, below).

Accumulation Units

During the Accumulation Period, we establish an Investment Account for you for each Variable Investment Option to which you allocate a portion of your Contract Value, and for the Bond PS Series Subaccount when we transfer Contract Value into that Subaccount. We credit amounts to those Investment Accounts in the form of “accumulation units” to measure the value of the variable portion of your Contract during the Accumulation Period. We calculate and credit the number of accumulation units in each of your Contract’s Investment Accounts by dividing (i) the amount allocated to that Investment Account by (ii) the value of an accumulation unit for that Investment Account we next compute after a purchase transaction is complete. We usually credit an approved Additional Purchase Payment received by mail or wire transfer that we accept on the Business Day on which it is received in Good Order at our Annuities Service Center. We will promptly return any amount that we do not accept as an Additional Purchase Payment or that is otherwise not in Good Order.

We deduct accumulation units based on the value of an accumulation unit we next compute each time you make a withdrawal or transfer amounts from an Investment Option, and when we deduct certain Contract charges, pay death benefit proceeds, transfer amounts to or from the Bond PS Series Subaccount, or apply amounts to an Annuity Option.

Automated Transactions. Automated transactions include transfers under Dollar Cost Averaging and the Asset Rebalancing program, pre-scheduled withdrawals or Purchase Payments, Required Minimum Distributions, substantially equal periodic payments under section 72(t) or 72(q) of the Code, transfers of Contract Value under the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders’ Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, and annuity payments. Automated transactions are processed and valued as of the date they are scheduled, unless the scheduled day is not a Business Day. In that case, the transaction is processed and valued on the next Business Day unless, with respect to Required Minimum Distributions, substantially equal periodic payments under section 72(t) or 72(q) of the Code, and annuity payments only, the next Business Day falls in the subsequent calendar year, in which case the transaction is processed and valued on the prior Business Day. Please see the SAI for more information on processing automated transactions.

Value of Accumulation Units

The value of your accumulation units will vary from one Business Day to the next depending upon the investment results of the Investment Options holding Contract assets. We arbitrarily set the value of an accumulation unit for each Subaccount on the first Business Day the Subaccount was established. We determine the value of an accumulation unit for any subsequent Business Day by multiplying (i) the value of an accumulation unit for the immediately preceding Business Day by (ii) the “net investment factor” for that Subaccount (described below) for the Business Day on which the value is being determined. We value accumulation units as of the end of each Business Day. We deem a Business Day to end, for these purposes, at the time a Portfolio determines the net asset value of its shares.

We use a Portfolio share’s net asset value at the end of a Business Day to determine the accumulation unit value for a Purchase Payment, withdrawal or transfer transaction only if:

• your Purchase Payment transaction is complete before the close of daytime trading on the New York Stock Exchange (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) for that Business Day;

• we receive your request for a withdrawal or transfer of Contract Value at the Annuities Service Center before the close of daytime trading on the New York Stock Exchange for that Business Day; or

• the transfer of Contract Value is an “automated transaction” scheduled for that Business Day under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

22

Net Investment Factor

The net investment factor is an index used to measure the investment performance of a Subaccount over a valuation period. The net investment factor may be greater than, less than or equal to one; therefore, the value of an accumulation unit may increase, decrease or remain the same. We determine the net investment factor for each Subaccount for any valuation period by dividing (a) by (b) and subtracting (c) from the result, where:

(a) is the net asset value per share of a Portfolio share held in the Subaccount determined at the end of the current valuation period, plus any dividends and distributions received per share during the current valuation period;

(b) is the net asset value per share of a Portfolio share held in the Subaccount determined as of the end of the immediately preceding valuation period; and

(c) is a factor representing the charges deducted from the Subaccount on a daily basis for Annual Separate Account Expenses.

Transfers You May Make Among Investment Options

During the Accumulation Period, you may transfer amounts among the Variable Investment Options, subject to the frequent trading restrictions set forth below.

You may make a transfer by providing written notice to us, by telephone or by other electronic means that we may provide through the Internet (see “Telephone and Electronic Transactions,” below). We cancel accumulation units from the Investment Account from which you transfer amounts and we credit accumulation units to the Investment Account to which you transfer amounts. Your Contract Value on the date of the transfer will not be affected by a transfer. We reserve the right to require your transfers to be at least $300 or, if less, the entire value of the Investment Account. If after the transfer the amount remaining in the Investment Account is less than $100, then we may transfer the entire amount instead of the requested amount.

Currently, we do not impose a charge for transfer requests. The first twelve transfers in a Contract Year are free of any transfer charge. For each additional transfer in a Contract Year, we do not currently assess a charge but we reserve the right (to the extent permitted by your Contract) to assess a reasonable charge (not to exceed the lesser of $25 or 2% of the amount transferred) to reimburse us for the expenses of processing transfers.

Frequent Transfer Restrictions. Investment options in variable annuity and variable life insurance products can be a target for abusive transfer activity because these products value their investment options on a daily basis and allow transfers among investment options without immediate tax consequences. As a result, some investors may seek to frequently transfer into and out of variable investment options in reaction to market news or to exploit some perceived pricing inefficiency. Whatever the reason, frequent transfer activity can harm long-term investors in a variable investment option because such activity may expose a variable investment option’s underlying portfolio to increased portfolio transaction costs and/or disrupt the portfolio manager’s ability to effectively manage a portfolio in accordance with its investment objective and policies, both of which may result in dilution with respect to interests held for long-term investment.

To discourage disruptive frequent trading activity, we have adopted a policy for each Separate Account to restrict transfers you make to two per calendar month per Contract, with certain exceptions, and have established procedures to count the number of transfers made under a Contract. Under the current procedures of the Separate Accounts, we count all transfers made during each Business Day as a single transfer. We do not count: (a) scheduled transfers made pursuant to our Dollar Cost Averaging program or our Asset Rebalancing program; (b) automatic transfers to or from a Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount) under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®; (c) transfers made within a prescribed period before and after a substitution of underlying Portfolios; and (d) transfers made during the Pay-out Period (these transfers are subject to a 30-day notice requirement, however, as described below in “Pay-out Period Provisions – Transfers During Pay-out Period”). Under each Separate Account’s policy and procedures, a Contract Owner may transfer Contract Value to the Ultra Short Term Bond Investment Option even if the Contract Owner reaches the two-transfer-per-month limit, as long as 100% of the Contract Value in all Variable Investment Options is transferred to the Ultra Short Term Bond Investment Option. If such a transfer to the Ultra Short Term Bond Investment Option is made, for a 30-day period after such transfer a Contract Owner may not make any subsequent transfers from the Ultra Short Term Bond Investment Option to another Variable Investment Option. We apply each Separate Account’s policy and procedures uniformly to all Contract Owners.

We reserve the right to take other actions to restrict trading, including, but not limited to:

• restricting the number of transfers made during a defined period;

• restricting the dollar amount of transfers;

• restricting the method used to submit transfers (e.g., requiring transfer requests to be submitted in writing via U.S. mail); and

• restricting transfers into and out of certain Subaccount(s).

In addition, we reserve the right to defer a transfer at any time we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of the Portfolios (see “Withdrawals” in this section, below, for details on when suspensions of redemptions may be permissible). We also reserve the right to modify or terminate the transfer privilege at any time (to the extent permitted by applicable law).

23

In addition to the transfer restrictions that we impose, the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust also has adopted policies under Rule 22c-2 of the 1940 Act to detect and deter abusive short-term trading. Accordingly, a Portfolio may require us to impose trading restrictions if it discovers violations of its frequent short-term trading policy. We will provide tax identification numbers and other Contract Owner transaction information to John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust upon request, which it may use to identify any pattern or frequency of activity that violates its short-term trading policy.

While we seek to identify and prevent disruptive frequent trading activity, it is not always possible to do so. Therefore, we cannot provide assurance that the restrictions we impose will be successful in restricting disruptive frequent trading activity and avoiding harm to long-term investors.

Until the close of business on July 1, 2014, you may transfer amounts out of any Investment Option that invests in the Lifestyle Balanced MVP, Lifestyle Conservative MVP, Lifestyle Growth MVP or Lifestyle Moderate MVP into one or more other Investment Options available under your Contract and/or Rider with no charge, and the transfer will not count against the number of permitted transfers.

Automatic Transfers Under IPFL 6.11 Series Riders

If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, we use a non-discretionary, systematic mathematical process, the “Portfolio Stabilization Process^®,” to transfer Contract Value to and from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount). We describe the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® in more detail in “VI. Optional Benefits” in this Prospectus, and in the SAI.

Telephone and Electronic Transactions

We permit you to request transfers by telephone. You can also apply to request withdrawals by telephone. We additionally encourage you to access information about your Contract, request transfers and perform some transactions electronically through the Internet. If you have not done so, we encourage you to register for electronic delivery of your transaction confirmations. We waive the $50 annual Contract fee if you are registered. Please contact the John Hancock Annuities Service Center at the applicable telephone number or Internet address shown on the first page of this Prospectus for more information on electronic transactions.

To access information and perform electronic transactions through our website, we require you to create an account with a username and password, and to maintain a valid e-mail address. You may also authorize other people to make certain transaction requests by telephone by sending us instructions in a form acceptable to us. If you register for electronic delivery, we keep your personal information confidential and secure, and we do not share this information with outside marketing agencies.

We are not liable for following instructions communicated by telephone or electronically that we reasonably believe to be genuine. We employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions we receive are genuine. Our procedures require you to provide information to verify your identity when you call us and we record all conversations with you. When someone contacts us by telephone and follows our procedures, we assume that you are authorizing us to act upon those instructions. For electronic transactions through the Internet, you need to provide your username and password. You are responsible for keeping your password confidential and must notify us of:

• any loss or theft of your password; or

• any unauthorized use of your password.

We may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions only where we fail to employ our procedures properly.

All transaction instructions we receive by telephone or electronically will be followed by either a hardcopy or electronic delivery of a transaction confirmation. Transaction instructions we receive by telephone or electronically before the close of any Business Day are usually effective at the end of that day. Your ability to access or transact business electronically may be limited due to circumstances beyond our control, such as system outages, or during periods when our telephone lines or our website may be busy. We may, for example, experience unusual volume during periods of substantial market change.

We may suspend, modify or terminate our telephone or electronic transaction procedures at any time. We may, for example, impose limits on the maximum Withdrawal Amount available to you through a telephone transaction. Also, as stated earlier in this Prospectus, we have imposed restrictions on transfers and reserve the right to take other actions to restrict trading, including the right to restrict the method used to submit transfers (e.g., by requiring transfer requests to be submitted in writing via U.S. mail). We also reserve the right to suspend or terminate the transfer privilege altogether with respect to anyone who we feel is abusing the privilege to the detriment of others.

Special Transfer Services – Dollar Cost Averaging

We administer a Dollar Cost Averaging (“DCA”) program. If you entered into a DCA agreement, you may have elected, at no cost, to automatically transfer on a monthly basis a predetermined dollar amount from any Variable Investment Option (the “DCA Source Investment Option”) to other Variable Investment Options (the “Destination Investment Options”) until the amount in the DCA Source Investment Option is exhausted. You may make Additional Purchase Payments (if not otherwise restricted) while you are

24

enrolled in a DCA program. If you do not provide us with express written allocation instructions for these Additional Purchase Payments, no amounts will be allocated into your DCA Source Investment Option. Instead, they will be allocated among the Destination Investment Options according to the allocation you selected upon enrollment in the DCA program.

The DCA program allows investments to be made in equal installments over time in an effort to reduce the risk posed by market fluctuations. Therefore, you may achieve a lower purchase price over the long-term by purchasing more accumulation units of a particular Subaccount when the unit value is low, and less when the unit value is high. However, the DCA program does not guarantee profits or prevent losses in a declining market and requires regular investment regardless of fluctuating price levels. In addition, the DCA program does not protect you from market fluctuations in your DCA Source Investment Option. If you are interested in the DCA program, you may elect to participate in the program on the appropriate application or you may obtain a separate authorization form and full information concerning the program and its restrictions from your financial advisor or our Annuities Service Center. You may elect out of the DCA program at any time. There is no charge for participation in the DCA program.

Impact of Automatic Transfers under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, we use the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® to determine if any Contract Value will be transferred to or from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® may result instead in limiting your ability to achieve the desired benefit of the DCA programs. Although we process a daily transaction under the DCA program before we process a transaction under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, you may experience:

(i) greater redemptions of accumulation units of a particular Investment Option when the unit value is low;

(ii) greater purchases of accumulation units of a particular Investment Option when the unit value is high; and

(iii) a different duration, and different amounts, invested in a particular Investment Option than you initially intended.

We describe the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® in more detail in “VI. Optional Benefits” and in the SAI.

You should consult with your financial advisor to assist you in determining whether the DCA program is suited for your financial needs and investment risk tolerance.

Special Transfer Services – Asset Rebalancing Program

We administer an Asset Rebalancing program which enables you to specify the allocation percentage levels you would like to maintain in particular Investment Options. We automatically rebalance your Contract Value pursuant to the schedule described below to maintain the indicated percentages by transfers among the Investment Options. You must include your entire value in the Variable Investment Options in the Asset Rebalancing program. Other investment programs, such as the DCA program, or other transfers or withdrawals may not work in concert with the Asset Rebalancing program. Therefore, you should monitor your use of these other programs and any other transfers or withdrawals while the Asset Rebalancing program is being used. If you are interested in the Asset Rebalancing program, you may obtain a separate authorization form and full information concerning the program and its restrictions from your financial advisor or our Annuities Service Center. There is no charge for participation in the Asset Rebalancing program.

We permit Asset Rebalancing only on the following time schedules:

• quarterly on the 25th day of the last month of the calendar quarter (or the next Business Day if the 25th is not a Business Day);

• semi-annually on June 25th and December 26th (or the next Business Day if these dates are not Business Days); or

• annually on December 26th (or the next Business Day if December 26th is not a Business Day).

Impact of Automatic Transfers under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, we use the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® to determine if any Contract Value is to be transferred to or from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® is not designed to maintain Contract Value among Investment Options in your indicated percentages. It may result instead in limiting your ability to achieve the desired benefit of the Asset Rebalancing program.

Although we process a scheduled transaction under the Asset Rebalancing program before we process a transaction under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, you may experience:

(i) transfers on a scheduled Asset Rebalancing date that do not match your indicated percentages;

(ii) transfers to and from a particular Investment Option between scheduled Asset Rebalancing dates; and

(iii) gains and losses between scheduled Asset Rebalancing dates for a particular Investment Option that do not reflect the investment of your indicated percentage of Contract Value in the Investment Option for the entire period.

We describe the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® in more detail in “VI. Optional Benefits,” and in the SAI.

25

You should consult with your financial advisor to assist you in deciding whether the Asset Rebalancing program is suited for your financial needs and investment risk tolerance, and in determining appropriate percentages for each Investment Option you select.

Withdrawals

During the Accumulation Period, you may withdraw all or a portion of your Contract Value upon written request (complete with all necessary information) to our Annuities Service Center. You may make withdrawals by telephone as described above under “Telephone and Electronic Transactions.” For certain Qualified Contracts, exercise of the withdrawal right may require the consent of the Qualified Plan participant’s Spouse under the Code. See the SAI for further information regarding the impact of taking withdrawals from Section 403(b) Plan Contracts. In the case of a total withdrawal, we pay the Contract Value as of the date of receipt of the request, complete with all necessary information, at our Annuities Service Center, minus any applicable withdrawal charge, Rider charge, administrative fee, or tax. We then cancel the Contract. In the case of a partial withdrawal, we pay the amount requested, reduced by any applicable withdrawal charge, Rider charge, administrative fee, or amount withheld for taxes, and cancel accumulation units credited to each Investment Account equal in value to the amount withdrawn from that Investment Account plus any applicable withdrawal charge deducted from that Investment Account.

When making a withdrawal from a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, your Withdrawal Amount is taken proportionally from all of your Variable Investment Options, including the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

When making a withdrawal from a Contract without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you may specify the Investment Options from which the withdrawal is to be made. The amount requested from an Investment Option may not exceed the value of that Investment Option minus any applicable withdrawal charge. If you do not specify the Investment Option(s) from which a withdrawal is to be taken, we take the withdrawal proportionally from all of your Variable Investment Options.

There is no limit on the frequency of withdrawals; however, the amount withdrawn must be at least $300 or, if less, the entire balance in the Investment Option. If after the withdrawal (and deduction of any withdrawal charge) the amount remaining in the Investment Option is less than $100, we generally treat the withdrawal as a withdrawal of the entire amount held in the Investment Option. If a withdrawal plus any applicable withdrawal charge would reduce the Contract Value to less than $1,000, we generally treat the withdrawal as a total withdrawal of the Contract Value. We currently enforce these Contract minimum restrictions only for Venture^® Frontier Variable Annuity Contracts that do not have an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider. We reserve the right to enforce these restrictions for other Contracts in the future.

We do not permit you to apply any amount less than your entire Contract Value to the Annuity Options available under your Contract. If you want to use a part of your Contract Value to purchase an immediate annuity contract, you must make a withdrawal request, which will be subject to any applicable withdrawal charge. Such a withdrawal may also have tax consequences.

When we receive a withdrawal request in Good Order at our Annuities Service Center, we will pay the amount of the withdrawal from the Variable Investment Options promptly, and in any event within seven days of receipt of the request. We reserve the right to defer the right of withdrawal or postpone payments for any period when:

• the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);

• trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted;

• an emergency exists as determined by the SEC, as a result of which disposal of securities held in the Separate Accounts is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to determine the value of the Separate Accounts’ net assets; or

• the SEC, by order, so permits for the protection of security holders.

Applicable rules and regulations of the SEC shall govern as to whether trading is restricted or an emergency exists.

Impact of Divorce. In the event that you and your Spouse become divorced, we will treat any request to reduce or divide benefits under a Contract as a request for a withdrawal of Contract Value. The transaction may be subject to any applicable tax or withdrawal charge. Also, for Contracts issued with an optional guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Rider, your guarantee may be reduced.

Tax Considerations. Withdrawals from the Contract may be subject to income tax and a 10% penalty tax. Withdrawals are permitted from Contracts issued in connection with Section 403(b) Plans only under limited circumstances (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters – Other Qualified Plans”).

Signature Guarantee Requirements for Surrenders and Withdrawals. (Not applicable to Contracts issued in New Jersey)

We may require that you provide a signature guarantee on a surrender or withdrawal request in the following circumstances:

• you have no signed application on file with us; or

• you are requesting that we mail the amount withdrawn to an alternate address; or

• you have changed your address within 30 days of the withdrawal or surrender request; or

• you are requesting a withdrawal or surrender in the amount of $250,000 or greater.

26

We must receive the original signature guarantee on your withdrawal or surrender request. We do not accept copies or faxes of a signature guarantee. You may obtain a signature guarantee at most banks, financial institutions or credit unions. A notarized signature is not the same as a signature guarantee and does not satisfy this requirement. There may be circumstances, of which we are not presently aware, in which we would not impose a signature guarantee on a surrender or withdrawal as described above.

Special Withdrawal Services – The Income Plan

For Contracts without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, we administer an Income Plan (“IP”) that permits you to pre-authorize a periodic exercise of the Contractual withdrawal rights described above. After entering into an IP agreement, you may instruct us to withdraw a level dollar amount from specified Investment Options on a periodic basis. We limit the total of IP withdrawals in a Contract Year to not more than 10% of the Purchase Payments made (to ensure that no withdrawal charge will ever apply to an IP withdrawal). If additional withdrawals, outside the IP program, are taken from a Contract in the same Contract Year in which an IP program is in effect, IP withdrawals after the withdrawal charge-free Withdrawal Amount has been exceeded are subject to a withdrawal charge. The IP is not available to Contracts for which Purchase Payments are being automatically deducted from a bank account on a periodic basis. We reserve the right to suspend your ability to make Additional Purchase Payments while you are enrolled in an IP. IP withdrawals, like other withdrawals, may be subject to income tax and a 10% penalty tax. If you are interested in an IP, you may obtain a separate authorization form and full information concerning the program and its restrictions from your financial advisor or our Annuities Service Center. There is no charge for participation in the IP program.

Special Withdrawal Services – The Income Made Easy Program

Our Income Made Easy Program provides you with an automatic way to access guaranteed withdrawal amounts if you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. There is no charge for participation in this program. Please read “VI. Optional Benefits – Withdrawals, Distributions and Settlements – Pre-authorized Withdrawals – The Income Made Easy Program,” for more information.

Death Benefit During Accumulation Period

The Contracts described in this Prospectus provide for the distribution of a death benefit before the Annuity Commencement Date.

Amount of Death Benefit. The death benefit payable under the Contract will be the greater of:

• the Contract Value; or

• the “Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit,” i.e., the sum of all Purchase Payments made, less any amounts deducted in connection with withdrawals.

The death benefit is reduced in connection with withdrawals on a pro rata basis, by an amount equal to (i) multiplied by (ii) where:

(i) is equal to the death benefit prior to the withdrawal; and

(ii) is equal to the amount of the withdrawal divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal.

If you die during the Settlement Phase under an optional Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider, however, the death benefit will be the amount, if any, then payable under that Rider. Please read “VI. Optional Benefits” for more information.

Payment of Death Benefit. The determination of the death benefit will be made on the date we receive written notice and “proof of death” as well as all required claims forms in Good Order from all Beneficiaries at our Annuities Service Center. No one is entitled to the death benefit until this time. Proof of death occurs when we receive one of the following at our Annuities Service Center:

• a certified copy of a death certificate; or

• a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the finding of death; or

• any other proof satisfactory to us.

Distribution of Death Benefit. The following discussion applies principally to distribution of death benefits upon the death of an Owner under Contracts that were not issued in connection with Qualified Plans, i.e., Nonqualified Contracts. Tax law requirements applicable to Qualified Plans, including IRAs, and the tax treatment of amounts held and distributed under such plans, are quite complex. Accordingly, if your Contract is used in connection with a Qualified Plan, you should seek competent legal and tax advice regarding requirements governing the distribution of benefits, including death benefits, under the plan. In particular, there is some uncertainty as to the income tax effects of the death benefit on Qualified Plans, including IRAs (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters – Other Qualified Plans”).

In designating Beneficiaries you may impose restrictions on the timing and manner of payment of death benefits. The description of death benefits in this Prospectus does not reflect any of the restrictions that could be imposed, and it should be understood as describing what will happen if the Contract Owner chooses not to restrict death benefits under the Contract. If the Contract Owner imposes restrictions, those restrictions will govern payment of the death benefit to the extent permitted by the Code and by Treasury Department regulations.

27

We will pay the death benefit to the Beneficiary if any Contract Owner dies before the earlier of the Maturity Date or the Annuity Commencement Date. If there is a surviving Owner, that Contract Owner will be deemed to be the Beneficiary. No death benefit is payable on the death of any Annuitant, except that if any Owner is not a natural person, the death of any Annuitant will be treated as the death of an Owner. On the death of the last surviving Annuitant, the Owner, if a natural person, will become the Annuitant unless the Owner designates another person as the Annuitant.

Upon request, the death benefit proceeds may be taken in the form of a lump sum. In that case, we will pay the death benefit within seven days of the date that we determine the amount of the death benefit, subject to postponement under the same circumstances for which payment of withdrawals may be postponed (see “Withdrawals” above). Beneficiaries who opt for a lump sum payout of their portion of the death benefit may choose to receive the funds either in a single check or wire transfer or in a John Hancock Safe Access Account (“JHSAA”). Similar to a checking account, the JHSAA provides the Beneficiary access to the payout funds via a checkbook, and account funds earn interest at a variable interest rate. Any interest paid may be taxable. The Beneficiary can obtain the remaining death benefit proceeds in a single sum at any time by cashing one check for the entire amount. The Beneficiary may draw a check on the JHSAA that is payable to himself/herself as well as to other persons or parties. Note, however, that a JHSAA is not a true checking account, but is solely a means of distributing the Contract’s death benefit. The Beneficiary can make only withdrawals, and not deposits. The JHSAA is part of our General Account; it is not a bank account and it is not insured by the FDIC or any other government agency. As part of our General Account, it is subject to the claims of our creditors. We receive a benefit from all amounts left in the JHSAA.

If the Beneficiary does not choose a form of payment, or the death benefit payable upon the death of an Owner is not taken in a lump sum, the Contract continues, subject to the following:

• The Beneficiary becomes the Owner.

• We allocate any excess of the death benefit over the Contract Value to the Owner’s Investment Accounts in proportion to their relative values on the date of receipt by us of due proof of the Owner’s death.

• No Additional Purchase Payments may be made (even if the Beneficiary is a surviving Spouse).

• We waive withdrawal charges for all future distributions.

• If the deceased Owner’s Beneficiary is a surviving Spouse (see “Other Contract Provisions – Spouse” below), he or she may continue the Contract as the new Owner without triggering adverse federal tax consequences. In such a case, the distribution rules applicable when a Contract Owner dies will apply when the Spouse, as the Owner, dies. In addition, a death benefit will be paid upon the death of the Spouse. For purposes of calculating the death benefit payable upon the death of the Spouse (excluding any optional benefits), we will treat the death benefit paid upon the first Owner’s death as a Purchase Payment to the Contract. In addition, all Purchase Payments made and all amounts deducted in connection with withdrawals prior to the date of the first Owner’s death will be excluded from consideration in the determination of the Spouse’s death benefit.

• If the Beneficiary is not the deceased Owner’s Spouse, distribution of the Owner’s entire interest in the Contract must be made within five years of the Owner’s death, or alternatively, an individual Beneficiary may take distributions as an annuity, under one of the Annuity Options described below, which begins within one year after the Owner’s death and is payable over the life of the Beneficiary or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary (see “Annuity Options” below). Note: we continue to assess the mortality and expense risks charge during this period, even though we bear only the expense risk and not any mortality risk (see “VII. Charges and Deductions – Mortality and Expense Risks Fee”). If distribution is not made within five years and the Beneficiary has not specified one of the above forms of payment, we will distribute a lump sum cash payment of the Beneficiary’s portion of the death benefit. Also, if distribution is not made as an annuity, upon the death of the Beneficiary, any remaining death benefit proceeds will be distributed immediately in a single sum cash payment.

• Alternatively, if the Contract is not a Qualified Contract, an individual Beneficiary may take distribution of the Owner’s entire interest in the Contract as a series of withdrawals over the Beneficiary’s life expectancy, beginning one year after the Owner’s death. If this form of distribution is selected, the Beneficiary may not reduce or stop the withdrawals, but may in any year withdraw more than the required amount for that year. If life expectancy withdrawals have been selected and the initial Beneficiary dies while value remains in the Contract, a successor Beneficiary may either take a lump sum distribution of the remaining balance or continue periodic withdrawals according to the original schedule based on the initial Beneficiary’s life expectancy.

We may change the way we calculate the death benefit if you add any Contract Owner. If we do, the new death benefit will equal the Contract Value as of the date of the ownership change. We will also treat the Contract Value on the date of the change as a “Purchase Payment” made on that date for any subsequent calculations of the death benefit prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, and we will not consider any Purchase Payments made and any amounts deducted in connection with withdrawals prior to the date of the ownership change in our determination of the death benefit.

28

If you substitute a new Contract Owner, the death benefit will be the Contract Value and the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit will no longer apply, with the following exceptions:

(a) the new Owner is a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of the previous Owner;

(b) the new Owner is an individual and the previous Owner was a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of that individual;

(c) the change is from one guardian , custodian or trust established for the sole benefit of an individual to another guardian, custodian or trust established for the sole benefit of that individual; or

(d) ownership is transferred to the Owner’s Spouse following the death of the Owner.

A change of Contract Owner may be a taxable event if the Owner or co-Owner before the change is an individual and the new Owner or co-Owner is not a Spouse of the previous Owner (or co-Owner). You should consult with a qualified tax advisor for further information relevant to your situation.

Please see “VI. Optional Benefits” for a discussion of benefits available to Beneficiaries under the optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider.

Pay-out Period Provisions

General

Generally, the Contracts contain provisions for the commencement of annuity payments to the Annuitant up to the Contract’s Maturity Date (the “Annuity Commencement Date” is the first day of the Pay-out Period). The Maturity Date is the date shown on your Contract’s specifications page, unless we have approved a change. For John Hancock USA Contracts, the earliest allowable Annuity Commencement Date is six months after the Contract Date. For John Hancock New York Contracts, the earliest allowable Annuity Commencement Date is one year from the Contract Date. If no date was specified, the Maturity Date is the first day of the month following the 95^th birthday of the oldest Annuitant (or in New York, the later of the 90^th birthday of the oldest Annuitant or the tenth Contract Anniversary) (“Default Maturity Date”). You may request a different Maturity Date at any time, by written request or by telephone at the number listed on the first page of this Prospectus, at least one month before both the current and new Maturity Dates. You may also be able to change your Maturity Date on our website, www.jhannuities.com, if:

• you are registered on the website, and

• your Contract is active, and not owned by a custodian or continued by a surviving Spouse or Beneficiary.

Under our current administrative procedures, the new Maturity Date may not be later than the Default Maturity Date unless we consent otherwise.

Currently, for Nonqualified Contracts, the IRS has not provided guidance with respect to a maximum date on which annuity payments must start. In the event that any future rulings, regulations, or other pronouncements by the IRS provide us with guidance, we may need to restrict your ability to change to an Annuity Commencement Date under a Nonqualified Contract which occurs when the Annuitant is at an advanced age (i.e., past age 95). You should consult with a qualified tax advisor for information about potential adverse tax consequences for such Annuity Commencement Dates. For Qualified Contracts, distributions may be required before the Annuity Commencement Date (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters – Qualified Contracts – Required Minimum Distributions”).

Notice of Maturity Date. We will send you one or more notices at least 30 days before your scheduled Maturity Date and request that you verify information we currently have on file. If you do not choose an Annuity Option, do not make a total withdrawal of the Surrender Value, or do not ask us to change the Maturity Date to a later date, we provide as a default a variable Annuity Option in the form of a life annuity with monthly payments guaranteed for ten years, as described in “Annuity Options offered in the Contract” below. For Contracts with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider, we provide as a default a life annuity with monthly payments guaranteed for ten years, as described below. The Annuity Commencement Date will be the Maturity Date. However, if the Contract Value on the Annuity Commencement Date is such that a monthly payment would be less than $20, we may pay the Contract Value in one lump sum to the Annuitant.

Annuity Options

Annuity payments are available under the Contract on a fixed, variable, or combination fixed and variable basis. At any time during the Accumulation Period, you may select one or more of the Annuity Options described below on a fixed and/or variable basis or choose an alternate form of payment acceptable to us. A Beneficiary may also elect to apply the Death Benefit to an Annuity Option. We apply your entire Contract Value or the Beneficiary’s entire portion of the Death Benefit proceeds to the Annuity Option(s) selected. We determine annuity payments based on the Investment Account Value of each Investment Option at the Annuity Commencement Date. You may select the frequency of annuity payments. However, if the Contract Value at the Annuity Commencement Date is such that a monthly payment would be less than $20, we may pay the Contract Value in one lump sum to the Annuitant on the Annuity Commencement Date.

United States Treasury Regulations may preclude the availability of certain Annuity Options in connection with certain Qualified Contracts.

29

Once annuity payments commence:

• you are no longer permitted to make any withdrawals under the Contract;

• you are no longer permitted to make or receive any withdrawals under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider;

• we may not change the Annuity Option or the form of settlement; and

• your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit terminates.

Please read the description of each Annuity Option carefully. In general, a non-refund life annuity provides the highest level of payments. However, because there is no guarantee that any minimum number of payments will be made, an Annuitant might receive only one payment if the Annuitant dies prior to the date the second payment is due. You may also elect annuities with payments guaranteed for a certain number of years but the amount of each payment will be lower than that available under the non-refund life Annuity Option.

Annuity Options offered in the Contract. The Contracts guarantee the availability of the following Annuity Options:

Option 1(a): Non-Refund Life Annuity – An annuity with payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. No payments are due after the death of the Annuitant. Because we do not guarantee that we will make any minimum number of payments, an Annuitant might receive only one payment if the Annuitant dies prior to the date the second payment is due.

Option 1(b): Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 10 Years – An annuity with payments guaranteed for 10 years and continuing thereafter during the lifetime of the Annuitant. Because we guarantee payments for 10 years, we will make annuity payments to the end of such period if the Annuitant dies prior to the end of the tenth year.

Option 2(a): Joint & Survivor Non-Refund Life Annuity – An annuity with payments during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and a designated co-Annuitant. No payments are due after the death of the last survivor of the Annuitant and co-Annuitant. Because we do not guarantee that we will make any minimum number of payments, an Annuitant or co-Annuitant might receive as few as one payment if the Annuitant and co-Annuitant die prior to the date the second payment is due.

Option 2(b): Joint & Survivor Life Annuity with Payments Guaranteed for 10 Years – An annuity with payments guaranteed for 10 years and continuing thereafter during the lifetimes of the Annuitant and a designated co-Annuitant. Because we guarantee payments for 10 years, we will make annuity payments to the end of such period if both the Annuitant and the co-Annuitant die prior to the end of the tenth year.

Additional Annuity Options. When you annuitize, we may offer one or more Annuity Options in addition to the ones we are contractually obligated to make available.

Additional Annuity Options for Contracts with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. We make additional Annuity Options available if you purchased a Contract with one of our Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders (“IPFL Alternate Annuity Options”). The applicable fixed IPFL Alternate Annuity Option for single or joint lives shown below will be provided as the default option at your Contract’s Maturity Date.

IPFL Alternate Annuity Option 1: Lifetime Income Amount with Cash Refund – This Annuity Option is available if you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Rider. Under this option, we will make annuity payments during the lifetime of the Annuitant. After the death of the Annuitant, we will pay the Beneficiary a lump sum amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Contract Value at the election of this option over the sum of the annuity payments made under this option. The annual amount of the annuity payments will equal the greater of:

• the Lifetime Income Amount on the Annuity Commencement Date, if any, as provided by the IPFL 6.11 Rider that you purchased with your Contract; or

• the annual amount that your Contract Value provides on a guaranteed basis under a lifetime with cash refund annuity.

IPFL Alternate Annuity Option 2: Joint & Survivor Lifetime Income Amount with Cash Refund – This Annuity Option is available if you purchased a Contract with the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider and both Covered Persons remain on the Rider at the Annuity Commencement Date. Under this option, we will make annuity payments during the joint lifetimes of the co-Annuitants. After the death of the last surviving Annuitant, we will pay the Beneficiary a lump sum amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Contract Value at the election of this option over the sum of the annuity payments made under this option. The annual amount of the annuity payments will equal the greater of:

• the Lifetime Income Amount on the Annuity Commencement Date, if any, as provided by the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider that you purchased with your Contract; or

• the annual amount that your Contract Value provides on a guaranteed basis under a joint life with cash refund annuity.

30

Once annuity payments begin under an Annuity Option, you cannot make any additional withdrawals under a Contract with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider.

Fixed Annuity Options. Upon death (subject to the distribution of death benefits provisions; see “Death Benefit During Accumulation Period”), withdrawal or the Maturity Date of the Contract, the proceeds may be applied to a Fixed Annuity Option.

We determine the amount of each Fixed Annuity payment by applying the portion of the proceeds (minus any applicable premium taxes) applied to purchase the Fixed Annuity to the appropriate annuity factor table in the Contract. If the table we are currently using is more favorable to you, we will substitute that table. If you choose an Annuity Option that is not guaranteed in the Contract, we will use the appropriate table that we are currently offering. We guarantee the dollar amount of Fixed Annuity payments.

We do not permit you to apply any amount less than your entire Contract Value to the Annuity Options available under your Contract. If you request to use a part of your Contract Value to purchase an immediate annuity contract, we will treat the request as a withdrawal request, subject to any applicable withdrawal charge. Such a withdrawal may also have tax consequences.

Determination of Amount of the First Variable Annuity Payment

We determine the first Variable Annuity payment by applying the portion of the proceeds (minus any applicable premium taxes) applied to purchase a Variable Annuity to the annuity factor tables contained in the Contract. If the table we are currently using is more favorable to you, we will substitute that table. We will determine the amount of the Contract Value as of the date not more than ten Business Days prior to the Annuity Commencement Date. We will reduce Contract Value used to determine annuity payments by any applicable premium taxes.

The rates contained in the annuity tables vary with the Annuitant’s age and the Annuity Option selected. The longer the life expectancy of the Annuitant under any life Annuity Option or the longer the period for which payments are guaranteed under the option, the smaller the amount of the first monthly Variable Annuity payment will be.

Annuity Units and the Determination of Subsequent Variable Annuity Payments

We base Variable Annuity payments after the first one on the investment performance of the Subaccounts selected during the Pay-out Period. The amount of a subsequent payment is determined by dividing the amount of the first annuity payment from each Subaccount by the Annuity Unit value of that Subaccount (as of the same date the Contract Value to effect the annuity was determined) to establish the number of Annuity Units which will thereafter be used to determine payments. This number of Annuity Units for each Subaccount is then multiplied by the appropriate Annuity Unit value as of a uniformly applied date not more than ten Business Days before the annuity payment is due, and the resulting amounts for each Subaccount are then totaled to arrive at the amount of the annuity payment to be made. The number of Annuity Units generally remains constant throughout the Pay-out Period (assuming no transfer is made). We will deduct a pro rata portion of the administration fee from each annuity payment.

We charge the same Annual Separate Account Expenses during the annuitization period as we do during the Accumulation Period. We determine the “net investment factor” for an Annuity Unit in the same manner as we determine the net investment factor for an accumulation unit (see “Value of Accumulation Units” and “Net Investment Factor” under “V. Description of the Contract”). The value of an Annuity Unit for each Subaccount for any Business Day is determined by multiplying the Annuity Unit value for the immediately preceding Business Day by the net investment factor for that Subaccount for the valuation period for which the Annuity Unit value is being calculated and by a factor to neutralize the assumed interest rate.

Generally, if the net investment factor is greater than the assumed interest rate, the payment amount will increase. If the net investment factor is less than the assumed interest rate, the payment amount will decrease.

We build a 1% assumed interest rate into the annuity tables in the Contract used to determine the first Variable Annuity payment. The smallest annual rate of investment return which is required to be earned on the assets of the Separate Account so that the dollar amount of Variable Annuity payments will not decrease is 2.17%.

Transfers During Pay-out Period

Once Variable Annuity payments have begun, you may transfer all or part of the investment upon which those payments are based from one Subaccount to another. You must submit your transfer request to our Annuities Service Center at least 30 days before the due date of the first annuity payment to which your transfer will apply. We make transfers after the Annuity Commencement Date by converting the number of Annuity Units being transferred to the number of Annuity Units of the Subaccount to which the transfer is made, so that the next annuity payment if it were made at that time would be the same amount that it would have been without the transfer. Thereafter, annuity payments will reflect changes in the value of the Annuity Units for the new Subaccount selected. We reserve the right to limit, upon notice, the maximum number of transfers a Contract Owner may make to four per Contract Year. Once annuity payments have commenced, a Contract Owner may not make transfers from a Fixed Annuity Option to a Variable Annuity Option or from a Variable Annuity Option to a Fixed Annuity Option. In addition, we reserve the right to defer the transfer privilege at any time that we are unable to purchase or redeem shares of a Portfolio. We also reserve the right to modify or terminate the transfer privilege at any time in accordance with applicable law.

31

Death Benefit During Pay-out Period

If an Annuity Option providing for payments for a guaranteed period has been selected and the Annuitant dies during the Pay-out Period, we make the remaining guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary. We make any remaining payments as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of the Annuitant’s death. If no Beneficiary is living, we commute any unpaid guaranteed payments to a single sum (on the basis of the interest rate used in determining the payments) and pay that single sum to the estate of the last to die of the Annuitant and the Beneficiary.

We do not make any payments to a Beneficiary, however, if the last surviving Covered Person dies while we are making payments under an Annuity Option providing only for payments for life or payments during the Settlement Phase under an optional Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider. Please read “VI. Optional Benefits” for additional information.

Other Contract Provisions

Ownership

Prior to the Maturity Date, the Contract Owner is the person(s) designated in the Contract specifications page or as subsequently named. We do not permit joint ownership of Contracts purchased by a non-natural person (such as a corporation or a trust) or held for the benefit of such an entity. On and after the Annuity Commencement Date, the Annuitant is the Contract Owner (except when the Owner is a trust or custodian). If amounts become payable to any Beneficiary under the Contract, the Beneficiary becomes the Contract Owner.

You must make any requests to change ownership in writing and we must receive such written change at the Annuities Service Center.

Before requesting a change of ownership or making an assignment of your Contract, you should consider:

• A change of ownership may be treated as a distribution from the Contract and subject to tax. We consider a collateral assignment to be a distribution from the Contract, and we will report any taxable amounts as may be required.

• A change of ownership may result in termination of a minimum withdrawal benefit guarantee (If you purchased a GMWB Rider, you can get more information from “VI. Optional Benefits”).

• An addition of any Contract Owner may result in a reduction of the death benefit. We may reset the death benefit to an amount equal to the Contract Value as of the date of the change of ownership, and treat that amount as a “Purchase Payment” made on the same date for purposes of computing further adjustments to the amount of the death benefit.

• A substitution of any Contract Owner may result in a reduction of the death benefit. We may reset the death benefit to an amount equal to the Contract Value.

• A change of ownership (or collateral assignment) is subject to the rights of any irrevocable Beneficiary.

• You may not change ownership or make a collateral assignment after the earlier of the Maturity Date or the Annuity Commencement Date.

• Contracts issued to a Qualified Plan may be subject to restrictions on transferability. For example, Qualified Contracts generally may not be transferred except by the trustee of an exempt employees’ trust which is part of a retirement plan qualified under section 401 of the Code or as otherwise permitted by applicable Treasury Department regulations. You may not be able to sell, assign, transfer, discount or pledge (as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of an obligation, or for any other purpose) a Qualified Contract to any person other than us.

We assume no liability for any payments made or actions taken before a change is approved or an assignment is accepted. We assume no responsibility for the validity or sufficiency of any assignment. An absolute assignment or ownership change will revoke the interest of any revocable Beneficiary.

Annuitant

The Annuitant is any natural person or persons whose life is used to determine the duration of annuity payments involving life contingencies. The Annuitant is entitled to receive all annuity payments under the Contract. If the Contract Owner names more than one person as an “Annuitant,” the second person named shall be referred to as “co-Annuitant.” The Annuitant is as designated on the Contract specifications page or in the application, unless changed. You must make any change of Annuitant in writing in a form acceptable to us and the change must be received at our Annuities Service Center. We must approve any change.

On the death of the Annuitant prior to the Annuity Commencement Date, the co-Annuitant, if living, becomes the Annuitant. If there is no living co-Annuitant, the Owner becomes the Annuitant. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, there are limitations on the ability to designate and change the Annuitant and the co-Annuitant. The Annuitant becomes the Owner of the Contract at the Annuity Commencement Date (except when the Owner is a trust or custodian).

If any Annuitant is changed and any Contract Owner is not a natural person, we normally distribute the entire interest in the Contract to the Contract Owner within five years. We reduce the amount distributed by charges that would otherwise apply upon withdrawal.

32

Beneficiary

The Beneficiary is the person, persons or entity designated in the Contract specifications page (or as subsequently changed). However, if there is a surviving Contract Owner, we treat that person as the Beneficiary. You may change the Beneficiary subject to the rights of any irrevocable Beneficiary. You must make any change in writing and the change must be received at our Annuities Service Center. We must approve any change. If approved, we effect such change as of the date on which it was written. We assume no liability for any payments made or actions taken before the change is approved. If no Beneficiary is living, any designated Contingent Beneficiary becomes the Beneficiary. The interest of any Beneficiary is subject to that of any assignee. If no Beneficiary or Contingent Beneficiary is living, the Beneficiary is the estate of the deceased Contract Owner. In the case of certain Qualified Contracts, Treasury Department regulations may limit designations of Beneficiaries.

Spouse

Some states require that civil union and same-sex marriage partners receive the same contractual benefits as Spouses. You should consult with a qualified financial advisor for additional information on your state’s regulations regarding civil unions and domestic partnerships.

Modification

We may not modify your Contract or certificate without your consent, except to the extent required to make it conform to any law or regulation or ruling issued by a governmental agency.

Code Section 72(s)

In order for our Nonqualified Contracts (i.e., Contracts not purchased to fund an Individual Retirement Account or other Qualified Plan) to be treated as annuities under the Code, we will interpret the provisions of the Contract so as to comply with the requirements of section 72(s) of the Code, which prescribes certain required provisions governing distributions after the death of the Owner.

Misstatement and Proof of Age or Survival

We normally require proof of age or survival of any person upon whose age or survival any payment depends. If the age of the Annuitant has been misstated, the benefits will be those that would have been provided for the Annuitant’s correct age. If we have made incorrect payments under the Contract, we will either pay the amount of any underpayment immediately or we will deduct the amount of any overpayment from future payments.

33

VI. Optional Benefits

Overview

We offer two types of optional benefit Riders that you may have elected to purchase when you purchased a Contract:

• the Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders*, which are designed to provide a stream of lifetime income to the annuitant through withdrawals; and

• the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider, which has the potential to provide a death benefit in excess of that provided under the Contract if the holder of the Contract (or the Annuitant, if the holder is a legal entity) dies during the Accumulation Phase of the Contract.

*We use the term “IPFL 6.11 Series Riders” in the Prospectus to refer to both Income Plus For Life^® Riders, i.e., Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 and Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11.

You could have elected to purchase these Riders only at the time you purchased a Contract. Once you elected a Rider and the right to cancel your Contract period expired (see “Other Contract Provisions – Initial Inspection Period” in “V. Description of the Contract”), you may not revoke these optional benefits (unless we increase the Rider fee). When your Contract reaches the Maturity Date, you may elect to extend the Maturity Date, if the current Maturity Date is earlier than the default Maturity Date, or choose one of our Annuity Options. If you do not elect to extend the Maturity Date or choose an Annuity Option (or do not make a total withdrawal of the Surrender Value), we provide as a default a fixed Annuity Option as described in “V. Description of the Contract – Additional Annuity Options for Contracts with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider.”

Features of the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders

Covered Person(s)

The Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders provide a lifetime income guarantee based on a single life (Income Plus For Life^® 6.11) or on the lifetime duration of two Covered Persons (Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11).

Single Life Guarantee. For Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Riders that provide a lifetime income guarantee based on the life of a single Covered Person, the Covered Person is the oldest Annuitant at issue of the Rider.

The Covered Person must remain an Annuitant (subject to our underwriting rules) to receive benefits under a Rider.

Joint Life Guarantee. Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Riders provide a lifetime income guarantee based on the lifetime duration of two Covered Persons, determined at the time you elected the Rider. A Spouse may need to qualify as a “spouse” under state law to be treated as a Covered Person under the Contract.

Availability

You could have elected an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider at the time you purchased a Contract. You may have elected to purchase an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider only at the time you purchased a Contract. Once you elected a Rider and the right to cancel your Contract period expired (see “Other Contract Provisions – Initial Inspection Period” in “V. Description of the Contract”), you cannot revoke this optional benefit. We offered these optional benefit Riders only where approved by state insurance regulatory agencies. We reserved the right to accept or refuse to issue a Rider at our sole discretion. Once you elected to purchase a Rider, its effective date usually is the Contract Date (unless we permitted otherwise) and it is irrevocable (unless we increase the Rider fee).

Changes to the Owner, Annuitant or Beneficiary designations after the Rider is issued may reduce, limit, or terminate benefits available under the Rider.

Rider Fee

We charge an additional fee on each Contract Anniversary for the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders. Subject to certain limits described below, we reserve the right to change the fee, up to the maximum fee, at any time. We withdraw the amount of the fee from each Investment Option in the same proportion that the value of Investment Accounts of each Investment Option bears to the Contract Value. We deduct a pro rata share of this annual fee from the Contract Value:

• on the date we determine the death benefit;

• after the Annuity Commencement Date at the time an Annuity Option under the Contract begins; or

• at full surrender of the Contract.

We do not deduct any additional Rider fee during the Settlement Phase or after the Annuity Commencement Date once an Annuity Option begins.

34

The current fee is equal to 1.00% of the Adjusted Benefit Base. The Adjusted Benefit Base is the Benefit Base that was available on the prior Contract Anniversary (including any Step-Up applied on that prior Contract Anniversary) increased by any Additional Purchase Payments that we applied to the Benefit Base during the Contract Year prior to the current Contract Anniversary. We reserve the right to change the IPFL 6.11 Series Rider fee at any time, but we will not change the Rider fee during the first two Contract Years, or within the two Contract Years following a change in the Rider fee. The fee will never exceed a maximum fee of 1.50%.

If we increase the Rider fee, you may elect to terminate your IPFL 6.11 Series Rider by submitting a written request in Good Order to our Annuities Service Center:

• that includes your instructions for the reallocation of Contract Value (at your option, including any Contract Value allocated to a DCA Source Investment Option) to Investment Options we then make available for a similar Contract without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider; and

• that we receive in Good Order no later than 30 days after the effective date of the increase.

At the end of the Business Day on which we determine that your written request complies with the above conditions, we will process the following transactions:

• we will determine your total Contract Value based on your allocations to the Investment Options then available under the IPFL Rider;

• if applicable, we will transfer your total Contract Value to your new Investment Option allocations; and

• we will terminate the Rider.

We will not deduct a Rider fee after the effective date of the increase if your request for termination complies with our requirements. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will not apply to these transactions. Any reallocation will not count against the number of transfers that we allow per Contract Year. Upon Termination the Rider cannot be reinstated.

Restrictions on Additional Purchase Payments

We generally restrict your ability to make Additional Purchase Payments into Contracts with or without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider (see “V. Description of the Contract – Accumulation Period Provisions – Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments”).

IPFL 6.11 Series Riders Benefits

Lifetime Income Amount. The Rider provides our guarantee that a Lifetime Income Amount will be available for withdrawal each Contract Year, beginning on a Lifetime Income Date as long as:

• (for the IPFL 6.11 Rider): the Covered Person remains alive and is designated as an Annuitant under the Contract, or

• (for the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider): either Covered Person remains alive and is designated as an Annuitant under the Contract.

The Rider terminates upon the death of the last Covered Person or upon a change in Owner, Beneficiary or Annuitant that removes the last Covered Person from the Contract as an Owner, Beneficiary or Annuitant.

We determine the initial Lifetime Income Amount by multiplying:

• the Benefit Rate for the Rider on the Lifetime Income Date; by

• the Benefit Base for the Rider on the Lifetime Income Date.

EXAMPLE (IPFL 6.11): Assume that the Benefit Base on the Lifetime Income Date is $100,000. If the Benefit Rate is 5%, the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,000 (5% × $100,000).

We increase the Lifetime Income Amount to reflect Additional Purchase Payments, Credits and Step-Ups that we may apply to an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider’s Benefit Base and/or Benefit Rate. Please see “Increases in Guaranteed Amounts” below for more information.

We reduce the Lifetime Income Amount if you take Excess Withdrawals. During periods of declining investment performance, Excess Withdrawals could result in substantial reductions to your Benefit Base. Please see “Withdrawals, Distributions and Settlements” below for more information.

Lifetime Income Date. The Lifetime Income Amount guarantee starts on a Lifetime Income Date. The earliest Lifetime Income Date is the date you purchased the Rider (the Rider’s “effective date”) if the youngest Covered Person turned age 59 ¹/₂ or older during the first Contract Year.

Otherwise, the Lifetime Income Date in most cases is the Contract Anniversary immediately preceding the date the youngest Covered Person turns age 59 ¹/₂. The earliest available Lifetime Income Date we offer for this Rider is subject to change. The earliest available Lifetime Income Date in effect when we issued the Rider remains in effect for as long as the Rider remains in effect.

35

Benefits under the Rider may be affected if you purchased the Rider before the earliest available Lifetime Income Date and took a withdrawal before then. Please see “Withdrawals before the Lifetime Income Date” for more information.

We determine the initial Lifetime Income Amount on the Lifetime Income Date. You cannot change or defer the Lifetime Income Date under the Rider, but you may continue to be eligible for Credits and increases in the Benefit Rate, if any, if you defer taking withdrawals (see “Increases in Guaranteed Amounts,” below).

Benefit Base. We use a Benefit Base to determine the Lifetime Income Amount. The maximum Benefit Base at any time for an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider is $3 million. The initial Benefit Base equals the amount of your initial Purchase Payment (up to $3 million).

We reduce the Benefit Base if you take Excess Withdrawals. We reduce the Benefit Base to reflect these withdrawals on a pro rata basis. During periods of declining investment performance, Excess Withdrawals could result in substantial reductions to your Benefit Base. Please see “Withdrawals, Distributions and Settlements” in this section, below, for more information.

We increase the Benefit Base to reflect Additional Purchase Payments, Credits and Step-Ups. Please see “Increases in Guaranteed Amounts” below for more information.

Benefit Rate. We use the following Benefit Rates to determine the Lifetime Income Amount:

Benefit Rate by Age
Covered Person’s age during Contract Year of first withdrawal after Lifetime Income Date	IPFL 6.11 Rider	IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider
59 1/2 – 64	4.00%	3.75%
65 and over	5.00%	4.75%

If you defer taking withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date, we will use the Benefit Rate shown applicable to the age of the Covered Person (youngest Covered Person under IPFL – Joint Life 6.11) on the first withdrawal after the Lifetime Income Date.

EXAMPLE: Assume that you purchased a Contract with the IPFL 6.11 Rider when your age was 57 years and 7 months. Your Lifetime Income Date is the first Contract Anniversary because you turn age 59 ¹/₂ during the Contract Year that begins on that anniversary. If the first time you take a withdrawal after the Lifetime Income Date is during the second Contract Year, we set your Benefit Rate equal to 4% because you are over age 59 ¹/₂ and under age 65 during the Contract Year of the withdrawal. If you wait until the 8^th Contract Year to take the first withdrawal after the Lifetime Income Date, we set your Benefit Rate equal to 5% because you turn age 65 during the Contract Year of the withdrawal.

Because we provide our guarantee over the lifetimes of two Covered Persons under the Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider, we use lower Benefit Rates than we do under the Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Rider.

Variable Investment Options and Automatic Transfers of Contract Value Under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider

The Variable Investment Options that we use for Contracts with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider differ from the Variable Investment Options we make available for Contracts without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider.

The Variable Investment Options for Contracts with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider are:

Variable Investment Options That You May Select		Variable Investment Option  That We Use for Automatic Transfers of Contract Value
Subject to automatic transfers of Contract Value:	Not subject to automatic transfers  of Contract Value:
Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount*	Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount* Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount*	Bond PS Series Subaccount

* Automatic transfers will not apply if you allocate 100% of your Contract Value to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount and/or the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount.

36

When you select a Variable Investment Option, we allocate your money to a Subaccount of our Separate Account. Each Subaccount invests in a corresponding Portfolio of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust. Please see “IV. General Information about Us, the Separate Accounts and the Portfolios” for more information about each of these Portfolios.

You also may use a Variable Investment Option (other than the Bond PS Series Subaccount) as a DCA Source Investment Option under our DCA program. (See “V. Description of the Contract – Special Transfer Services – Dollar Cost Averaging” for more information about this program.) We reserve the right to restrict in the future the Variable Investment Options into which you may select to allocate your Contract Value.

You should consult with your financial advisor to assist you in determining which available Variable Investment Options are best suited for your financial needs and risk tolerance.

Automatic Transfers. By purchasing an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you give us authority to make automatic transfers between your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts and the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount). Accordingly, we monitor your Contract Value daily and systematically transfer amounts between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts shown above and the Bond PS Series Subaccount. The determination of when, and how much, to transfer is made through a non-discretionary, systematic mathematical process that we call the “Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.”

We intend the process to limit your Contract Value’s exposure to equity markets by allocating Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount during periods of equity market volatility and also when you take withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® determines when and how much to transfer, if any, from the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® also determines when, and how much, Contract Value to transfer, if any, from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. We designed the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, and made it an integral part of the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders, to protect us by reducing the potential impact of volatile markets on the risk we assume from the guarantees provided to you under the Riders. The process works to monitor your Contract Value every Business Day and to determine whether to transfer Contract Value between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts and the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Transfers under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® do not affect the current value of the Benefit Base or the Lifetime Income Amount, and they are not included within the Separate Account’s short term trading restriction of two transfers per month. (See “V. Description of the Contract – Transfers You May Make Among Investment Options.”)

Because the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® can allocate Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, it may limit your ability to participate in favorable investment performance of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts whenever a portion of your Contract Value is invested in the Bond PS Series Subaccount. On the other hand, when Contract Value is allocated and retained in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® has the potential to protect your Contract Value from declining and volatile equity markets.

We provide no assurance:

• of the amount, if any, and duration of any investment in the Bond PS Series Subaccount;

• that the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will enhance the earnings potential of your Contract or protect your Contract Value from declines in value; or

• that the amount and/or frequency of Step-Ups will not be affected by the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

You may not directly allocate Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Your Contract refers to the Bond PS Series Subaccount as the “Designated Investment Option.” We reserve the right to designate a different Subaccount for automatic transfers of Contract Value. We may change the Designated Investment Option, for example, in the event there is a merger or a substantial change in the investment objectives and strategy of the Bond PS Series Portfolio.

Operation of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

Here’s how the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® generally works:

STEP ONE

Determination of Reference Value. We calculate a Reference Value based on the initial Contract Value of your Contract in each of your selected Variable Investment Options. We increase the Reference Value each Business Day to reflect:

• prior to the Lifetime Income Date, the full amount of Additional Purchase Payments we receive on that Business Day; and

• on or after the Lifetime Income Date, the excess, if any, of any Additional Purchase Payments we receive on that Business Day over any withdrawal since the later of:

^¡   the Lifetime Income Date, or

^¡   the date of the most recent Additional Purchase Payment that increased the Reference Value, or

^¡   the date of the most recent reduction in the Reference Value.

We increase the Reference Value on each Monthly Anniversary to reflect the current Contract Value if that amount is greater than the most recently determined Reference Value.

37

We decrease the Reference Value on any Business Day you take an Excess Withdrawal, (which includes any withdrawal prior to the Lifetime Income Date). Excess Withdrawals prior to the Lifetime Income Date reduce the Reference Value in the same proportion as the entire amount of the withdrawal divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date reduce the Reference Value in the same proportion that the excess portion of the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value remaining after it is first reduced by any portion of the withdrawal attributable to the Lifetime Income Amount. The Reference Value will not be decreased for withdrawals on and after the Lifetime Income Date that are less than or equal to the Lifetime Income Amount or if your withdrawals are made under our Life Expectancy Distribution program (see “Withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date,” below).

The Reference Value has no cash value, and you cannot withdraw it. It is not designed to equal the Benefit Base or the Lifetime Income Amount.

STEP TWO

Comparison of Contract Value to Reference Value; Impact of Transactions. We designed the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® to trigger a review of your Contract Value and the possibility of an automatic transfer of Contract Value to and from the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Series Subaccount) based on:

• the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of your Contract Value to the Reference Value (the “Reference Value Ratio” or “RV Ratio”); or

• the occurrence of certain transactions that we describe below.

We calculate the RV Ratio for your Contract at the end of each Business Day by dividing the current Contract Value by the current Reference Value. NOTE: The RV Ratio may change when you take withdrawals up to the Lifetime Income Amount, and may result in automatic transfers of Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under STEP FOUR A (see Examples 5(a) and 5(d) in Appendix C: “Examples of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®”).

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® reviews the allocation of Contract Value under your Contract (and determines possible transfers to or from the Bond PS Series Subaccount, as described in STEP THREE) when the RV Ratio first falls below 92.5% and at certain incremental thresholds after that. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® generally does not review the allocation of Contract Value under your Contract if the RV Ratio from one Business Day to the next remains within one of the following bands (“RV Ratio Bands”):

RV  Ratio     Band	RV Ratio
5	92.5% or more
4	less than 92.5%, but greater than or equal to 90%
3	less than 90%, but greater than or equal to 87.5%
2	less than 87.5%, but greater than or equal to 85%
1	less than 85%, but greater than or equal to 82.5%
0	less than 82.5%

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will proceed to STEP THREE to determine a possible transfer to or from the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the following circumstances:

• on any Business Day when the RV Ratio Band decreases from the RV Ratio Band in effect on the date of a previous transfer under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®; or

• in cases where the RV Ratio previously increased from an RV Ratio Band to a higher RV Ratio Band and remained at least at a higher RV Ratio Band for five consecutive Business Days; or

• if the RV Ratio is less than 82.5% on any Monthly Anniversary; or

• upon the occurrence of a transaction described below.

Increases in RV Ratio. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will not proceed to STEP THREE, unless:

• the RV Ratio increases and remains within the same RV Ratio Band for 5 consecutive Business Days (or moves to a higher RV Ratio Band during that 5 Business Day period); or

• upon the occurrence of a transaction described below.

At the end of the 5^th consecutive Business Day or upon the occurrence of a transaction described below, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® uses the minimum RV Ratio Band calculated during the 5 Business Day Period to determine the permitted Contract Value allocation described in STEP THREE, inclusive of amounts held in the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

38

Examples. In the next two examples, we illustrate the impact of the daily RV Ratio Band on transfers from the Bond PS Series Subaccount. In each example, we assume that:

• your Contract Value has been allocated to the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts;

• the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® previously resulted in a transfer of Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount;

• there are no transactions, as described in STEP TWO; and

• there is Contract Value allocated in the Bond PS Series Subaccount for each Business Day shown that exceeds the amount required.

EXAMPLE 1 (RV Ratio Band Increases Then Falls): Assume the RV Ratio at the end of each Business Day falls within the RV Ratio Band shown:

Business Day:	1	2	3	4	5	6
RV Ratio Band:	2	3	3	3	3	1

Although the RV Ratio Band increased from 2 to 3, it did not remain at 3 for the required five Business Days so no amounts would be transferred under your Contract from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to any Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. Under this example, the RV Ratio Band on Business Day 6 decreased from RV Ratio Band 3 to RV Ratio Band 1. Since RV Ratio Band is even lower than the RV Ratio Band on Day 1, it is possible that additional Contract Value might even be transferred to the Bond PS Series Subaccount from your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts.

EXAMPLE 2 (RV Ratio Band Increases): Assume the RV Ratio at the end of each Business Day falls within the RV Ratio Band shown:

Business Day:	1	2	3	4	5	6
RV Ratio Band:	2	3	3	3	4	5

In this example, the RV Ratio Band increased from 2 to 3 and remained at an RV Ratio Band of 3 or higher for five consecutive Business Days (i.e., from Business Day 2 through Business Day 6). The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® would result in a transfer of Contract Value from the Bond PS Series Subaccount at the end of Business Day 6 based on the RV Ratio Band 3 (i.e., the lowest RV Ratio Band from Business Day 2 through Business Day 6). Even though the RV Ratio Band increased from 3 to 4 on Business Day 5, and again increased to RV Ratio Band 5, it did not remain at either of the higher RV Ratio Bands at the end of Business Day 6 for the required five consecutive Business Days. The movement to a higher RV Ratio Band on Day 5 could result in an additional transfer if the RV Ratio for the next 4 Business Days (i.e., Business Days 6 to 9) remains at RV Ratio Band 4 or higher.

Once all conditions have been satisfied, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® transfers Contract Value held in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, up to the total amount permitted, on a pro rata basis to each of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts in which your Contract currently allocates Contract Value. Transfers from your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts to the Bond PS Series Subaccount may occur more frequently than transfers from the Bond PS Series Subaccount back to your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts.

Transactions. We review the allocation of Contract Value on any Business Day if one or more of the following transactions occur:

• you make an Additional Purchase Payment; or

• you transfer Contract Value between your selected Variable Investment Options; or

• a special transfer service (e.g., Automatic Rebalancing or Dollar Cost Averaging) transfers Contract Value to any of your selected Variable Investment Options.

WE PROCEED TO STEP THREE when:

• at least one of the transactions described in the section above has occurred;

• the RV Ratio first declines below 92.5%;

• the RV Ratio decreases from the last assigned RV Ratio Band to a lower RV Ratio Band;

• the RV Ratio is less than 82.5% on the Monthly Anniversary; or

• the RV Ratio increases from an RV Ratio Band to a higher RV Ratio Band and remains at a higher level for five consecutive Business Days (see STEP FOUR B, below).

Otherwise, no further action is taken under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® for that Business Day.

39

STEP THREE

Review Allocation of Contract Value. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® reviews the allocation of your Contract Value and determines how much Contract Value, if any, will be transferred to or from the Bond PS Series Subaccount. It does this by:

• assigning an assumed equity allocation factor (“Assumed Equity Allocation Factor” or “AEAF”) to each of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts that you may select;

• calculating a dollar-weighted AEAF for your Contract Value based on the Contract Value then allocated to each of your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts; and

• determining the amount of Contract Value^*, if any, (a) to be transferred from the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts to the Bond PS Series Subaccount; or (b) to be transferred to the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts from the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

Assumed Equity Allocation Factors under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®. The AEAF for each of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts is a hypothetical value that does not change on a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. The factor is based on the underlying Portfolio’s investment objective. In general, the more an underlying Portfolio seeks to invest in equities (or in funds that invest in equities), the higher the factor. Your selection of other Investment Options, and the amount of Contract Value allocated to each of your selected Investment Options impacts the overall factor.

The AEAF for each of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts on the date of this Prospectus is:

• Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount – 70

• Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount – 50

• Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount – 40

• Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount – 20

If your Contract Value is in more than one Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount, the dollar-weighted AEAF for your Contract equals the weighted average of the factors for each of your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. The dollar-weighted AEAF does not apply to Contract Value that has been allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount or the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount.

EXAMPLE 3: If $4,000 of your Contract Value is allocated to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, $4,000 of your Contract Value is allocated to the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount, and $2,000 of your Contract Value is allocated to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount, only the amounts in the two Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts are considered for application of the AEAFs. Accordingly, since half of the relevant Contract Value is in each Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount, the dollar-weighted AEAF is calculated as ($4,000 × 70) + ($4,000 × 50) ÷ ($4,000 + $4,000) = 60 (i.e., (50% × 70) + (50% × 50), or 60).

We may assign an AEAF to any additional Subaccounts that we may make available.

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates the amount of your Contract Value required to be invested in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, if any, on any Business Day based on:

• the dollar-weighted AEAF applicable to your Contract (based on the specific Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts in which your Contract is invested);

• the RV Ratio; and

• your entire Contract Value on the date of the calculation.

^*  The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® uses the term “Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation” in connection with the review of Contract Value Allocation to describe the target amount required to be maintained in the Designated Investment Option (currently the Bond PS Subaccount), before adjustment to reflect Contract Value allocated to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount. We define the term as follows:

Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation – The sum of (a) plus (b) minus (c) minus (d) where:

(a) Is the minimum of the Contract Value and 80% of the Reference Value

(b) Is the Reference Value Band multiplied by 2.5% of the Reference Value

(c) Is 20 divided by the weighted average AEAF (“WAEAF”) multiplied by the minimum of the Contract Value and 80% of the Reference Value

(d) Is the Reference Value Band multiplied by 2.5% of the Reference Value multiplied by F.

For purposes of the Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation, “F” is determined as follows:

F =	32 × WAEAF – 540 + RV Ratio Band × (WAEAF – 20)
	5 × WAEAF

40

The amount of your Contract Value required to be invested in the Bond PS Series Subaccount (if any):

• can differ depending on the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts you select;

• can differ depending on the Contract Value allocated to each of your Investment Options; and

• can differ from the amounts determined on a previous Business Day based on changes in the Contract Value allocated to each Investment Option, changes in the value of the Bond PS Series Subaccount, and changes in the RV Ratio.

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® does not limit the amount of Contract Value that you may allocate to:

• the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount, or

• the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount if that is the only one of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts that you select.

Contract Value in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount lowers any amounts required to be allocated under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

In general, a higher dollar-weighted AEAF for your Contract, and/or a lower RV Ratio Band, results in a lower percentage of Contract Value that may be maintained in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. We provide additional information on calculations under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® in the SAI, which is available at no cost.

Examples of Permitted Allocations in Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. The examples illustrate how current allocations of Contract Value, your selection of Investment Options, and RV Ratio Bands affect the amounts permitted to be invested in Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

EXAMPLE 4 (100% Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount): In the following table, we illustrate four different hypothetical Contracts where 100% of your Contract Value is allocated to one of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. These examples show how the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® limits the percentage of Contract Value that could remain allocated to that Subaccount under different RV Ratio Bands and different Assumed Equity Allocation Factors (“AEAF”) for each of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts.

	CURRENT CONTRACT VALUE ALLOCATION:
	Contract A		Contract B		Contract C		Contract D
	100% Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount		100% Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount		100% Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount		100% Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount
	CONTRACT VALUE ALLOCATION AFTER THE PORTFOLIO STABILIZATION PROCESS®:
	Contract A		Contract B		Contract C		Contract D
	Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount		Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount		Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount		Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount
RV Ratio Band	AEAF	Permitted Contract Value Range1	AEAF	Permitted Contract Value Range1	AEAF	Permitted Contract Value Range1	AEAF	Permitted Contract Value Range1
5	70	100%	50	100%	40	100%	20	100%
4	70	85.7 - 86.1%	50	88.0 - 88.3%	40	90.0 - 90.3%	20	100%
3	70	71.4 - 72.2%	50	76.0 - 76.7%	40	80.0 - 80.6%	20	100%
2	70	57.1 - 58.4%	50	64.0 - 65.0%	40	70.0 - 70.9%	20	100%
1	70	42.9 - 44.5%	50	52.0 - 53.4%	40	60.0 - 61.2%	20	100%
0	70	28.6 - 30.7%	50	40.0 - 41.8%	40	50.0 - 51.5%	20	100%

¹  The permitted Contract Value refers to the percentage of Contract Value that may be allocated to the Investment Option. The permitted Contract Value percentage will range within the values shown for each RV Ratio Band. The exact percentage depends on the specific RV Ratio.

41

EXAMPLE 5 (Multiple Investment Options): In the following table, we illustrate two other hypothetical Contracts where your Contract Value is allocated to more than one Investment Option. These examples show how your selection of more than one Investment Option impacts the limits of the percentage of Contract Value that could remain allocated to a Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

	CURRENT CONTRACT VALUE ALLOCATION:
	Contract E				Contract F
	50% Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount		50% Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount		80% Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount		20% Ultra Short Term  Bond Subaccount
	CONTRACT VALUE ALLOCATION AFTER THE PORTFOLIO STABILIZATION PROCESS®:
	Contract E				Contract F
	Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount		Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount		Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount		Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount
RV Ratio Band	AEAF	Permitted Contract  Value Range1	AEAF	Permitted Contract Value Range1	AEAF	Permitted Contract   Value Range1	AEAF	Permitted Contract Value Range1
5	45	50%	45	50%	70	80%	—	—
4	45	44.4 – 44.6%	45	44.4 – 44.6%	70	80%	—	—
3	45	38.9 – 39.2%	45	38.9 – 39.2%	70	72.2 – 73.5%	—	—
2	45	33.3 – 33.8%	45	33.3 – 33.8%	70	61.1 – 62.8%	—	—
1	45	27.8 – 28.4%	45	27.8 – 28.4%	70	50.0 – 52.0%	—	—
0	45	22.2 – 23.1%	45	22.2 – 23.1%	70	38.9 – 41.3%	—	—

¹  The permitted Contract Value refers to the percentage of Contract Value that may be allocated to the Investment Option. The permitted Contract Value percentage will range within the values shown for each RV Ratio Band. The exact percentage depends on the specific RV Ratio. We do not transfer Contract Value to or from the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount, but the allocation of Contract Value to that Subaccount reduces the amount that would otherwise be transferred to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

WE PROCEED TO STEP FOUR:

• when your current Contract Value allocation in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts exceeds the amount permitted under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® (STEP FOUR A); or

• when your current Contract Value allocation in the Bond PS Series Subaccount exceeds the amount required under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® (STEP FOUR B).

Otherwise, no further action is taken under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® for that Business Day.

Again, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® is a non-discretionary, systematic mathematical process that automatically determines when, and how much, Contract Value is transferred between the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts you select and the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Transfers can occur under a number of different conditions. For example, transfers to the Bond PS Series Subaccount could occur as a result of:

• declines in your Contract Value as a result of poor investment performance of the Subaccounts, or

• withdrawals of your Contract Value after the Lifetime Income Date that are less than or equal to the Lifetime Income Amount, and which result in a decline of the RV Ratio in effect at the time of the withdrawal.

STEP FOUR

A. Transfers from the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. We are authorized to transfer Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount from all Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts in your Contract on a pro rata basis based on the current ratio of Contract Value in each of your selected Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® determines whether, and how much, Contract Value must be transferred to the Bond PS Series Subaccount as described in STEP THREE.

Examples of pro rata transfers from Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts: In the next two examples, we illustrate the impact of the current Contract Value allocation in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts on possible transfers under your Contract to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. In both examples, we assume:

• you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider for a one-time Purchase Payment of $100,000;

• the Reference Value of your Contract is $100,000; and

• your Contract Value decreases from $93,000 to $91,000 at the end of a Business Day.

EXAMPLE 6 (Contract Value Allocated to Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount Only): If your entire Contract Value is allocated to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® would result in a transfer to the Bond PS Series Subaccount of $12,857 (14.1%) of your Contract Value.

42

EXAMPLE 7 (Contract Value Allocated to Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount): Assume that 50% of your Contract Value is in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and 50% of your Contract Value is in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® would calculate a reallocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount of $12,857. However, since the amount invested in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount (50% × $91,000, or $45,500) exceeds the target reallocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, no transfer occurs.

The percentages shown in the above Examples are illustrative only and do not reflect the impact of daily fluctuations in the values of the Lifestyle Growth PS Series, the Ultra Short Term Bond Trust and the Bond PS Series, nor does this example show the impact of daily transfers that may arise under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®. Actual results will differ.

B. Transfers from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® determines whether, and how much, Contract Value must be transferred to the Bond PS Series Subaccount as described in STEP THREE. From time to time, the amount of your Contract Value actually allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount could be in excess of the amount required under the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®. In that case, we may transfer Contract Value from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to all of the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts selected in your Contract on a pro rata basis based on the current ratio of Contract Value in each Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount. This could happen in instances involving:

• favorable investment performance in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or Bond PS Series Subaccount relative to your other selected Investment Options;

• an overall increase in Contract Value that results in a higher RV Ratio Band for a period of 5 consecutive Business Days; or

• your transfer of Contract Value from a Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or to a different Lifestyle PS Series Subaccount with a lower AEAF.

In STEP THREE, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates the total limit on amounts that may be invested in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts. In most cases, the calculation uses the RV Ratio Band in effect for that Business Day. However, where STEP THREE results from an increase in the RV Ratio Band, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® uses the lowest RV Ratio Band during the 5 consecutive Business Days.

C. Transfers from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will result in a transfer to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount if:

• you have instructed us to allocate 100% of your available Contract Value to one of the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, and

• some of your Contract Value is currently allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

In such an event, your Contract Value allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount will be transferred automatically to the Subaccount you have instructed.

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will result in a transfer to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount if:

• you have instructed us to allocate 100% of your available Contract Value to a combination of the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, and

• some of your Contract Value is currently allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

In such an event, your Contract Value allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount will be transferred automatically to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount.

Additional Information on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®. We provide additional information on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® in the SAI, which is available to you at no charge.

Other Investment Limitations Under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider

We reserve the right to restrict investments in any Variable Investment Option at any time. If we restrict a Variable Investment Option, you may not be able to transfer or allocate Additional Purchase Payments (even if the Additional Purchase Payments are not otherwise restricted) to the restricted Variable Investment Option after the date of the restriction. Any amounts you allocated to a Variable Investment Option before we imposed restrictions will not be affected by such restrictions as long as it remains in that Investment Option.

Limitations on Allocations of Additional Purchase Payments. We allocate Additional Purchase Payments in accordance with your instructions, subject to the restrictions described herein.

43

Increases in Guaranteed Amounts

Additional Purchase Payments. Our restrictions on Additional Purchase Payments may prevent you from increasing the amounts we guarantee under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider.

Prior to the Lifetime Income Date, we increase the Benefit Base each time you make an Additional Purchase Payment that we accept (see “V. Description of the Contract – Accumulation Period Provisions – Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments”), up to a maximum Benefit Base of $3 million.

On and after the Lifetime Income Date, we may increase the Benefit Base each time you make an Additional Purchase Payment, up to a maximum Benefit Base of $3 million. The new Benefit Base will be the Benefit Base immediately before the Additional Purchase Payment, plus the excess, if any, of the Additional Purchase Payment (subject to our Purchase Payment limits) over any Withdrawal Amount (reduced by any subsequent Purchase Payment) since the later of:

• the Lifetime Income Date, or

• the latest of:

^¡   the date of a Purchase Payment that we applied to the Benefit Base,

^¡   the date of a reduction in the Benefit Base, or

^¡   the effective date of a Step-Up.

EXAMPLE: Assume you took a withdrawal of $5,000 after the Lifetime Income Date, your current Benefit Base is $100,000, and you make an Additional Purchase Payment of $15,000. Your Benefit Base will increase by $10,000, the excess of the Additional Purchase Payment over the prior withdrawal ($15,000 - $5,000). Your new Benefit Base will equal $110,000. Assume that the following year you take an Excess Withdrawal of $10,000 that reduces your Benefit Base to $105,000. If you then make an Additional Purchase Payment of $10,000, the entire $10,000 will be added to your current Benefit Base, since the Benefit Base was reduced by the previous withdrawal. The new Benefit Base will be $115,000 ($105,000 + $10,000).

Credits. We offer the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders with the following Credit features:

• Annual Credit Rate:

Age of Youngest Covered Person	Annual Credit Rate
64 and under	5%
65 and over	6%

• Credit Period (for Annual Credits) – The initial Credit Period coincides with the first 10 Contract Years while the Rider is in effect. We extend the Credit Period each time a Step-Up occurs to the lesser of 10 years from the Step-Up Date or the Age 95 Contract Anniversary.

Annual Credits. We increase the Benefit Base on each Contract Anniversary during the Credit Period if you did not take any withdrawals during the previous Contract Year. The Credit is equal to the applicable Credit Rate multiplied by the total Purchase Payments that have been applied to the Benefit Base. If the Benefit Base has been increased by a Step-Up or decreased as a result of an Excess Withdrawal, the Credit will equal the applicable Credit Rate multiplied by the sum of: (a) the Benefit Base immediately following the most recent Step-Up or decrease; and (b) the total Additional Purchase Payments applied to the Benefit Base since that Step-Up or decrease.

If you take a withdrawal during a Contract Year, you will not be eligible for a Credit at the end of that Contract Year and Annual Credits for future Contract Years may be reduced if the withdrawal results in a reduction of the Benefit Base.

EXAMPLE (Income Plus For Life^® 6.11): Assume that you purchase a Contract with an Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Rider and you, the Covered Person, turn age 63 during the first Contract Year. Also assume that you purchase the Contract and Rider for $100,000, make no Additional Purchase Payments, and there is no increase in Contract Value during the first and second Contract Years. Based on your age the applicable Annual Credit rate for those years is 5%. If you take no withdrawals during the first and second Contract Year:

• At the end of the first Contract Year, we apply an Annual Credit to the Benefit Base and increase it to $105,000 ($100,000 + 5% × $100,000). The Lifetime Income Amount increases to $4,200 (4% × $105,000).

• At the end of the second Contract Year, we apply an Annual Credit to the Benefit Base and increase it again to $110,000 ($105,000 + 5% × $100,000). The Lifetime Income Amount increases to $4,400 (4% × $110,000).

44

Now assume you take an Excess Withdrawal during the third Contract Year that reduces the Benefit Base to $90,000, and you take no withdrawal and make an Additional Purchase Payment of $5,000 in the fourth Contract Year:

• At the end of the third Contract Year, there is no Credit because you took a withdrawal during the year.

• At the end of the fourth Contract Year, we apply an Annual Credit to the Benefit Base. The Credit is based on a Credit Rate of 6%, since you turn age 66 during the fourth Contract Year, and the reduced Benefit Base plus the Additional Purchase Payment (6% × ($90,000 + $5,000) = $5,700. The Benefit Base increases to $100,700 ($90,000 + $5,000 + $5,700) and the Lifetime Income Amount increases to $5,035 (5% × $100,700).

EXAMPLE (Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11): Assume that you purchase a Contract with an Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider and the younger Covered Person turn age 63 during the first Contract Year. Also assume that you purchase the Contract and Rider for $100,000, make no Additional Purchase Payments, and there is no increase in Contract Value during the first and second Contract Years. Based on the youngest Covered Person’s age the applicable Annual Credit rate is 5%. If you take no withdrawals during the first and second Contract Year:

• At the end of the first Contract Year, we apply an Annual Credit to the Benefit Base and increase it to $105,000 ($100,000 + 5% × $100,000). The Lifetime Income Amount increases to $3,938 (3.75% × $105,000).

• At the end of the second Contract Year, we apply an Annual Credit to the Benefit Base and increase it again to $110,000 ($105,000 + 5% × $100,000). The Lifetime Income Amount increases to $4,125 (3.75% × $110,000).

Now assume you take an Excess Withdrawal during the third Contract Year that reduces the Benefit Base to $90,000, and you take no withdrawal and make an Additional Purchase Payment of $5,000 in the fourth Contract Year:

• At the end of the third Contract Year, there is no Credit since you took a withdrawal during the year.

• At the end of the fourth Contract Year, we apply an Annual Credit to the Benefit Base. The Credit is based on the reduced Benefit Base plus the Additional Purchase Payment (6% × ($90,000 + $5,000) = $5,700). The Benefit Base increases to $100,700 ($90,000 + $5,000 + $5,700) and the Lifetime Income Amount increases to $4,783 (4.75% × $100,700).

Step-Ups. The IPFL 6.11 Series Riders provide Step-Ups. We discuss how the Step-Up works below. The Step-Up compares your Contract Value on a Step-Up Date to certain previously calculated guaranteed amounts. Step-Up Dates coincide with the first Contract Anniversary after you purchased the Rider and every Contract Anniversary thereafter, up to and including the Age 95 Contract Anniversary. The Step-Up Dates in effect when we issued the Rider will remain in effect for as long as your Rider remains in effect.

How Step-Ups Work. If the Contract Value on any Step-Up Date is greater than the Benefit Base (including any Credit) on that date, we will automatically step up the Benefit Base to equal the Contract Value (subject to the maximum Benefit Base limit of $3 million). We will also increase the Lifetime Income Amount (after the Lifetime Income Date) and the dollar amount of the Rider fee (see “Rider Fees” earlier in this section). The new Lifetime Income Amount will equal the Benefit Base value after the Step-Up multiplied by the Benefit Rate then in effect for your Rider, and the Rider fee will be based on the increased Benefit Base.

EXAMPLE: Assume that you purchase a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider when you, the Covered Person, are 65, you take no withdrawals during the first three Contract Years and the applicable Annual Credit rate is 6%. Also assume that you purchase the Contract and Rider for $100,000, make no Additional Purchase Payments, and that the Contract Value on the third Contract Anniversary is $125,000. The Benefit Base on the third Contract Anniversary including the Annual Credits for the first three Contract Years is $118,000. Since the Contract Value of $125,000 is greater than the current Benefit Base including the Credit, the Benefit Base increases to $125,000 and the Lifetime Income Amount increases to $6,250 (5% × $125,000). If no withdrawals are taken in the fourth Contract Year, the Annual Credit on the fourth Contract Anniversary equals $7,500 (6% × $125,000).

Impact of Additional Purchase Payments, Credits and Step-Ups on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®. Please see Appendix C: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for additional information on the impact of Additional Purchase Payments, Credits and Step-Ups on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Step-Ups may occur only while an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider is in effect.

45

Withdrawals, Distributions and Settlements

Overview. The IPFL 6.11 Series Riders provide a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit during the Accumulation Period. In particular, the Riders permit you to withdraw a minimum annual amount, for as long as a Covered Person lives, subject to the terms and conditions of each Rider. We may have determined the amount of the initial guarantee after we issued your Contract, depending on the age of the Covered Person when we issued the Contract. We may increase the guarantee:

• by one or more Credits if you make no withdrawals during certain Contract Years, up to limits described in the “Credits” section, above;

• as a result of a Step-Up of the guarantee (see preceding section) to reflect your then-current Contract Value on certain Contract Anniversary dates; or

• if you make an Additional Purchase Payment (if allowed and up to specified limits).

Although the Riders guarantee a minimum annual withdrawal amount, you may take withdrawals of any amount of Contract Value during your Contract’s Accumulation Period. We reduce your Contract Value and your death benefit each time you take a withdrawal.

EXAMPLE: If you take a withdrawal of $8,000 when your Contract Value is $80,000 and your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit is $100,000, we will reduce your Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit on a pro rata basis. That means we will reduce the Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit by 10% ($8,000/$80,000) to $90,000 ($100,000 – 10% × $100,000).

Pro Rata Withdrawals Only. Through your purchase of an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider with the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, you authorized us to deem any request to take a withdrawal of Contract Value as a request to withdraw your requested Contract Value on a pro rata basis from each Investment Option (including the Bond PS Series Subaccount). Please read Appendix B: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for a description of the impact of pro rata withdrawals on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Excess Withdrawals. We reduce guaranteed minimum amounts for future withdrawals if you take withdrawals for more than the amount guaranteed under the terms of the Rider you select. Your future Lifetime Income Amount could be significantly reduced if:

• you take withdrawals prior to the Lifetime Income Date; or

• your Contract Value declines due to poor investment performance to an amount that is less than your Benefit Base, and you then take Excess Withdrawals.

An Excess Withdrawal is:

• a withdrawal (including applicable withdrawal charges) you take before the Lifetime Income Date; or

• a withdrawal (including applicable withdrawal charges) you take on or after the Lifetime Income Date that, together with all other withdrawals taken during a Contract Year (including any applicable withdrawal charges), exceeds the Lifetime Income Amount for that Contract Year.

If you experience unfavorable investment performance, an Excess Withdrawal could result in substantial reductions to your Contract Value and Benefit Base. Your future Lifetime Income Amount could be significantly reduced, and if both your Contract Value and Benefit Base decline to zero before the Lifetime Income Date, you will lose your guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit.

After the Lifetime Income Date, we do not consider withdrawals under our Life Expectancy Distribution program to result in an Excess Withdrawal unless you take additional withdrawals outside of that program. Please read Appendix B: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for a description of the impact of Excess Withdrawals on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Withdrawals before the Lifetime Income Date. Each time you take a withdrawal before the Lifetime Income Date, we reduce the Benefit Base on a pro rata basis. This means that we reduce the Benefit Base in the same proportion that your Contract Value is reduced by the Withdrawal Amount.

EXAMPLE: Assume that you purchase a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider that names you as the Covered Person when you are 45. Now assume that in the eighth Contract Year, when you are 53, the Contract Value is $80,000, the Benefit Base is $90,000, no withdrawal charges apply under your Contract, and you withdraw $5,000 of Contract Value.

In this case, you reduce your Contract Value by 6.25% (i.e., $5,000/$80,000) and we reduce your Benefit Base by the same percentage ($90,000 × 0.0625, or $5,625). The Benefit Base after the Excess Withdrawal is $90,000 - $5,625, or $84,375. Please read Appendix B: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for a description of the impact of withdrawals before the Lifetime Income Date on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Note: Withdrawals may be taxable and if made prior to age 59 ¹/₂ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters”).

46

Withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date. Each time you take a withdrawal after the Lifetime Income Date, we first determine if the Withdrawal Amount is entirely or partially an Excess Withdrawal (i.e., a withdrawal, including any withdrawal charges, that exceeds the Lifetime Income Amount when combined with any other withdrawal(s) for that Contract Year). If so, we reduce the Benefit Base on a pro rata basis. We do this by reducing your Benefit Base in the same proportion that your Contract Value is reduced by the portion of the withdrawal that is an Excess Withdrawal.

Each time we reduce the Benefit Base, we also reduce the Lifetime Income Amount. We do this by multiplying the reduced Benefit Base by the Benefit Rate in effect for your Rider. We also reduce the Benefit Base and the Lifetime Income Amount for each subsequent Excess Withdrawal that you take during that Contract Year.

EXAMPLE: Assume that you purchase a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. Also assume that when you are age 67, the Contract Value is $100,000, the Benefit Base is $110,000, and the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,500. If you withdraw $10,000, we first reduce your Contract Value by the Lifetime Income Amount of $5,500 to $94,500. Next, since $4,500 of this withdrawal is an Excess Withdrawal, we reduce your Benefit Base by 4.76% ($4,500/$94,500). The Benefit Base after the Excess Withdrawal is $104,764 ($110,000 - .0476 × $110,000) and the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,238 (.05 × $104,764).

We do not reduce the Benefit Base and/or the Lifetime Income Amount:

• if the withdrawals are taken under our Life Expectancy Distribution Program (as opposed to those withdrawals taken prior to the Lifetime Income Date, which do reduce the Benefit Base); or

• if your total Withdrawal Amounts during a Contract Year are less than or equal to the Lifetime Income Amount.

The IPFL 6.11 Series Rider enters the Settlement Phase in any Contract Year that your Contract Value declines below the greater of $1,000 or the Lifetime Income Amount. See “Settlement Phase” below. The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit terminates if both the Contract Value and Benefit Base immediately after a withdrawal are equal to zero. Please read Appendix B: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for a description of the impact of withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

If you take Excess Withdrawals from your Contract, you risk lowering the Lifetime Income Amount guaranteed for future withdrawals, or reducing the availability or amount of future Step-Ups.

Pre-Authorized Withdrawals – The Income Made Easy Program. If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you can pre-authorize periodic withdrawals to receive amounts guaranteed under the Rider. We currently offer our Income Made Easy Program for Contracts with the Rider to provide income payments for the lifetime of the Covered Person. The full allowable amount is based on the Lifetime Income Amount. You can start taking withdrawals under the Income Made Easy Program no sooner than the Lifetime Income Date for your Rider.

The Income Made Easy Program allows you to select: (A) the annual guaranteed amount (“full allowable amount”) under your Rider, which automatically increases to reflect an increase in the annual guaranteed amount under the Rider resulting from a Step-Up or an Additional Purchase Payment (where permitted – see “V. Description of the Contract – Accumulation Period Provisions – Limitations on Additional Purchase Payments”); (B) the full allowable amount and any increases in Contract Value above that amount at the end of a Contract Year resulting from investment gains in your Contract at the end of that Contract Year (this option reduces your ability to obtain Step-Ups after you enroll in the program); (C) the full allowable amount plus any amount under our Life Expectancy Distribution Program that exceeds the full allowable amount; (D) the annual amount under our Life Expectancy Distribution Program (in lieu of the full allowable amount); or (E) a specified dollar amount that is less than the full allowable amount.

Your participation in the Income Made Easy Program will be suspended (i.e., we will not process any further withdrawals under the Program until you re-enroll) if:

• you select option A, B or C above; and

• you take an additional withdrawal outside the Income Made Easy Program in any Contract Year in which the program is in effect.

Income Made Easy withdrawals, like other withdrawals:

• may be subject to income tax (including withholding for taxes) and, if your Rider calculates an annual guaranteed amount before you turn age 59 ¹/₂, a 10% penalty tax under the Code;

• reduce the death benefit and other optional benefits;

• cancel your eligibility to earn a Credit under the provisions of your Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Rider during any Contract Year in which you receive a payment under the program; and

• may reduce your ability to obtain Step-Ups.

47

If you are interested in the Income Made Easy Program, you may obtain a separate authorization form and full information concerning the program and its restrictions from your financial advisor or our Annuities Service Center. There is no charge for participation in this program. We will, however, suspend your participation in the Income Plan (see “Special Withdrawal Services – The Income Plan” in “V. Description of the Contract”) if you enroll in the Income Made Easy Program. Please read Appendix B: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for a description of the impact of withdrawals under the Income Made Easy Program on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

Pre-Authorized Withdrawals – Life Expectancy Distribution Program. If you purchased a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you may request of us in writing, in a form acceptable to us and received at our Annuities Service Center, to pay you withdrawals that we determine to be part of a series of substantially equal periodic payments over your “life expectancy” (or, if applicable, the joint life expectancy of you and your Spouse). The Life Expectancy Distribution program may provide one or more of the following:

• Pre-59 ¹/₂ Distributions – these are payments made at the request of the Owner that are intended to comply with Code section 72(q)(2)(D) or section 72(t)(2)(A)(iv); or

• Nonqualified Death Benefit Stretch Distributions – these are payments made to the Beneficiary that are intended to comply with and may not deviate from Code section 72(s)(2); or

• Required Minimum Distributions and Qualified Death Benefit Stretch Distributions – these are payments we calculate to comply with Code section 401(a)(9), section 403(b)(10), section 408(a)(6), section 408(b)(3), or section 408A(c)(5). For further information on such distributions, please see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters – Required Minimum Distributions.”

Each withdrawal under our Life Expectancy Distribution program reduces your Contract Value. We reduce your Benefit Base proportionally by the amount of the withdrawal if you take a withdrawal under the Life Expectancy Distribution program prior to the Lifetime Income Date. We do not reduce your Benefit Base or Lifetime Income Amount if a withdrawal under the Life Expectancy Distribution program on or after the Lifetime Income Date (for an amount we calculate based on our current understanding and interpretation of federal tax law) causes total withdrawals during a Contract Year to exceed the Lifetime Income Amount and all withdrawals during that year were under our Life Expectancy Distribution program. The Life Expectancy Distribution program ends when certain amounts described in the Rider are depleted to zero, or when the Contract Value is reduced to zero. We may make further distributions as part of the Settlement Phase for the Rider you purchased.

If you are interested in the Life Expectancy Distribution program, you may obtain further information concerning the program and its restrictions from your financial advisor or our Annuities Service Center. There is no charge for participation in this program. To take withdrawals under the Life Expectancy Distribution program, you must participate in either the Income Plan (see “V. Description of the Contract – Special Withdrawal Services – The Income Plan”) or the Income Made Easy Program (see “Pre-Authorized Withdrawals – The Income Made Easy Program” above).

Under our Life Expectancy Distribution program, each withdrawal will be in an amount that we determine to be your Contract’s share of all life expectancy distributions, based on information that you provide and our understanding of the Code. We reserve the right to make any changes we deem necessary to comply with the Code and Treasury Department regulations. Please read Appendix B: “Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®” for a description of the impact of withdrawals under the Life Expectancy Distribution program on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®.

We base our Life Expectancy Distribution calculations on our understanding and interpretation of the requirements under tax law applicable to Pre-59 ¹/₂ Distributions, Required Minimum Distributions, Nonqualified Death Benefit Stretch Distributions and Qualified Death Benefit Stretch Distributions. You should discuss these matters with a qualified tax advisor.

Settlement Phase. We automatically begin making payments to you under the “Settlement Phase” of an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider if your Contract Value reduces below a minimum required amount and you satisfy the conditions described in the Rider. During the Settlement Phase, the Contract will continue but all other rights and benefits under the Contract, including death benefits and any optional benefit Riders, terminate. We do not accept Additional Purchase Payments for, apply additional Credits or make any Step-Ups to, or deduct any charges from an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider during the Settlement Phase. You cannot annuitize once the Settlement Phase begins.

The minimum required amount to trigger the Settlement Phase under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider is a Contract Value that is less than or equal to the greater of:

• the Lifetime Income Amount (or, if less, any remaining Lifetime Income Amount), or

• $1,000.

48

EXAMPLE: Assume that you purchase a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider and the Lifetime Income Amount is equal to $5,000. Also assume that the Contract Value declines to $4,950. Since the Contract Value is less than the Lifetime Income Amount, the Rider enters its Settlement Phase and we begin automatically making payments that total $5,000 per year as long as the Covered Person (either Covered Person for IPFL – Joint Life 6.11) remains alive.

There is no Settlement Phase under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider if you take any withdrawal before the Lifetime Income Date and the Contract Value declines to zero during the Contract Year of the withdrawal.

The settlement amount we pay to you under the Rider varies:

• At the start of the Settlement Phase, we pay an initial settlement amount equal to the remaining Lifetime Income Amount for that Contract Year and make additional annual payments of the Lifetime Income Amount as long as a Covered Person is living.

• If the Settlement Phase begins before the Lifetime Income Date, we begin making annual settlement payments following the Lifetime Income Date as long as the Covered Person is living. In this case, the annual amount equals the Lifetime Income Amount (i.e., the Benefit Base at the Lifetime Income Date multiplied by the Benefit Rate then in effect).

• In lieu of annual payments of the settlement amount, we permit you to elect monthly, quarterly or semi-annual installment payments of the Lifetime Income Amount.

Additional Annuity Options

In addition to the traditional Annuity Options we provide under the Contract, we provide additional Annuity Options for Contracts issued with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider (“IPFL Alternate Annuity Options”). These IPFL Alternate Annuity Options are only available for Annuity Commencement Dates no earlier than the first day of the month following the later of the 90th birthday of the oldest Annuitant or the tenth Contract Anniversary. The IPFL Alternate Annuity Options are designed so that you will receive annuity payments that are no less than the Lifetime Income Amount at the time of annuitization, but you could receive larger payments, depending on your investment experience prior to annuitization. The Annuity Options available to you are described in detail in “V. Description of the Contract – Pay-out Period Provisions.”

Comparison between Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefits and Annuity Payments

If you choose to take withdrawals under one of our IPFL 6.11 Series Riders, it is not the same as receiving annuity payments upon annuitization (as described in “Pay-out Period Provisions” in “V. Description of the Contract”).

When you take withdrawals:

• you have the flexibility to start and stop withdrawals;

• you have the flexibility to choose an amount of your withdrawal that is less than or equal to your Lifetime Income Amount (without reducing your future available Lifetime Income Amount);

• you have the ability to surrender your Contract for the cash surrender value (Contract Value minus any applicable charges and premium taxes), if any;

• you reduce the Contract Value available for annuitization; and

• you may receive less favorable tax treatment of your withdrawals than annuity payments would provide. See “VIII. Federal Tax Matters” for information on tax considerations related to optional benefit Riders.

When you annuitize:

• you receive annuity payments that are fixed in amount (or in the number of units paid for Variable Annuity payments);

• your annuity payments do not vary in timing once they commence (for as long as we are due to pay them to you);

• you no longer have access to the Contract Value; and

• your Annuity Payments may receive more favorable tax treatment than guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits. See “VIII. Federal Tax Matters” for information on tax considerations related to optional benefit Riders.

Special Consideration on Annuitization. The Contract does not permit you to make a partial annuitization. You must apply your entire Contract Value to an Annuity Payment Option.

Impact of Death Benefits

The IPFL 6.11 Series Rider ends if (a) a death benefit becomes payable during the Accumulation Period (but before the Settlement Phase under the Rider), and (b) the Beneficiary takes the death benefit provided under the terms of the Contract as a lump sum under our current administrative procedures. In cases where the Rider continues, we determine the Adjusted Benefit Base and the Rider fee based on the date we determine the death benefit, and anniversaries of that date, instead of the initial Contract Anniversary date.

49

If the Beneficiary does not take the death benefit as a lump sum, the following applies:

If the Deceased Owner is:	Then the IPFL 6.11 Series Rider:
1.      Not the Covered Person	•    may continue if the Beneficiary elects to continue the Contract. We automatically increase the Benefit Base to equal the initial death benefit we determine, if the death benefit is greater than the Benefit Base prior to our determination. We also recalculate the Lifetime Income Amount to equal the Benefit Rate then in effect multiplied by the recalculated Benefit Base and assess the Rider Fee based on the recalculated Benefit Base.
	•    enters its Settlement Phase if a subsequent withdrawal causes the Contract Value to fall below a minimum required amount.
	•    continues to be eligible for any remaining Credits and Step-Ups, but we change the date we determine and apply these benefits to future anniversaries of the date we determine the initial death benefit.
2.      The Covered Person	•    ends without any further benefit.

If you die during the Settlement Phase, the only death benefits we provide are the remaining settlement payments that may become due under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. If the Covered Person dies during the Settlement Phase, we reduce the Lifetime Income Amount to zero and make no further payments.

The entire interest must be distributed within five years of the Owner’s death, except in the case where the Beneficiary is an individual. In that case, the Beneficiary may choose to receive any remaining settlement payments over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary beginning within one year of the Owner’s death. We continue to assess the mortality and expense risks charge during this period, even though we bear only the expense risk and not any mortality risk (see “VII. Charges and Deductions – Mortality and Expense Risks Fee”).

Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11. If the Beneficiary continues a Contract in force following the death of an Owner, coverage under an Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider ends if the deceased Owner is the last Covered Person under the Rider. If the Beneficiary continues a Contract in force following the death of an Owner, coverage under the Rider may continue only if: (a) the deceased Owner is the first Covered Person under the Rider to die; and either (b) the surviving Covered Person is a Spousal Beneficiary; or (c) a Qualified Plan is the non-Spousal Beneficiary and the surviving Covered Person is a Spouse of the deceased Owner. If the death benefit is greater than the Contract Value, we will increase the Contract Value to equal the amount of the death benefit (but will not increase the Benefit Base, Lifetime Income Amount, Credits or Step-Ups).

If the Rider continues, we will determine the Adjusted Benefit Base and the Rider fee based on the date we determine the death benefit, and anniversaries of that date, instead of the initial Contract Anniversary date.

Death of First Covered Person. If the first Covered Person to die is an Owner of the Contract (or deemed to be an Owner if the Owner is a non-natural person), the surviving Covered Person may elect to continue periodic distributions under the Contract in lieu of receiving the Contract’s death benefit as a lump sum under our current administrative procedures. (see “Death after Removal of a Covered Person” below if there is no surviving Covered Person.) If the Contract continues, the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider will continue. We will continue to provide the Lifetime Income Amount guarantee only for the lifetime of the surviving Covered Person and continue to charge the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider fee (see “Rider Fees – Fee for Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders” earlier in this section). If the death benefit is greater than the Contract Value, we will increase the Contract Value only to equal the amount of the death benefit (but will not make any adjustments to the Benefit Base, Lifetime Income Amount, Credits or Step-Ups). We treat any distribution of death benefits under a Contract as a “withdrawal” for purposes of subsequent calculations of the Benefit Base and the Lifetime Income Amount.

If the first Covered Person to die is not the Owner (and is not deemed to be an Owner if the Owner is a non-natural person), no death benefit is payable under the Contract. The Rider will continue in effect and we will base the duration of the Lifetime Income Amount only on the lifetime of the surviving Covered Person. We will continue to charge the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider fee; however, we will make no adjustments to the Contract Value or make any adjustments to the Benefit Base, Lifetime Income Amount, Credits or Step-Ups.

Death of Last Covered Person. If the surviving Covered Person dies while the IPFL – Joint Life 6.11 Rider is in effect, we will reduce the Lifetime Income Amount to zero and we make no additional payments under the Rider to the Beneficiary.

50

Death after Removal of a Covered Person. In certain instances, a person initially designated as a Covered Person may be removed as a Covered Person from the Rider. If that happens and:

• if the removed Covered Person subsequently dies, there will be no impact on the guarantees provided by the Rider in most cases; and

• if the remaining Covered Person subsequently dies, we will consider that Covered Person to be the “last” Covered Person and the Rider will terminate.

Death Benefits during the Settlement Phase. If death occurs during an Income Plus For Life – Joint Life^® 6.11 Rider’s Settlement Phase, the only death benefit we provide is the remaining settlement payments that may become due under that Rider. If the death of the first Covered Person occurs while the Rider is in its Settlement Phase, no additional death benefit is payable under the Contract and, in most instances, we continue to make settlement payments in the same manner as before the death. If the death occurs before the Lifetime Income Date, we compute a Lifetime Income Amount during the Settlement Phase on the later of the Lifetime Income Date or the date we receive notice of the death of the first Covered Person. Settlement payments will equal the Lifetime Income Amount. We may limit the ability of the surviving Covered Person to choose a settlement payment amount and duration that differs from the amount and duration in effect before the death of the first Covered Person.

Termination of Rider

These Riders terminate upon a change in ownership (or assignment) of the Contract unless the new Owner or assignee meets the qualifications specified in the Termination provision of the respective Rider. A change of the Annuitant also could result in termination of these Riders. We permit you to change ownership (or make an assignment) of the Contract without terminating the respective Rider when the existing Owner is a legal entity and the new Owner is another legal entity if (a) the new Owner has the same taxpayer identification number as the previous Owner, (b) you transfer ownership from a custodian to the Annuitant, or vice versa, or (c) you transfer ownership from a legal entity to another entity that is satisfactory to us.

You may not terminate an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider once it is in effect (unless we increase the Rider fee – see “Rider Fee” above). However, an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider terminates automatically upon the earliest of:

• the date a death benefit is payable and the Beneficiary takes the death benefit as a lump sum under the terms of the Contract;

• the date an Annuity Option begins;

• the date the Contract Value and the Benefit Base both equal zero;

• (for IPFL 6.11) the death of the Covered Person;

• (for IPFL – Joint Life 6.11) the death of the last Covered Person remaining under the Rider;

• the date a new Rider becomes effective under any exchange program that we may make available;

• the date the Owner is changed or the Contract is assigned, unless:

^¡   the new Owner is a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of the previous Owner; or

^¡   the new Owner is an individual and the previous Owner was a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of that individual; or

^¡   the change is from one guardian, custodian or trust established for the sole benefit of an individual to another guardian, custodian or trust established for the sole benefit of that individual; or

^¡   the Ownership is transferred to the Owner’s Spouse following the death of the Owner; or

^¡   the Contract is assigned to a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of the previous Owner; or

^¡   the assignment is for purposes of a tax qualified exchange; or

• termination of the Contract.

Note that if you terminate the Rider, you must transfer any Contract Value in the Bond PS Portfolios into the Portfolios available to Contracts without an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider.

Tax Considerations

Withdrawals may be taxable and may be subject to a 10% penalty tax if made prior to age 59 ¹/₂. See “VIII. Federal Tax Matters” for additional information on tax considerations related to optional benefit Riders.

Annual Step-Up Death Benefit

If it was available in your state, you may have elected the optional Annual Step-Up Death Benefit. Election of this optional benefit could only be made at the time the Contract was issued and, once made, is irrevocable. If you purchased this Rider and an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, you must limit your investment allocations of Purchase Payments and Contract Value to the Investment Options we make available with the IPFL Series 6.11 Rider.

51

Rider Benefit

The amount of the death benefit for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit is the greater of:

• the death benefit described under “Death Benefit During Accumulation Period”; or

• the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.

The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit is the greatest Anniversary Value after the effective date of the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit up to and including the Contract Anniversary after the 75^th birthday of the oldest Owner at issue of the Contract, or the date of death of any Owner, whichever is earliest.

Anniversary Value. For purposes of the Rider, the Anniversary Value is equal to the Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary, plus any subsequent Purchase Payments, less any amounts deducted in connection with withdrawals since the Contract Anniversary. The amount deducted in connection with withdrawals will be on a pro rata basis and will be equal to (a) multiplied by (b) where:

(a) is equal to the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit prior to the withdrawal; and

(b) is equal to the Withdrawal Amount divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal.

Additional Purchase Payments. Our restrictions on Additional Purchase Payments may prevent you from increasing the Contract’s death benefit under your Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider.

Continuation of Rider upon Death of Owner. If the Beneficiary under the Contract is the Contract Owner’s surviving Spouse and elects to continue the Contract, the Contract and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit will continue with the surviving Spouse as the new Contract Owner, subject to our issue age rules. For purposes of calculating the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit payable upon the death of the surviving Spouse, the death benefit paid upon the first Owner’s death will be treated as a payment to the Contract. In addition, all payments made and all amounts deducted in connection with withdrawals prior to the date the first death benefit is paid will be excluded from consideration in determining the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit. In determining the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit, the Anniversary Values for all prior Contract Anniversaries are set to zero as of the date the first death benefit is paid.

Termination of the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit

The Annual Step-Up Death Benefit terminates upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the date the Contract terminates;

(b) the Maturity Date;

(c) the date on which the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit is paid; or

(d) the date the Owner is changed or the Contract is assigned, unless:

(i) the new Owner is a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of the previous Owner; or

(ii) the new Owner is an individual and the previous Owner was a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of that individual; or

(iii) the change is from one guardian, custodian or trust established for the sole benefit of an individual to another guardian, custodian or trust established for the sole benefit of that individual; or

(iv) the Ownership is transferred to the Owner’s Spouse following the death of the Owner; or

(v) the Contract is assigned to a guardian, a custodian or a trust established for the sole benefit of the previous Owner; or

(vi) the assignment is for purposes of a tax qualified exchange.

Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Fee

A daily charge in an amount equal to 0.30% of the value of each variable Investment Account on an annual basis is deducted from each Subaccount for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit.

Qualified Plans

If you purchased your Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan, including an IRA, you should consider the tax effects that the death benefit provided under the Contract (with or without Annual Step-Up Death Benefit) may have on your plan. Please consult your own qualified tax advisor.

An additional fee is imposed for the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit, and we provide no assurance that investment performance will be sufficient to result in an increased death benefit.

52

VII. Charges and Deductions

We assess charges and deductions under the Contracts against Purchase Payments, Contract Values, or withdrawal or annuity payments. Currently, there are no deductions made from Purchase Payments. In addition, there are deductions from and expenses paid out of the assets of the Portfolios that are described in the Portfolio prospectus. For information on the optional benefits fees, see “VI. Optional Benefits.”

Withdrawal Charges

If you make a withdrawal from your Contract during the Accumulation Period, we may assess a withdrawal charge. The amount of this charge will depend on the number of years that have passed since we received your Purchase Payments, and the charge structure you selected. The Contract allowed you to choose one of the following prior to issuance:

• Venture^® Frontier – the Contract imposes a charge on each withdrawal of Purchase Payments (net of the “free Withdrawal Amount” described below) equal to 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, and 2%, in the years after payment and reducing after year seven to 0%; or

• Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access – this option imposes (a) a withdrawal charge equal to 8%, 7%, 6% and 5% in the years after payment and reducing after year four to 0%; and (b) an additional asset-based 0.50% distribution charge for the first four Contract Years.

You selected at issue either the Venture^® Frontier charge schedule or the Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access option and your selection may not be revoked. We do not assess a withdrawal charge with respect to: (i) earnings accumulated in the Contract; (ii) certain other “free Withdrawal Amounts” described below; (iii) distributions required to satisfy federal income tax minimum distribution requirements with respect to the Contract; or (iv) Purchase Payments that have been in the Contract more than 7 complete Contract Years (Venture^® Frontier) or 4 complete Contract Years (Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access option). In no event may the total withdrawal charges exceed 8% of the amount invested.

We first allocate a withdrawal to accumulated earnings as described below, next to any “free Withdrawal Amount” in excess of accumulated earnings and finally to “unliquidated Purchase Payments” (i.e., the amount of all Purchase Payments in the Contract net of any withdrawals in excess of earnings that have been taken to date). We do not impose a withdrawal charge on amounts allocated to a free Withdrawal Amount. In any Contract Year, the free Withdrawal Amount for that year is the greater of:

• 10% of total Purchase Payments (less all prior withdrawals in that Contract Year); and

• the accumulated earnings of the Contract (i.e., the excess of the Contract Value on the date of withdrawal over unliquidated Purchase Payments).

Withdrawals of up to the free Withdrawal Amount may be withdrawn without the imposition of a withdrawal charge. If the amount of a withdrawal exceeds the accumulated earnings, the excess will be allocated to Purchase Payments which will be liquidated on a first-in first-out basis. On any withdrawal request, we liquidate Purchase Payments equal to the amount of the withdrawal request which exceeds the accumulated earnings in the order the Purchase Payments were made: the oldest unliquidated Purchase Payment first, the next Purchase Payment second, etc., until all Purchase Payments are liquidated.

Upon a full surrender of a Contract, we liquidate the excess of all unliquidated Purchase Payments over the accumulated earnings for purposes of calculating the withdrawal charge.

Each Purchase Payment or portion thereof in excess of the free Withdrawal Amount that is liquidated in connection with a withdrawal request is subject to a withdrawal charge based on the length of time the Purchase Payment has been in the Contract and the charge structure you selected at issue. We calculate the amount of the withdrawal charge by multiplying the amount of the Purchase Payment being liquidated by the applicable withdrawal charge percentage shown below. The total withdrawal charge will be the sum of the withdrawal charges for the Purchase Payments being liquidated.

53

Withdrawal Charge¹

(as a percentage of Purchase Payments)

John Hancock USA and John Hancock NY
	Venture® Frontier2				Venture® Frontier with Flex Access 2
First Year		8	%	First Year		8	%
Second Year		7	%	Second Year		7	%
Third Year		6	%	Third Year		6	%
Fourth Year		5	%	Fourth Year		5	%
Fifth Year		4	%	Thereafter		0	%
Sixth Year		3	%
Seventh Year		2	%
Thereafter		0	%

¹  This charge is taken upon withdrawal or surrender within the specified period of years measured from the date of each Purchase Payment. The total withdrawal charge will be the sum of the withdrawal charges for the Purchase Payments being liquidated.

²  The Flex Access option also has an asset-based distribution charge. Please see “Asset Based Charges” below.

We deduct from the amount paid to the Contract Owner as a result of the withdrawal, any applicable withdrawal charge, Contract and Rider fees and any taxes. In the case of a withdrawal, the amount requested from an Investment Account may not exceed the value of that Investment Account less any applicable fees and charges.

There is generally no withdrawal charge on distributions made as a result of the death of the Contract Owner or, if applicable, the Annuitant, and we impose no withdrawal charges on the Annuity Commencement Date if the Contract Owner annuitizes as provided in the Contract.

Withdrawal charges help to compensate us for the cost of selling the Contracts. The amount of the charges in any Contract Year does not specifically correspond to sales expenses for that year. We expect to recover our total sales expenses over the life of the Contracts. To the extent that the withdrawal charges do not cover total sales expenses, the sales expenses may be recovered from other sources, including gains from the asset-based risk charge and other gains with respect to the Contracts or from our general assets. Similarly, administrative expenses not fully recovered by the administration fee may also be recovered from such other sources.

For examples of calculation of the withdrawal charge, see Appendix A: “Examples of Calculation of Withdrawal Charge.”

Waiver of Applicable Withdrawal Charge – Confinement to Eligible Nursing Home

(John Hancock USA Contracts only; not available in all states)

In states where approved, any applicable withdrawal charge will be waived on a withdrawal after the “Benefit Eligibility Date” and prior to the Maturity Date if all of the following apply:

• the Owner has been confined to an “Eligible Medical Care Facility” for at least 90 days (the waiver does not apply to the confinement of any Annuitant unless the Owner is a non-natural person);

• the confinement began after the Contract Date, or after the change to or addition of any Owner for that Owner;

• confinement was prescribed by a “Physician”;

• confinement was medically necessary in the judgment of the “Physician”;

• both the Owner and the Annuitant are alive as of the date we pay the proceeds of such withdrawal; and

• the request for a withdrawal and “Due Proof of Confinement” are received by us, in Good Order, during confinement or no later than 90 days after discharge unless it was not reasonably possible to provide proof within this time period and proof is provided as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

The “Benefit Eligibility Date” is the 12 months after the Contract Date for any Owner at issue of the Contract and 12 months after any change or addition of an Owner for that new Owner.

An “Eligible Medical Care Facility” is a licensed “Nursing Home” or “Hospital” providing medically necessary inpatient care that is prescribed in writing by a “Physician” and is based on physical limitations which requires daily living in an institutional setting. A “Nursing Home” is a facility which: (a) is located in the United States or its territories; (b) is licensed by the jurisdiction in which it located; and (c) provides custodial care under the supervision of a registered nurse (R.N.). A “Hospital” is a facility which: (a) is located in the United States or its territories; (b) is licensed as a Hospital by the jurisdiction in which it is located; (c) is supervised by

54

a staff of “Physicians”; (d) provides nursing services 24 hours a day by, or under the supervision of, a registered nurse (R.N.); (e) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick or injured persons as inpatients for a charge; and (f) has access to medical, diagnostic and major surgical facilities.

A “Physician” is a person other than you, the Annuitant(s) or a member of your or the Annuitant’s family who is a licensed medical doctor (M.D.) or a licensed doctor of osteopathy (D.O.), practicing within the scope of that license.

“Due Proof of Confinement” is a letter signed by a Physician containing: (a) the date the Owner was confined, (b) the name and location of the Eligible Medical Care Facility, (c) a statement that the confinement was medically necessary in the judgment of the Physician, and (d) if applicable, the date the Owner was released from the Eligible Medical Care Facility.

The waiver described above is not available in all states and certain terms may vary depending on the state of issue as noted in your Contract. Withdrawals may be taxable and if made prior to age 59 ¹/₂ may be subject to a 10% penalty tax (see “VIII. Federal Tax Matters”). You should consult with your own qualified tax advisor before requesting the waiver.

There are or may be situations other than those described above or elsewhere in the Prospectus (see, e.g., “Reduction or Elimination of Charges and Deductions,” below) that merit waiver of withdrawal charges, which we may consider on a case-by-case basis.

Annual Contract Fee

We will deduct each year an annual Contract fee of $50 as partial compensation for the cost of providing all administrative services attributable to the Contracts and the operations of the Separate Accounts and the Company in connection with the Contracts. However, if you are registered for electronic delivery of your transaction confirmations, we will waive the annual Contract fee. Please contact the John Hancock Annuities Service Center at the applicable telephone number or Internet address shown on the first page of this Prospectus for more information on electronic transactions.

During the Accumulation Period, this administration fee is deducted on the Contract Anniversary. It is withdrawn from each Investment Option in the same proportion that the value of such Investment Option bears to the Contract Value. If the entire Contract Value is withdrawn on a day other than the Contract Anniversary, the $50 Contract fee will be deducted from the amount paid. During the Pay-out Period, the fee is deducted on a pro rata basis from each annuity payment.

Asset-Based Charges

We deduct asset-based charges daily to compensate us primarily for our administrative and distribution expenses, and for the mortality and expense risks we assume under the Contracts.

Administration Fee

We allocate a portion of the asset-based charges, as shown in “III. Fee Tables,” to help cover our administrative expenses. We deduct from each of the Subaccounts a daily charge, at an annual effective rate of 0.15% of the value of each corresponding Variable Investment Option, to reimburse us for administrative expenses. The charge will be reflected in the Contract Value as a proportionate reduction in the value of each Variable Investment Option. Even though administrative expenses may increase, we guarantee that the administration fee will not increase as a result.

Mortality and Expense Risks Fee

The mortality risk we assume is the risk that Annuitants may live for a longer period of time than we estimate. We assume this mortality risk by virtue of annuity payment rates incorporated into the Contract which cannot be changed. This assures each Annuitant that his or her longevity will not have an adverse effect on the amount of annuity payments. We also assume mortality risks in connection with our guarantee that, if the Contract Owner dies during the Accumulation Period, we will pay a death benefit (see “V. Description of the Contract – Accumulation Period Provisions – Death Benefit During Accumulation Period”). The expense risk we assume is the risk that the administration charges, distribution charge, or withdrawal charge may be insufficient to cover actual expenses.

To compensate us for assuming these risks, we deduct from each of the Subaccounts, as a percentage of the value of the Variable Investment Options, a daily charge at the annual effective rate of 1.00%.

The rate of the mortality and expense risks charge cannot be increased. The charge was established to continue for the duration of the contractual obligations consistent with pooling of risks, the persistency of certain risks, and the unpredictability of the time and nature of their occurrence. The charge is assessed on all active Contracts, including Contracts continued by a Spousal Beneficiary upon the death of the Contract Owner or continued under any annuity option payable on a variable basis. If the charge is insufficient to cover the actual cost of the mortality and expense risks assumed, we will bear the loss. Conversely, if the charge proves more than sufficient, the excess will be profit to us and will be available for any proper corporate purpose including, among other things, payment of distribution expenses. In cases where no death proceeds are payable (e.g., for Contracts continued by a non-Spousal

55

Beneficiary upon the death of the Owner), or under the Period Certain Only Annuity Option, if you elect benefits payable on a variable basis, we continue to assess the Contractual mortality and expense risks charge, although we bear only the expense risk and not any mortality risk.

Distribution Fee

(Contracts with the Flex Access option only)

If you select the Flex Access withdrawal charge option, we make an additional asset-based charge for the first four Contract Years, as shown in “III. Fee Tables,” to cover our distribution expenses. We deduct a daily charge, at an annual effective rate of 0.50% of the value of each Variable Investment Option, from each corresponding Subaccount to reimburse us for distribution expenses. The charge will be reflected in the Contract Value as a proportionate reduction in the value of each Variable Investment Option. Even though distribution expenses may increase, we guarantee that the amount of the distribution fees will not increase as a result.

Although we charge a Distribution Fee on Contracts with the Flex Access option, we also reduce the rate and time period applicable to withdrawals for such Contracts. The table below illustrates the applicable Distribution Fee and withdrawal charges under the Flex Access option.

Flex Access Annual Separate Account Expenses (as a percentage of average Contract Value)	Contract Year 1	Contract Year 2	Contract Year 3	Contract Year 4	Contract Years 5+
Mortality and Expense Risks Fee	1.00%	1.00%	1.00%	1.00%	1.00%
Administration Fee (asset-based)	0.15%	0.15%	0.15%	0.15%	0.15%
Distribution Fee (asset-based)	0.50%	0.50%	0.50%	0.50%	0.00%
Total Annual Separate Account Expenses (With No Optional Riders Reflected)	1.65%	1.65%	1.65%	1.65%	1.15%
Flex Access Withdrawal Charge Schedule	Contract Year 1	Contract Year 2	Contract Year 3	Contract Year 4	Contract Years 5-7
	8%	7%	6%	5%	0%

Reduction or Elimination of Charges and Deductions

(John Hancock USA Contracts only; not available in New York)

We may reduce or eliminate the amount of withdrawal charges or any administrative charge or other deductions from Purchase Payments for certain Contracts where permitted by state law. These Contracts would involve sales to individuals or to a group of individuals in a manner that results in savings of sales or maintenance expenses or that we expect to result in reduction of other risks that are normally associated with the Contracts. We determine entitlement to such a reduction in the charges or deductions in the following manner:

• We consider the size and type of group to which sales are made. Generally, per-Contract sales expenses for a larger group are smaller than for a smaller group because of the ability to implement large numbers of Contracts with fewer sales contacts.

• We consider the total amount of Purchase Payments to be received. Per-dollar sales expenses are likely to be less on larger Purchase Payments than on smaller ones.

• We consider the nature of the group or class for which the Contracts are purchased including the expected persistency, mortality or morbidity risks associated with the group or class of Contracts.

• We consider any prior or existing relationship with us. Per-Contract sales expenses are likely to be less when there is a prior or existing relationship because of the likelihood of implementing the Contract with fewer sales contacts.

• We consider the level of commissions paid to selling broker-dealers. Certain broker-dealers may have offered the Contract in connection with financial planning programs on a fee-for-service basis. In view of the financial planning fees, such broker-dealers may have elected to receive lower commissions for sales of the Contracts, thereby reducing our sales expenses.

• There may be other circumstances that result in reduced expenses.

If after consideration of the foregoing factors, we determine that there will be a reduction in expenses, we provide a reduction in the charges or deductions. In no event do we permit reduction or elimination of the charges or deductions where that reduction or elimination would be unfairly discriminatory to any person. We reserve the right to modify, suspend or terminate any reductions or waivers of charges at any time.

56

Premium Taxes

We make deductions for any applicable premium or similar taxes. Currently, certain local jurisdictions assess a tax of up to 4% of each Purchase Payment.

In most cases, and subject to applicable state law, we deduct a charge in the amount of the tax from the total value of the Contract only at the time of annuitization, death, surrender, or withdrawal. We reserve the right, however, to deduct the charge from each Purchase Payment at the time it is made. We compute the amount of the charge by multiplying the applicable premium tax percentage by the amount you are withdrawing, surrendering, annuitizing or applying to a death benefit.

	Premium Tax Rate1
State or Territory	Qualified     Contracts	Nonqualified     Contracts
CA	0.50%	2.35%
GUAM	4.00%	4.00%
ME2	0.00%	2.00%
NV	0.00%	3.50%
PR	1.00%	1.00%
SD2	0.00%	1.25%3
TX4	0.04%	0.04%
WV	1.00%	1.00%
WY	0.00%	1.00%

¹  Based on the state of residence at the time the tax is assessed.

²  We pay premium tax upon receipt of Purchase Payment.

³  0.08% on Purchase Payments in excess of $500,000.

⁴  Referred to as a “maintenance fee.”

57

VIII. Federal Tax Matters

Introduction

The following discussion of the federal income tax treatment of the Contract is not exhaustive, does not purport to cover all situations, and is not intended as tax advice. The federal income tax treatment of a contract is quite complex, and you should consult a qualified tax advisor with regard to the application of the law to your circumstances. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury Department regulations, and Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and interpretations existing on the date of this Prospectus. These authorities, however, are subject to change by Congress, the Treasury Department and judicial decisions.

This discussion does not address state or local tax consequences associated with a Contract. This discussion also does not address the potential tax and withholding rules that might apply to a Contract held by, or distributions paid to, any foreign person, including any foreign financial institution, other entity or individual. Please consult with your tax advisor if there is a possibility that a Contract might be held by, or payable to, a foreign person. In addition, we make no guarantee regarding any tax treatment — federal, state, or local — of any Contract or of any transaction involving a Contract.

Our Tax Status

We are taxed as a life insurance company. Under current tax law rules, we include the investment income (exclusive of capital gains) of a Separate Account in our taxable income and take deductions for investment income credited to our “policyholder reserves.” We are also required to capitalize and amortize certain costs instead of deducting those costs when they are incurred. We do not currently charge a Separate Account for any resulting income tax costs. We also claim certain tax credits or deductions relating to foreign taxes paid and dividends received by the Portfolios. These benefits can be material. We do not pass these benefits through to a Separate Account, principally because: (i) the deductions and credits are allowed to the Company and not the Contract owners under applicable tax law; and (ii) the deductions and credits do not represent investment return on Separate Account assets that is passed through to Contract owners.

The Contracts permit us to deduct a charge for any taxes we incur that are attributable to the operation or existence of the Contracts or a Separate Account. Currently, we do not anticipate making a charge for such taxes. If the level of the current taxes increases, however, or is expected to increase in the future, we reserve the right to make a charge in the future. (Please note that this discussion applies to federal income tax but not to any state or local taxes.)

Special Considerations for Optional Benefits

At present, the IRS has not provided guidance as to the tax treatment of charges for optional benefits to an annuity contract. The IRS might take the position that each charge associated with these optional benefits is deemed a withdrawal from the contract subject to current income tax to the extent of any gains and, if applicable, a 10% penalty tax for premature withdrawals. We do not currently report charges for optional benefits as withdrawals, but we may do so in the future if we believe that the IRS would require us to report them as such.

If the Contract you purchased is not intended for use with a tax-qualified retirement plan or as an IRA (a “Nonqualified Contract”):

• Any withdrawal you take ordinarily is taxable as ordinary income to the extent of any gain in the Contract, if any, at the time of the withdrawal.

• Under current IRS guidance, we expect to determine gain on a withdrawal, including withdrawals during the “Settlement Phase” of an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider, using the Contract Value. See “VI. Optional Benefits” for a description of the IPFL 6.11 Series Riders available under the Contracts. It is possible, however, that the IRS may take the position that the value of amounts guaranteed to be available in the future should also be taken into account in computing the taxable portion of a withdrawal. In that event, you may be subject to a higher amount of tax on a withdrawal.

• Any annuity payments that you receive under an Annuity Option, including Annuity Options that are available only when you elect an IPFL 6.11Series Rider, will be taxed in the manner described in “Taxation of Annuity Payments” below.

If the Contract you purchased is intended for use with a tax-qualified retirement plan or as an IRA (a “Qualified Contract”):

• Please see “Roth IRAs – Conversions and Rollovers to Roth IRAs” below for additional information on the tax impact of optional benefit Riders on a conversion to a Roth IRA.

• The amount of any required minimum distributions may be increased under federal tax rules if your Contract has an optional death benefit or other optional benefit Rider. See “General Information Regarding Qualified Contracts” below.

You should consult a qualified tax advisor for information on any optional benefit Riders.

58

General Information Regarding Nonqualified Contracts

(Contracts Not Purchased to Fund an Individual Retirement Account or Other Qualified Plan)

Tax Deferral During Accumulation Period

Except where the Owner is not an individual, we expect our Contracts to be considered annuity contracts under section 72 of the Code. This means that, ordinarily, federal income tax on any gains in your Contract will be deferred until we actually make a distribution to you or you assign or pledge an interest in your Contract.

However, a Contract held by an Owner other than a natural person (for example, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or other such entity) does not generally qualify as an annuity contract for tax purposes. Any increase in value therefore would constitute ordinary taxable income to such an Owner in the year earned. Notwithstanding this general rule, a Contract will ordinarily be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal Owner is a trust or other entity which holds the Contract as an agent for a natural person. This exception does not apply in the case of any employer which is the nominal owner of an annuity contract under a nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement for its employees.

In addition to the foregoing, if the Contract’s Maturity Date occurs, or is scheduled to occur, at a time when the Annuitant is at an advanced age, such as over age 95, it is possible that the Owner will be taxed currently on the annual increase in the Contract Value.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Contract will constitute an annuity for federal tax purposes.

Aggregation of Contracts

In certain circumstances, the IRS may determine the portion of an annuity payment or a withdrawal from a contract that is includible in income by combining some or all of the annuity contracts owned by an individual which are not issued in connection with a Qualified Plan.

For example, if you purchase two or more deferred annuity contracts from the same insurance company (or its affiliates) during any calendar year, all such contracts will be treated as one contract for purposes of determining whether any payment not received as an annuity (including withdrawals prior to the Maturity Date) is includible in income. Thus, if during a calendar year you buy two or more of the Contracts offered by this Prospectus (which might be done, for example, in order to purchase different guarantees and/or benefits under different contracts), all of such Contracts would be treated as one Contract in determining whether withdrawals from any of such Contracts are includible in income. The IRS may also require aggregation in other circumstances and you should consult a qualified tax advisor if you own more than one annuity contract.

The effects of such aggregation are not always clear and depend on the circumstances. However, aggregation could affect the amount of a withdrawal that is taxable and the amount that might be subject to the 10% penalty tax described below.

Exchanges of Annuity Contracts

We may have issued the Contract in exchange for all or part of another annuity contract that you owned. Such an exchange was tax free if certain requirements were satisfied. If you satisfied these requirements, your investment in the Contract immediately after the exchange was generally the same as that of the annuity contract you exchanged, increased by any Additional Purchase Payment you made as part of the exchange. Your investment in the Contract may have been more, less or the same as the Contract Value immediately after the exchange. If your Contract Value exceeded your investment in the Contract, that excess represented gain in the Contract. You have to include that gain in your gross income if you subsequently take a withdrawal or distribution from the Contract (e.g., as a partial surrender, full surrender, annuity payment or death benefit), or are deemed to receive a distribution (e.g., through a collateral assignment) from the Contract.

In Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS amended the tax rules applicable to the partial exchange of an annuity contract for another annuity contract, effective for partial exchanges that occur after October 23, 2011. If you exchange part of an existing Contract after that date, and within 180 days of the exchange you receive a payment (e.g., you make a withdrawal) from either contract, all or a portion of the amount received could be includible in your income and also subject to a 10% penalty tax. The IRS has announced that it will apply general tax principles to determine the consequences of receiving such a payment. For example, the IRS could treat the payment as taxable only to the extent of the gain in the particular contract from which the payment was received. Alternatively, the IRS could determine that the payment was an integrated part of the exchange. In that case, the payment would be taxable to the extent of all the gain accumulated in the original contract at the time of the partial exchange, regardless of whether the payment came from the existing contract or from the Contract received in the exchange. Application of general tax principles is dependent on the facts and circumstances of each case. However, amounts received as an annuity during the 180-day period are not subject to the new rules, provided that the annuity payments will be made for a period of at least 10 years or for a life or joint lives.

EXAMPLE: An annuity Contract had $100,000 of Contract Value, of which $56,000 was gain and $44,000 was the Owner’s investment in the Contract, or “cost basis.” After October 23, 2011, the Owner did a partial exchange of 25% of the Contract Value for a new annuity contract. Of the $25,000 transferred to the new contract, $14,000 represents gain and $11,000 represents cost basis transferred from the original Contract. Two months after the partial exchange, the Owner takes a withdrawal from the new contract in

59

the amount of $17,000. If the IRS treats the withdrawal as a distribution from the new contract, only $14,000 will be taxable as a distribution of income ($25,000 of contract value - $11,000 of cost basis in the new contract). If instead the IRS determines that the withdrawal is part of the exchange, the entire $17,000 is taxable as income because there was $56,000 of gain in the original Contract at the time of the exchange.

You should consult with your own qualified tax advisor in connection with an exchange of all or part of a Contract for another contract, especially if you make a withdrawal from either contract after the exchange. The date a partial exchange occurs will be a factor in determining the tax treatment of subsequent withdrawals and other distributions from either contract.

Loss of Interest Deduction Where Contracts are Held by or for the Benefit of Certain Non-Natural Persons

In the case of Contracts issued after June 8, 1997 to a non-natural taxpayer (such as a corporation or a trust), or held for the benefit of such an entity, a portion of otherwise deductible interest may not be deductible by the entity, regardless of whether the interest relates to debt used to purchase or carry the Contract. However, this interest deduction disallowance does not affect Contracts where the income on such Contracts is treated as ordinary income that is received or accrued by the Owner during the taxable year. Entities that purchased the Contract, or entities that are Beneficiaries under the Contract, should consult a qualified tax advisor.

Taxation of Annuity Payments

When we make payments under a Nonqualified Contract in the form of an annuity, normally a portion of each annuity payment is taxable as ordinary income. The taxable portion of an annuity payment is equal to the excess of the payment over the exclusion amount.

In the case of Variable Annuity payments, the exclusion amount is the investment in the Contract when payments begin to be made divided by the number of payments expected to be made (taking into account the Annuitant’s life expectancy and the form of annuity benefit selected). In the case of Fixed Annuity payments, the exclusion amount is based on the investment in the Contract and the total expected value of Fixed Annuity payments for the term of the Contract (determined under Treasury Department regulations). In general, your investment in the Contract equals the aggregate amount of premium payments you have made over the life of the Contract, reduced by any amounts previously distributed from the Contract that were not subject to tax.

Once you have recovered your total investment in the Contract tax free, further annuity payments will be fully taxable. If annuity payments cease because the Annuitant dies before all of the investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount generally will be allowed as a deduction on the Annuitant’s last tax return or, if there is a beneficiary entitled to receive further payments, will be distributed to the Beneficiary as described more fully below under “Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds.”

Effective January 1, 2011, section 72(a)(2) of the Code permits partial annuitization of an annuity contract and specifies that the cost basis, or investment in the contract, be allocated pro rata between the portion of the contract being annuitized and the portion of the contract remaining deferred. We do not permit you to apply any amount less than your entire Contract Value to the Annuity Options available under your Contract. Accordingly, any portion of your Contract that you withdraw to be annuitized will be reported to the IRS as a taxable distribution unless you transfer it into another contract (issued by John Hancock or by another company) in a partial exchange conforming to the rules of section 1035 of the Code and Rev. Proc. 2011-38. Any such withdrawal, whether carried out as a tax-deferred partial exchange or as a taxable withdrawal, will be subject to withdrawal charges.

Surrenders, Withdrawals, Transfers and Death Benefits

When we make a single sum payment consisting of the entire value of your Contract, you have ordinary taxable income to the extent the payment exceeds your investment in the Contract (discussed above). Such a single sum payment can occur, for example, if you surrender your Contract before the Maturity Date or if you or your Beneficiary do not select an extended payment option for a death benefit payment.

When you take a withdrawal from a Contract before the Maturity Date (or Annuity Commencement Date if earlier), including a payment under a systematic withdrawal plan or guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit, all or part of the payment may constitute taxable ordinary income to you. If, on the date of withdrawal, the total value of your Contract exceeds the investment in the Contract, the excess will be considered gain and the withdrawal will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of such gain. If a withdrawal exceeds the gain in your Contract, the excess amount is a tax-free return of your investment in the Contract. If you have recovered your entire investment in the Contract, any additional withdrawals based upon a Rider guarantee will be subject to income tax. If you assign or pledge any part of your Contract Value, the value so pledged or assigned is taxed the same way as an actual withdrawal.

For purposes of determining the amount of taxable income resulting from a single sum payment or a withdrawal, all nonqualified annuity contracts issued by us or our affiliates to the Owner within the same calendar year will be treated as if they were a single contract. Taxable withdrawals may also be subject to a penalty tax for premature withdrawals as explained below.

When an individual Owner transfers ownership of a Contract without receiving full and adequate consideration, the transfer is taxed like a surrender. The transferor must include in gross income the amount by which the cash surrender value exceeds any investment

60

in the Contract. The amount included in income may also be subject to a penalty tax for premature withdrawals as explained below. The new Owner’s investment in the Contract is increased by the amount included in the transferor’s gross income as a result of the transfer. These tax issues may apply, for example, in situations where the Owner and the Annuitant are not the same person and are not married to each other. A qualified tax advisor should be consulted in those situations. However, these tax rules do not apply to a transfer between Spouses or a transfer to a former Spouse incident to a divorce under Code section 1041.

Taxation of Death Benefit Proceeds

All or part of any death benefit proceeds may constitute a taxable payout of earnings. A death benefit payment generally results in taxable ordinary income to the extent of gain in the Contract.

Amounts may be distributed from a Contract because of the death of an Owner or the Annuitant. During the Accumulation Period, death benefit proceeds are includible in income as follows:

• if distributed in a single sum payment under our current administrative procedures, they are taxed in the same manner as a full withdrawal, as described above; or

• if distributed under an Annuity Option, they are taxed in the same manner as annuity payments, as described above; or

• if distributed as a series of withdrawals over the Beneficiary’s life expectancy, they are taxable to the extent there is gain in the Contract.

After a Contract matures and annuity payments begin, if the Contract guarantees payments for a stated period and the Owner dies before the end of that period, payments made to the Beneficiary for the remainder of that period are includible in the Beneficiary’s income as follows:

• if received in a single sum under our current administrative procedures, they are includible in income to the extent that they exceed the unrecovered investment in the Contract at that time; or

• if distributed in accordance with an existing Annuity Option other than a Period Certain Only Annuity Option, they are fully excludible from income until the remaining investment in the Contract has been recovered, and all annuity benefit payments thereafter are fully includible in income; or

• if distributed in accordance with an existing Period Certain Only Annuity Option, the payments are taxed the same as the annuity payments made before death. A portion of each annuity payment is includible in income and the remainder is excluded from income as a return of the investment in the Contract.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions

There is a 10% penalty tax on the taxable portion of any payment from a Nonqualified Contract. Exceptions to this penalty tax include distributions:

• received on or after the date on which the Contract Owner reaches age 59 ¹/₂;

• attributable to the Contract Owner becoming disabled (as defined in the tax law);

• made to a Beneficiary on or after the death of the Contract Owner or, if the Contract Owner is not an individual, on or after the death of the primary Annuitant;

• made as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Contract Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and designated Beneficiary;*

• made under a single-premium immediate annuity contract; or

• made with respect to certain annuities issued in connection with structured settlement agreements.

* You may be subject to a retroactive application of the penalty tax, plus interest, if you begin taking a series of substantially equal periodic payments (Life Expectancy Distribution) and then modify the payment pattern (other than by reason of death or disability) before the later of your turning age 59 ¹/₂ and the passage of five years after the date of the first payment.

Diversification Requirements

Your Contract will not qualify for the tax benefits of an annuity contract unless the Separate Account follows certain rules requiring diversification of investments underlying the Contract. In addition, the rules require that the Contract Owner not have “investment control” over the underlying assets.

In certain circumstances, the owner of a variable annuity contract may be considered the owner, for federal income tax purposes, of the assets of the separate account used to support the contract. In those circumstances, income and gains from the separate account assets would be includible in the Contract Owner’s gross income. The IRS has stated in published rulings that a variable contract owner will be considered the owner of separate account assets if the contract owner possesses incidents of ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the assets. A Treasury Decision issued in 1986 stated that guidance would be issued in the form of regulations or rulings on the “extent to which Policyholders may direct their investments to particular subaccounts of a separate account without being treated as owners of the underlying assets.” As of the date of this Prospectus, no comprehensive guidance on this point has been issued. In Rev. Rul. 2003-91, however, the IRS ruled that a contract holder would not

61

be treated as the owner of assets underlying a variable annuity contract despite the owner’s ability to allocate funds among as many as twenty subaccounts.

The ownership rights under your Contract are similar to, but different in certain respects from, those described in IRS rulings in which the IRS determined that contract owners were not owners of separate account assets. Since you have greater flexibility in allocating premiums and Contract Values than was the case in those rulings, it is possible that you would be treated as the owner of your Contract’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account.

We do not know what future Treasury Department regulations or other guidance may require. We cannot guarantee that an underlying Portfolio will be able to operate as currently described in its prospectus, or that a Portfolio will not have to change any of its investment objectives or policies. We have reserved the right to modify your Contract if we believe doing so will prevent you from being considered the owner of your Contract’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account, but we are under no obligation to do so.

Medicare Tax on Unearned Income

The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the “Act”) contains provisions for a new Medicare tax to be imposed at a maximum rate of 3.8% in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. Also referred to as the Net Investment Income tax, the tax is imposed on an amount equal to the lesser of (a) “net investment income” or (b) the excess of the taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income over a specified income threshold ($250,000 for married couples filing jointly, $125,000 for married couples filing separately, and $200,000 for everyone else). “Net investment income,” for these purposes, includes the excess (if any) of gross income from annuities, interest, dividends, royalties and rents, and certain net gain, over allowable deductions, as such terms are defined in the Act or as may be defined in future Treasury Regulations or IRS guidance. The term “net investment income” does not include any distribution from a plan or arrangement described in Code sections 401(a), 403(a), 403(b), 408 (i.e., IRAs), 408A (i.e., Roth IRAs) or 457(b).

You should consult a qualified tax advisor for further information about the impact of the Act on your individual circumstances.

Puerto Rico Nonqualified Contracts

Distributions from Puerto Rico annuity contracts issued by us are subject to federal income taxation, withholding and reporting requirements as well as Puerto Rico tax laws. Both jurisdictions impose a tax on distributions. Under federal requirements, distributions are deemed to be income first. Under the Puerto Rico tax laws, however, distributions from a Contract not purchased to fund a Qualified Plan (“Nonqualified Contract”) are generally treated as a nontaxable return of principal until the principal is fully recovered. Thereafter, all distributions under a Nonqualified Contact are fully taxable. Puerto Rico does not currently impose an early withdrawal penalty tax on premature distributions from a Nonqualified Contract. The Code, however, does impose such a penalty and bases it on the amount that is taxable under federal rules.

Annuitized distributions under a Nonqualified Contract are treated as part taxable income and part nontaxable return of principal. With annuitization, the annual amount excluded from gross income under Puerto Rico tax law is equal to the amount of the distribution in excess of 3% of the total Purchase Payments paid, until an amount equal to the total Purchase Payments paid has been excluded. Thereafter, the entire distribution from a Nonqualified Contract is included in gross income. For federal income tax purposes, however, the portion of each annuity payment that is subject to tax is computed on the basis of investment in the Contract and the Annuitant’s life expectancy. Generally Puerto Rico does not require income tax to be withheld from distributions of income from Nonqualified Contracts. Although Puerto Rico allows a credit against its income tax for taxes paid to the federal government, you may not be able to use the credit fully.

General Information Regarding Qualified Contracts

(Contracts Purchased to Fund an Individual Retirement Account or Other Qualified Plan)

Numerous special tax rules apply to the participants in certain types of retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code (“Qualified Plans”), and to the Contracts used in connection with these plans. We provide a brief description of types of Qualified Plans in this Prospectus and in the SAI, but make no attempt to provide more than general information in this Prospectus and SAI about use of the Contracts with the various types of Qualified Plans. We have discontinued making Contracts available to any Qualified Plan.

When we issued a Contract in connection with a Qualified Plan (“Qualified Contract”), we may have amended the Contract as necessary to conform to the requirements of the Code. We have no responsibility, however, for determining whether a particular retirement plan or a particular contribution to the plan satisfies the applicable requirements of the Code, or whether a particular employee is eligible for inclusion under a plan. Your rights to any benefits under the plan may be subject to the terms and conditions of the plan itself, regardless of the terms and conditions of the Contracts.

You should consult a qualified tax advisor for specific information about the impact of tax rules and plan requirements on your particular facts and circumstances.

62

Additional Purchase Payments to Qualified Contracts

You may make Additional Purchase Payments to a Qualified Contract, subject to our requirements and limitations for Additional Purchase Payments (see “V. Description of the Contract – Purchase Payments” for information on our Additional Purchase Payment requirements and limitations):

• as a transfer from a traditional IRA to a Contract issued as a traditional IRA;

• as a direct or indirect rollover* from a retirement plan qualified under sections 401(a), 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457 of the Code to a Contract issued either as a traditional IRA or as a Roth IRA; or

• by making annual contributions to the extent permitted under the Code.

* We use the term “direct rollovers” to refer to amounts that a Qualified Plan remits directly to us as an Additional Purchase Payment. We use the term “indirect rollovers” to refer to amounts that you may receive from a Qualified Plan, and then remit to us as an Additional Purchase Payment. The Code permits an indirect rollover to be tax-deferred if it is contributed to an IRA within 60 days of receipt. Note that an individual can make only one indirect rollover from his IRA(s) during any 12-month period. The tax law does not limit the number of indirect rollovers from other Qualified Plans to an IRA.

Distribution Requirements

The Code imposes requirements on Qualified Plans to comply with minimum distribution requirements. We provide general information, below, on minimum distribution requirements for traditional IRAs, Roth IRAs and certain other Qualified Plans.

Traditional IRAs

Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) permits eligible individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an Individual Retirement Annuity (“IRA”) or traditional IRA (to distinguish it from the Roth IRA discussed below). Contracts issued as traditional IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible and the time when distributions may commence. Under the tax rules, the Owner and the Annuitant may not be different individuals. If a co-Annuitant is named, all distributions made while the Annuitant is alive must be made to the Annuitant. The Contract does not qualify for use in connection with an Education IRA under section 530 of the Code.

The Contract may be issued with a death benefit or certain benefits provided by an optional Rider. The presence of such benefits may increase the amount of any required minimum distributions for IRAs and other Contracts subject to the Required Minimum Distribution (“RMD”) rules.

Under our current administrative rules, we do not permit a Beneficiary of a Contract intended for use as a traditional IRA to purchase a new optional benefit Rider if the Beneficiary elects to maintain it as an inherited IRA or an inherited Roth IRA.

Contributions to a Traditional IRA

Eligible rollover distributions from certain types of qualified retirement plans may be rolled over on a tax-deferred basis into a traditional IRA by former participants in the plans. For these purposes, eligible rollover distributions include lump sum amounts payable from the plan upon termination of employment, termination of the plan, disability or retirement. Eligible rollover distributions do not include: (i) required minimum distributions as described in section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (ii) certain distributions for life, life expectancy, or for 10 years or more which are part of a “series of substantially equal periodic payments;” and (iii) if applicable, certain hardship withdrawals.

If you are the surviving Spouse and “designated beneficiary” (as defined in the tax law) of a participant in a tax-qualified retirement account, you may make a direct rollover contribution as an Additional Purchase Payment to a Contract issued as a traditional IRA to the extent permitted. See “V. Description of the Contract – Purchase Payments” for information on our Purchase Payment requirements.

Distributions from a Traditional IRA

In general, unless you rolled over non-deductible contributions from any other Qualified Plan or made non-deductible contributions to your Contract, all amounts paid out from a traditional IRA Contract (in the form of an annuity, a single sum, death benefits or partial withdrawal), are taxable to the payee as ordinary income. You may incur an additional 10% penalty tax if you surrender the Contract or make a withdrawal before you reach age 59 ¹/₂, unless certain exceptions apply as specified in section 72(t) of the Code. If any part of your direct rollover from a tax-qualified retirement plan includes after-tax contributions to the plan, or if you have made any non-deductible contributions to a Contract issued as a traditional IRA, part of any withdrawal or surrender distribution, single sum, death proceeds or annuity payment from the Contract may be excluded from taxable income when received.

A Beneficiary who is not your Spouse may make a direct transfer to an inherited IRA of the amount otherwise distributable to him or her under a Contract issued as a traditional IRA.

63

Required Minimum Distributions from a Traditional IRA

Treasury Department regulations prescribe required minimum distribution (“RMD”) rules governing the time at which distributions from a traditional IRA to the Owner and Beneficiary must commence and the form in which the distributions must be paid. These special rules may also require the length of any guarantee period to be limited. They also affect the restrictions that the Owner may impose on the timing and manner of payment of death benefits to beneficiaries or the period of time over which a Beneficiary may extend payment of the death benefits under the Contract. In addition, the presence of the death benefit or a lifetime income benefit feature may affect the amount of the required minimum distributions that must be made under the Contract. Failure to comply with RMD requirements will result in the imposition of an excise tax, generally 50% of the amount by which the amount required to be distributed exceeds the actual distribution. In the case of IRAs (other than Roth IRAs), distributions of minimum amounts (as specified in the tax law) to the Owner must generally commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Owner turns age 70 ¹/₂. The amount that must be distributed each year is computed on the basis of the Owner’s age, the value of the Contract (taking into account both the account balance and the actuarial present value of other benefits provided under the Contract), and the value of all other traditional IRAs owned by the taxpayer.

Distributions made from traditional IRAs (and Roth IRAs) after the Owner’s death must also comply with RMD requirements. Different rules governing the timing and the manner of payments apply, depending on whether the designated beneficiary is an individual and, if so, the Owner’s Spouse, or an individual other than the Owner’s Spouse. If you wish to impose restrictions on the timing and manner of payment of death benefits to your designated beneficiary or if your Beneficiary wishes to extend over a period of time the payment of the death benefits under your Contract, please consult your own qualified tax advisor.

If you make a direct transfer of all the value from a traditional IRA to any other traditional IRA, the minimum distribution requirements (and taxes on the distributions) apply to amounts withdrawn from the other traditional IRA.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions from a Traditional IRA

A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the taxable amount of any payment from a traditional IRA. The penalty tax does not apply to a payment:

• received on or after the date on which the Contract Owner reaches age 59 ¹/₂;

• received on or after the Owner’s death or because of the Owner’s disability (as defined in the tax law); or

• made as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and designated beneficiary.

You may be subject to a retroactive application of the penalty tax, plus interest, if you begin taking a series of substantially equal periodic payments and then modify the payment pattern (other than by reason of death or disability) before the later of your turning age 59 ¹/₂ and the passage of five years after the date of the first payment.

In addition, the penalty tax does not apply to certain distributions from IRAs that are used for first time home purchases or for higher education expenses, or to distributions made to certain eligible individuals called to active duty after September 11, 2001. Special conditions must be met to qualify for these three exceptions to the penalty tax. If you wish to take a distribution from a traditional IRA for these purposes, you should consult your own qualified tax advisor.

If you rollover a Contract issued as a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA by surrendering the Contract and purchasing a Roth IRA, you may be subject to federal income taxes, including withholding taxes. Please read “Conversion or Rollover to a Roth IRA,” below, for more information.

Roth IRAs

Section 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to a type of IRA known as a Roth IRA. Roth IRAs are generally subject to the same rules as traditional IRAs, but they differ in certain significant ways with respect to the taxation of contributions and distributions.

Contributions to a Roth IRA

Unlike a traditional IRA, contributions to a Roth IRA are not deductible. As with a traditional IRA, eligible rollover distributions from certain types of qualified retirement plans may be directly rolled over into a Roth IRA by former participants in the plan. For these purposes, eligible rollover distributions include lump sum amounts payable from the plan upon termination of employment, termination of the plan, disability or retirement. Eligible rollover distributions do not include: (i) required minimum distributions as described in section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (ii) certain distributions for life, life expectancy, or for 10 years or more which are part of a “series of substantially equal periodic payments;” and (iii) if applicable, certain hardship withdrawals.

Federal income tax will apply to direct rollovers from “non-Roth” accounts in 401(k) retirement plans to Contracts issued as Roth IRAs. Please read “Conversion or Rollover to a Roth IRA,” below, for more information. Under current rules, direct rollovers from “Roth” accounts in a 401(k) retirement plan to Contracts issued as Roth IRAs generally are not subject to federal income tax.

64

Distributions from a Roth IRA

Unlike a traditional IRA, distributions from Roth IRAs need not commence after the Owner turns age 70 ¹/₂. Distributions must, however, begin after the Owner’s death. Distributions after the Owner’s death must comply with the minimum distribution requirements described above for traditional IRAs. Different rules governing the timing and the manner of payments apply, depending on whether the designated beneficiary is an individual and, if so, the Owner’s Spouse, or an individual other than the Owner’s Spouse.

If you wish to impose restrictions on the timing and the manner of payment of death proceeds to your designated beneficiary or if your Beneficiary wishes to extend payment of the Contract death proceeds over a period of time, please consult your own qualified tax advisor. Under our current administrative rules, we did not permit a Beneficiary of a Contract intended for use as a Roth IRA to purchase a new optional benefit Rider if the Beneficiary elected to maintain it as a Roth IRA.

Qualified distributions from a Roth IRA are excluded from income. A qualified distribution for these purposes is a distribution that satisfies two requirements. First, the distribution must be made in a taxable year that is at least five years after the first taxable year for which a contribution to any Roth IRA established for the Owner was made. Second, the distribution must be:

• made after the Owner turns age 59 ¹/₂;

• made after the Owner’s death;

• attributable to the Owner being disabled; or

• a qualified first-time homebuyer distribution within the meaning of section 72(t)(2)(F) of the Code.

A rollover from a Contract issued as a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA is not subject to income tax.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions from a Roth IRA

Taxable distributions before age 59 ¹/₂ may also be subject to a 10% penalty tax. This early distribution penalty may also apply to amounts converted to a Roth IRA that are subsequently distributed within a 5-taxable year period beginning in the year of conversion. Please read “Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions from a Traditional IRA,” above, for more information.

The state tax treatment of a Roth IRA may differ from the federal income tax treatment of a Roth IRA. You should seek independent tax advice if you intend to use the Contract in connection with a Roth IRA.

Conversion or Rollover to a Roth IRA

You can convert a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. You also can initiate a direct rollover distribution from a retirement plan described in sections 401(a), 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code to a Roth IRA Contract. The Roth IRA annual contribution limit does not apply to conversion or rollover amounts, but you must satisfy our requirements for Additional Purchase Payments. See “V. Description of the Contract – Purchase Payments” for additional information.

You must pay tax on any portion of a conversion or rollover amount that would have been taxed if you had not converted or rolled over to a Roth IRA. If you convert a Contract issued as a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, the amount deemed to be the conversion amount for tax purposes may be higher than the Contract Value because of the deemed value of guarantees. If you convert a Contract issued as a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, you may instruct us not to withhold any of the conversion amount for taxes and remittance to the IRS. If you do instruct us to withhold for taxes when converting a Contract issued as a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA, we will treat any amount we withhold as a withdrawal from your Contract, which could result in an Excess Withdrawal and a reduction in the benefit value of any elected optional guarantee Rider, in a proportion determined by the Rider. Please read “VI. Optional Benefits” for more information about the impact of withdrawals.

If you direct the sponsor or administrator to transfer a rollover amount from your “non-Roth” Qualified Plan to a Roth IRA Contract, there is no mandatory tax withholding that applies to the rollover amount. A direct rollover to a Roth IRA is not subject to mandatory tax withholding, even though the distribution is includible in gross income.

Current tax law no longer imposes a restriction based on adjusted gross income on a taxpayer’s ability to convert a traditional IRA or other qualified retirement accounts to a Roth IRA. Accordingly, taxpayers with more than $100,000 of adjusted gross income may now convert such assets to a Roth IRA. Generally, the amount converted to a Roth IRA is included in ordinary income for the year in which the account was converted. Given the taxation of Roth IRA conversions and the potential for an early distribution penalty tax, you should consider the resources that you have available, other than your retirement plan assets, for paying any taxes that would become due the year of any such conversion or a subsequent year. You should seek independent qualified tax advice if you intend to use the Contract in connection with a Roth IRA.

You are not subject to federal income tax on a direct rollover of distributions from a Roth account in another Qualified Plan permitted to be rolled over into a Contract issued as a Roth IRA, or from a Contract issued as a Roth IRA to another Roth IRA.

65

Other Qualified Plans

You may have purchased a Qualified Contract for use in connection with certain retirement plans that receive favorable treatment under the Code, but are not traditional IRAs or Roth IRAs. The other types of retirement plans (“Other Qualified Plans”) include:

Other Qualified Plan Type
SIMPLE IRA Plans	In general, under Section 408(p) of the Code a small business employer may establish a SIMPLE IRA plan if the employer employed no more than 100 employees earning at least $5,000 during the preceding year. Under a SIMPLE IRA plan both employees and the employer make deductible contributions. SIMPLE IRAs are subject to various requirements, including limits on the amounts that may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and the time when distributions may commence. The requirements for minimum distributions from a SIMPLE IRA plan are generally the same as those discussed above for distributions from a traditional IRA. The rules on taxation of distributions are also similar to those that apply to a traditional IRA with a few exceptions.
Simplified Employee Pensions (SEP-IRAs)	Section 408(k) of the Code allows employers to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees, using the employees’ IRAs for such purposes, if certain criteria are met. Under these plans the employer may, within specified limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to IRAs. The requirements for minimum distributions from a SEP-IRA, and rules on taxation of distributions from a SEP-IRA, are generally the same as those discussed above for distributions from a traditional IRA.
Section 403(b) Plans or Tax-Sheltered Annuities	Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of tax-exempt organizations to have their employers purchase annuity contracts for them and, subject to certain limitations, to exclude the Purchase Payments from gross income for tax purposes. There also are limits on the amount of incidental benefits that may be provided under a tax-sheltered annuity. These Contracts are commonly referred to as “tax-sheltered annuities.” Please see the SAI for information on withdrawal restrictions under Section 403(b) Plans. You may request a copy of the SAI from the Annuities Service Center.
Corporate and Self-Employed Pension and Profit-Sharing Plans (H.R. 10 and Keogh)	Sections 401(a) and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish various types of tax-deferred retirement plans for employees. The Self-Employed Individuals’ Tax Retirement Act of 1962, as amended, commonly referred to as “H.R. 10” or “Keogh,” permits self-employed individuals to establish tax-favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such retirement plans may permit the purchase of annuity contracts in order to provide benefits under the plans; however, there are limits on the amount of incidental benefits that may be provided under pension and profit sharing plans.
Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations	Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred compensation plan. A Section 457 plan must satisfy several conditions, including the requirement that it must not permit distributions prior to your separation from service (except in the case of an unforeseen emergency). When we make payments under a Section 457 Contract, the payment is taxed as ordinary income. Please see the SAI for information on restrictions under the Texas Optional Retirement Program. You may request a copy of the SAI from the Annuities Service Center.

In the case of a Contract held by the trustee of a Qualified Plan, references to the Owner in the discussion below should be read to mean the employee named as the Annuitant on the Contract.

Collecting and Using Information

Through your participation in a Qualified Plan, the Company, your employer, your Plan administrator, and your Plan sponsor collect various types of confidential information you provide in your agreements, such as your name and the name of any Beneficiary, Social Security Numbers, addresses, and occupation information. The Company, your employer, the Plan administrator, and your Plan sponsor also collect confidential information relating to your Plan transactions, such as Contract Values, Purchase Payments, withdrawals, transfers, loans and investments. In order to comply with IRS regulations and other applicable law in servicing your Contract, the Company, your employer, the Plan administrator and the Plan sponsor may be required to share such confidential information among themselves, other current, former or future providers under your Qualified Plan, and among their employees. By maintaining a Contract for use in a Qualified Plan or by intending to make an Additional Purchase Payment, transfer of ownership, transfer, or withdrawal, you consent to such sharing of confidential information. The Company will not disclose any such confidential information to anyone, except as permitted by law or in accordance with your consent.

66

Contributions to Other Qualified Plans

You may make Additional Purchase Payments through rollovers or conversions only from certain types of Qualified Plans or by making annual contributions to the extent permitted under the Code and by us. See “V. Description of the Contract – Purchase Payments” for information on our Purchase Payment requirements.

We have no responsibility for determining whether a particular retirement plan or a particular contribution to the plan satisfies the applicable requirements of the Code and the plan. In general, the Code imposes limitations on the amount of annual compensation that can be contributed into Other Qualified Plans and contains rules to limit the total amount you can contribute to all of your IRAs and Other Qualified Plans. Trustees and administrators of Other Qualified Plans may, however, generally invest and reinvest existing plan assets without regard to such Code imposed limitations on contributions. Certain distributions from Other Qualified Plans may be transferred directly to another plan, unless funds are added from other sources, without regard to such limitations.

Distributions from Other Qualified Plans

If permitted under your plan, you may take a withdrawal in the form of a distribution:

• from a Contract intended for use with any Qualified Plan (other than a section 457 deferred compensation plan maintained by a tax-exempt organization) and make a “tax-free rollover” to a traditional IRA; or

• from a Contract intended for use with a retirement plan qualified under sections 401(a), 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code and make a “tax-free rollover” to any such plans.

In addition, if your Spouse is your designated beneficiary and survives you, he or she is permitted to take a distribution from a Contact intended for use with your tax-qualified retirement account and make a “tax-free rollover” to another tax-qualified retirement account in which your surviving Spouse participates, to the extent permitted by your surviving Spouse’s plan. A Beneficiary who is not your surviving Spouse may, if permitted by the plan, make a direct transfer to a traditional IRA of the amount otherwise distributable to him or her upon your death under a Contract that is held as part of a retirement plan described in sections 401(a), 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code. The IRA is treated as an inherited IRA of the non-Spouse Beneficiary.

You may make a “tax-free rollover” to a Roth IRA from a Contract intended for use as a Roth account in a retirement plan described in section 401(a) or section 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code.

In lieu of taking a distribution from your plan (including a section 457 deferred compensation plan maintained by a tax-exempt organization), your plan may permit you to make a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of a Qualified Contract from the plan.

Current Treasury Department regulations provide a simplified method to determine the taxable portion of annuity payments under Contracts issued in connection with Other Qualified Plans. Please consult with a qualified tax advisor for further information.

Required Minimum Distributions from Other Qualified Plans

Treasury Department regulations prescribe RMD rules governing the time at which distributions from Other Qualified Plans to the Owner and Beneficiary must commence and the form in which the distributions must be paid. These rules are substantially similar to the RMD rules described above for a traditional IRA, except that distributions of required minimum amounts must generally commence by the later of:

• April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Qualified Plan participant turns 70 ¹/₂, or

• April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Qualified Plan participant (other than a 5% owner) retires from the employer that sponsored the Qualified Plan.

Penalty Tax on Premature Distributions from Other Qualified Plans

A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the taxable amount of any payment from certain Qualified Contracts (but generally not section 457 plans). (The amount of the penalty tax is 25% of the taxable amount of any payment received from a SIMPLE retirement account during the 2-year period beginning on the date the individual first participated in any qualified salary reduction arrangement maintained by the individual’s employer.) There are exceptions to this penalty tax which vary depending on the type of Qualified Plan. In the case of a traditional IRA, including a SIMPLE IRA, the penalty tax does not apply to a payment:

• received on or after the date on which the Contract Owner reaches age 59 ¹/₂;

• received on or after the Owner’s death or because of the Owner’s disability (as defined in the tax law); or

• made as a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Owner or for the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Owner and “designated beneficiary” (as defined in the tax law).

You may be subject to a retroactive application of the penalty tax, plus interest, if you begin taking a series of substantially equal periodic payments and then modify the payment pattern (other than by reason of death or disability) before the later of your turning age 59 ¹/₂ and the passage of five years after the date of the first payment.

67

These exceptions, as well as certain others not described herein, generally apply to taxable distributions from Other Qualified Plans (although, in the case of plans qualified under sections 401 and 403 of the Code, the exception for substantially equal periodic payments applies only if the Owner has separated from service). If you wish to take a distribution and rely on an exception to the penalty tax, you should consult your own qualified tax advisor.

Withholding on Eligible Rollover Distributions

Eligible rollover distributions from a retirement plan that is qualified under section 401(a), 403(a), or 403(b) of the Code, or from a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code are subject to mandatory withholding. An eligible rollover distribution generally is any taxable distribution from such plans except: (i) minimum distributions required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (ii) certain distributions for life, life expectancy, or for 10 years or more which are part of a “series of substantially equal periodic payments;” and (iii) if applicable, certain hardship withdrawals.

Federal income tax of 20% will be withheld from an eligible rollover distribution. The withholding is mandatory and you cannot elect to have it not apply. This 20% withholding will not apply, however, if instead of receiving the eligible rollover distribution, you choose to have it directly transferred to an eligible retirement plan, including a traditional IRA, or to a Roth IRA.

If we have to withhold a portion of the distribution, we will treat any amount we withhold as a withdrawal from your Contract, which could result in an Excess Withdrawal or other type of reduction in the guarantees and benefits that you may have purchased under an optional benefits Rider to your Contract. Please read “VI. Optional Benefits” for information about the impact of withdrawals on optional benefit Riders.

We do not need to withhold any amounts if you provide us with information, on the forms we require for this purpose, that you wish to assign a Qualified Contract and/or transfer amounts from that Contract directly to another Qualified Plan. Similarly, if you wish to make Additional Purchase Payments to a Qualified Contract, you may find it advantageous to instruct your existing retirement plan to transfer amounts directly to us in lieu of making a distribution to you. You should seek independent tax advice if you intend to maintain a Contract for use with a Qualified Plan.

Designated Roth Accounts within Other Qualified Plans

The Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 authorizes: (1) participants in governmental deferred compensation plans described in section 457(b) to contribute deferred amounts to designated Roth accounts within their 457(b) plan; and (2) participants in 401(k), 403(b) and certain other plans to roll over qualified distributions into a designated Roth account within their plans, if allowed by their plans. The Contract, however, was not designed to separately account for any Contract Value in a single Contract that is split between Roth and non-Roth accounts, even if your 401(k) Plan, 403(b) Plan or 457 Plan allows you to split your account. If your plan allows it, and you split your Contract Value into Roth and non-Roth accounts, you or your plan administrator (in the case of 401(k) Plans) will be responsible for the accounting of your Contract Value for tax purposes: calculating withholding, income tax reporting, and verifying Required Minimum Distributions made under our Life Expectancy Distribution program. We are not responsible for the calculations of any service provider that you may use to split Contract Value between Roth and non-Roth accounts. We will deny any request that would create such a split.

Rollover to a Roth IRA

Current tax law no longer imposes a restriction based on adjusted gross income, on a taxpayer’s ability to initiate a direct rollover from a non-Roth account in a Qualified Plan to a Roth IRA. Accordingly, taxpayers with more than $100,000 of adjusted gross income may now initiate a direct rollover of a distribution from a retirement plan described in sections 401(a), 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code to a Roth IRA. The Roth IRA annual contribution limit does not apply to rollover amounts.

You must, however, pay tax on any portion of the rollover amount that would have been taxed if you had not made a direct rollover to a Roth IRA. No similar limitations apply to rollovers to one Roth IRA from another Roth IRA or from a Roth account in a retirement plan described in section 401(a) or section 403(b) of the Code or a governmental deferred compensation plan described in section 457(b) of the Code. Please note that the amount deemed to be the “rollover amount” for tax purposes may be higher than the Contract Value because of the deemed value of guarantees.

A 10% penalty tax for premature distributions may apply if amounts converted to a Roth IRA are distributed within the 5-taxable year period beginning in the year the conversion is made. Generally, the amount converted to a Roth IRA is included in ordinary income for the year in which the account was converted.

68

If you instruct us to transfer a rollover amount from a Qualified Contract to a Roth IRA, we will assume it is permitted under your plan and you may instruct us to not withhold any of the rollover for taxes and remittance to the IRS. A direct rollover is not subject to mandatory tax withholding, even if the distribution is includible in gross income. If you instruct us to withhold taxes in connection with a direct rollover from an existing Contract to a Roth IRA, we will treat any amount we withhold as a withdrawal from your Contract. This could result in an Excess Withdrawal, or other reduction of the guarantees and benefits you may have purchased under an optional benefits Rider to your Contract. Please read “VI. Optional Benefits” for information about the impact of withdrawals on optional benefit Riders.

Given the taxation of direct rollovers to a Roth IRA and the potential for an early distribution penalty tax, you should consider the resources that you have available, other than your retirement plan assets, for paying any taxes that would become due the year of any such rollover or a subsequent year. You should seek independent qualified tax advice if you intend to use the Contract in connection with a Roth IRA.

Section 403(b) Plans

Section 403(b) of the Code permits public school employees and employees of certain types of tax-exempt organizations to have their employers purchase annuity contracts for them and, subject to certain limitations, to exclude the Purchase Payments from gross income for tax purposes. If you purchased a Contract for use in a retirement plan intended to qualify under section 403(b) of the Code (a “Section 403(b) Plan” or the “Plan”), we may restrict your ability to make Additional Purchase Payments unless: (a) we receive the Additional Purchase Payment directly from the section 403(b) Plan through your employer, the Plan’s administrator, the Plan’s sponsor or in the form of a transfer acceptable to us; (b) we had entered into an agreement with your Section 403(b) Plan concerning the sharing of information related to your Contract (an “Information Sharing Agreement”); and (c) unless contained in the Information Sharing Agreement, we had received a written determination by your employer, the Plan administrator or the Plan sponsor of your Section 403(b) Plan that the plan qualifies under section 403(b) of the Code and complies with applicable Treasury Department regulations (a “Certificate of Compliance”) (Information Sharing Agreement and Certificate of Compliance, together, the “Required Documentation”).

We may accept, reject or modify any of the terms of a proposed Information Sharing Agreement presented to us, and we make no representation that we would enter into an Information Sharing Agreement with your Section 403(b) Plan.

Additional Purchase Payments. We will not accept Additional Purchase Payments in the form of salary reduction, matching or other similar contributions in the absence of the Required Documentation. Matching or other employer contributions to Contracts issued on or after January 1, 2009, will be subject to restrictions on withdrawals specified in the Section 403(b) Plan.

We will not knowingly accept transfers, in the absence of the Required Documentation, from another existing annuity contract or other investment under a Section 403(b) Plan to a previously issued Contract used in a Section 403(b) Plan. Subject to our receipt of the Required Documentation, such transfers shall be made directly from a Plan through an employer, a Plan administrator or a Plan sponsor, or by a transfer acceptable to us.

In the event that we did not receive the Required Documentation and you nonetheless directed us to accept a Purchase Payment, the transfer may be treated as a taxable transaction.

Please see the SAI for information regarding withdrawals under Section 403(b) Plans. You may request a copy of the SAI from the Annuities Service Center.

Loans under section 403(b) of the Code

We do not accept requests for loans under Contracts intended for use with a retirement plan qualified under section 403(b) of the Code, even if permitted under your plan.

If you are considering making a rollover transfer from a retirement plan described in section 403(b) of the Code to a traditional IRA or a Roth IRA, you should consult with a qualified tax advisor regarding possible tax consequences. If you have a loan outstanding under the Section 403(b) Plan, the transfer may subject you to income taxation on the amount of the loan balance.

Puerto Rico Contracts Issued to Fund Retirement Plans

The tax laws of Puerto Rico vary significantly from the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of the United States that are applicable to various Qualified Plans. If you purchased a Contract intended for use in connection with a Puerto Rican “tax qualified” retirement plan, please note that the text of this Prospectus addresses U.S. federal tax law only and is inapplicable to the tax laws of Puerto Rico.

69

Designated Roth Accounts within Qualified Plans

The Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 authorizes: (1) participants in 457(b) plans to contribute deferred amounts to designated Roth accounts within their 457(b) plan; and (2) participants in 401(k), 403(b) and certain other plans to roll over qualified distributions into a designated Roth account within their plans, if allowed by their plans. The Contract, however, was not designed to separately account for any Contract Value in a single Contract that is split between Roth and non-Roth accounts, even if your 401(k) Plan, 403(b) Plan or 457 Plan allows you to split your account. If your plan allows it, and you split your Contract Value into Roth and non-Roth accounts, you or your plan administrator (in the case of 401(k) Plans) will be responsible for the accounting of your Contract Value for tax purposes: calculating withholding, income tax reporting, and verifying Required Minimum Distributions made under our Life Expectancy Distribution program. We are not responsible for the calculations of any service provider that you may use to split Contract Value between Roth and non-Roth accounts. We will deny any request that would create such a split.

See Your Own Tax Advisor

The foregoing description of federal income tax topics and issues is only a brief summary and is not intended as tax advice. It does not include a discussion of federal estate and gift tax or state tax consequences. The rules under the Code governing Qualified Plans are extremely complex and often difficult to understand. Changes to the tax laws may be enforced retroactively. Anything less than full compliance with the applicable rules, all of which are subject to change from time to time, can have adverse tax consequences. The taxation of an Annuitant or other payee has become so complex and confusing that great care must be taken to avoid pitfalls. For further information you should always consult a qualified tax advisor.

70

IX. General Matters

Asset Allocation Services

We are aware that certain third parties offer asset allocation services (“Asset Allocation Services”) in connection with the Contracts through which a third party may transfer amounts among Investment Options from time to time on your behalf. In certain cases we have agreed to honor transfer instructions from such Asset Allocation Services where we have received powers of attorney, in a form acceptable to us, from the Contract Owners participating in the service and where the Asset Allocation Service has agreed to the trading restrictions imposed by us. These trading restrictions include adherence to a Separate Account’s policies that we have adopted to discourage disruptive frequent trading activity. (See “Transfers Among Investment Options.”) We do not endorse, approve or recommend such services in any way. If you authorize payment for such services from your Contract Value: (1) we treat the payments as withdrawals under the terms described earlier in this Prospectus; and (2) if any such withdrawals incur a fee under the terms described in this Prospectus, such fees would be separate and in addition to any other fees paid under the Contracts. (See “V. Description of the Contract – Accumulation Period Provisions – Withdrawals” for information about the treatment of withdrawals under the Contract, and “VI. Optional Benefits – Features of Income Plus For Life^® 6.11 Series Riders – Withdrawals, Distributions and Settlements” for information about the treatment of withdrawals under Contracts with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Riders.)

Distribution of Contracts

John Hancock Distributors, LLC (“JH Distributors”), a Delaware limited liability company that we control, is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Contracts offered by this Prospectus and of other annuity and life insurance products we and our affiliates offer. JH Distributors also acts as the principal underwriter of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust, whose securities are used to fund certain Variable Investment Options under the Contracts and under other annuity and life insurance products we offer.

JH Distributors’ principal address is 200 Bloor Street East, Toronto, Canada M4W 1E5. It also maintains offices with us at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210. JH Distributors is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

We offered the Contracts for sale through select broker-dealers that entered into selling agreements with JH Distributors and us. Broker-dealers sold the Contracts through their registered representatives who were appointed by us to act as our insurance agents. JH Distributors, or any of its affiliates that is registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, may also have offered the Contracts directly to potential purchasers. Signator Investors, Inc. is an affiliated broker-dealer.

JH Distributors pays compensation to broker-dealers for the promotion, sale and servicing of the Contracts. Contract Owners do not pay this compensation directly. These payments are made from JH Distributors’ and our own revenues, profits or retained earnings, which may be derived from a number of sources, such as fees received from an underlying portfolio’s distribution plan (“12b-1 fees”), the fees and charges imposed under the Contract, and other sources, including distribution plans of the underlying portfolios of a Portfolio that is a fund of funds.

The individual financial advisor who sold you a Contract may receive a portion of the compensation that we pay for servicing an existing Contract, or that we pay upon receipt of an Additional Purchase Payment, under the financial advisor’s own arrangement as a registered representative with his or her broker-dealer. We may also continue to pay commission or overrides to a limited number of affiliated and/or non-affiliated broker-dealers that provide marketing support and training services to the broker-dealer firms that sold and service the Contracts.

Standard Compensation

The amount and timing of compensation JH Distributors may pay to broker-dealers may vary depending on the selling agreement, but compensation with respect to Contracts sold through our selected broker-dealers (inclusive of wholesaler overrides and expense allowances) and paid to broker-dealers is not expected to exceed 6.50% of Purchase Payments. In addition, beginning one year after each Purchase Payment, JH Distributors may pay ongoing compensation at an annual rate of up to 1.25% of the values of the Contracts attributable to such Purchase Payments. The greater the amount of compensation paid by JH Distributors at the time you make a Purchase Payment, the less it will pay as ongoing compensation. This compensation is not paid directly by Contract Owners. JH Distributors pays the compensation from its assets but expects to recoup it through the fees and charges imposed under the Contract (see “VII. Charges and Deductions”).

71

Revenue Sharing and Additional Compensation

In addition to standard compensation arrangements and to the extent permitted by SEC and FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations, we, either directly or through JH Distributors, may have entered into special compensation or reimbursement arrangements (“revenue sharing”) with selected firms. We determine which firms to support and the extent of the payments that are or were made. Under these arrangements, the form of payment may be any one or a combination of a flat fee, a percentage of the assets we hold that are attributable to Contract allocations, a percentage of sales revenues, reimbursement of administrative expenses (including ticket charges), conference fees, or some other type of compensation.

We hoped to benefit from these revenue sharing arrangements through increased sales of our annuity products. In consideration of these arrangements, a firm may have featured the Contract in its sales system or given us preferential access to members of its sales force. In addition, the firm may have agreed to participate in our marketing efforts by allowing JH Distributors or its affiliates to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the firm’s sales force.

These arrangements may not have been offered to all firms, and the terms of such arrangements may differ between firms. During 2012, we terminated these revenue sharing arrangements with broker-dealers with respect to the sale of the Contracts, although a small number of firms continue to receive revenue sharing payments in accordance with the terms of agreements entered into with those particular firms. We provide additional information on special compensation or reimbursement arrangements, including a list of firms to whom we paid annual amounts greater than $5,000 under these arrangements in 2013, in the SAI, which is available upon request. Any such compensation, which may be significant at times, will not result in any additional direct charge to you by us.

Broker-dealers may receive or may have received additional payments from us, either directly or through JH Distributors, in the form of cash, other special compensation or reimbursement of expenses. These additional compensation or reimbursement payments may include, for example, payments for providing conferences or seminars, sales or training programs for invited registered representatives and other employees, payments for travel expenses, including lodging, incurred by registered representatives and other employees for such seminars or training programs, seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding the Contract, and payments to assist a firm in connection with its marketing expenses and/or other events or activities sponsored by the firms. We may have contributed to, as well as sponsored, various educational programs, sales promotions and/or contests in which participating firms and their sales persons may receive gifts and prizes such as merchandise, cash, or other awards, as may be permitted by applicable FINRA rules and other applicable laws and regulations.

Differential Compensation

Compensation negotiated and paid by JH Distributors pursuant to a selling agreement with a broker-dealer may differ from compensation levels that the broker-dealer receives for selling or servicing other variable contracts. The compensation and revenue sharing arrangements may give or have previously given us benefits such as greater access to registered representatives. In addition, under their own arrangements, broker-dealer firms may pay or have previously paid a portion of any amounts received from us under standard or additional compensation or revenue sharing arrangements to their registered representatives. As a result, registered representatives may be motivated to sell the contracts of one issuer over another issuer or one product over another product.

Transaction Confirmations

We will send you confirmation statements for certain transactions in your Investment Accounts. You should carefully review these transaction confirmations to verify their accuracy. You should report any mistakes immediately to our Annuities Service Center. If you fail to notify our Annuities Service Center of any mistake within 60 days of the delivery of the transaction confirmation, we will deem you to have ratified the transaction. We encourage you to register for electronic delivery of your transaction confirmations, and we will waive the $50 annual Contract fee if you are registered. Please contact the John Hancock Annuities Service Center at the applicable telephone number or Internet address shown on the first page of this Prospectus for more information on electronic transactions.

Reinsurance Arrangements

From time to time we may utilize reinsurance as part of our risk management program. Under any reinsurance agreement, we remain liable for the contractual obligations of the Contracts’ guaranteed benefits and the reinsurer(s) agree to reimburse us for certain amounts and obligations in connection with the risks covered in the reinsurance agreements. The reinsurer’s contractual liability runs solely to us, and no Contract Owner shall have any right of action against any reinsurer. In evaluating reinsurers, we consider the financial and claims paying ability ratings of the reinsurer. Our philosophy is to minimize incidental credit risk. We do so by engaging in secure types of reinsurance transactions with high quality reinsurers and diversifying reinsurance counterparties to limit concentrations. Some of the benefits that may be reinsured include living benefits, guaranteed death benefits, or other obligations.

72

Statements of Additional Information

Our Statements of Additional Information provide additional information about the Contract, including the optional benefit Riders and the Separate Accounts, including information on our history, services provided to the Separate Accounts and legal and regulatory matters. We filed the Statements of Additional Information with the SEC on the same date as this Prospectus and incorporate them herein by reference. You may obtain a copy of the current Statements of Additional Information without charge by contacting us at the Annuities Service Center shown on the first page of this Prospectus. The SEC also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the Statements of Additional Information and other information about us, the Contracts and the Separate Accounts. We list the Table of Contents of the Statements of Additional Information below.

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account H

Statement of Additional Information

Table of Contents

General Information and History

John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Portfolio Holdings Currently Posted on a Website

Accumulation Unit Value Tables

Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Servicing Agent

Principal Underwriter

Special Compensation and Reimbursement Arrangements

Additional Information about the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

Additional Information on Section 403(B) Plans or Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Additional Information on Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations

Legal and Regulatory Matters

Appendix A: Audited Financial Statements

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statement of Additional Information

Table of Contents

General Information and History

John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Portfolio Holdings Currently Posted on a Website

Accumulation Unit Value Tables

Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Servicing Agent

Principal Underwriter

Special Compensation and Reimbursement Arrangements

Additional Information about the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

Additional Information on Section 403(B) Plans or Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Additional Information on Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations

Legal and Regulatory Matters

Appendix A: Audited Financial Statements

Financial Statements

The Statements of Additional Information also contain the Company’s financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and its Separate Accounts’ financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the “Financial Statements”). Our Financial Statements provide information on our financial strength as of December 31, 2013, including information on our General Account assets that were available at that time to support our guarantees under the Contracts and any optional benefit Riders. The Company’s General Account consists of securities and other investments, the value of which may decline during periods of adverse market conditions.

73

Appendix A: Examples of Calculation of Withdrawal Charge

The following examples assume an initial Purchase Payment of $30,000 and an Additional Purchase Payment of $20,000 during the second Contract Year.

Venture^® Frontier and Venture^® Frontier with Flex Access option

Example 1. If you surrender the Contract during Contract Year 3, the Contract Value is $60,000 and there have been no prior withdrawals, we calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:

a) First we calculate the free Withdrawal Amount, which equals the greater of:

• 10% of all Purchase Payments = .10 × ($30,000 + $20,000) = $5,000, or

• Accumulated earnings equal to the Contract Value minus unliquidated Purchase Payments = $60,000 - $50,000 = $10,000.

b) Next we determine the amount of Purchase Payments to be liquidated as the greater of the Contract Value or the unliquidated Purchase Payments, reduced by the accumulated earnings, or $60,000 - $10,000 = $50,000.

c) Finally we calculate the withdrawal charge by applying the appropriate withdrawal charge percentage for each Purchase Payment liquidated based on the length of time the payment has been in the Contract.

• The initial Purchase Payment is in the third year, so the applicable withdrawal charge is .06 × $30,000 = $1,800.

• The subsequent payment of $20,000 is in the second year, so the applicable withdrawal charge is .07 × $20,000 = $1,400.

• The total withdrawal charge is $1,800 + $1,400 = $3,200.

Example 2. If you surrender the Contract during Contract Year 3, the Contract Value is $35,000 and there have been no prior withdrawals, we calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:

a) First we calculate the free Withdrawal Amount, which equals the greater of:

• 10% of all Purchase Payments = .10 × ($30,000 + $20,000) = $5,000, or

• Earnings equal to the Contract Value minus unliquidated Purchase Payments = $35,000 - $50,000 = $-15,000.

b) Next we determine the amount of Purchase Payments to be liquidated as the greater of the Contract Value or the unliquidated Purchase Payments, reduced by the accumulated earnings, or $50,000 - $0 = $50,000.

c) Next we allocate a portion of the Purchase Payments to be liquidated to the excess of the free amount over the accumulated earnings, $5,000.

d) Finally we calculate the withdrawal charge by applying the appropriate withdrawal charge percentage for the remainder of each Purchase Payment liquidated based on the length of time the Payment has been in the Contract.

• The initial Purchase Payment is in the third year, so the applicable withdrawal charge is .06 × $25,000 = $1,500.

• The subsequent payment of $20,000 is in the second year, so the applicable withdrawal charge is .07 × $20,000 = $1,400.

• The total withdrawal charge is $1,500 + $1,400 = $2,900.

Example 3. If you withdraw $5,000 during Contract Year 3 when the Contract Value is $52,000 and then surrender the Contract later in Contract Year 3 when the Contract Value is $49,000, we calculate the withdrawal charge as follows:

a) First we calculate the free Withdrawal Amount for the withdrawal, which equals the greater of:

• 10% of all Purchase Payments = .10 × ($30,000 + $20,000) = $5,000, or

• Accumulated earnings equal to the Contract Value minus unliquidated Purchase Payments = $52,000 - $50,000 = $2,000.

b) Since the withdrawal is equal to the free Withdrawal Amount, we liquidate Purchase Payments equal to $3,000, the excess of the free Withdrawal Amount over the accumulated earnings, but there will not be any withdrawal charge.

c) When the Contract is surrendered, we calculate the free Withdrawal Amount for the surrender, which equals the greater of:

• 10% of all Purchase Payments reduced by prior withdrawals during the year = .10 × ($30,000 + $20,000) - $5,000 = $0, or

• Earnings equal to the Contract Value minus unliquidated Purchase Payments = $49,000 - $47,000 = $2,000.

d) Next we determine the amount of Purchase Payments to be liquidated as the greater of the Contract Value or the unliquidated Purchase Payments, reduced by the accumulated earnings, or $49,000 - $2,000 = $47,000.

e) Finally we calculate the withdrawal charge by applying the appropriate withdrawal charge percentage for each Purchase Payment liquidated based on the length of time the payment has been in the Contract.

• The initial Purchase Payment is in the third year, so the applicable withdrawal charge is .06 × $27,000 = $1,620.

• The subsequent payment of $20,000 is in the second year, so the applicable withdrawal charge is .07 × $20,000 = $1,400.

• The total withdrawal charge is $1,620 + $1,400 = $3,020.

A-1

Appendix B: Impact of Transactions on Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

The following tables are applicable to Contracts issued with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. They illustrate the impact of various types of transactions on the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®. In Table B-1, we illustrate the impact of Additional Purchase Payments, Credits and Step-Ups. In Table B-2, we illustrate the impact of various types of withdrawals of Contract Value.

Table B-1. Impact of Additional Purchase Payments, Step-ups and Credits

Type of Transaction	Impact on the Portfolio Stabilization Process®
Additional Purchase Payments:
A) Before Lifetime Income Date	An Additional Purchase Payment increases the Contract Value and the Reference Value on a dollar for dollar basis. The Portfolio Stabilization Process® calculates the ratio of the new Contract Value to the new Reference Value to determine a Reference Value Ratio. (See “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP TWO.”) After that, the Portfolio Stabilization Process® reviews your Contract Value Allocation to determine if a transfer will be made. (See “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP THREE.”) Any other change in Contract Value on the date of the Additional Purchase Payment, however, may result in all, some or none of your Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
B) On and after the Lifetime Income Date	An Additional Purchase Payment increases the Contract Value and may increase the Reference Value. Unlike an Additional Purchase Payment before the Lifetime Income Date, we may offset the Additional Purchase Payment by your withdrawals (see “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP ONE”). In any event, the Portfolio Stabilization Process® calculates the ratio of the new Contract Value to the Reference Value to determine a Reference Value Ratio. (See “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP TWO.”) After that, the Portfolio Stabilization Process® reviews your Contract Value Allocation to determine if a transfer will be made. (See “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP THREE.”) Any other change in Contract Value on the date of the Additional Purchase Payment, however, may result in all, some or none of your Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
Increases in Guaranteed Amounts:
Credit	A Credit increases the Benefit Base and Lifetime Income Amount under an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. It does not increase Contract Value or the Reference Value. As a result, a Credit does not change the Reference Value Ratio and does not automatically trigger a transfer under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of a Credit, however, may result in all, some or none of your Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
Step-Up	A Step-Up increases the Benefit Base and Lifetime Income Amount under an IPFL Series 6.11 Series Rider. It does not increase Contract Value or the Reference Value. As a result, a Step-Up does not change the Reference Value Ratio and does not automatically trigger a transfer under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of the Step-Up, however, may result in all, some or none of your Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.

B-1

Table B-2. Impact of Withdrawals

Type of Withdrawal	Impact on the Portfolio Stabilization Process®
From a selected Investment Option	The IPFL 6.11 Series Rider does not permit you to withdraw Contract Value from a specific Investment Option if your Contract Value is allocated to more than one Investment Option.
Pro rata from each Investment Option in which your Contract Value is allocated	Your Contract Value reduces and your Contract’s Reference Value may change depending on the specific type of withdrawal transaction, as described below. The Portfolio Stabilization Process® calculates the ratio of remaining Contract Value to Reference Value (as may be adjusted) to determine if the withdrawal will result in a review of your Contract Value allocation. (See “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP TWO”) Since the withdrawal under your Contract is taken pro rata from each Investment Option, the dollar-weighted Assumed Equity Allocation Factor for your Contract does not change. Your withdrawal may, however, result in a transfer of remaining Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount if the RV Ratio Band declines (See “Portfolio Stabilization Process® – STEP THREE”).
Withdrawals before the Lifetime Income Date	Your withdrawal is an Excess Withdrawal. It reduces the remaining Contract Value and the Reference Value on a pro rata basis. It does not reduce the Reference Value Ratio, and does not result in an additional transfer of Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of your withdrawal, however, may result in all, some, or none of your remaining Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
Withdrawals of the Lifetime Income Amount after the Lifetime Income Date	Your withdrawal reduces the Contract Value but does not reduce the Reference Value. As a result, your withdrawal changes the Reference Value Ratio, which may lead to a transfer of a portion of remaining Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of your withdrawal, however, may result in all, some, or none of your remaining Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
Excess Withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date	Your withdrawal exceeds the Lifetime Income Amount. It reduces the Contract Value and the Reference Value on a pro rata basis. It does not reduce the Reference Value Ratio, and does not result in an additional transfer of Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of your withdrawal, however, may result in all, some, or none of your remaining Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
Withdrawals after the Lifetime Income Date under the Income Made Easy Program:
(A) full allowable amount	Same as “Withdrawals of the Lifetime Income Amount after the Lifetime Income Date,” above.
(B) the full allowable amount plus any increases in Contract Value resulting from investment gains at the end of a Contract Year	Your withdrawals during a Contract Year reduce the Contract Value, but not the Reference Value. Your withdrawal of investment gains at the end of a Contract Year reduces the Reference Value in proportion to the reduction of Contract Value. Each withdrawal of the full allowable amount changes the Reference Value Ratio, which may result in a transfer of a portion of remaining Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Your withdrawal of investment gains, if any, at the end of a Contract Year will not change the Reference Value Ratio and will not trigger an automatic transfer.
(C) the full allowable amount plus any amount under our Life Expectancy Distribution program that would exceed the full allowable amount	Your withdrawal reduces the Contract Value but does not reduce the Reference Value. As a result, each withdrawal changes the Reference Value Ratio, which may lead to a transfer of a portion of remaining Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of your withdrawal, however, may result in all, some, or none of your remaining Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.

B-2

Type of Withdrawal	Impact on the Portfolio Stabilization Process®
(D) the annual amount under our Life Expectancy Distribution program (in lieu of the full allowable amount)	Your withdrawal reduces the Contract Value but does not reduce the Reference Value. As a result, each withdrawal changes the Reference Value Ratio, which may lead to a transfer of a portion of remaining Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of your withdrawal, however, may result in all, some, or none of your remaining Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
(E) a specified dollar amount that is less than the full allowable amount	Your withdrawal reduces the Contract Value. Because the specified dollar amount is less than the Lifetime Income Amount, the Reference Value is not reduced. As a result, your withdrawal changes the Reference Value Ratio, which may lead to a transfer of a portion of remaining Contract Value to the Bond PS Series Subaccount under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®. Any other change in Contract Value on the date of your withdrawal, however, may result in all, some, or none of your remaining Contract Value being transferred under the Portfolio Stabilization Process®.
Withdrawals under the Life Expectancy Distribution program: Same as Income Made Easy selections (C) and (D), above.

B-3

Appendix C: Examples of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

The following examples assume four separate Contracts are purchased on the same day. The initial Purchase Payment for each Contract is $100,000. The examples are based on hypothetical performance that varies by Subaccount.

• Owner A allocates the entire $100,000 to Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount.

• Owner B allocates the entire $100,000 to Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount

• Owner C allocates $50,000 to Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount and $50,000 to Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount.

• Owner D allocates $90,000 to Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $10,000 to Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount.

The examples also assume there are no transactions other than the ones described in each example, and all days are Business Days. All Contract Values are rounded to the nearest dollar, which may cause some calculations to appear slightly incorrect.

Initial Reference Value, RV Ratio and RV Ratio Band

The initial Reference Value is equal to the initial Contract Value of $100,000 for each of the four Contracts. The Reference Value Ratio (RV Ratio) is equal to the Contract Value divided by the Reference Value $100,000/$100,000 which is 100%. Since the RV Ratio is greater than 92.5%, the RV Ratio Band is set at 5.

Overview. The table below highlights the results illustrated in the examples that follow.

	Portfolio Stabilization Process® Result
Type of Transaction	No Transfer	Transfer to Bond PS   Series Subaccount	Transfer from Bond PS Series Subaccount
Monthly Review of Reference Value	1(a), 1(b), 1(c), 1(d)
Decrease in RV Ratio Band	2(b)	2(a), 2(c), 2(d)
Increase in RV Ratio Band	3(b)		3(a), 3(c), 3(d)
Monthly Anniversary Review of Allocation while RV Ratio is less than 82.5%	4(b)	4(c)	4(a), 4(d)
Withdrawal of Lifetime Income Amount		5(a), 5(d)
Excess Withdrawal	5(b)
Withdrawal Prior to Lifetime Income Date	5(c)
Additional Purchase Payment		6(a), 6(b)	6(c), 6(d)
Owner-directed Transfer between Subaccounts	7(c)	7(b)	7(a), 7(d)

Example 1: Monthly Review of Reference Value

Assume that at the end of the day on the first Monthly Anniversary of the Contracts, we compare the Contract Value of each of the four Contracts to the Reference Value for the Contract.

a) Assume that the Contract Value on Owner A’s Contract has increased to $101,241. We increase the Reference Value to $101,241. The RV Ratio is 100% and the RV Ratio Band is 5.

b) Assume that the Contract Value on Owner B’s Contract has decreased to $99,274. Since the Contract Value is less than the current Reference Value, the Reference Value remains $100,000. The RV Ratio is 99.27% and the RV Ratio Band is still 5.

c) Assume that the Contract Value on Owner C’s Contract has decreased to $99,937. Since the Contract Value is less than the current Reference Value, the Reference Value remains $100,000. The RV Ratio is 99.94% and the RV Ratio Band is still 5.

d) Assume that the Contract Value on Owner D’s Contract has increased to $101,015. We increase the Reference Value to $101,015. The RV Ratio is 100% and the RV Ratio Band is 5.

Example 2: Decreases in RV Ratio Band

a) Assume that the Contract Value of Owner A’s Contract increases over the first four months to $107,166. We increase the Reference Value on the fourth Monthly Anniversary to equal the Contract Value. Then assume that the Contract Value begins to decrease as a result of declining market performance. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds through Step One and Step Two every day, but does not proceed to Step Three unless the RV Ratio Band decreases to 4 or lower. Assume that the Contract Value decreases to $98,608. The RV Ratio is 92.01% ($98,608/$107,166) and the RV Ratio Band is 4. Since the RV Ratio Band has decreased, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three. 100% of the Contract Value is in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, so the dollar-weighted Assumed Equity Allocation Factor (AEAF) is 70 – the AEAF for the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount. Based on the Contract Value of $98,608, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the dollar-weighted AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates that $13,779 must be allocated to

C-1

the Bond PS Series Subaccount. We transfer this amount from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, leaving a balance of $84,829 in that Subaccount.

b) Assume that the Contract Value of Owner B’s Contract increases over the first four months to $101,961. We increase the Reference Value on the fourth Monthly Anniversary to equal the Contract Value. Then assume that the Contract Value begins to decrease as a result of declining market performance. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds through Step One and Step Two every day, but does not proceed to Step Three unless the RV Ratio Band decreases to 4 or lower. Assume that the Contract Value decreases to $93,996. The RV Ratio is 92.19% ($93,996/$101,961) and the RV Ratio Band is 4. Since the RV Ratio Band has decreased, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three. 100% of the Contract Value is in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, so the AEAF is 20 – the AEAF for the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount. Based on the Contract Value of $93,996, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the dollar-weighted AEAF of 20, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates that there is no required allocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. As long as the Contract Value remains allocated 100% to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, the AEAF of 20 will result in no required allocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, regardless of the value of the RV Ratio Band.

c) Assume that the Contract Value of Owner C’s Contract increases over the first four months to $103,878. We increase the Reference Value on the fourth Monthly Anniversary to equal the Contract Value. Then assume that the Contract Value begins to decrease as a result of declining market performance. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds through Step One and Step Two every day, but does not proceed to Step Three unless the RV Ratio Band decreases to 4 or lower. Assume that the Contract Value decreases to $95,651 ($47,405 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount and $48,246 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount). The RV Ratio is 92.08% ($95,651/$103,878) and the RV Ratio Band is equal to 4. Since the RV Ratio Band has decreased, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three. The Contract Value is in both the Lifestyle Balanced PS and the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccounts, so the AEAF is 34.87 ((50 × $47,405 + 20 × $48,246)/$95,651). Based on the Contract Value of $95,651, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the dollar-weighted AEAF of 34.87, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates that $7,973 must be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. We transfer the $7,973 proportionally from the Lifestyle Balanced PS and Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccounts. The amount transferred from the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount is $3,951 and the amount transferred from the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount is $4,022.

d) Assume that the Contract Value of Owner D’s Contract increases over the first four months to $106,461. We increase the Reference Value on the fourth Monthly Anniversary to equal the Contract Value. Then assume that the Contract Value begins to decrease as a result of declining market performance. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds through Step One and Step Two every day, but does not proceed to Step Three unless the RV Ratio Band decreases to 4 or lower. Assume that the Contract Value decreases to $98,357 ($88,746 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $9,611 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount). The RV Ratio is 92.39% ($98,357/$106,461) and the RV Ratio Band is 4. Since the RV Ratio Band has decreased, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three. The dollar-weighted AEAF is based only on the portion of the Contract Value allocated to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, so the AEAF is 70. Based on the Contract Value of $98,357, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the dollar-weighted AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates that $13,688 must be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Four. The $9,611 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount is credited toward the total that must be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, reducing the required transfer amount to $4,077, which we transfer from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount.

Example 3: Increases in RV Ratio Band

After Contract Value has been transferred to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will transfer Contract Value back to the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts if the RV Ratio Band increases to a higher level and remains at least at that level for 5 days.

a) Assume that the RV Ratio Band for Owner A’s Contract is 3. If the RV Ratio Bands calculated for the next 10 days are 3, 3, 4, 4, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three on the 10^th day since the RV Ratio Band increased from 3 to 4 and remained at 4 for five consecutive days. Assume that the Contract Value on that day is $96,878 ($70,142 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $26,736 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount AEAF is 70. Based on the Contract Value of $96,878, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the dollar-weighted AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates that $13,779 must be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Since $26,736 is already in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, we transfer the excess amount of $12,957 from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount.

b) Since Owner B’s Contract is allocated 100% to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, there is no impact from an increase in the RV Ratio Band.

c) Assume that the RV Ratio Band for Owner C’s Contract is 4. If the RV Ratio Bands for the next 5 days are 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three on the 5^th day, since the RV Ratio Band increased from 4 to 5 and remained at 5 for five consecutive days. Assume that the Contract Value on that day is $96,747 ($44,559 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount, $44,323 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, and $7,865 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The dollar-weighted AEAF is 35.04 ((50 × $44,559 + 20 × $44,323)/($44,559 + $44,323)). Based on the

C-2

RV Ratio Band of 5, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® does not require any transfer to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Since $7,865 is already in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, we transfer the $7,865 from the Bond PS Series Subaccount proportionally to the Lifestyle Balanced and Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccounts. The amount transferred to the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount is $3,943 and the amount transferred to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount is $3,922.

d) Assume that the RV Ratio Band for Owner D’s Contract is 3. If the RV Ratio Bands for the next 10 days are 3, 3, 4, 4, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® proceeds to Step Three on the 10^th day since the RV Ratio Band increased from 3 to 4 and remained at 4 for five consecutive days. Assume that the Contract Value on that day is $96,374 ($69,966 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, $9,467 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount and $16,941 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). 100% of the Contract Value in the Lifestyle PS Series Subaccounts is in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, so the AEAF is 70. Based on the Contract Value of $96,374, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the dollar-weighted AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® calculates that $13,688 must be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Since $9,467 is allocated to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount and $16,941 is allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, we transfer the excess amount of $12,720 ($9,467 + $16,941 - $13,688) from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® does not transfer money from the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount.

Example 4: RV Ratio is less than 82.5%

a) Assume that the RV Ratio reduces to less than 82.5%, resulting in an RV Ratio Band of 0 for Owner A’s Contract. $61,238 is in the Bond PS Series Subaccount and the remainder of the total Contract Value of $87,237 is in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount. On the next Monthly Anniversary, the portion of the Contract Value in the Bond PS Series Subaccount decreases to $58,070 while the portion in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount decreases to $21,975, for a total Contract Value of $80,045. The Reference Value is still $107,145 so the RV Ratio is 74.71% and the RV Ratio Band is 0. Based on the Contract Value of $80,045, the RV Ratio Band of 0 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $57,175 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. As described in Step Four of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, we will transfer $895 from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount.

b) Since Owner B’s Contract is allocated 100% to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, even when the RV Ratio Band is 0 on a Monthly Anniversary, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will determine that there is no required allocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

c) Assume that the RV Ratio reduces to less than 82.5% resulting in an RV Ratio Band of 0 for Owner C’s Contract. $34,389 is in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, $23,779 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount and $26,773 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount. On the next Monthly Anniversary the portion of the Contract Value in the Bond PS Series Subaccount decreases to $33,068, the portion in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount decreases to $22,969 and the portion in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount decreases to $25,784, for a total Contract Value of $81,821. The Reference Value is still $103,878 so the RV Ratio is 78.77% and the RV Ratio Band is 0. The dollar weighted AEAF is 34.13. Based on the Contract Value of $81,821, the RV Ratio Band of 0 and the AEAF of 34.13, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $33,880 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. As described in Step Four of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®, we transfer $812 to the Bond PS Series Subaccount proportionally from the Lifestyle Moderate PS and Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccounts ($383 from the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount and $430 from the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount).

d) Assume that the RV Ratio reduces to less than 82.5% resulting in an RV Ratio Band of 0 for Owner D’s Contract. $51,870 is in the Bond PS Series Subaccount, $25,694 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $8,965 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount. On a subsequent Monthly Anniversary the portion of the Contract Value in the Bond PS Series Subaccount increases to $52,694, the portion in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount decreases to $25,373 and the portion in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount increases to $9,008, for a total Contract Value of $87,074. The Reference Value is still $106,461 so the RV Ratio is 81.79% and the RV Ratio Band is 0. The dollar weighted AEAF is 70. Based on the Contract Value of $87,074, the RV Ratio Band of 0 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $60,835 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. As described in Step Four, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will determine that the $9,008 already in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount reduces the required allocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount to $51,827. Therefore, we transfer $867 from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount since there is an excess in the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

Example 5: Withdrawals

a) Assume that Owner A takes a withdrawal of the Lifetime Income Amount on a day when the Contract Value is $95,268 ($68,358 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $26,910 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), the Reference Value is $107,166, the RV Ratio Band is 3 and the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,000. We withdraw the $5,000 proportionally from the Lifestyle Growth PS and Bond PS Series Subaccounts. The balance in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount following the withdrawal is $64,770 ($68,358 - $5,000 × $68,358/$95,268). The balance in the Bond PS Series Subaccount is $25,497 ($26,910 - $5,000 × $26,910/$95,268). The total Contract Value after the withdrawal is $90,268. The withdrawal of the Lifetime Income Amount does not reduce the Reference Value so the RV Ratio is now 84.23% ($90,268/$107,166). The

C-3

RV Ratio Band is 1. Based on the Contract Value of $90,268, the RV Ratio Band of 1 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $50,521 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount, and therefore we transfer $25,024 from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

b) Assume that Owner B takes a withdrawal of $10,000 on a day when the Contract Value is $98,723 (100% in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount), the Reference Value is $101,961, the RV Ratio Band is 5 and the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,000. We first reduce the Contract Value to $93,723 due to the withdrawal of the $5,000. This portion of the withdrawal does not reduce the Reference Value. The remaining $5,000 of the withdrawal reduces the Contract Value to $88,723. This Excess Withdrawal reduces the Reference Value in the same proportion as it reduces the Contract Value. The reduced Reference Value is $96,522 ($101,961 - $5,000/$93,723 × $101,961). The RV Ratio is now 91.92% ($88,723/$96,522). The RV Ratio Band is 4. Based on the Contract Value of $88,723, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the AEAF of 20, there is no required allocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

c) Assume that Owner C takes a withdrawal of $5,000 prior to the Lifetime Income Date when the Contract Value is $95,409 ($41,687 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount, $45,946 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, and $7,776 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), the Reference Value is $103,878 and the RV Ratio Band is 4. The total Contract Value after the withdrawal is $90,409. The withdrawal is an Excess Withdrawal since it is prior to the Lifetime Income Date, and therefore it reduces the Reference Value proportionally. Since the Reference Value is reduced in the same proportion as the Contract Value, the RV Ratio and RV Ratio Band do not change. Since the RV Ratio Band is still equal to 4, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® does not proceed to Step Three.

d) Assume that Owner D takes a withdrawal of the Lifetime Income Amount when the Contract Value is $93,947 ($64,676 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, $9,665 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount and $29,605 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), the Reference Value is $106,461, the RV Ratio Band is 3 and the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,000. The $5,000 is withdrawn proportionally from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series, Ultra Short Term Bond and Bond PS Series Subaccounts. The balance in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount following the withdrawal is $51,766 ($64,676 - $5,000 × $64,676/$93,947). The balance in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount is $9,150 ($9,665 - $5,000 × $9,665/$93,947). The balance in the Bond PS Series Subaccount is $28,030 ($29,605 - $5,000 × $29,605/$93,947). The total Contract Value after the withdrawal is $88,947. The withdrawal of the Lifetime Income Amount does not reduce the Reference Value, so the RV Ratio is now 83.55% ($88,947/$106,461). The RV Ratio Band is 1. Based on the Contract Value of $88,947, the RV Ratio Band of 1 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $50,189 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. The $9,150 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount is credited toward that amount, reducing it to $41,038. Therefore we transfer $13,009 ($41,038 - $28,030) from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

Example 6: Additional Purchase Payments

a) Assume Owner A makes an Additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 when the Contract Value is $90,763 ($39,604 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $51,159 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), the Reference Value is $107,145 and the RV Ratio Band is 1. The Contract Value increases to $100,763 ($49,604 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $51,159 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The Reference Value increases by $5,000 – the excess of the Additional Purchase Payment over the prior withdrawal of $5,000 that did not reduce the Reference Value. The new Reference Value is $112,145. The RV Ratio is 89.88% ($100,763/$112,115) and the RV Ratio Band is 3. Based on the Contract Value of $100,763, the RV Ratio Band of 3 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $52,878 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Therefore we transfer $1,720 from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. In this example, although the RV Ratio Band increases as a result of the Additional Purchase Payment, a transfer to the Bond PS Series Subaccount is required because the entire Additional Purchase Payment went into the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount.

b) Assume Owner B makes an Additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 allocated to the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount when the Contract Value is $88,387 (100% in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount), the Reference Value is $96,522 and the RV Ratio Band is 4. The Contract Value increases to $98,387 ($88,387 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount and $10,000 in the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount). The Reference Value increases by the total Additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 since the prior withdrawal reduced the Reference Value. The new Reference Value is $106,522. The RV Ratio is 92.36% ($98,387/$106,522) and the RV Ratio Band is 4. The dollar-weighted AEAF is based on the portions of the Contract Value in the Lifestyle Conservative PS and Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccounts, and is 22.03 ((20 × $88,387 + 40 × $10,000)/$98,387). Based on the Contract Value of $98,387, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the AEAF of 22.03, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $1,769 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Therefore we transfer $1,769 proportionally from the Lifestyle Conservative PS and the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccounts to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. The amount transferred from the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount is $1,589 ($1,769 × $88,387/$98,387) and the amount transferred from the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount is $180 ($1,769 × $10,000/$98,387).

c) Assume Owner C makes an Additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 allocated 50% to the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount and 50% to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount. The Contract Value prior to the Additional

C-4

Purchase Payment is $90,957 ($39,829 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount, $43,748 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount and $7,380 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The Reference Value is $98,434 and the RV Ratio Band is 4. The Contract Value increases to $100,957 ($44,829 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount, $48,748 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount and $7,380 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). Next, the Reference Value increases by the total Additional Purchase Payment of $10,000 since the prior withdrawal reduced the Reference Value. The new Reference Value is $108,434. The RV Ratio is 93.10% ($100,957/$108,434) and the RV Ratio Band is 5. The dollar-weighted AEAF, calculated based on the portions of the Contract Value allocated to the Lifestyle Balanced PS and Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccounts, is 34.37 ((50 × $44,829 + 20 × $48,748)/($44,829 + $48,748)). Based on the RV Ratio Band of 5 the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® does not require any amount to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. We proceed to Step Four and transfer the $7,380 from the Bond PS Series Subaccount proportionally to the Lifestyle Balanced PS and the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccounts. The amount transferred to the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount is $3,536 ($7,380 × $44,829/($44,829 + $48,748)), and the amount transferred to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount is $3,845 ($7,380 × $48,748/($44,829 + $48,748)).

d) Assume Owner D makes an Additional Purchase Payment of $5,000 allocated 90% to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and 10% to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount. The Contract Value prior to the Additional Purchase Payment is $89,413 ($39,096 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, $9,214 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount and $41,103 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). The Reference Value is $106,461 and the RV Ratio Band is 1. The Contract Value increases to $94,413 ($43,596 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, $9,714 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount and $41,103 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount). Since the prior $5,000 withdrawal did not reduce the Reference Value, that withdrawal is subtracted from the $5,000 Additional Purchase Payment, resulting in no increase to the Reference Value. The RV Ratio is 88.68% ($94,413/$106,461), and the RV Ratio Band is 3. The dollar-weighted AEAF is equal to the AEAF for the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, or 70. Based on the Contract Value of $94,413, the RV Ratio Band of 3 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $26,615 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. The total Contract Value allocated to both the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount and the Bond PS Series Subaccount is $50,818. Therefore we transfer the excess allocation of $24,202 ($50,818 - $26,615) from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount.

Example 7: Transfers

a) Assume that two days after the Additional Purchase Payment, when the Contract Value is $100,767 ($48,399 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount and $52,368 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), Contract Owner A elects to transfer the balance from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount. There is no change to the RV Ratio or the RV Ratio Band. As a result of the transfer the AEAF is now 50. Based on the Contract Value of $100,767, the RV Ratio Band of 3 and the AEAF of 50, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $44,418 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Therefore we proceed to Step Four and transfer $7,950 from the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount.

b) Assume that two days after the Additional Purchase Payment, when the Contract Value is $97,241 ($85,509 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount, $9,961 in the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount, and $1,770 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), Contract Owner B elects to transfer $20,000 from the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount. The RV Ratio Band of 4 does not change as a result of the transfer. As a result of the transfer the AEAF in now 26.28 ((40 × $29,961 + 20 × $65,509)/($29,961 + $65,509)). Based on the Contract Value of $97,241, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the AEAF of 26.28, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $4,580 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Therefore we proceed to Step Four and transfer $2,810 proportionally from the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount and the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

c) Assume that two days after the Additional Purchase Payment, when the Contract Value is $100,295 ($47,719 in the Lifestyle Balanced PS Series Subaccount and $52,576 in the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount), Contract Owner C elects to transfer the balance from the Lifestyle Moderate PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Series Subaccount. There is no change to the RV Ratio or the RV Ratio Band as a result of the transaction. As a result of the transfer the AEAF is now 20. Based on the Contract Value of $100,295, the RV Ratio Band of 4 and the AEAF of 20, there is no required allocation to the Bond PS Series Subaccount.

d) Assume that two days after the Additional Purchase Payment, when the Contract Value is $94,517 ($67,794 in the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount, $9,763 in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount, and $16,960 in the Bond PS Series Subaccount), Contract Owner D elects to transfer $20,000 from the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount. There is no change to the RV Ratio or the RV Ratio Band. The AEAF is still 70. Based on the Contract Value of $94,517, the RV Ratio Band of 3 and the AEAF of 70, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® requires $26,615 to be allocated to the Bond PS Series Subaccount. Therefore we proceed to Step Four. The total Contract Value in the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount is now $29,763, which exceeds the required allocation. We transfer the $16,960 balance in the Bond PS Series Subaccount to the Lifestyle Growth PS Series Subaccount. No portion of the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount will be transferred.

C-5

Appendix U: Tables of Accumulation Unit Values

The following table provides information about Variable Investment Options available under the Contracts described in this Prospectus. We present this information in columns that compare the value of various classes of accumulation units for each Variable Investment Option during the periods shown.

We use accumulation units to measure the value of your investment in a particular Variable Investment Option. Each accumulation unit reflects the value of underlying shares of a particular Portfolio (including dividends and distributions made by that Portfolio), as well as the charges we deduct on a daily basis for Separate Account Annual Expenses (see “III. Fee Tables” for additional information on these charges).

The table contains information on different classes of accumulation units because we deduct different levels of daily charges. In particular, the table shows accumulation units reflecting the daily charges for:

• Venture^® Frontier Contracts with no optional benefit Riders; and

• Venture^® Frontier Contracts issued with an Annual Step-Up Death Benefit Rider.

Please note that the fees for guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit Riders are deducted from Contract Value and, therefore, are not reflected in the accumulation unit values.

U-1

Venture Frontier

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account H

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Accumulation Unit Values- Venture Frontier Variable Annuity

	Year Ended 12/31/13		Year Ended 12/31/12		Year Ended 12/31/11		Year Ended 12/31/10		Year Ended 12/31/09		Year Ended 12/31/08		Year Ended 12/31/07		Year Ended 12/31/06		Year Ended 12/31/05		Year Ended 12/31/04
Bond PS - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		13.259		12.694		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.259		13.259		12.694		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		31		2,082		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.200		12.675		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.200		13.200		12.675		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		2,044		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		13.100		12.662		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.100		13.100		12.662		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		6,034		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.100		12.642		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.100		13.100		12.642		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Balanced PS Series - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		13.332		12.201		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.851		13.332		12.201		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		77,763		89,973		87,728		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.272		12.182		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.740		13.272		12.182		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		51,709		51,237		39,877		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		13.231		12.170		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.666		13.231		12.170		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		3,485		3,678		3,142		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.171		12.151		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.555		13.171		12.151		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		7,931		7,534		10,005		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Balanced Trust - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		14.730		13.340		13.682		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.730		14.730		13.340		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.396		12.169		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.396		13.396		12.169		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		19.035		17.326		17.816		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		21.072		19.035		17.326		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		9,114		9,116		9,119		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		19.740		18.021		18.559		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		19.740		19.740		18.021		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

U-2

Venture Frontier

	Year Ended 12/31/13		Year Ended 12/31/12		Year Ended 12/31/11		Year Ended 12/31/10		Year Ended 12/31/09		Year Ended 12/31/08		Year Ended 12/31/07		Year Ended 12/31/06		Year Ended 12/31/05		Year Ended 12/31/04
Lifestyle Conservative PS Series - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		13.341		12.551		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.698		13.341		12.551		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		39,227		56,640		40,193		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.281		12.532		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.595		13.281		12.532		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		39,763		40,175		8,734		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		13.240		12.519		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.527		13.240		12.519		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		15,973		16,140		17,388		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.180		12.500		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.180		13.180		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Conservative Trust - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		16.252		15.185		15.104		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		16.252		16.252		15.185		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.389		12.548		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.389		13.389		12.548		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		18.872		17.723		17.673		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		19.249		18.872		17.723		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		1,322		707		57		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		17.728		16.699		16.676		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		17.728		17.728		16.699		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Growth PS Series - Series II Shares (units first credited 6-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		13.309		11.974		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		15.639		13.309		11.974		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		127,427		93,278		92,024		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.249		11.955		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		15.521		13.249		11.955		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		127,104		118,222		134,478		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		13.209		11.943		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		15.443		13.209		11.943		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		5,970		5,371		5,458		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.149		11.925		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		15.327		13.149		11.925		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		32,658		31,027		41,201		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Growth Trust - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		13.945		12.420		12.990		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.945		13.945		12.420		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.358		11.933		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.358		13.358		11.933		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		4,188		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

U-3

Venture Frontier

	Year Ended 12/31/13		Year Ended 12/31/12		Year Ended 12/31/11		Year Ended 12/31/10		Year Ended 12/31/09		Year Ended 12/31/08		Year Ended 12/31/07		Year Ended 12/31/06		Year Ended 12/31/05		Year Ended 12/31/04
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		18.515		16.573		18.378		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		18.515		18.515		16.573		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		20.397		18.313		19.232		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		20.397		20.397		18.313		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Moderate PS Series - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		13.394		12.368		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.581		13.394		12.368		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		79,015		82,378		77,678		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.333		12.349		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.471		13.333		12.349		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		49,203		61,791		46,831		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		13.293		12.337		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		14.399		13.293		12.337		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		775		784		246		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.233		12.318		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.233		13.233		12.318		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Lifestyle Moderate Trust - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		15.495		14.185		14.356		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		15.495		15.495		14.185		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		13.430		12.332		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		13.430		13.430		12.332		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		18.922		17.410		17.665		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		18.922		18.922		17.410		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		18.633		17.196		17.474		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		18.633		18.633		17.196		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Money Market Trust (available to Contracts issued in California Only and Only during the Right to Review Period) - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		12.652		12.798		12.864		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		12.652		12.652		12.798		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		12.238		12.417		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		12.238		12.238		12.417		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		12.055		12.255		12.350		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		12.055		12.055		12.255		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		11.831		12.065		12.176		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		11.831		11.831		12.065		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

U-4

Venture Frontier

	Year Ended 12/31/13		Year Ended 12/31/12		Year Ended 12/31/11		Year Ended 12/31/10		Year Ended 12/31/09		Year Ended 12/31/08		Year Ended 12/31/07		Year Ended 12/31/06		Year Ended 12/31/05		Year Ended 12/31/04
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust - Series II Shares (units first credited 06-27-2011)
Contracts with no Optional Benefits
Value at Start of Year		12.183		12.279		12.381		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		12.011		12.183		12.279		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		37,268		53,638		59,891		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		12.244		12.378		12.500		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		12.035		12.244		12.378		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		3,657		6,569		35,507		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access
Value at Start of Year		12.036		12.193		12.325		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		12.036		12.036		12.193		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		985		1,975		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Contracts with Flex Access and the Annual Step-Up Death Benefit
Value at Start of Year		11.949		12.141		12.292		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
Value at End of Year		11.949		11.949		12.141		—		—		—		—		—		—		—
No. of Units		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—		—

U-5

To obtain a Venture^® Frontier Variable Annuity

Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”)

Send this request to:

For Contracts issued in a state/jurisdiction other than the State of New York:

Venture^® Frontier SAI

John Hancock Annuities Service Center

Post Office Box 9505

Portsmouth, NH 03802-9505

For contracts issued in the State of New York:

Venture^® Frontier NY SAI

John Hancock Annuities Service Center

Post Office Box 9506

Portsmouth, NH 03802-9506

cut along dotted line                 

Please send me a Venture^® Frontier Variable Annuity Statement of Additional Information dated April 30, 2014, for

¨ Contracts issued in a state/jurisdiction other than the State of New York (Separate Account H).

¨ Contracts issued in the State of New York (Separate Account A).

Please check one box. If no box is checked, we will mail the Statement of Additional Information applicable to Contracts with the address of record written below. If no Contracts are listed with the address of record written below, we may be unable to fulfill the request.

Name
Address
City	State	Zip

Venture^® is a registered service mark of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

and is used under license by John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York

PART B

INFORMATION REQUIRED IN A

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Statement of Additional Information

Dated April 30, 2014

Statement of Additional Information

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus. This Statement of Additional Information should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated the same date as this Statement of Additional Information. This Statement of Additional Information describes additional information regarding the flexible purchase payment deferred variable annuity contracts (singly, a “Contract” and collectively, the “Contracts” issued by JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK (“John Hancock New York”) in the state of New York as follows:

Prospectuses Issued by John Hancock New York

(to be read with this Statement of Additional Information)

Venture^® Frontier

Venture^® 4 Series Variable Annuity

Venture^® 7 Series Variable Annuity

You may obtain a copy of the Prospectus listed above by contacting us at the following addresses:

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

John Hancock Annuities Service Center 30 Dan Road – Suite 55444 Canton, MA 02021-2809 (800) 551-2078 Mailing Address
Post Office Box 55445 Boston, MA 02205-5445 www.jhannuitiesnewyork.com

Venture^® 4&7 Series JHNY SEP ACCT A SAI 04/14

Table of Contents

GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY	1
JOHN HANCOCK VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS CURRENTLY POSTED ON A WEBSITE	1
ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE TABLES	1
SERVICES	1
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	1
Servicing Agent	2
Principal Underwriter	2
Special Compensation and Reimbursement Arrangements	2
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE PORTFOLIO STABILIZATION PROCESS®	4
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON SECTION 403(B) PLANS OR TAX-SHELTERED ANNUITIES	6
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS AND TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS	7
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS	7
APPENDIX A: AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	A-1

ii

General Information and History

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A (the “Separate Account”) (formerly, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A) is a separate investment account of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (“we” or “us”), a stock life insurance company organized under the laws of New York in 1992. The principal office of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (“John Hancock New York”) is located at 100 Summit Lake Drive, Valhalla, New York 10595. Our Massachusetts office is located at 601 Congress Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210-2805. John Hancock New York also has an Annuities Service Center located at 30 Dan Road – Suite 55444, Canton, Massachusetts 02021-2809. John Hancock New York is a wholly-owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (“John Hancock USA”) (formerly, The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York), a stock life insurance company incorporated in Maine on August 20, 1955 by a special act of the Maine legislature and redomesticated under the laws of Michigan. Our Michigan office is located at 201 Townsend Street, Suite 900, Lansing, Michigan 48933. The ultimate parent of John Hancock USA is Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”) based in Toronto, Canada. MFC is the holding company of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company and its subsidiaries, collectively known as Manulife Financial.

John Hancock New York established the Separate Account on March 4, 1992 as a separate account under the laws of New York.

Our financial statements which are included in this Statement of Additional Information should be considered only as bearing on our ability to meet our obligations under the Contracts. They should not be considered as bearing on the investment performance of the assets held in the Separate Account.

John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Portfolio Holdings Currently Posted on a Website

The ten largest holdings of each John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust Portfolio will be posted to the website no earlier than 15 days after each calendar quarter end. The information will remain on the website until the date the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust files its Form N-CSR or Form N-Q with the SEC for the period that includes the date as of which the website information is current. John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust’s Form N-CSR and Form N-Q will contain each Portfolio’s entire holdings as of the applicable calendar quarter end.

You may access information on holdings for the Funds of Funds available under your Contract on the following website:

http://www.jhannuities.com/Marketing/Portfolios/PortfoliosManagementTeamPage.aspx?globalNavID=21

We provide this information in connection with our Contracts, but the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust is responsible for the accuracy and validity of the information on holdings for the Funds of Funds posted on the website.

Accumulation Unit Value Tables

The Accumulation Unit Value Tables are located in Appendix U of the Prospectus.

Services

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The financial statements of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and the financial statements of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A at December 31, 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, appearing in this Statement of Additional Information of the Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

1

Servicing Agent

Computer Sciences Corporation (“CSC”) provides to us a computerized data processing recordkeeping system for variable and fixed annuity administration. CSC provides various daily, semimonthly, monthly, semiannual and annual reports including:

• daily updates on accumulation unit values, variable annuity participants and transactions, and agent production and commissions;

• semimonthly commission statements;

• monthly summaries of agent production and daily transaction reports;

• semiannual statements for Contract Owners; and

• annual Contract Owner tax reports.

We pay CSC a fixed cost of $3.46 million per year, plus certain other fees for the services provided.

Principal Underwriter

John Hancock Distributors, LLC, (“JH Distributors”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MFC, serves as principal underwriter of the Contracts. Contracts are offered on a continuous basis. The aggregate dollar amounts of underwriting commissions paid to JH Distributors in 2013, 2012, and 2011 were $290,380,853, $309,982,088, and $355,245,024, respectively.

Special Compensation and Reimbursement Arrangements

The Contracts are primarily sold through selected firms. The Contracts’ principal distributor, JH Distributors, and its affiliates (collectively, “JHD”) pay compensation to broker-dealers (firms) for the promotion, sale and servicing of the Contracts. The compensation JHD pays may vary depending on each firm’s selling agreement and the specific Contract(s) distributed by the firm, but compensation (inclusive of wholesaler overrides and expense allowances) paid to the firms for sale of the Contracts and ongoing services to Contract Owners is not expected to exceed the standard compensation amounts referenced in the Prospectus for the applicable Contract. The amount and timing of this compensation may differ among firms.

The financial advisor through whom your Contract is sold is a registered representative of a broker-dealer, and as such will be compensated pursuant to that registered representative’s own arrangement with his or her broker-dealer. The registered representative and the firm may have multiple options on how they wish to allocate their commissions and/or compensation. We are not involved in determining your financial advisor’s compensation. You are encouraged to ask your financial advisor about the basis upon which he or she will be personally compensated for the advice or recommendations provided in connection with the sale of your Contract.

Compensation to firms for the promotion, sale and servicing of the Contracts is not paid directly by Contract Owners, but we expect to recoup it through the fees and charges imposed under the Contract.

We may, directly or through JHD, make additional payments to firms, either from 12b-1 distribution fees received from the Contracts’ underlying investment Portfolios or out of our own resources. These payments are sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing.” Revenue sharing expenses are any payments made to broker-dealers or other intermediaries to either (i) compensate the intermediary for expenses incurred in connection with the promotion and/or sale of John Hancock investment products, or (ii) obtain promotional and/or distribution services for John Hancock investment products. Many firms that sell the Contracts receive one or more types of these cash payments. During 2012, we terminated these revenue sharing arrangements with broker-dealers with respect to the sale of John Hancock annuity contracts, although a small number of firms will continue to receive revenue sharing payments in accordance with the terms of certain agreements with these particular firms.

We are among several insurance companies that pay additional payments to certain firms to receive “preferred” or recommended status. These privileges include: additional or special access to sales staff; opportunities to provide and/or attend training and other conferences; advantageous placement of our products on customer lists (“shelf-space arrangements”); and other improvements in sales by featuring our products over others.

Revenue sharing payments assisted in our efforts to promote the sale of the Contracts and could be significant to a firm. Not all firms, however, received additional compensation. We determined which firms to support and the extent of the payments we were willing to make, and generally choose to compensate firms that were willing to cooperate with our promotional efforts and have a strong capability to distribute the Contracts. We did not make an independent assessment of the cost of providing such services. Instead, we agreed with the firm on the methods for calculating any additional compensation. The methods, which vary by firm and are further described below, may have included different categories to measure the amount of revenue sharing payments, such as the level of sales, assets attributable to the firm and the variable annuity contracts covered under the arrangement (including contracts issued by any of our affiliates). The categories of revenue sharing payments that we may provide to firms, directly or through JHD, are not mutually exclusive and may vary from Contract to Contract. We or our affiliates may make additional types of revenue sharing payments for other products, and may enter into new revenue sharing arrangements in the future. The following list includes the

2

names of member firms of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA,”) (or their affiliated broker-dealers) that we are aware (as of December 31, 2013) received a revenue sharing payment of more than $5,000 with respect to annuity business during the latest calendar year:

Name of Firm

DISTRIBUTOR

AIG - SagePoint, Inc (aka AIG Financial Advisors, Inc.)

AIG - FSC Securities Corporation

AIG - Royal Alliance Associates, Inc.

Edward Jones Co., L.P.

H.D. Vest Investment Services

LPL Financial Corp.

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Network

Signator Investors, Inc.

UBS Financial Services, Inc.

Your registered representative can provide you with more information about the compensation arrangements that apply upon the sale of a variable annuity contract.

Inclusion on this list does not imply that these sums necessarily constitute “special cash compensation” as defined by NASD Conduct Rule 2830(l)(4). We will endeavor to update this listing annually; interim arrangements may not be reflected. We assume no duty to notify any investor whether his or her registered representative is or should be included in any such listing. You are encouraged to review the prospectus for each Portfolio for any other compensation arrangements pertaining to the distribution of Portfolio shares.

We may, directly or through JHD, also have arrangements with intermediaries that are not members of FINRA.

Sales and Asset Based Payments

We may, directly or through JHD, make revenue sharing payments as incentives to certain firms to promote and sell the Contracts. We hope to benefit from revenue sharing by increasing Contract sales. In consideration for revenue sharing, a firm may feature the Contracts in its sales system or give us additional access to members of its sales force or management. In addition, a firm may agree to participate in our marketing efforts by allowing us to participate in conferences, seminars or other programs attended by the firm’s sales force. Although a firm may seek revenue sharing payments to offset costs incurred by the firm in servicing its clients that have purchased the Contracts, the firm may earn a profit on these payments. Revenue sharing payments may provide a firm with an incentive to favor the Contracts in its sales efforts.

The revenue sharing payments we make may be calculated on sales of our products by the firm (“Sales-Based Payments”). These payments are based upon a percentage of the total amount of money received, or anticipated to be received, for sales through a firm of some or all of the insurance products that we and/or our affiliates offer. We make these payments on a periodic basis.

Such payments also may be calculated based upon the “assets under management” attributable to a particular firm (“Asset-Based Payments”). These payments are based upon a percentage of the contract value of some or all of our (and/or our affiliates’) insurance products that were sold through the firm. We make these payments on a periodic basis.

Sales-Based Payments primarily create incentives to make new sales of our insurance products and Asset-Based Payments primarily create incentives to service and maintain previously sold Contracts. We may pay a firm either or both Sales-Based Payments and Asset-Based Payments.

Administrative and Processing Support Payments

We may, directly or through JHD, also make payments to certain firms that sell our products for certain administrative services, including record keeping and sub-accounting Contract Owner accounts, and in connection with account maintenance support, statement preparation and transaction processing. The types of payments that we may make under this category include, among others, payment of ticket charges per purchase or exchange order placed by a firm, payment of networking fees in connection with certain mutual fund trading systems, or one-time payments for ancillary services such as setting up funds on a firm’s mutual fund trading system.

3

Other Payments

We may, directly or through JHD, also provide, either from the 12b-1 distribution fees received from the Portfolios underlying the Contracts or out of our own resources, additional compensation to firms that sell or arrange for the sale of Contracts. Such compensation may include seminars for the public, advertising and sales campaigns regarding the Contracts to assist a firm in connection with its systems, operations and marketing expenses, or for other activities of a selling firm or wholesaler. We may contribute to, as well as sponsor, various educational programs, sales contests and/or promotions in which participating firms and their sales persons may receive prizes such as merchandise, cash, or other awards.

Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as FINRA. We make payments for entertainment events we deem appropriate, subject to our guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary widely, depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship. We may make these payments upon the initiation of a relationship with a firm, and at any time thereafter.

We may have other relationships with firms relating to the provisions of services to the Contracts, such as providing omnibus account services, transaction processing services, or effecting portfolio transactions for Portfolios. If a firm provides these services, we may compensate the firm for these services. In addition, a firm may have other compensated or uncompensated relationships with us that are not related to the Contracts.

Signator Investors, Inc. may pay their respective registered representatives additional cash incentives in the form of bonus payments, expense payments, employment benefits or the waiver of overhead costs or expenses in connection with the sale of the Contracts that they would not receive in connection with the sale of contracts issued by unaffiliated companies.

Additional Information about the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

Please read the applicable Prospectus for Venture^® Frontier Variable Annuity, Venture^® 4 Series Variable Annuity or Venture^® 7 Series Variable Annuity Contracts for general information on Contracts issued with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider. We provide additional information in this section about the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® we use to monitor Contract Value and to make automatic transfers between the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts and the Bond PS Subaccount.

Determination of Reference Value under STEP ONE of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

Contract Inception

The initial Reference Value is equal to the Contract Value on the Contract Date.

Determination of Monthly Anniversary Dates

The Reference Value will be adjusted on each Monthly Anniversary to equal the greater of (a) the current Reference Value or (b) the Contract Value on that day.

Adjustments for Additional Purchase Payments

Additional Purchase Payments that we accept on any Business Day prior to the Lifetime Income Date increase the Reference Value by the amount of the Additional Purchase Payment.

Additional Purchase Payments that we accept on any Business Day coincident with or after the Lifetime Income Date increase the Reference Value by the excess, if any, of the Additional Payment over any withdrawal since the later of:

(a) the Lifetime Income Date, or

(b) the later of:

(i) the date of an Additional Purchase Payment that increased the Reference Value, or

(ii) the date of a reduction in the Reference Value.

Adjustments for Excess Withdrawals

The Reference Value will not be adjusted for withdrawals that are less than or equal to the Lifetime Income Amount.

Excess Withdrawals, including all withdrawals prior to the Lifetime Income Date, will reduce the Reference Value in the same proportion as the amount of the withdrawal divided by the Contract Value prior to the withdrawal.

4

As an example, assume that you own a Contract with an IPFL 6.11 Series Rider on a Business Day, where:

• the Business Day is after the Lifetime Income Date,

• no withdrawal charges apply,

• the Contract Value is $100,000,

• the Lifetime Income Amount is $5,000,

• the Reference Value is $120,000, and

• you withdraw $15,000.

Under these assumptions, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will adjust the Reference Value as follows:

• the Excess Withdrawal amount is $15,000 - $5,000, or $10,000,

• the Contract Value immediately before the Excess Withdrawal is $100,000 - $5,000, or $95,000,

• the Contract Value immediately after the Excess Withdrawal is $95,000 - $10,000, or $85,000, and

• the adjusted Reference Value is ($120,000 × ($85,000 / $95,000)), or $107,368.

Review of Contract Value Allocation under STEP TWO of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® uses the term “Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation” in connection with the review of Contract Value Allocation to describe the target amount required to be maintained in the Bond PS Subaccount, before adjustment to reflect Contract Value allocated to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount. We define the term as follows:

Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation – The sum of (a) plus (b) minus (c) minus (d) where:

(a) is the minimum of the Contract Value and 80% of the Reference Value

(b) is the Reference Value Band multiplied by 2.5% of Reference Value

(c) is 20 divided by the weighted average AEAF (“WAEAF”) multiplied by the minimum of the Contract Value and 80% of the Reference Value

(d) is the Reference Value Band multiplied by 2.5% of the Reference Value multiplied by F.

For purposes of the Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation, “F” is determined as follows:

F =	32 × WAEAF – 540 + RV Ratio Band × (WAEAF – 20)
	5 × WAEAF

Automatic Transfers under STEP THREE of the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

Whenever a Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation is calculated, the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will compare that amount to the combined Contract Value in the Bond PS Subaccount and the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount (the “Combined Contract PS Value”).

A. Transfers from the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts. If there is an excess of the Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation over the Combined Contract PS Value, the excess will be transferred automatically from the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts with current Contract Value to the Bond PS Subaccount. The excess will be transferred on a pro-rata basis from the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts, based on the Contract Value in each Lifestyle PS Subaccount before such transfer.

B. Transfers from the Bond PS Subaccount to the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will result in a transfer to the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts if:

• the Combined Contract PS Value exceeds the Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation, and

• some or all of your Contract Value is currently allocated to the Bond PS Subaccount and any of the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts.

In such an event, your Contract Value allocated to the Bond PS Subaccount, up to the amount of the excess, will be transferred automatically from the Bond PS Subaccount to the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts. The transfer will be on a pro-rata basis into the Lifestyle PS Subaccounts based on the Contract Value in each Lifestyle PS Subaccount before such transfer.

C. Transfers from the Bond PS Subaccount to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Subaccount. The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will result in a transfer to the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Subaccount if:

• the Combined Contract PS Value exceeds the Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation, and

• you have instructed us to allocate 100% of your available Contract Value to one of the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Subaccount, and

• some of your Contract Value is currently allocated to the Bond PS Subaccount.

5

In such an event, your Contract Value allocated to the Bond PS Subaccount, up to the amount of the excess, will be transferred automatically to the Subaccount you have instructed.

The Portfolio Stabilization Process^® will result in a transfer to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Subaccount if:

• the Combined Contract PS Value exceeds the Target Bond PS Subaccount Allocation, and

• you have instructed us to allocate 100% of your available Contract Value to a combination of the Ultra Short Term Bond Subaccount or the Lifestyle Conservative PS Subaccount, and

• some of your Contract Value is currently allocated to the Bond PS Subaccount.

In such an event, your Contract Value allocated to the Bond PS Subaccount, up to the amount of the excess, will be transferred automatically to the Lifestyle Conservative PS Subaccount.

Processing Transactions Before Performing the Portfolio Stabilization Process^®

At the end of each Business Day, we will perform the Portfolio Stabilization Process^® after we process any other transactions under your Contract for that Business Day. The other transactions include any requests for withdrawals, transfers or other Contract benefits received before the end of that Business Day, Additional Purchase Payments received on that Business Day, and any Step-Ups, Credits, deduction of Contract fees and charges or other automated transactions scheduled for that Business Day.

Additional Information on Section 403(b) Plans or

Tax-Sheltered Annuities

Restrictions on Section 403(b) Plans

Tax-sheltered annuity contracts must contain restrictions on withdrawals of:

• contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement in years beginning after December 31, 1988;

• earnings on those contributions; and

• earnings after 1988 on amounts attributable to salary reduction contributions (and earnings on those contributions) held as of the last day of 1988.

These amounts can be paid only if the employee has reached age 59 ¹⁄₂, separated from service, died, or become disabled (within the meaning of the tax law), or in the case of hardship (within the meaning of the tax law). Amounts permitted to be distributed in the event of hardship are limited to actual contributions for elective contributions made after 1988; earnings thereon cannot be distributed on account of hardship. Amounts subject to the withdrawal restrictions applicable to section 403(b)(7) custodial accounts may be subject to more stringent restrictions.

Exercise of the withdrawal right for each withdrawal under the Contract may be subject to the terms of the Section 403(b) Plan and may require the consent of the employer, the Plan administrator or the Plan sponsor, as well as the participant’s spouse, under section 403(b) of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

In the event that we do not receive the Required Documentation and you nonetheless direct us to proceed with the withdrawal, your Contract may no longer be qualified under section 403(b), which may result in additional adverse tax consequences to you. Employer consent is not required when we have received documentation in a form acceptable to us confirming that you have reached age 59 ¹⁄₂, separated from service, died or become disabled. (These limitations on withdrawals do not apply to the extent we are directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to the issuer of another tax-sheltered annuity or into a section 403(b)(7) custodial account.)

6

Additional Information on Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local Governments and Tax-Exempt Organizations

Restrictions under the Texas Optional Retirement Program

Section 830.105 of the Texas Government Code permits participants in the Texas Optional Retirement Program (“ORP”) to withdraw their interest in a variable annuity contract issued under the ORP only upon:

• termination of employment in all Texas public institutions of higher education;

• retirement;

• death; or

• the participant’s turning age 70 ¹⁄₂.

Accordingly, before you withdraw any amounts from the Contract, you must furnish proof to us that one of these four events has occurred. For these purposes a change of company providing ORP benefits or a participant’s transfer between institutions of higher education is not a termination of employment. Consequently there is no termination of employment when a participant in the ORP transfers the Contract Value to another Contract or another qualified custodian during the period of participation in the ORP.

Legal and Regulatory Matters

There are no legal proceedings to which we, the Separate Account or the principal underwriter is a party, or to which the assets of the Separate Account are subject, that are likely to have a material adverse effect on:

• the Separate Account; or

• the ability of the principal underwriter to perform its contract with the Separate Account; or

• on our ability to meet our obligations under the variable annuity contracts funded through the Separate Account.

7

APPENDIX A: Audited Financial Statements

A-1

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

With Report of Independent Auditors

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

INDEX TO AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Auditors	F-1
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Balance Sheets- As of December 31, 2013 and 2012	F-2
Statements of Operations- For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-4
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)- For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-5
Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity- For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-6
Statements of Cash Flows- For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	F-7
Notes to Financial Statements	F-9

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 27, 2014

F-1

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

BALANCE SHEETS

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Assets
Investments
Fixed maturities:
Available-for-sale—at fair value (amortized cost: 2013—$5,829; 2012—$6,079)	$	5,871	$	6,629
Held-for-trading—at fair value (cost: 2013—$325; 2012—$332)		338		372
Equity securities:
Available-for-sale—at fair value (cost: 2013—$0; 2012—$1)		-		1
Investment in unconsolidated affiliate		1		1
Mortgage loans on real estate		1,155		977
Investment real estate, agriculture, and timber		270		81
Policy loans		143		138
Short-term investments		1		38
Other invested assets		72		5
Total Investments		7,851		8,242
Cash and cash equivalents		59		495
Accrued investment income		110		118
Value of business acquired		6		12
Deferred policy acquisition costs and deferred sales inducements		495		428
Amounts due from and held for affiliates		898		286
Reinsurance recoverable		450		417
Derivative assets		435		654
Amounts on deposit with reinsurers		1,586		1,701
Deferred tax asset		37		-
Other assets		105		61
Separate account assets		8,313		7,687
Total Assets	$	20,345	$	20,101

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-2

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

BALANCE SHEETS – (CONTINUED)

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity
Liabilities
Future policy benefits	$	3,942	$	3,960
Policyholders’ funds		2,295		2,473
Unearned revenue		70		40
Unpaid claims and claim expense reserves		40		37
Policyholder dividends payable		1		2
Amounts due to affiliates		378		166
Current income tax payable		46		85
Deferred income tax liability		-		69
Coinsurance funds withheld		2,418		2,329
Payables for collateral on derivatives		51		158
Derivative liabilities		508		698
Deferred gains		112		117
Other liabilities		87		89
Separate account liabilities		8,313		7,687
Total Liabilities		18,261		17,910
Shareholder’s Equity
Common stock ($1.00 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; 2,000,003 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012)		2		2
Additional paid-in capital		895		895
Retained earnings		1,179		938
Accumulated other comprehensive income		8		356
Total Company Shareholder’s Equity		2,084		2,191
Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity	$	20,345	$	20,101

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Revenues
Premiums	$	55		$	207		$	74
Fee income		252			257			413
Net investment income		540			587			597
Net realized investment and other gains (losses)		(133	)		(52	)		289
Other revenue		(1	)		5			-
Total revenues		713			1,004			1,373
Benefits and expenses
Benefits to policyholders		155			511			640
Policyholder dividends		5			6			6
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, and value of business acquired		13			53			139
Other operating costs and expenses		183			221			237
Total benefits and expenses		356			791			1,022
Income (loss) before income taxes		357			213			351
Income tax expense (benefit)		116			53			121
Net income (loss)	$	241		$	160		$	230

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net income (loss)	$	241		$	160		$	230
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Change in unrealized investment gains (losses):
Unrealized investment gains (losses) arising during the period		(356	)		126			322
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in net income		57			(102	)		(208	)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Unrealized gains (losses) on the effective portion of the change in fair value of cash flow hedges		(42	)		(2	)		97
Reclassification of net cash flow hedge (gains) losses to net income		(7	)		(4	)		-
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		(348	)		18			211
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	(107	)	$	178		$	441
Income taxes included in other comprehensive income (loss)
Change in unrealized investment gains (losses):
Income tax expense (benefit) from unrealized investment gains arising during the period		(192	)		67			172
Income tax (expense) benefit related to reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income (loss)		31			(55	)		(111	)
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges:
Income tax expense (benefit) from unrealized gains on the effective portion of the change in fair value cash flow hedges		(23	)		(1	)		52
Income tax (expense) benefit related to reclassification of net cash flow hedge gains to net income (loss)		(4	)		(2	)		-
Total income tax expense (benefit) in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(188	)	$	9		$	113

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

	Common Stock		Additional Paid-in Capital		Retained Earnings		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Shareholder’s Equity attributable to the Company			Outstanding Shares
	(in millions, except for shares outstanding)												(in thousands)
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	2	$	895	$	548	$	127		$	1,572			2,000
Net income (loss)		-		-		230		-			230
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		-		-		-		211			211
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	2	$	895	$	778	$	338		$	2,013			2,000
Net income (loss)						160					160
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax								18			18
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	2	$	895	$	938	$	356		$	2,191			2,000
Net income (loss)						241					241
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax								(348	)		(348	)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	2	$	895	$	1,179	$	8		$	2,084			2,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	241		$	160		$	230
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts associated with investments, net		25			43			74
Net realized investments and other (gains) losses		133			52			(289	)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, and value of business acquired		13			53			139
Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs and deferred sales inducements		(39	)		(40	)		(48	)
Depreciation and amortization		2			-			-
Net cash flows from trading securities		6			12			54
(Increase) decrease in accrued investment income		8			(4	)		(6	)
(Increase) decrease in other assets and other liabilities, net		(74	)		(294	)		284
Increase (decrease) in policyholder liabilities and accruals, net		(97	)		211			304
Interest credited to policyholder liabilities		142			112			110
Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes		81			(17	)		(10	)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		441			288			842
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales of:
Fixed maturities		3,302			4,321			5,367
Equity securities		1			-			-
Mortgage loans on real estate		68			74			76
Investment real estate, agriculture, and timber		-			6			-
Maturities, prepayments, and scheduled redemptions of:
Fixed maturities		303			278			551
Mortgage loans on real estate		24			25			23
Other invested assets		1			-			-
Purchases of:
Fixed maturities		(3,448	)		(4,434	)		(5,911	)
Equity securities		-			(1	)		-
Investment real estate, agriculture, and timber		(191	)		(1	)		(3	)
Other invested assets		(66	)		(4	)		-
Mortgage loans on real estate issued		(280	)		(64	)		(330	)
Net (purchases) redemptions of short-term investments		(1	)		16			13
Policy loans advanced, net		(5	)		(14	)		(12	)
Net change in payable for undelivered securities		(27	)		(4	)		3
Net change in amount due from liquidity pool		(381	)		-			-
Other, net		-			3			-
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(700	)		201			(223	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-7

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS – (CONTINUED)

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Universal life and investment-type contract deposits		281			169			341
Universal life and investment-type contract maturities and withdrawals		(431	)		(378	)		(1,082	)
Net transfers from (to) separate accounts related to universal life and investment-type contracts		21			14			12
Unearned revenue on financial reinsurance		(48	)		(49	)		(89	)
Net reinsurance recoverable		-			-			4
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(177	)		(244	)		(814	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(436	)		245			(195	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		495			250			445
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	59		$	495		$	250
Non-cash financing activities during the year:
Transfer of assets to First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company	$	-		$	(1,717	)	$	-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-8

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business. John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (the “Company”) is a life insurance company organized on February 10, 1992 under the laws of the State of New York. The New York State Department of Financial Services (the “Department”) granted the Company a license to operate on July 22, 1992. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (“JHUSA”). JHUSA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Manufacturers Investment Corporation (“MIC”). MIC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of John Hancock Financial Corporation (“JHFC”). JHFC is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (“MLI”). MLI, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a Canadian-based, publicly traded financial services holding company.

The Company provides a wide range of financial protection and wealth management products and services to both individual and institutional customers located exclusively in the State of New York (“NY”). Through its insurance operations, the Company offers a variety of individual life insurance that are distributed through multiple distribution channels, including insurance agents, brokers, banks, financial planners, and direct marketing. The Company also offers a variety of retirement products to retirement plans. The Company distributes products through multiple distribution channels, including insurance agents and affiliated brokers, securities brokerage firms, financial planners, pension plan sponsors, pension plan consultants, and banks. In 2013, the Company discontinued sales of its structured settlements and single premium immediate annuity products. In 2012, the Company suspended new sales of its individual fixed and variable annuity products.

The Company manages individual and group fixed and variable annuity, and individual life insurance contracts (collectively, the contracts) for both individual and institutional customers exclusively in the State of New York. Amounts invested in the fixed portion of the contracts are allocated to the general account of the Company. Amounts invested in the variable portion of the contracts are allocated to the separate accounts of the Company. Each of these separate accounts invests in shares of one of the various portfolios of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (“JHVIT”), a no-load, open-end investment management company organized as a Massachusetts business trust, or in open-end investment management companies offered and managed by unaffiliated third parties.

Effective January 1, 2014, the John Hancock Funds Board of Trustees approved John Hancock Advisers, LLC (“JHA”) as the investment adviser to John Hancock Funds II (“JHF II”) and John Hancock Funds III (“JHF III”) replacing John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”). JHF II funds are offered to retail investors, other affiliated John Hancock Funds and separate accounts of JHUSA and JHNY as investment options for 401(k) plans sold by Retirement Plan Services. JHF III funds are offered to retail investors and other affiliated John Hancock Funds. This change transferred approximately $86 billion of assets from JHIMS to JHA. JHIMS will continue as the investment adviser for the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust funds.

Basis of Presentation. These financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

The Company’s 36% investment in John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”), an affiliated company, is accounted for using the equity method of accounting and is included in investment in unconsolidated affiliate.

Reclassifications. The Company reclassified its fixed deferred annuity liabilities balance of $1,855 million at December 31, 2012 to policyholder funds on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to conform to the current year presentation. Certain other amounts have also been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Investments. The Company determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. Fixed maturity and equity securities are recognized initially at fair value plus, in the case of investments not held for trading, directly attributable transaction costs. The Company classifies its fixed maturity securities as either available-for-sale or held-for-trading and records these securities at fair value. The change in fair value related to available-for-sale securities is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), net of policyholder related amounts and deferred income taxes. The change in fair value related to held-for-trading securities is reflected in net realized investment and other gains (losses).

Interest income on fixed maturity securities, other than mortgage-backed securities, is generally recognized on the accrual basis. The amortized cost of fixed maturity securities is adjusted for other-than-temporary impairments, amortization of premiums, and accretion of discounts to maturity. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts is on an effective

F-9

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

yield basis and is included in net investment income. The Company recognizes an impairment loss only when management does not expect to recover the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security.

For mortgage-backed securities, the Company recognizes income using a constant effective yield based on anticipated prepayments and the estimated economic life of the securities. When actual prepayments differ significantly from anticipated prepayments, the effective yield is recalculated to reflect actual payments to date plus anticipated future payments, and any resulting adjustment is included in net investment income.

Equity securities primarily include common stock. Dividends are recorded as income on the ex-dividend date. The Company recognizes an impairment loss only when management does not expect to recover the cost of the equity security. In determining whether an equity security is impaired, the Company considers its intent and ability to hold a particular equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value. Equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values are included in other invested assets.

Mortgage loans on real estate are carried at unpaid principal balances and are adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts, less an allowance for probable losses. Premiums or discounts are amortized over the life of the mortgage loan contract in a manner that results in a constant effective yield. Interest income and amortization amounts and other costs that are recognized as an adjustment of yield are included as components of net investment income. When contractual payments of mortgage investments are more than 90 days in arrears or when loans are considered impaired, interest is no longer accrued. Mortgage loans on real estate are evaluated periodically as part of the Company’s loan review procedures and are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts of principal and interest due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement. The valuation allowance established as a result of impairment is based on the present value of the expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, or is based on the collateral value of the loan if the loan is collateral dependent. The Company estimates this level to be adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses that exist at the balance sheet date. Any change to the valuation allowance for mortgage loans on real estate is reported as a component of net realized investment and other gains (losses). Interest received on impaired mortgage loans on real estate is applied to reduce the outstanding investment balance. Interest received on other mortgage loans that are in non-accrual status is recorded as interest income on a cash basis. If foreclosure becomes probable, the measurement method used is based on the collateral’s fair value. Foreclosed real estate is recorded at the collateral’s fair value at the date of foreclosure, which establishes a new cost basis.

Investment real estate and agriculture, which the Company has the intent to hold for the production of income, is carried at depreciated cost, using the straight-line method of depreciation, less adjustments for impairments in value. In those cases where it is determined that the carrying amount of investment real estate and agriculture is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recognized based on the difference between the depreciated cost and fair value of the asset. The Company reports impairment losses as part of net realized investment and other gains (losses).

Policy loans are carried at unpaid principal balances.

Other invested assets primarily represent investments in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest, but has significant influence, and are recorded using the equity method of accounting. The Company records its share of earnings using the most recent financial information available, which is generally on a three month lag. Depending on the timing of receipt of the audited financial statements of these other invested assets, the investee level financial data may be up to one year in arrears.

Short-term investments, which include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase, are reported at fair value.

Net realized investment and other gains (losses), other than those related to separate accounts for which the Company does not bear the investment risk, are determined on a specific identification method and are reported net of amounts credited to participating contract holder accounts.

Derivative Financial Instruments. The Company uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) to manage exposures to interest rate, equity price movements, and other market risks arising from on-balance sheet financial instruments, certain insurance contract liabilities, and selected anticipated transactions. Derivatives are recorded at fair value. Derivatives with unrealized gains are reported as derivative assets and derivatives with unrealized losses are reported as derivative liabilities. Derivatives embedded in other instruments (“host instruments”), such as investment securities, reinsurance contracts, and

F-10

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

certain benefit guarantees, are separately recorded as derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host instrument, the terms of the embedded derivative are the same as those of a stand-alone derivative, and the host instrument is not held-for-trading or carried at fair value.

A determination is made for each relationship as to whether hedge accounting can be applied. Where hedge accounting is not applied, changes in fair value of derivatives are recorded in net realized investment and other gains (losses).

Where the Company has elected to use hedge accounting, a hedge relationship is designated and documented at inception. Hedge effectiveness is evaluated at inception and throughout the term of the hedge, and hedge accounting is only applied when the Company expects that each hedging instrument will be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or changes in cash flows attributable to the risk being hedged. Hedge effectiveness is assessed quarterly using a variety of consistently applied techniques, including regression analysis and cumulative dollar offset. When it is determined that the hedging relationship is no longer effective or the hedged item has been sold or terminated, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively. In such cases, if the derivative hedging instruments are not sold or terminated, any subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recognized in net realized investment and other gains (losses).

For derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments, changes in fair value are recognized according to the nature of the risks being hedged, as discussed below.

Fair Value Hedges. In a fair value hedging relationship, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivatives are recorded in net realized investment and other gains (losses), along with changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk. The carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk. To the extent the changes in the fair value of derivatives do not offset the changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk in net realized investment and other gains (losses), any ineffectiveness will remain in net realized investment and other gains (losses). When hedge accounting is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments are amortized to net investment income over the remaining term of the hedged item unless the hedged item is sold, at which time the balance is recognized immediately in net investment income.

Cash Flow Hedges. In a cash flow hedge relationship, the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recorded in AOCI, while the ineffective portion is recognized in net realized investment and other gains (losses). Unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI are recognized in income during the same periods as the variability in the cash flows hedged or the hedged forecasted transactions are recognized.

Unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges recorded in AOCI are reclassified immediately to income when the hedged item is sold or the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur. When a hedge is discontinued, but the hedged forecasted transaction remains highly probable to occur, the amounts in AOCI are reclassified to net realized investment and other gains (losses) in the periods during which variability in the cash flows hedged or the hedged forecasted transaction is recognized in income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include cash and all highly liquid debt investments with a remaining maturity of three months or less when purchased.

Value of Business Acquired. Value of business acquired (“VOBA”) is the present value of estimated future profits of insurance policies in-force. The Company amortizes VOBA using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) and tests for recoverability at least annually.

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs, Deferred Sales Inducements and Unearned Revenue. DAC are costs that are directly related to the successful acquisition or renewal of insurance contracts. Such costs include: (1) incremental direct costs of contract acquisition, such as commissions; (2) the portion of an employee’s total compensation and benefits directly related to underwriting, policy issuance and processing, medical inspection, and contract selling of new and renewal insurance contracts with respect to actual policies acquired or renewed; (3) other costs directly related to acquisition or renewal activities that would not have been incurred had a policy not been acquired or renewed; and (4) in limited circumstances, the costs of direct response advertising whose primary purpose is to elicit sales to customers who could be shown to have responded specifically to the advertising and that results in contract acquisition. All other acquisition-related costs, including those related to general advertising and solicitation, market research, agent training, product development, unsuccessful sales and underwriting efforts, as well as all indirect costs, are expensed as incurred. Similarly, any amounts assessed as initiation fees or front-end loads are recorded as unearned revenue. The Company tests the recoverability of DAC at least annually.

F-11

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

DAC related to participating traditional life insurance is amortized over the life of the policies at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross margin amounts expected to be realized over the lives of the policies. Estimated gross margin amounts include anticipated premiums and investment results less claims and administrative expenses, changes in the net level premium reserve, and expected annual policyholder dividends. For annuity, universal life insurance, and investment-type products, DAC and unearned revenue are amortized generally in proportion to the change in present value of estimated gross profits arising principally from surrender charges, investment results, including realized investment and other gains (losses), and mortality and expense margins. In situations where using gross profits is not the best basis for amortizing DAC, the Company amortizes DAC and unearned revenue based on the amount of insurance in force. DAC amortization includes retrospective adjustments when estimates are revised. For annuity, universal life insurance, and investment-type products, the DAC asset is adjusted for the impact of unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale investments as if these gains (losses) had been realized, with corresponding credits or charges included in AOCI.

DAC and unearned revenue related to non-participating traditional life insurance are amortized over the premium-paying period of the related policies using assumptions consistent with those used in computing future policy benefits.

The Company offers sales inducements, including enhanced crediting rates or bonus payments, to contract holders on certain of its individual life insurance and individual and group annuity products. The Company’s deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) are amortized over the life of the underlying contracts using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC.

Reinsurance. Assets and liabilities related to reinsurance ceded contracts are reported on a gross basis. The accompanying Statements of Operations reflect premiums, benefits, and settlement expenses net of reinsurance ceded. Reinsurance premiums, commissions, expense reimbursements, benefits, and reserves related to reinsured business are accounted for on a basis consistent with those used in accounting for the original policies issued and the terms of the reinsurance contracts.

The Company utilizes reinsurance agreements to provide for greater diversification of business, allowing management to control exposure to potential losses arising from large risks, and provide additional capacity for growth. Reinsurance ceded contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders. The Company remains liable to its contract holders to the extent that counterparties to reinsurance ceded contracts do not meet their contractual obligations. Failure of the reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company; consequently, estimates are established for amounts deemed or estimated to be uncollectible. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurance insolvencies, the Company evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk arising from similar characteristics among the reinsurers.

When a reinsurance agreement does not subject the reinsurer to the reasonable possibility of significant loss, the Company accounts for the agreement as financial reinsurance and uses deposit-type accounting treatment with only the reinsurance risk fee being reported in other operating costs and expenses.

Separate Account Assets and Liabilities. Separate account assets and liabilities reported on the Company’s Balance Sheets represent funds that are administered and invested by the Company to meet specific investment objectives of contract holders. Net investment income and net realized investment and other gains (losses) generally accrue directly to such contract holders who bear the investment risk, subject, in some cases, to principal guarantees and minimum guaranteed rates of income. The assets of each separate account are legally segregated and are not subject to claims that arise out of any other business of the Company. Separate account assets are reported at fair value, and separate account liabilities are set equal to the fair value of the separate account assets. Deposits, surrenders, net investment income, net realized investment and other gains (losses), and the related liability changes of separate accounts are offset within the same line item in the Statements of Operations. Fees charged to contract holders, principally mortality, policy administration, investment management, and surrender charges, are included in the revenues of the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 there were no gains or losses on transfers of assets from the general account to the separate account.

Future Policy Benefits and Policyholders’ Funds. Future policy benefits for participating traditional life insurance policies are based on the net level premium method. The net level premium reserve is calculated using the guaranteed mortality and dividend fund interest rates. The liability for annual dividends represents the accrual of annual dividends earned. Settlement dividends are accrued in proportion to gross margins over the life of the policies. Participating business represented 55% and 57% of the Company’s traditional life net insurance in-force at December 31, 2013 and 2012,

F-12

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

respectively, and 24%, 24%, and 23% of the Company’s traditional life net insurance premiums for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

For non-participating traditional life insurance policies, future policy benefits are estimated using a net level premium method based upon actuarial assumptions as to mortality, persistency, interest, and expenses established at the policy issue or acquisition date. Assumptions established at policy issue as to mortality and persistency are based on the Company’s experience, which, together with interest and expense assumptions, include a margin for adverse deviation.

For universal life insurance products, the basic policy reserve is account value. An additional liability is established for product features which result in a pattern of profits followed by losses. The benefits covered by this liability include benefits paid under no-lapse guarantee features as well as certain other death benefits. The additional liability is calculated by multiplying the benefit ratio by the assessments recorded from contract inception accumulated with interest and subtracting the excess benefits paid from contract inception accumulated with interest. If experience or assumption changes result in a new benefit ratio, the reserves are adjusted to reflect the changes in a manner similar to the retrospective adjustment of DAC, VOBA, and unearned revenue. The assumptions used in estimating the additional liability are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC. The no-lapse guarantee benefits used in calculating the liability are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.

Policyholders’ funds are generally equal to the total of the policyholder account values before surrender charges, additional reserves established to adjust for lower market interest rates as of the acquisition date, and additional reserves established on certain guarantees offered in certain investment-type products. Fixed annuity liabilities during the accumulation period are based on the accumulated contract holders’ fund balances and after annuitization are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Policyholder account values include deposits plus credited interest or change in investment value less expense and mortality fees, as applicable, and withdrawals. Policy benefits are charged to expense and include benefit claims incurred in the period in excess of related policy account balances and interest credited to policyholders’ account balances.

Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expense reserves include estimates of payments to be made on reported life insurance claims and estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on historical claim development patterns.

Estimates of future policy benefit reserves, claim reserves, and expenses are reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted as necessary. Any changes in estimates are reflected in current earnings.

Deferred Gains. The Company amortizes the deferred gains over 10 years using the effective interest method.

Revenue Recognition. Premiums from non-participating traditional life insurance and annuity policies with life contingencies are recognized as revenue when due. When premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, any excess profit is deferred and recognized into income in a constant relationship to insurance in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected future benefit payments.

Deposits related to universal life and investment-type products are credited to policyholders’ account balances. Revenues from these contracts, as well as annuity contracts, consist of amounts assessed against policyholders’ account balances for mortality, policy administration, and surrender charges and are recorded in fee income in the period in which the services are provided.

Fee income also includes advisory fees and administrative service fees collected from the separate accounts. Such fees are recognized in the period in which the services are performed.

Income Taxes. The provision for federal income taxes includes amounts currently payable or recoverable and deferred income taxes, computed under the liability method, resulting from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that an amount will not be realized. In accordance with the income tax sharing agreements in effect for the applicable tax years, the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) is computed as if the Company filed separate federal income tax returns with tax benefits provided for operating losses and tax credits when utilized and settled by the consolidated group. Intercompany settlements of income taxes are made through an increase or reduction in amounts due to or from affiliates. Such settlements occur on a periodic basis in accordance with the tax sharing agreements.

F-13

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011 and January 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued updated guidance regarding the disclosure of recognized derivative instruments (including bifurcated embedded derivatives), repurchase agreements and securities borrowing/lending transactions that are offset in the statement of financial position or are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar arrangement (irrespective of whether they are offset in the balance sheet). This new guidance requires an entity to disclose information, on both a gross and net basis, about instruments and transactions within the scope of the guidance. The Company adopted the revised accounting standard effective January 1, 2013 via retrospective adoption, as required. The expanded disclosures required by this guidance are included in the Investments Note. The adoption of the guidance did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Fed Funds as Benchmark Interest Rate

In July 2013, the FASB issued new guidance regarding derivatives. The new guidance permits a company to designate the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (also referred to as the “Overnight Index Swap Rate” or “OIS”) as the hedged risk (or benchmark interest rate) in both cash flow and fair value hedges. The new guidance also removed the requirement that similar hedges designate the same benchmark rate. The new guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships commencing on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of the guidance did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance regarding the presentation of comprehensive income. Under the guidance, the Company is required to separately present information about significant items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component as well as changes in accumulated other comprehensive income balances by component in either the financial statements or the notes to the financial statements. The guidance does not change the items that are reported in other comprehensive income, does not change when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income, and does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income. The Company’s adoption was prospective and the disclosures required by this guidance are included in the Shareholder’s Equity Note.

Income Taxes

In July 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance regarding the presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax losses, or a tax credit carryforward exist. This guidance requires liabilities for uncertain tax positions to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to deferred assets to the extent that the deferred tax assets are available to reduce resulting taxes payable within the same jurisdiction. The guidance is generally effective for 2014. The Company retrospectively early adopted this new guidance for its 2013 reporting. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Future Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Investment Companies

In June 2013, the FASB issued updated guidance clarifying the characteristics of an investment company and requiring new disclosures. The new guidance changes the way in which a company assesses whether it should be considered an investment company. Once deemed an investment company, the new guidelines require additional disclosures as well as changes to the reporting of interests in other investment companies. The provisions of the new guidance are effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. Upon adoption, the new guidance is not expected to materially impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

F-14

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments

Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities

The Company’s investments in available-for-sale fixed maturity and equity securities are summarized below:

	December 31, 2013
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Other-Than- Temporary Impairments in AOCI
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity and equity securities
Corporate debt securities	$	3,578	$	228	$	(66	)	$	3,740	$	-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		57		2		-			59		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-		-			-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-		-			-		-
Other asset-backed securities		72		3		(2	)		73		-
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies		1,776		6		(145	)		1,637		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		246		16		(5	)		257		-
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		100		5		-			105		-
Fixed maturity securities		5,829		260		(218	)		5,871		-
Other fixed maturity securities		-		-		-			-		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		5,829		260		(218	)		5,871		-
Equity securities available-for-sale		-		-		-			-		-
Total fixed maturity and equity securities available-for-sale	$	5,829	$	260	$	(218	)	$	5,871	$	-

F-15

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

	December 31, 2012
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Other-Than- Temporary Impairments in AOCI
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity and equity securities
Corporate debt securities	$	3,470	$	406	$	(5	)	$	3,871	$	-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		222		8		-			230		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-		-			-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-		-			-		-
Other asset-backed securities		42		4		-			45		-
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies		2,052		99		(13	)		2,137		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		236		51		-			287		-
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		57		2		-			59		-
Fixed maturity securities		6,079		570		(18	)		6,629		-
Other fixed maturity securities		-		-		-			-		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		6,079		570		(18	)		6,629		-
Equity securities available-for-sale		1		-		-			1		-
Total fixed maturity and equity securities available-for-sale	$	6,080	$	570	$	(18	)	$	6,630	$	-

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below:

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities
Due in one year or less	$	185	$	188
Due after one year through five years		1,043		1,086
Due after five years through ten years		1,029		1,070
Due after ten years		3,443		3,395
		5,700		5,739
Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities		129		132
Total	$	5,829	$	5,871

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because eligible borrowers may exercise their right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities are shown separately in the table above, as they are not due at a single maturity date.

Fixed Maturity Securities Impairment Review

The Company has a process in place to identify securities that could potentially have an impairment that is other-than-temporary. This process involves monitoring market events that could impact issuers’ credit ratings, business climate, management changes, litigation and government actions, and other similar factors. This process also involves monitoring late payments, downgrades by rating agencies, key financial ratios, financial statements, revenue forecasts, and cash flow projections as indicators of credit issues.

At the end of each quarter, the MFC Loan Review Committee reviews all fixed maturity securities where there is evidence of impairment or a significant unrealized loss at the balance sheet date. Generally, securities with market value less than 60 percent of amortized cost for six months or more indicate an impairment is present. Accordingly, securities in this category are normally deemed impaired unless there is clear evidence they should not be impaired. The analysis focuses on each

F-16

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

company’s or project’s ability to service its debts in a timely fashion and the length of time the security has been trading below amortized cost. The results of this analysis are reviewed by the Transaction and Portfolio Review Committee at MFC. This committee includes MFC’s Chief Financial Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Credit Officer, and other senior management. This quarterly process includes a fresh assessment of the credit quality of each investment in the entire fixed maturity security portfolio.

The Company considers relevant facts and circumstances in evaluating whether the impairment of a fixed maturity security is other-than-temporary. Relevant facts and circumstances considered include (1) the length of time the fair value has been below cost; (2) the financial position of the issuer, including the current and future impact of any specific events; and (3) the Company’s ability and intent to hold the fixed maturity security to maturity or until it recovers in value. If the Company intends to sell, or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell an impaired fixed maturity security prior to recovery of its cost basis, the security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired, and the Company records a charge to earnings for the full amount of impairment (the difference between the current carrying amount and fair value of the security). For fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position where the Company does not intend to sell or is not more likely than not to be required to sell, the Company determines its ability to recover the amortized cost of the security by comparing the net present value of the projected future cash flows to the amortized cost of the security. If the net present value of the cash flow is less than the security’s amortized cost, then the difference is recorded as a credit loss. The difference between the estimates of the credit loss and the overall unrealized loss on the security is the non-credit-related component. The credit loss portion is charged to net realized investment and other gains (losses) on the Statements of Operations, while the non-credit loss is charged to AOCI on the Balance Sheets.

The net present value used to determine the credit loss is calculated by discounting the Company’s best estimate of projected future cash flows at the effective interest rate implicit in the fixed maturity security prior to impairment. The Company may use the estimated fair value of collateral as a proxy for the net present value if it believes that the security is dependent on the liquidation of collateral for recovery of its investment. The projection of future cash flows is subject to the same analysis the Company applies to its overall impairment evaluation process, as noted above, which incorporates security specific information such as late payments, downgrades by rating agencies, key financial ratios, investee financial statements, and fundamentals of the industry and geographic area in which the issuer operates, as well as overall macroeconomic conditions. The projections are estimated using assumptions regarding probability of default and estimates regarding timing and amount of recoveries associated with a default.

Similarly, management evaluates all facts and circumstances and exercises professional judgment in determining whether an other-than-temporary impairment of equity securities exists. The MFC Transaction and Portfolio Review Committee reviews and approves the proposed impairments based on an analysis of the evidence, including the current market price, the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, forecasted earnings per share, consensus price targets, projected P/E ratios, overall financial health of each issuer, liquidity or solvency issues, announced changes in ownership structure, changes to issuer debt ratings, changes to dividend payments, changes in products, markets or competition, and other industry specific or macroeconomic factors.

There are a number of significant risks and uncertainties inherent in the process of monitoring impairments and determining if an impairment is other-than-temporary. These risks and uncertainties include (1) the risk that the Company’s assessment of an issuer’s ability to meet all of its contractual obligations will change based on changes in the credit characteristics of that issuer; (2) the risk that the economic outlook will be worse than expected or have more of an impact on the issuer than anticipated; (3) the risk that fraudulent information could be provided to the Company’s investment professionals who determine the fair value estimates and other-than-temporary impairments; and (4) the risk that new information obtained by the Company or changes in other facts and circumstances lead it to change its intent to hold the security to maturity or until it recovers in value. Any of these situations could result in a charge to earnings in a future period.

The cost amounts for fixed maturity securities are net of other-than-temporary impairment charges.

The following table shows the carrying value and gross unrealized losses aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual available-for-sale fixed maturity and equity securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

F-17

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities — By Investment Age

	December 31, 2013
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Carrying Value		Unrealized Losses			Carrying Value		Unrealized Losses			Carrying Value		Unrealized Losses
						(in millions)
Corporate debt securities	$	859	$	(48	)	$	118	$	(18	)	$	977	$	(66)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		4		-			3		-			7		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-			-		-			-		-
Other asset-backed securities		25		(2	)		-		-			25		(2)
US Treasury securities and obligations of US government corps and agencies		1,199		(64	)		338		(81	)		1,537		(145)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		57		(3	)		10		(2	)		67		(5)
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		-		-			-		-			-		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		2,144		(117	)		469		(101	)		2,613		(218)
Equity securities available-for-sale		-		-			-		-			-		-
Total	$	2,144	$	(117	)	$	469	$	(101	)	$	2,613	$	(218)
	December 31, 2012
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
	Carrying Value		Unrealized Losses			Carrying Value		Unrealized Losses			Carrying Value		Unrealized Losses
						(in millions)
Corporate debt securities	$	186	$	(4	)	$	32	$	(1	)	$	218	$	(5)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		10		-			-		-			10		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-			-		-			-		-
Other asset-backed securities		-		-			-		-			-		-
US Treasury securities and obligations of US government corps and agencies		643		(13	)		-		-			643		(13)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		12		-			-		-			12		-
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		3		-			18		-			21		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		854		(17	)		50		(1	)		904		(18)
Equity securities available-for-sale		-		-			-		-			-		-
Total	$	854	$	(17	)	$	50	$	(1	)	$	904	$	(18)

Unrealized losses can be created by rising interest rates or by rising credit concerns and hence widening credit spreads. Credit concerns are apt to play a larger role in the unrealized loss on below investment grade securities. Unrealized losses on investment grade securities principally relate to changes in interest rates or changes in credit spreads since the securities were acquired. Credit rating agencies’ statistics indicate that investment grade securities have been found to be less likely to develop credit concerns. The gross unrealized losses on below investment grade available-for-sale fixed maturity securities decreased to $1 million at December 31, 2013 from $1 million at December 31, 2012.

F-18

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were 306 and 62 fixed maturity securities with aggregate gross unrealized losses of $218 million and $18 million, respectively, of which the single largest unrealized loss was $78 million and $12 million, respectively. The Company anticipates that these fixed maturity securities will perform in accordance with their contractual terms and currently has the ability and intent to hold these securities until they recover or mature.

Available-for-sale securities with amortized cost of $1 million were non-income producing for the year ended December 31, 2013. Non-income producing assets represent investments that have not produced income for the twelve months preceding December 31, 2013.

Assets on Deposit and Pledged as Collateral

The Company maintains assets which are pledged as collateral in connection with various agreements and transactions. Additionally, the Company holds assets on deposit with government authorities as required by state law. The following table summarizes the fair value of the pledged or deposited assets:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Bonds pledged in support of over-the-counter derivative instruments	$	28	$	1
Bonds pledged in support of exchange-traded futures and cleared derivatives		24		24
Bonds on deposit with government authorities		1		1
Mortgage loans pledged in support of real estate		-		-
Bonds held in trust		-		-
Pledged collateral under reinsurance agreements		-		-
Total	$	53	$	26

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities

The Company does not offset financial instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, as the rights of offset are conditional.

In the case of derivatives, collateral is collected from and pledged to counterparties to manage credit exposure in accordance with Credit Support Annex agreements. Under master netting agreements, the Company has a right of offset in the event of default, insolvency, bankruptcy or other early termination.

In the case of reverse repurchase and repurchase transactions, additional collateral may be collected from or pledged to counterparties to manage credit exposure according to bilateral reverse repurchase agreements or repurchase agreements. In the event of default by a counterparty, the Company is entitled to liquidate the assets the Company holds as collateral to offset against obligations to the same counterparty.

The following table presents the effects of conditional master netting and similar arrangements. Similar arrangements may include global master repurchase agreements, global master securities lending agreements, and any related rights to financial collateral.

F-19

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

				Related Amounts Not Set Off in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Year ended December 31, 2013	Gross Amounts of Financial Instruments presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets(1)			Amounts Subject to an Enforceable Master Netting Arrangement or Similar Agreements			Financial and Cash Collateral Pledged (Received)(2)			Net Amount Including Financing Trusts(3)		Net Amount Excluding Financing Trusts
	(in millions)
Financial assets
Derivative assets	$	432		$	(305	)	$	(127	)	$	-	$	-
Securities lending		-			-			-			-		-
Reverse repurchase agreements		-			-			-			-		-
Total financial assets		432			(305	)		(127	)		-		-
Financial liabilities
Derivative liabilities		(335	)		305			30			-		-
Repurchase agreements		-			-			-			-		-
Total financial liabilities	$	(335	)	$	305		$	30		$	-	$	-
Year ended December 31, 2012	Gross Amounts of Financial Instruments presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets(1)			Amounts Subject to an Enforceable Master Netting Arrangement or Similar Agreements			Financial and Cash Collateral Pledged (Received)(2)			Net Amount Including Financing Trusts(3)		Net Amount Excluding Financing Trusts
	(in millions)
Financial assets
Derivative assets	$	669		$	(353	)	$	(316	)	$	-	$	-
Securities lending
Reverse repurchase agreements
Total financial assets		669			(353	)		(316	)		-		-
Financial liabilities
Derivative liabilities		(355	)		353			2
Repurchase agreements
Total financial liabilities	$	(355	)	$	353		$	2		$	-	$	-

F-20

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

(1) The Company does not offset financial instruments. Financial assets and liabilities in the table above include accrued interest of $(5) million and $12 million, respectively December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 — $15 million and $5 million, respectively).

(2) Financial and cash collateral excludes over-collateralization. As at December 31, 2013 the Company was over-collateralized on OTC derivative assets and OTC derivative liabilities in the amounts of $25 million and $4 million, respectively (December 31, 2012 — $29 million and $0 million, respectively). Collateral pledged (received) does not include collateral in transit on OTC instruments or include initial margin on exchange traded contracts.

(3) The net amount includes derivative contracts entered into between the Company and its financing trusts which it does not consolidate. The Company does not exchange collateral on derivative contracts entered into with these trusts.

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the mortgage portfolio was diversified by specific collateral property type and geographic region as displayed below:

December 31, 2013:

Collateral Property Type	Carrying Amount		Geographic Concentration	Carrying Amount
	(in millions)			(in millions)
Apartments	$	292	East North Central	$	175
Industrial		123	East South Central		7
Office buildings		376	Middle Atlantic		165
Retail		266	Mountain		54
Mixed use		-	New England		35
Agricultural		-	Pacific		419
Agribusiness		10	South Atlantic		208
Other		88	West North Central		42
			West South Central		50
			Canada/other		-
Provision for losses		-	Provision for losses		-
Total	$	1,155	Total	$	1,155

December 31, 2012:

Collateral Property Type	Carrying Amount		Geographic Concentration	Carrying Amount
	(in millions)			(in millions)
Apartments	$	201	East North Central	$	146
Industrial		130	East South Central		2
Office buildings		322	Middle Atlantic		114
Retail		251	Mountain		48
Mixed use		-	New England		37
Agricultural		-	Pacific		333
Agribusiness		2	South Atlantic		193
Other		71	West North Central		39
			West South Central		65
			Canada/other		-
Provision for losses		-	Provision for losses		-
Total	$	977	Total	$	977

At the end of each quarter, the MFC Loan Review Committee reviews all mortgage loans rated BB or lower, as determined by review of the underlying collateral, and decides whether an allowance for credit loss is needed. The Company considers

F-21

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

collateral value, the borrower’s ability to pay, normal historical credit loss levels, and future expectations in evaluating whether an allowance for credit losses is required for impaired loans.

Changes in the allowance for probable losses on mortgage loans on real estate are summarized below:

	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions		Recoveries		Charge- offs and Disposals			Balance at End of Period
	(in millions)
Year ended December 31, 2013	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-		$	-
Year ended December 31, 2012		7		-		-		(7	)		-
Year ended December 31, 2011		2		9		-		(4	)		7

A mortgage loan charge-off is recorded when the impaired loan is disposed or when an impaired loan is determined to be a full loss with no possibility of recovery. Charge-offs are deducted from the allowance for probable losses.

As of December 31, 2013, the carrying value for certain mortgage loans is as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Non-income producing	$	-	$	-
Delinquent less than 90 days		-		-
Delinquent greater than 90 days		-		-

The Company provides for credit risk on mortgage loans by establishing allowances against the carrying value of the impaired loans. The total recorded investment in mortgage loans that is considered to be impaired along with the related allowance for credit losses was as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Impaired mortgage loans on real estate with provision for losses	$	-	$	-
Allowance for credit losses		-		-
Net impaired mortgage loans on real estate	$	-	$	-

The average recorded investment in impaired loans and the interest income recognized on impaired loans were as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Average recorded investment in impaired loans	$	-	$	9	$	20
Interest income recognized on impaired loans		-		-		-

For mortgage loans, the Company evaluates credit quality through regular monitoring of credit related exposures, considering both qualitative and quantitative factors in assigning an internal risk rating (IRR). These ratings are updated at least annually.

F-22

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

The carrying value of mortgage loans by IRR was as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
AAA	$	68	$	30
AA		175		125
A		376		238
BBB		530		562
BB		6		22
B and lower and unrated		-		-
Total	$	1,155	$	977

Investment Real Estate and Agriculture

Investment real estate and agriculture of $18 million was non-income producing for the year ended December 31, 2013. Depreciation expense on investment real estate and agriculture was $2 million, $2 million, and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively. Accumulated depreciation was $6 million and $5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Other Invested Assets

The following tables summarize the Company’s investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Carrying value	$	66	$	6
Combined assets		675		272
Combined liabilities		161		100
Debt included in combined liabilities		55		-

	December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Net investment income on the investments	$	198	$	183	$	175
Combined revenues		1,050		894		818
Combined expenses		470		366		337
Combined income (loss) from operations		580		528		481

F-23

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

Net Investment Income and Net Realized Investment and Other Gains (Losses)

The following information summarizes the components of net investment income and net realized investment and other gains (losses):

	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net investment income
Fixed maturity securities	$	273		$	333		$	366
Equity securities		-			-			-
Mortgage loans on real estate		51			49			40
Investment real estate, agriculture, and timber		12			17			10
Policy loans		7			6			6
Short-term investments		-			1			1
Derivatives		23			25			23
Equity method investments and other (1)		199			183			175
Gross investment income		565			614			621
Investment expenses		(25	)		(27	)		(24	)
Net investment income	$	540		$	587		$	597

	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Net realized investment and other gains (losses)
Fixed maturity securities	$	(115	)	$	170		$	337
Equity securities		-			-			-
Mortgage loans on real estate		1			3			(7	)
Derivatives		(47	)		(211	)		(24	)
Other invested assets		-			1			-
Amounts credited to participating contract holders		28			(15	)		(17	)
Net realized investment and other gains (losses)	$	(133	)	$	(52	)	$	289

(1) Primarily represents income earned from the Company’s investment in JHIMS.

F-24

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 2 — Investments - (continued)

	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Certain investment related activity:
Net investment income passed through to participating contract holders as interest credited to policyholders’ account balances	$	20		$	23		$	30
Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in net realized investment and other gains (losses):
Fixed maturity securities held-for-trading		(27	)		10			13
Equity securities held-for-trading		-			-			-
Derivatives		27			(134	)		14
Gross gains on sales of available-for-sale securities		41			190			345
Gross losses on sales of available-for-sale securities		134			51			26
Other-than-temporary impairments on available-for-sale securities		2			-			-

Note 3 — Value of Business Acquired

The balance of and changes in VOBA were as follows:

	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Balance, beginning of year	$	12		$	30		$	42
Amortization		(5	)		(28	)		(8	)
Change due to unrealized investment gains (losses)		(1	)		10			(4	)
Balance, end of year	$	6		$	12		$	30

The following table provides estimated future amortization for the periods indicated:

	VOBA Amortization
	(in millions)
2014	$	2
2015		2
2016		1
2017		1
2018		1

F-25

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 4 — Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Deferred Sales Inducements

The balance of and changes in deferred policy acquisition costs were as follows:

	December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Balance, beginning of year	$	405		$	397		$	499
Capitalization		38			40			47
Amortization		(10	)		(24	)		(124	)
Change due to unrealized investment gains		34			(8	)		(25	)
Balance, end of year	$	467		$	405		$	397

The balance of and changes in deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) were as follows:

	December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
	(in millions)
Balance, beginning of year	$	23	$	24		$	32
Capitalization		1		-			1
Amortization		2		(1	)		(7	)
Change due to unrealized investment gains		2		-			(2	)
Balance, end of year	$	28	$	23		$	24

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Service Agreements

The Company has formal service agreements with JHUSA. Under these agreements, the Company will pay investment and operating expenses incurred by JHUSA on behalf of the Company. Services provided under the agreements include legal, personnel, marketing, investment, and certain other administrative services and are billed based on intercompany cost allocations. Costs incurred under the agreements were $65 million, $65 million, and $66 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had amounts payable of $15 million and $14 million, respectively.

Management believes the allocation methods used are reasonable and appropriate in the circumstances; however, the Company’s Balance Sheets and Statements of Operations may not necessarily be indicative of the financial condition that would have existed if the Company operated as an unaffiliated entity.

F-26

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions - (continued)

Other

The Company entered into an Amended and Restated Underwriting and Distribution Agreement with John Hancock Distributors, LLC (“JHD”), effective December 1, 2009, pursuant to which JHD is appointed as the principal underwriter and exclusive distributor of the variable annuities, variable life and other products issued by the Company. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company was billed by JHD for underwriting commissions of $68 million, $67 million, and $75 million, respectively. The Company had amounts payable for services provided of $4 million and $4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company had receivables from JHIMS relating to distributions of $17 million and $16 million, which were included in accrued investment income at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company is party to the Second Restated and Amended Liquidity Pool and Loan Facility Agreement effective January 1, 2010 with JHUSA. Pursuant to the agreement, participating affiliates are permitted to invest their excess cash in the liquidity pool and earn interest calculated at a rate that is reset daily to the one-month U.S. Dollar London Inter-Bank Bid Rate (“LIBID”), subject to an aggregate limit of $5 billion and an amount not to exceed 10% of the Company’s admitted assets as shown in the last financial statement filed with the Insurance Division. The Company had $381 million and $333 million invested in this pool at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company also has certain reinsurance agreements with affiliates. These are more fully described in the Reinsurance note.

Note 6 — Reinsurance

Certain premiums and benefits are assumed from or ceded to affiliate and other insurance companies under various reinsurance agreements. The Company entered into these reinsurance agreements to transfer underlying risk on certain of its products, and to improve cash flow and statutory capital. The ceded reinsurance agreements provide the Company with increased capacity to write larger risks and maintain its exposure to loss within its capital resources.

Total reinsurance amounts included in the Company’s accompanying financial statements were as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Premiums earned
Direct	$	67		$	89		$	110
Assumed		30			158			22
Ceded		(42	)		(40	)		(58	)
Net	$	55		$	207		$	74
Benefits to policyholders ceded	$	224		$	104		$	95

Affiliated Reinsurance

The below table consists of the impact of the reinsurance agreements with its parents, JHUSA:

F-27

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 6 — Reinsurance - (continued)

	Years ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Amounts due from and held for affiliates	$	404	$	271
Reinsurance recoverable		21		27
Amounts due to affiliates		66		67
Coinsurance funds withheld		2,418		2,329

On January 1, 2010, the assets supporting the policyholders who reside in the state of New York (“NY business”) were transferred from JHUSA to the Company. The transfer included participating traditional life insurance, universal life insurance, fixed deferred and immediate annuities, participating pension contracts, and variable annuities. The NY business was transferred using assumption reinsurance, modified coinsurance and coinsurance with cut-through provisions.

The NY business related to the participating traditional life insurance policies were transferred from JHUSA to JHNY under a coinsurance agreement and was immediately retroceded back to JHUSA using a coinsurance funds withheld agreement. As the reinsurance agreements do not subject the reinsurer to reasonable possibility of significant loss, they are classified as structured reinsurance and given deposit-type accounting treatment. The Company retained the invested assets supporting this block of business. The NY business related to variable universal life was reinsured through coinsurance and modified coinsurance. The NY business related to universal life was transferred from JHUSA to JHNY under coinsurance agreements.

The NY business related to a majority of the fixed deferred annuity business was transferred from JHUSA to JHNY under an assumption reinsurance agreement. The NY business related to variable annuities and some participating pension contracts where assets were held in separate accounts were reinsured through modified coinsurance. The NY business related to fixed deferred and immediate annuities and participating pension contracts was transferred from JHUSA to JHNY under a coinsurance agreement.

The table and commentary below summarizes the impact of the reinsurance agreements with an affiliate, John Hancock Reassurance Company Limited (“JHRECO”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of MFC:

	Years ended December 31,
	2013		2012		2011
	(in millions)
Premiums ceded	$	-	$	-	$	15
Benefits ceded		63		34		44
Amounts due from and held for affiliates		-		1
Reinsurance recoverable		36		52
Amounts due to affiliates		31		51
Other payables		1		8

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company entered into a partition and novation reinsurance agreement with an affiliate, JHRECO, to reinsure 100% of the mortality risk arising from no lapse guarantee benefits for single and survivorship joint Universal Life policies issued from 2002 to New York residents. The reinsurance agreement is written on a coinsurance funds withheld basis.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company entered into a partition and novation reinsurance agreement with an affiliate, JHRECO, to reinsure 20% of the risk related to payout annuity policies issued January 1, 2008 through September 30, 2008 and 65% of the risk related to payout annuity policies issued prior to January 1, 2008. The reinsurance agreement is written on a modified coinsurance basis where the assets supporting the reinsured policies remain invested with the Company. In 2013, there was a partial recapture of the payout annuity policy agreement by the Company. This recapture did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations.

F-28

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 6 — Reinsurance - (continued)

At December 31, 2013, any material recoveries were secured by letters of credit or assets placed in trust by the assuming company.

Included in other operating costs and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively is $116 million, $123 million and $129 million of separate account fee income, net investment income and realized investment and other gains (losses), which was ceded to the affiliated reinsurers noted above.

Non-Affiliated Reinsurance

The Company also entered into a coinsurance agreement with Commonwealth Annuity to reinsure 90% of its fixed deferred annuity business effective July 1, 2012. The transaction was structured such that the Company transferred the actuarial liabilities and related invested assets which included $231 million in cash and $1,481 million in fixed maturity securities. The Company incurred a pre-tax gain of $46 million in connection with the transaction. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will maintain responsibility for servicing of the policies. In addition, the agreement does not meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting and was given deposit-type accounting treatment that resulted in the recognition of an asset for amounts on deposit with reinsurers on the Balance Sheets.

At December 31, 2013, the Company had treaties with 27 reinsurers for its life insurance business (24 non-affiliated and 3 affiliated). The per policy life risk retained by the Company is capped at a maximum of $30 million on single life policies and $35 million on survivorship life policies. The previous limit of $100 thousand, which was revised as a consequence of the transfer of NY business, continues to apply to policies and reinsurance agreements in-force as at December 31, 2009. In 2013, recoveries under these agreements totaled $182 million on $204 million of death claims. In 2012, recoveries under these agreements totaled $70 million on $92 million of death claims. In 2011, recoveries under these agreements totaled $50 million on $69 million of death claims.

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments

Derivatives are financial contracts, the value of which is derived from underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit, equity price movements, indices or other market risks arising from on-balance sheet financial instruments and selected anticipated transactions. The Company uses derivatives including swaps and futures agreements to manage current and anticipated exposures to changes in interest rates and equity market prices.

Over-the-counter (“OTC”) swaps are contractual agreements between the Company and a counterparty to exchange a series of cash flows based upon rates applied to a notional amount. For interest rate swaps, counterparties generally exchange fixed or floating interest rate payments based on a notional value in a single currency.

Cleared interest rate swaps are contractual agreements between the Company and a counterparty whereby the transaction must be cleared through a central clearing house, and subject to mandatory margin and reporting requirements.

Futures agreements are contractual obligations to buy or sell a financial instrument or foreign currency on a predetermined future date at a specified price. Futures agreements are contracts with standard amounts and settlement dates that are traded on regulated exchanges.

Types of Derivatives and Derivative Strategies

Interest Rate Contracts. The Company uses interest rate futures contracts, OTC interest rate swap agreements and cleared interest rate swap agreements as part of its overall strategies of managing the duration of assets and liabilities or the average life of certain asset portfolios to specified targets. Interest rate swap agreements are contracts with counterparties to exchange interest rate payments of a differing character (i.e., fixed-rate payments exchanged for variable-rate payments) based on an underlying principal balance (notional principal). The net differential to be paid or received on interest rate swap agreements is accrued and recognized as a component of net investment income.

The Company uses interest rate swap agreements in effective hedge accounting relationships. These derivatives hedge the variable cash flows associated with future fixed income asset acquisitions, which will support the Company’s life insurance business. These agreements will reduce the impact of future interest rates changes on the cost of acquiring adequate assets to support the investment income assumptions used in pricing these products. During future periods when the acquired assets

F-29

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

are held by the Company, the accumulated other comprehensive income will be amortized into investment income as a yield adjustment on the assets.

In addition, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements in effective hedge accounting relationships to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of fixed rate assets and liabilities arising from changes in benchmark interest rates. The Company reclassifies the effective portion of the change in fair value of the hedged item due to interest rate risk to earnings and amortizes the basis adjustment over the life of the hedged item.

The Company also enters into basis swaps to better match the cash flows from assets and related liabilities. Basis swaps are included in interest rate swaps for disclosure purposes. The Company utilizes basis swaps in qualifying and non-qualifying hedge accounting relationships.

The Company uses exchange-traded interest rate futures primarily to hedge mismatches between the duration of assets in a portfolio and the duration of liabilities supported by those assets, to hedge against changes in value of securities the Company owns or anticipates acquiring, and to hedge against changes in interest rates on anticipated liability issuances by replicating U.S. Treasury or swap curve performance. The Company utilizes exchange-traded interest rate futures in non-qualifying hedge accounting relationships.

Equity Market Contracts. Equity index futures contracts are contractual obligations to buy or sell a specified amount of an underlying equity index at an agreed contract price on a specified date. Equity index futures are contracts with standard amounts and settlement dates that are traded on regulated exchanges. The Company utilizes equity index futures in non-qualifying hedge accounting relationships.

F-30

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

The table below provides a summary of the gross notional amount and fair value of derivatives contracts for all derivatives in qualifying and non-qualifying hedge accounting relationships:

		December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
		Notional Amount		Fair Value Assets		Fair Value Liabilities		Notional Amount		Fair Value Assets		Fair Value Liabilities
		(in millions)
Qualifying Hedge Accounting Relationships
Fair value hedges	Interest rate swaps	$	212	$	45	$	3	$	212	$	32	$	-
	Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-		-
Cash flow hedges	Interest rate swaps		298		12		17		311		78		3
	Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Foreign currency forwards		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Equity total return swaps		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total Derivatives in Hedge Accounting Relationships		$	510	$	57	$	20	$	523	$	110	$	3
Non-Qualifying Hedge Accounting Relationships
	Interest rate swaps	$	8,175	$	378	$	325	$	7,385	$	544	$	347
	Interest rate treasury locks		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Interest rate options		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Interest rate futures		252		-		-		284		-		-
	Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Foreign currency forwards		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Foreign currency futures		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Equity total return swaps		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Equity options		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Equity index futures		304		-		-		394		-		-
	Credit default swaps		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Embedded derivatives – fixed maturity securities		-		-		-		-		-		-
	Embedded derivatives – reinsurance contracts		-		-		163		-		-		348
	Embedded derivatives – participating pension contracts (1)		-		-		32		-		-		37
	Embedded derivatives – benefit guarantees (1)		-		49		13		-		75		108
Total Derivatives in Non-Qualifying Hedge Accounting Relationships			8,731		427		533		8,063		619		840
Total Derivatives (2)		$	9,241	$	484	$	553	$	8,586	$	729	$	843

(1) Embedded derivatives related to participating pension contracts are reported as part of future policy benefits and embedded derivatives related to benefit guarantees are reported as part of reinsurance recoverable or future policy benefits on the Balance Sheets.

(2) The fair values of all derivatives in an asset position are reported within derivative assets on the Balance Sheets, and derivatives in a liability position are reported within derivative liabilities on the Balance Sheets, excluding embedded derivatives related to participating pension contracts and benefit guarantees.

F-31

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

Hedging Relationships

The Company generally does not enter into derivative contracts for speculative purposes. In certain circumstances, these hedges also meet the requirements for hedge accounting. Hedging relationships eligible for hedge accounting are designated as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges, as described below.

Fair Value Hedges. The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value of fixed-rate financial instruments caused by changes in interest rates.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not recognize any gains or losses related to the portion of the hedging instruments that were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no hedges of firm commitments.

The following tables show the investment gains (losses) recognized:

Year ended December 31, 2013

Derivatives in Qualifying Fair Value Hedging Relationships	Hedged Items in Qualifying Fair Value Hedging Relationships	Gains (Losses) Recognized on Derivatives			Gains (Losses) Recognized for Hedged Items			Ineffectiveness Recognized
		(in millions)
Interest rate swaps	Fixed-rate assets	$	23		$	(27	)	$	(4	)
	Fixed-rate liabilities		(13	)		13			-
Foreign currency swaps	Fixed-rate assets		-			-			-
	Fixed-rate liabilities		-			-			-
Total		$	10		$	(14	)	$	(4	)

Year ended December 31, 2012

Derivatives in Qualifying Fair Value Hedging Relationships	Hedged Items in Qualifying Fair Value Hedging Relationships	Gains (Losses) Recognized on Derivatives		Gains (Losses) Recognized for Hedged Items			Ineffectiveness Recognized
		(in millions)
Interest rate swaps	Fixed-rate assets	$	7	$	(6	)	$	1
	Fixed-rate liabilities		-		-			-
Foreign currency swaps	Fixed-rate assets		-		-			-
	Fixed-rate liabilities		-		-			-
Total		$	7	$	(6	)	$	1

F-32

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

Year ended December 31, 2011

Derivatives in Qualifying Fair Value Hedging Relationships	Hedged Items in Qualifying Fair Value Hedging Relationships	Gains (Losses) Recognized on Derivatives		Gains (Losses) Recognized for Hedged Items			Ineffectiveness Recognized
		(in millions)
Interest rate swaps	Fixed-rate assets	$	-	$	-		$	-
	Fixed-rate liabilities		10		(12	)		(2	)
Foreign currency swaps	Fixed-rate assets		-		-			-
	Fixed-rate liabilities		-		-			-
Total		$	10	$	(12	)	$	(2	)

Cash Flow Hedges. The Company uses interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in cash flows from variable rate financial instruments and forecasted transactions.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, all of the Company’s hedged forecast transactions qualified as cash flow hedges. During 2012 the Company completed a review of the investment strategy for the universal life (“UL”) business. As part of this review, it was determined that it was appropriate for the UL business to begin investing in non-fixed income assets. Under the revised investment strategy, new UL cash flows will be invested in a combination of fixed income and non-fixed income assets, potentially resulting in lower cash flows available for reinvestment in fixed income assets than originally anticipated for the UL cash flow hedging program. The Company voluntarily de-designated $150 million (notional principal) of forward-starting interest rate swaps in 2012; the accumulated other comprehensive income related to these de-designated swaps continues to be deferred. During 2012, the deferred OCI related to the de-designated swaps amounted to $30 million, net of tax. If the forecasted transactions do occur as expected, these amounts will be allocated to the acquired fixed income assets in the periods during which the hedged forecasted transactions occur and amortized to earnings over the life of the underlying fixed income assets acquired. If the forecasted transactions become probable not to occur, the amounts will be reclassified to earnings in the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, all of the Company’s hedged forecast transactions qualified as cash flow hedges and no cash flow hedges were discontinued because it was probable that the original forecasted transactions would occur by the end of the originally specified time period documented at inception of the hedging relationship.

F-33

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

The following tables present the effects of derivatives in qualifying cash flow hedging relationships on the Statements of Operations, the Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) and the Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity:

Year ended December 31, 2013

Derivatives in Qualifying Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Hedged Items in Qualifying Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Gains (Losses) Deferred in AOCI on Derivatives  (Net of Tax)			Gains Reclassified from AOCI into Net Realized Investment and Other Gains (Losses) (Net of Tax)		Ineffectiveness Recognized in Net Realized  Investment and Other Gains (Losses)
	(in millions)
Interest rate swaps	Forecasted fixed-rate assets	$	-		$	-	$	-
	Floating rate assets		(42	)		7		-
	Inflation indexed liabilities		-			-		-
	Forecasted fixed-rate liabilities		-			-		-
Foreign currency swaps	Fixed-rate assets		-			-		-
	Floating rate assets		-			-		-
	Floating rate liabilities		-			-		-
Foreign currency forwards	Forecasted expenses		-			-		-
	Foreign currency assets		-			-		-
Equity total return swaps	Share-based payments		-			-		-
Total		$	(42	)	$	7	$	-

Year ended December 31, 2012

Derivatives in Qualifying Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Hedged Items in Qualifying Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Gains (Losses) Deferred in AOCI on Derivatives  (Net of Tax)			Gains Reclassified from AOCI into Net Realized Investment and Other Gains (Losses) (Net of Tax)		Ineffectiveness Recognized in Net Realized  Investment and Other Gains (Losses)
	(in millions)
Interest rate swaps	Forecasted fixed-rate assets	$	(2	)	$	4	$	-
	Floating rate assets		-			-		-
	Inflation indexed liabilities		-			-		-
	Forecasted fixed-rate liabilities		-			-		-
Foreign currency swaps	Fixed-rate assets		-			-		-
	Floating rate assets		-			-		-
	Floating rate liabilities		-			-		-
Foreign currency forwards	Forecasted expenses		-			-		-
	Foreign currency assets		-			-		-
Equity total return swaps	Share-based payments		- -			-		-
Total		$	(2	)	$	4	$	-

F-34

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

Year ended December 31, 2011

Derivatives in Qualifying Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Hedged Items in Qualifying Cash Flow Hedging Relationships	Gains (Losses) Deferred in AOCI  on Derivatives (Net of Tax)		Gains Reclassified from AOCI into Net Realized Investment and Other Gains (Losses) (Net of Tax)		Ineffectiveness Recognized in Net Realized  Investment and Other Gains (Losses)
	(in millions)
Interest rate swaps	Forecasted fixed-rate assets	$	97	$	-	$	-
	Floating rate assets		-		-		-
	Inflation indexed liabilities		-		-		-
	Forecasted fixed-rate liabilities		-		-		-
Foreign currency swaps	Fixed-rate assets		-		-		-
	Floating rate assets		-		-		-
	Floating rate liabilities		-		-		-
Foreign currency forwards	Forecasted expenses		-		-		-
	Foreign currency assets		-		-		-
Equity total return swaps	Share-based payments		-		-		-
Total		$	97	$	-	$	-

The Company anticipates that pre-tax net gains of $2 million will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income to earnings within the next 12 months. The maximum time frame for which variable cash flows are hedged is 7 years.

For a roll forward of the net accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges see Shareholder’s Equity Note.

Derivatives Not Designated in Qualifying Hedge Accounting Relationships. The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements and interest rate futures contracts to manage exposure to interest rates without designating the derivatives as hedging instruments.

The Company offers certain variable annuity products with a guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit (“GMWB”) rider. This rider is effectively an embedded option on the basket of mutual funds which is offered to contract holders. Beginning in July 2010, for certain contracts, the Company implemented a hedging program to reduce its exposure to the GMWB rider. This dynamic hedging program uses interest rate swap agreements, equity index futures (including but not limited to the Dow Jones Industrial, Standard & Poor’s 500, Russell 2000, and Dow Jones Euro Stoxx 50 indices), and foreign currency futures to match the sensitivities of the GMWB rider liability to the market risk factors.

F-35

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 7 — Derivatives and Hedging Instruments - (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, gains and losses related to derivatives in a non-qualifying hedge accounting relationship were recognized by the Company and the components were recorded in net realized investment and other gains (losses) as follows:

Years ended December 31,	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Non-Qualifying Hedge Accounting Relationships
Interest rate swaps	$	(152	)	$	(28	)	$	187
Interest rate treasury locks		-			-			-
Interest rate options		-			-			-
Interest rate futures		5			(5	)		(14	)
Foreign currency swaps		-			-			-
Foreign currency forwards		-			-			-
Foreign currency futures		-			-			-
Equity total return swaps		-			-			-
Equity options		-			-			-
Equity index futures		(90	)		(81	)		(23	)
Credit default swaps		-			-			-
Embedded derivatives		258			(104	)		(172	)
Total Investment Gains (Losses) from Derivatives in Non-Qualifying Hedge Accounting Relationships	$	21		$	(218	)	$	(22	)

Embedded Derivatives. The Company has certain embedded derivatives that are required to be separated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives. These host contracts include fixed maturity securities, reinsurance contracts, participating pension contracts, and certain benefit guarantees.

For more details on the Company’s embedded derivatives, see the Fair Value Measurements Note.

Credit Risk. The Company’s exposure to loss on derivatives is limited to the amount of any net gains that may have accrued with a particular counterparty. Gross derivative counterparty exposure is measured as the total fair value (including accrued interest) of all outstanding contracts in a gain position excluding any offsetting contracts in negative positions and the impact of collateral on hand. The Company may be exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivative financial instruments. The current credit exposure of the Company’s derivative contracts is limited to the fair value in excess of the collateral held at the reporting date.

The Company manages its credit risk by entering into transactions with creditworthy counterparties, obtaining collateral where appropriate, and entering into master netting agreements that provide for a netting of payments and receipts with a single counterparty. The Company enters into credit support annexes with its OTC derivative dealers in order to manage its credit exposure to those counterparties. As part of the terms and conditions of those agreements, the pledging and accepting of collateral in connection with the Company’s derivative usage is required. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had accepted collateral consisting of cash of $57 million and $158 million and various securities with a fair value of $94 million and $187 million, respectively, which is held in separate custodial accounts. In addition, the Company has pledged collateral to support both the OTC derivative instruments, exchange traded futures and cleared interest rate swap transactions. For further details regarding pledged collateral see the Investments Note.

In June 2013, under US regulations, certain interest rate swap agreements were required to be cleared through central clearing houses. These transactions are contractual agreements that require initial and variation margin collateral postings and are settled on a daily basis through a clearing house. As such, they reduce the credit risk exposure in the event of default by a counterparty.

F-36

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 8 — Certain Separate Accounts

The deposits related to the variable life insurance contracts are invested in separate accounts, and the Company guarantees a specified death benefit on certain policies if specified premiums on these policies are paid by the policyholder, regardless of separate account performance.

The following table reflects variable life insurance contracts with guarantees held by the Company:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions, except for age)
Life insurance contracts with guaranteed benefits
In the event of death
Account value	$	136	$	104
Net amount at risk related to deposits		5		5
Average attained age of contract holders		50		49

Many of the variable annuity contracts issued by the Company offer various guaranteed minimum death, income, and/or withdrawal benefits. Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (“GMDB”) features guarantee the contract holder either (a) a return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals; (b) total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return; (c) the highest contract value on a specified anniversary date minus any withdrawals following the contract anniversary, or (d) a combination of (b) and (c) above.

Contracts with Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (“GMIB”) riders provide a guaranteed lifetime annuity, which may be elected by the contract holder after a stipulated waiting period (ten years), and which may be larger than what the contract account balance would purchase at then-current annuity purchase rates.

Multiple variations of an optional GMWB rider have also been offered by the Company. The GMWB rider provides contract holders a guaranteed annual withdrawal amount over a specified time period or in some cases for as long as they live. In general, guaranteed annual withdrawal amounts are based on deposits and may be reduced if withdrawals exceed allowed amounts. Guaranteed amounts may also be increased as a result of “step-up” provisions, which increase the benefit base to higher account values at specified intervals. Guaranteed amounts may also be increased if withdrawals are deferred over a specified period. In addition, certain versions of the GMWB rider extend lifetime guarantees to spouses.

Unaffiliated reinsurance has been utilized to mitigate risk related to some of the guarantee benefit riders. Hedging has also been utilized to mitigate risk related to some of the GMWB riders.

For GMDB, the net amount at risk is defined as the current guaranteed minimum death benefit in excess of the current account balance. For GMIB, the net amount at risk is defined as the excess of the current annuitization income base over the current account value. For GMWB, the net amount at risk is defined as the current guaranteed withdrawal amount minus the current account value. For all the guarantees, the net amount at risk is floored at zero at the single contract level.

The Company had the following variable annuity contracts with guarantees. Amounts at risk are shown net of reinsurance. Note that the Company’s variable annuity contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract; therefore, the amounts listed are not mutually exclusive.

F-37

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 8 — Certain Separate Accounts - (continued)

	December 31,
	2013			2012
	(in millions, except for ages and percentages)
Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit
Return of net deposits
In the event of death
Account value	$	1,519		$	1,463
Net amount at risk — net of reinsurance		4			12
Average attained age of contract holders		67			66
Return of net deposits plus a minimum return
In the event of death
Account value	$	-		$	-
Net amount at risk — net of reinsurance		-			-
Average attained age of contract holders		-			-
Guaranteed minimum return rate		0	%		0	%
Highest specified anniversary account value minus withdrawals post anniversary
In the event of death
Account value	$	2,506		$	2,493
Net amount at risk — net of reinsurance		28			67
Average attained age of contract holders		66			66
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit
Account value	$	415		$	421
Net amount at risk — net of reinsurance		-			-
Average attained age of contract holders		64			63
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit
Account value	$	3,031		$	2,944
Net amount at risk		164			334
Average attained age of contract holders		66			65

Account balances of variable contracts with guarantees were invested in various separate accounts with the following characteristics:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Type of Fund
Equity	$	2,012	$	2,160
Balanced		1,708		1,379
Bond		478		535
Money Market		44		65
Total	$	4,242	$	4,139

F-38

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 8 — Certain Separate Accounts - (continued)

The following table summarizes the liabilities for guarantees on variable life and annuity contracts reflected in future policy benefits in the general account:

	Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefit (GMDB)			Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB)			Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB)			Total
	(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2013	$	28		$	11		$	118		$	157
Incurred guarantee benefits		(1	)		(1	)		-			(2	)
Other reserve changes		(1	)		(3	)		(100	)		(104	)
Balance at December 31, 2013		26			7			18			51
Reinsurance recoverable		(1	)		(49	)		-			(50	)
Net balance at December 31, 2013	$	25		$	(42	)	$	18		$	1
Balance at January 1, 2012	$	28		$	10		$	106		$	144
Incurred guarantee benefits		(3	)		-			-			(3	)
Other reserve changes		3			1			12			16
Balance at December 31, 2012		28			11			118			157
Reinsurance recoverable		(1	)		(75	)		-			(76	)
Net balance at December 31, 2012	$	27		$	(64	)	$	118		$	81

The GMDB gross and ceded reserves, the GMIB gross reserves, and the life contingent portion of the GMWB reserves were determined in accordance with ASC 944, “Financial Services — Insurance”, and the GMIB reinsurance recoverable and non-life contingent GMWB gross reserves were determined in accordance with ASC 815 “Derivatives and Hedging.”

The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to benefits to policyholders, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised.

The following assumptions and methodology were used to determine the amounts above at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

• Data used included 1,000 stochastically generated investment performance scenarios. For the GMIB reinsurance recoverable and non-life contingent GMWB gross reserve calculations, risk neutral scenarios were used.

• Mean return and volatility assumptions were determined by asset class. Market consistent observed volatilities were used where available for ASC 815 calculations.

• Annuity mortality is based on a combination of the Ruark Variable Annuity table and the Company’s actual experience between 2006 and 2010. The Ruark table is based on an industry study of variable annuity deaths in 2005 and 2006.

• Annuity base lapse rates vary by contract type, duration, type of living benefit or death benefit rider, and whether guaranteed withdrawals are being taken. The lapse rates range from 0.5% to 40%.

• The discount rates used in the GMDB gross and ceded reserves, the GMIB gross reserves, and the life contingent portion of the GMWB reserve calculations range from 6.4% to 7%. The discount rates used in the GMIB reinsurance recoverable and non-life contingent GMWB gross reserve calculations were based on the term structure of swap curves with a credit spread based on the credit standing of MFC (for GMWB) and the reinsurers (for GMIB).

F-39

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 9 — Income Taxes

The Company is included in the consolidated federal income tax return of JHFC. Prior to the merger, the Company filed tax returns as part of the MHDLLC consolidated group.

The components of income taxes were as follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2013		2012			2011
	(in millions)
Current taxes:
Federal	$	35	$	70		$	131
Deferred taxes:
Federal		81		(17	)		(10	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	116	$	53		$	121

A reconciliation of income taxes at the federal income tax rate to income tax expense (benefit) charged to operations follows:

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Tax at 35%	$	125		$	75		$	123
Add (deduct):
Prior year taxes		1			(4	)		2
Tax credits		(1	)		(2	)		(1	)
Dividend received deduction		(7	)		(7	)		(6	)
Change in tax reserves		(2	)		(9	)		3
Tax-exempt investment income		-			-			-
Foreign tax expense gross-up		1			1			-
Other		(1	)		(1	)		-
Total income tax expense (benefit)	$	116		$	53		$	121

F-40

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 9 — Income Taxes - (continued)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from tax affecting the differences between the financial statement values and income tax values of assets and liabilities at each Balance Sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

	December 31,
	2013		2012
	(in millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Policy reserves	$	99	$	202
Tax credits		7		10
Unearned revenue		23		7
Securities and other investments		23		-
Other		1		3
Total deferred tax assets		153		222
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized investment gains on securities		4		192
Deferred policy acquisition costs		92		73
Deferred sales inducements		10		9
Securities and other investments		-		13
Intangibles		2		4
Premiums receivable		1		-
Other		7		-
Total deferred tax liabilities		116		291
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	37	$	(69	)

At December 31, 2013 the Company had no operating loss carry forwards. At December 31, 2013, the Company had $7 million of tax credits, which consist of $1 million of alternative minimum tax credits and $6 million of foreign tax credits. The foreign tax credits begin to expire in tax year 2016 through tax year 2023. The alternative minimum tax credits do not have an expiration date.

The Company has not recorded a valuation allowance with respect to the realizability of its deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management considered the future reversal of taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences, taxable income in the carry back period, as well as tax planning strategies. Tax planning strategies were considered to the extent they were both prudent and feasible and if implemented, would result in the realization of deferred tax assets. Based on management’s assessment of all available information, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the full benefit of its deferred tax assets.

Under the terms of its intercompany tax sharing agreement, the Company made federal income tax payments to its parent, JHUSA, of $73 million, $152 million, and $69 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In 2013 the Company made income tax payments of $1 million to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”).

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in NY. The Company is under continuous examination by the IRS. Effective for 2010, the Company’s common parent JHFC merged into MHDLLC resulting in a new combined group. The returns for the new combined group have not yet been examined by the IRS. With respect to the legacy MHDLLC consolidated return group, the IRS audit for tax years prior to 2008 have been closed. For tax years 2008 and 2009, a refund claim is pending with the IRS Joint Committee.

F-41

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 9 — Income Taxes - (continued)

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	December 31,
	2013			2012
	(in millions)
Balance, beginning of year	$	9		$	18
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		1			2
Payments		(2	)		-
Reductions for tax positions of prior years		(3	)		(11	)
Balance, end of year	$	5		$	9

Included in the balances as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are $5 million and $9 million of unrecognized benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate. There are no tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.

The Company has no unrecognized tax benefits that will significantly increase or decrease in the next twelve months.

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties in income tax expense. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company recognized approximately $2 million and $3 million of interest benefit, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011 the Company recognized approximately $1 million of interest expense. The Company had approximately $0 million and $1 million accrued for interest as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company did not recognize material penalties for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Note 10 — Commitments and Legal Proceedings

Commitments. The Company has extended commitments to purchase U.S. private debt and to issue mortgage loans on real estate totaling $230 million and $16 million, respectively, at December 31, 2013. The Company monitors the creditworthiness of borrowers under long-term bond commitments and requires collateral as deemed necessary. Approximately 53% of these commitments expire in 2014 and the majority of the remainder expires by 2018.

The Company leases office space under an operating lease agreement, which will expire in March 2015. Rental expenses were $61 thousand, $48 thousand, and $63 thousand for each of the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The future minimum lease payments by year and in the aggregate, under the remaining operating lease are presented below:

	Operating Leases
	(in thousands)
2014	$	56
2015		14
2016		-
Total minimum lease payments	$	70

The Company does not have any sublease income related to its office space.

Legal Proceedings. The Company is regularly involved in litigation, both as a defendant and as a plaintiff. The litigation naming the Company as a defendant ordinarily involves its activities as a provider of insurance protection and wealth management products, and as a taxpayer. In addition, the NY State Department of Financial Services, the NY Attorney General, the SEC, the Financial Regulatory Authority, and other government and regulatory bodies regularly make inquiries and, from time to time, require the production of information or conduct examinations concerning the Company’s compliance with, among other things, insurance laws, securities laws, and laws governing the activities of broker-dealers. An estimation of the range of potential outcomes in any given matter is often unavailable until such matters have developed and sufficient information emerges to support an assessment of the range of possible loss, such as quantification of a damage demand from

F-42

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 10 — Commitments and Legal Proceedings - (continued)

plaintiffs, discovery from other parties and investigation of factual allegations, rulings by the court on motions or appeals, analysis by experts, and the progress of settlement negotiations. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation contingencies and updates its accruals and estimates of reasonably possible losses or ranges of loss based on such reviews.

Note 11 — Shareholder’s Equity

Capital Stock

The Company has one class of capital stock, common stock. All of the outstanding common stock of the Company is owned by its parent, JHUSA.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

	Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)			Net Accumulated Gain (loss) on Cash Flow Hedges		Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
	(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	127		$	-	$	-	$	127
Gross unrealized investment gains (net of deferred income tax expense of $212)		395							395
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income (net of deferred income tax expense of $111)		(208	)						(208	)
Adjustment for policyholder liabilities (net of deferred income tax benefit of $23)		(42	)						(42	)
Adjustment for deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired, and unearned revenue liability (net of deferred income tax benefit of $17)		(31	)						(31	)
Net unrealized investment gains		114							114
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of deferred income tax benefit of $0)							-		-
Net gains on the effective portion of the change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of deferred income tax expense of $52)					97				97
Reclassification of net cash flow hedge losses to net income (net of deferred income tax benefit of $0)					-				-
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	241		$	97	$	-	$	338

F-43

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 11 — Shareholder’s Equity - (continued)

	Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)			Net Accumulated Gain (loss) on Cash Flow Hedges			Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
	(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2012	$	241		$	97		$	-	$	338
Gross unrealized investment gains (net of deferred income tax expense of $70)		132								132
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income (net of deferred income tax expense of $55)		(102	)							(102	)
Adjustment for policyholder liabilities (net of deferred income tax benefit of $3)		(6	)							(6	)
Adjustment for deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired, and unearned revenue liability (net of deferred income tax benefit of $0)		-								-
Net unrealized investment gains		24								24
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of deferred income tax benefit of $0)								-		-
Net losses on the effective portion of the change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of deferred income tax benefit of $1)					(2	)				(2	)
Reclassification of net cash flow hedge gains to net income (net of deferred income tax expense of $2)					(4	)				(4	)
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	265		$	91		$	-	$	356

F-44

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 11 — Shareholder’s Equity - (continued)

	Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)			Net Accumulated Gain (loss) on Cash Flow Hedges			Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
	(in millions)
Balance at January 1, 2013	$	265		$	91		$	-	$	356
Gross unrealized investment losses (net of deferred income tax benefit of $208)		(386	)							(386	)
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in net income (net of deferred income tax benefit of $31)		57								57
Adjustment for policyholder liabilities (net of deferred income tax benefit of $1)		(2	)							(2	)
Adjustment for deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired, and unearned revenue liability (net of deferred income tax expense of $17)		32								32
Net unrealized investment losses		(299	)							(299	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment (net of deferred income tax benefit of $0)								-		-
Net losses on the effective portion of the change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of deferred income tax benefit of $23)					(42	)				(42	)
Reclassification of net cash flow hedge gains to net income (net of deferred income tax expense of $4)					(7	)				(7	)
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	(34	)	$	42		$	-	$	8

F-45

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 11 — Shareholder’s Equity - (continued)

Information regarding amounts reclassified out of each component of AOCI was as follows:

	Amounts
	Reclassified from
	AOCI (1)
	Year Ended			Affected Line Item in
	December 31,			Statement
	2013			of Operations
Unrealized investment gains (losses): (2) (3)
Net unrealized gains (losses)	$	(88	)	Other net realized investment and other gains (losses)
OTTI		-		Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income
Net realized gains (losses) before income tax		(88	)
Income tax (expense) benefit		31
Net realized gains (losses), net of income tax	$	(57	)
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives - cash flow hedges:
Interest rate swaps	$	11		Other net realized investment and other gains (losses)
Foreign currency swaps		-		Other net realized investment and other gains (losses)
Foreign currency forwards		-		Other net realized investment and other gains (losses)
Equity market contracts		-		Other net realized investment and other gains (losses)
Net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, before income tax		11
Income tax (expense) benefit		(4	)
Net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of income tax	$	7
Total reclassifications for the year, net of income tax	$	(50	)

(1) Positive amounts indicate gains/benefits reclassified out of AOCI. Negative amounts indicate losses/costs reclassified out of AOCI.

(2) Amounts reflect investment gains (losses) that were previously unrealized and reclassified to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the period as realized.

(3) See table below for additional information on unrealized investment gains (losses), including the impact on deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired, unearned revenue liability, and policyholder liabilities.

F-46

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 11 — Shareholder’s Equity - (continued)

Net unrealized investment gains (losses) included on the Company’s Balance Sheets as a component of shareholder’s equity are summarized below:

	Years ended December 31,
	2013			2012			2011
	(in millions)
Balance, end of year comprises:
Unrealized investment gains (losses) on:
Fixed maturity securities	$	43		$	552		$	507
Equity securities		-			-			-
Other investments		2			-			-
Total		45			552			507
Amounts of unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to:
Deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired, and unearned revenue liability		(19	)		(70	)		(70	)
Policyholder liabilities		(78	)		(75	)		(66	)
Deferred income taxes		18			(142	)		(130	)
Total		(79	)		(287	)		(266	)
Net unrealized investment gains (losses)	$	(34	)	$	265		$	241

Statutory Results

The Company is required to prepare financial statements in accordance with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance department of its state of domicile, which is New York.

The principal differences between statutory financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with USGAAP are that statutory financial statements do not reflect DAC, bonds may be carried at amortized cost, assets and liabilities are presented net of reinsurance, policy and contract obligations are generally valued using more conservative assumptions and certain assets are non-admitted.

Life and health insurance companies are subject to certain risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements as specified by the NAIC. Under those requirements, the amount of capital and surplus maintained by a life and health insurance company is to be determined based on the various risk factors related to it. At December 31, 2013, the Company met the minimum RBC requirements.

The Company’s statutory net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $466 million, $69 million, and $(282) million, respectively.

The Company’s statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1,284 million and $1,005 million, respectively.

Under New York State insurance laws, no insurer may pay any shareholder dividends from any source other than statutory earned surplus without the prior approval of the Superintendent of Financial Services (the “Superintendent”). New York State law also limits the aggregate amount of dividends a life insurer may pay in any calendar year, without the prior permission of the Superintendent, to the lesser of (i) 10% of its statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the immediately preceding calendar year or (ii) the company’s statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year, not including realized capital gains. JHNY paid no shareholder dividends to JHUSA for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

F-47

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

Note 12 — Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Company participates in the John Hancock Pension Plan (the “Plan”), a qualified defined benefit plan sponsored by MIC. The Company also participates in the John Hancock Non-Qualified Pension Plan, a non-qualified defined benefit plan for employees whose qualified cash balance benefit is restricted by the Internal Revenue Code. The non-qualified defined benefit plan was frozen except for grandfathered participants as of January 1, 2008, and the benefits accrued under this plan continue to be subject to the plan’s provisions. The expense for these plans was charged to the Company and was not material for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company participates in the John Hancock Employee Welfare Plan (the “Welfare Plan”), a postretirement medical and life insurance benefit plan for its retired employees and their spouses. The Welfare Plan is sponsored by MIC. The expense for other postretirement benefits was charged to the Company and was not material for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The Company participates in The Investment-Incentive Plan for John Hancock Employees, a qualified defined contribution plan for its employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The plan is sponsored by JHUSA. The expense for the defined contribution plan was charged to the Company and was not material for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; that is, an exit value. The exit value assumes the asset or liability is exchanged in an orderly transaction; it is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale.

The Company categorizes its fair value measurements according to a three-level hierarchy. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used by the Company’s valuation techniques. A level is assigned to each fair value measurement based on the lowest level input significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:

• Level 1 – Fair value measurements that reflect unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Active markets are defined as having the following characteristics for the measured asset/liability; (i) many transactions, (ii) current prices, (iii) price quotes not varying substantially among market makers, (iv) narrow bid/ask spreads, and (v) most information is publicly available. Valuations are based on quoted prices reflecting market transactions involving assets or liabilities identical to those being measured. Level 1 assets primarily include separate account assets.

• Level 2 – Fair value measurements using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in inactive markets, inputs that are observable that are not prices (such as interest rates, credit risks, etc.), and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by observable market data. Most fixed maturity securities and some short-term investments are classified within Level 2. Also included in the Level 2 category are financial instruments that are priced using models with observable market inputs, including most derivative financial instruments.

• Level 3 – Fair value measurements using significant nonmarket observable inputs. These include valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived using data, some or all of which is not market observable data, including assumptions about risk. Level 3 securities include less liquid securities. Embedded derivatives related to reinsurance agreements or product guarantees are included in this category.

Determination of Fair Value

The valuation methodologies used to determine the fair values of assets and liabilities reflect market participant assumptions and are based on the application of the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable market inputs over unobservable inputs. When available, the Company uses quoted market prices to determine fair value and classifies such items within Level 1 or 2. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon valuation techniques, which discount expected cash flows utilizing independent market observable interest rates based on the credit quality and duration of the instrument. Items valued

F-48

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

using models are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation. Thus, an item may be classified in Level 3 even though significant market observable inputs are used.

The Company utilizes a Valuation Quality Assurance (“VQA”) team of security analysts. The MFC Chief Investment Officer has ultimate responsibility over the VQA team. The team ensures quality and completeness of all daily and monthly prices. Prices are received from external pricing vendors and brokers and are put through a quality assurance process which includes review of price movements relative to the market, comparison of prices between vendors, and internal matrix pricing. All inputs to our pricing matrix are external observable inputs extracted and entered by the VQA team. Broker quotes are used only when no external public vendor prices are available.

The following is a description of the valuation techniques used to measure fair value and the general classification of these instruments pursuant to the fair value hierarchy:

• Assets and Liabilities Measured and Disclosed at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis and Reported in the Balance Sheets – This category includes assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis. Financial instruments measured on a recurring basis include fixed maturity securities, short-term investments, real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests, derivatives, and separate account assets and liabilities. Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include limited partnership interests, which are reported at fair value only in the period in which an impairment is recognized.

• Assets and Liabilities Disclosed at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis – This category includes mortgage loans on real estate, policy loans, cash and cash equivalents, and policyholders’ funds.

Assets and Liabilities Measured and Disclosed at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Fixed Maturity Securities

For fixed maturity securities, including corporate debt, U.S. Treasury, commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, issuances by foreign governments, and obligations of state and political subdivisions, fair values are based on quoted market prices when available. When market prices are not available, fair value is generally estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating current market inputs for similar financial instruments with comparable terms and credit quality (matrix pricing). The significant inputs into these models include, but are not limited to, yield curves, credit risks and spreads, measures of volatility, and prepayment speeds. These fixed maturity securities are classified within Level 2. Fixed maturity securities with significant pricing inputs which are unobservable are classified within Level 3.

Equity Securities

Equity securities are comprised of common stock and are classified within Level 1, as fair values are based on quoted market prices in active markets. Common stocks not traded in active markets are classified within Level 3.

Short-Term Investments

Short-term investments are comprised of securities due to mature within one year of the date of purchase. Those that are traded in active markets are classified within Level 1, as fair values are based on quoted market prices. Securities such as commercial paper and discount notes are classified within Level 2 because these securities are typically not actively traded due to their short maturities and, as such, their cost generally approximates fair value.

Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests

The amounts disclosed in the following tables consist of those investments accounted for using the cost method. The estimated fair values for such cost method investments are generally based on the Company’s share of the NAV as provided in the financial statements of the investees. In certain circumstances, management may adjust the NAV by a premium or discount when it has sufficient evidence to support applying such adjustments.

F-49

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

Derivatives

The fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives or through the use of pricing models for OTC derivatives. The pricing models used are based on market standard valuation methodologies, and the inputs to these models are consistent with what a market participant would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk (including the counterparties to the contract), and volatility. The Company’s derivatives are generally classified within Level 2 given the significant inputs to the pricing models for most OTC derivatives are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. Inputs that are observable generally include interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and interest rate curves; however, certain OTC derivatives may rely on inputs that are significant to the fair value, but are unobservable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data and would be classified within Level 3. Inputs that are unobservable generally include broker quotes, volatilities, and inputs that are outside of the observable portion of the interest rate curve or other relevant market measures. These unobservable inputs may involve significant management judgment or estimation.

Even though unobservable, these inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and consistent with what market participants would use when pricing such instruments. The credit risk of both the counterparty and the Company are considered in determining the fair value for all OTC derivatives after taking into account the effects of netting agreements and collateral arrangements.

Embedded Derivatives

The Company holds assets and liabilities classified as embedded derivatives on the Balance Sheets. These assets include guaranteed minimum income benefits that are ceded under modified coinsurance reinsurance arrangements (“Reinsurance GMIB Assets”). Liabilities include policyholder benefits offered under variable annuity contracts such as GMWB with a term certain and embedded reinsurance derivatives.

Embedded derivatives are recorded on the Balance Sheets at fair value, separately from their host contract, and the change in their fair value is reflected in net income. Many observable factors including, but not limited to, market conditions, credit ratings, and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs may result in significant fluctuations in the fair value of embedded derivatives that could materially affect net income. Embedded derivatives which are valued using observable market inputs are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Some embedded derivatives, mainly benefit guarantees for variable annuity products, utilize significant pricing inputs which are unobservable. These unobservable inputs are received from third party valuation experts and include equity volatility, mortality rates, lapse rates and utilization rates. Embedded derivatives with significant unobservable inputs are classified within Level 3.

The fair value of embedded derivatives related to GMIB and GMWB is estimated as the present value of future benefits less the present value of future fees. The fair value calculation includes assumptions for risk margins including nonperformance risk.

Risk margins are established to capture the risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties of such actuarial assumptions as annuitization, persistency, partial withdrawal, and surrenders. The establishment of these actuarial assumptions, risk margins, nonperformance risk, and other inputs requires the use of significant judgment.

Nonperformance risk refers to the risk that the obligation will not be fulfilled and affects the value of the liability. The fair value measurement assumes that the nonperformance risk is the same before and after the transfer; therefore, fair value reflects the reporting entity’s own credit risk.

Nonperformance risk for liabilities held by the Company is based on MFC’s own credit risk, which is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to MFC’s debt, as well as its claims paying ability. Nonperformance risk is also reflected in the reinsurance GMIB assets held by the Company. The credit risk of the reinsurance companies is most representative of the nonperformance risk for the reinsurance GMIB assets and is derived from publicly available information relating to the reinsurance companies’ publicly issued debt. As such, the reinsurance contract embedded derivatives are classified within Level 2.

The fair value of embedded derivatives related to reinsurance agreements is determined based on a total return swap methodology. These total return swaps are reflected as assets or liabilities on the Balance Sheets representing the difference between the adjusted statutory book value and fair value of the related modified coinsurance assets with ongoing changes in

F-50

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

fair value recorded in net realized investment and other gains (losses). The fair value of the underlying assets is based on the valuation approach for similar assets described herein.

Separate Account Assets and Liabilities

Separate account assets are carried at fair value and reported as a summarized total on the Balance Sheets. Assets owned by the Company’s separate accounts primarily include investments in funds, short-term investments, and cash and cash equivalents. For separate accounts structured as a unitized fund, the fair value of separate account assets is based on the fair value of the underlying funds owned by the separate account. Investment performance related to separate account assets is fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contract holders whose interest in the separate account assets is recorded by the Company as separate account liabilities. Separate account liabilities are set equal to the fair value of separate account assets.

The fair value of fund investments is based upon quoted market prices or reported NAV. Fund investments that are traded in an active market and have a NAV that the Company can access at the measurement date are classified within Level 1. The fair values of fixed maturity securities, equity securities, short-term investments, and cash equivalents held by separate accounts are determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described herein for similar financial instruments held within the Company’s general account and may be classified within Level 1, 2, or 3, accordingly.

Assets and Liabilities Disclosed at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

The fair value of unimpaired mortgage loans is estimated using discounted cash flows and takes into account the contractual maturities and discount rates, which were based on current market rates for similar maturity ranges and adjusted for risk due to the property type.

Policy Loans

These loans are carried at unpaid principal balances, which approximate their fair values.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying values for cash and cash equivalents approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

Policyholders’ Funds

Policyholders’ funds include guaranteed investment contracts, fixed-rate deferred annuities, term certain and supplementary contracts without life contingencies, and certain balances that can be withdrawn by the policyholder at any time without prior notice or penalty. The fair values associated with guaranteed investment contracts, term certain and supplementary contracts without life contingencies are determined by projecting cash flows and discounting the cash flows at current corporate rates, defined as U.S. Treasury rates plus MFC’s corporate spread. The fair value attributable to credit risk represents the present value of the spread. The fair value of fixed-rate deferred annuities is estimated by projecting multiple stochastically generated interest rate scenarios under a risk neutral environment reflecting inputs (interest rate, volatility, etc.) observable at the valuation date. For those balances that can be withdrawn by the policyholder at any time without prior notice or penalty, the fair value is the amount estimated to be payable to the policyholder as of the reporting date, which is generally the carrying value.

F-51

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

The table below presents the fair value by fair value hierarchy level for assets and liabilities that are reported at fair value in the Balance Sheets:

	December 31, 2013
	Carrying Value		Total Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(in millions)
Assets:
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Corporate debt securities (4)	$	3,740	$	3,740	$	-	$	3,446	$	294
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		59		59		-		49		10
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-		-		-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-		-		-		-
Other asset-backed securities		73		73		-		73		-
U.S. Treasury and agency securities		1,637		1,637		-		1,637		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (5)		257		257		-		250		7
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		105		105		-		105		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		5,871		5,871		-		5,560		311
Fixed maturity securities held-for-trading:
Corporate debt securities (4)		281		281		-		274		7
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		25		25		-		25		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-		-		-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-		-		-		-
Other asset-backed securities		12		12		-		12		-
U.S. Treasury and agency securities		5		5		-		5		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (5)		14		14		-		12		2
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		1		1		-		1		-
Total fixed maturity securities held-for-trading		338		338		-		329		9
Equity securities available-for-sale		-		-		-		-		-
Equity securities held-for-trading		-		-		-		-		-
Short-term investments		1		1		-		1		-
Other invested assets (2)		7		7		-		-		7
Derivative assets (1):
Interest rate swaps		435		435		-		435		-
Interest rate treasury locks		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate options		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate futures		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency forwards		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency futures		-		-		-		-		-
Equity total return swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Equity options		-		-		-		-		-
Embedded derivatives (3):
Reinsurance contracts		-		-		-		-		-
Benefit guarantees (6)		49		49		-		-		49
Separate account assets		8,313		8,313		8,313		-		-
Total assets at fair value	$	15,014	$	15,014	$	8,313	$	6,325	$	376
Liabilities:
Derivatives liabilities (1):
Interest rate swaps	$	345	$	345	$	-	$	345	$	-
Interest rate treasury locks		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate options		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate futures		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency forwards		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency futures		-		-		-		-		-
Equity total return swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Equity options		-		-		-		-		-
Embedded derivatives (3):
Reinsurance contracts		163		163		-		163		-
Participating pension contracts		32		32		-		32		-
Benefit guarantees (6)		13		13		-		-		13
Separate account liabilities		8,313		8,313		8,313		-		-
Total liabilities at fair value	$	8,866	$	8,866	$	8,313	$	540	$	13

F-52

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

	December 31, 2012
	Carrying Value		Total Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(in millions)
Assets:
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Corporate debt securities (4)	$	3,871	$	3,871	$	-	$	3,547	$	324
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		230		230		-		227		3
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-		-		-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-		-		-		-
Other asset-backed securities		45		45		-		45		-
U.S. Treasury and agency securities		2,137		2,137		-		2,137		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (5)		287		287		-		271		16
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		59		59		-		59		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		6,629		6,629		-		6,286		343
Fixed maturity securities held-for-trading:
Corporate debt securities (4)		259		259		-		249		10
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		63		63		-		63		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-		-		-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-		-		-		-
Other asset-backed securities		9		9		-		9		-
U.S. Treasury and agency securities		24		24		-		24		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions (5)		16		16		-		14		2
Debt securities issued by foreign governments		1		1		-		1		-
Total fixed maturity securities held-for-trading		372		372		-		360		12
Equity securities available-for-sale		1		1		1		-		-
Equity securities held-for-trading		-		-		-		-		-
Short-term investments		38		38		-		38		-
Other invested assets (2)		-		-		-		-		-
Derivative assets (1):
Interest rate swaps		654		654		-		654		-
Interest rate treasury locks		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate options		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate futures		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency forwards		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency futures		-		-		-		-		-
Equity total return swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Equity options		-		-		-		-		-
Equity index futures		-		-		-		-		-
Credit default swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Embedded derivatives (3):
Reinsurance contracts		-		-		-		-		-
Benefit guarantees (6)		75		75		-		-		75
Separate account assets		7,687		7,687		7,687		-		-
Total assets at fair value	$	15,456	$	15,456	$	7,688	$	7,338	$	430
Liabilities:
Derivatives liabilities (1):
Interest rate swaps	$	350	$	350	$	-	$	350	$	-
Interest rate treasury locks		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate options		-		-		-		-		-
Interest rate futures		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency forwards		-		-		-		-		-
Foreign currency futures		-		-		-		-		-
Equity total return swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Equity options		-		-		-		-		-
Equity index futures		-		-		-		-		-
Credit default swaps		-		-		-		-		-
Embedded derivatives (3):
Reinsurance contracts		348		348		-		348		-
Participating pension contracts		37		37		-		37		-
Benefit guarantees (6)		108		108		-		-		108
Separate account liabilities		7,687		7,687		7,687		-		-
Total liabilities at fair value	$	8,530	$	8,530	$	7,687	$	735	$	108

F-53

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

(1) Derivative assets and liabilities are presented gross to reflect the presentation in the Balance Sheets, but are presented net for purposes of the Level 3 rollforward.

(2) Other invested assets exclude equity method and cost accounted investments of $65 million and $5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(3) Embedded derivatives related to fixed maturity securities and reinsurance contracts are reported as part of the derivative asset or liability on the Balance Sheets. Embedded derivatives related to benefit guarantees are reported as part of the reinsurance recoverable or future policy benefits on the Balance Sheets. Embedded derivatives related to participating pension contracts are reported as part of future policy benefits on the Balance Sheets.

(4) Fair value of the Level 3 corporate debt securities is determined based on discounted cash flow models using discount rates based on credit spreads, yields, or price levels of publicly traded debt of the issuer or other comparable securities, considering illiquidity and structure. The significant unobservable input is the yield at or beyond the 30 year point and ranged from 0 to 61 basis points and 0 to 61 basis points during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(5) Fair value of the Level 3 obligations of states and political subdivisions is determined based on discounted cash flow models using discount rates based on credit spreads, yields, or price levels of publicly traded debt of the issuer or other comparable securities, considering illiquidity and structure. The significant unobservable input is the yield at or beyond the 30 year point and ranged from 0 to 361 basis points and 97 to 364 basis points during 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(6) Fair value of the Level 3 benefit guarantees is determined based on discounted cash flow models. The significant unobservable inputs are equity implied volatility, base lapse rates, dynamic lapse rates, mortality rates, and 0% utilization rates. These inputs ranged from 0% to 37%, 1% to 40%, 0% to 50%, 0% to 40%, and 80% to 100% in 2013, respectively. These inputs ranged from 0% to 35%, 1% to 35%, 0% to 70%, 0% to 38%, and 80% to 100% in 2012, respectively.

The table below presents the fair value by fair value hierarchy level for certain assets and liabilities that are not reported at fair value in the Balance Sheet, but are disclosed at fair value.

	December 31, 2013
	Carrying Value		Total Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(in millions)
Assets
Mortgage loans on real estate	$	1,155	$	1,233	$	-	$	-	$	1,233
Policy loans		143		143		-		143		-
Cash and cash equivalents		59		59		59		-		-
Affiliated debt		-		-		-		-		-
Total Assets	$	1,357	$	1,435	$	59	$	143	$	1,233
Liabilities
Consumer notes	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Debt		-		-		-		-		-
Policyholders’ funds		2,291		2,317		-		151		2,166
Affiliated debt		-		-		-		-		-
Total Liabilities	$	2,291	$	2,317	$	-	$	151	$	2,166

F-54

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

	December 31, 2012
	Carrying Value		Total Fair Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
	(in millions)
Assets
Mortgage loans on real estate	$	977	$	1,106	$	-	$	-	$	1,106
Policy loans		138		138		-		138		-
Cash and cash equivalents		495		495		495		-		-
Affiliated debt		-		-		-		-		-
Total Assets	$	1,610	$	1,739	$	495	$	138	$	1,106
Liabilities
Consumer notes	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-
Debt		-		-		-		-		-
Policyholders’ funds		2,470		2,507		-		153		2,354
Affiliated debt		-		-		-		-		-
Total Liabilities	$	2,470	$	2,507	$	-	$	153	$	2,354

Transfers of Level 1 and Level 2 Assets and Liabilities

The Company’s policy is to record transfers of assets and liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2 at their fair values as of the end of each reporting period, consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. Assets are transferred out of Level 1 when they are no longer transacted with sufficient frequency and volume in an active market. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any transfers from Level 1 to Level 2. Conversely, assets are transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 when transaction volume and frequency are indicative of an active market. The Company did not transfer assets from Level 2 to Level 1 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-55

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

The changes in Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:

	Balance at January 1, 2013			Net realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:						Purchases		Issuances		Sales		Settlements			Transfers					Balance at December 31, 2013		Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings on instruments still held
				Earnings (1)			AOCI (2)												Into Level 3 (3)		Out of Level 3 (3)
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Corporate debt securities	$	324		$	(1	)	$	(29	)	$	57	$	-	$	-	$	(2	)	$	57	$	(112	)	$	294	$	-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		3			-			-			7		-		-		-			-		-			10		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Other asset-backed securities		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
US Treasury securities and obligations of US govt corporation and agencies (AFS)		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		16			-			(1	)		-		-		-		-			-		(8	)		7		-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		343			(1	)		(30	)		64		-		-		(2	)		57		(120	)		311		-
Fixed maturity securities held-for-trading:
Corporate debt securities		10			(1	)		-			2		-		-		-			-		(4	)		7		(1	)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Collateralized debt obligations		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Other asset-backed securities		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		2			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			2		-
Total fixed maturity securities held-for-trading		12			(1	)		-			2		-		-		-			-		(4	)		9		(1	)
Other invested assets		-			-			2			5		-		-		-			-		-			7		-
Net derivatives		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Net embedded derivatives (4)		(33	)		69			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			36		69
Assets held in trust		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Separate account assets/liabilities (5)		-			-			-			-		-		-		-			-		-			-		-
Total	$	322		$	67		$	(28	)	$	71	$	-	$	-	$	(2	)	$	57	$	(124	)	$	363	$	68

F-56

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

	Balance at January 1, 2012			Net realized/unrealized gains  (losses) included in:					Purchases		Issuances		Sales			Settlements			Transfers					Balance at December 31, 2012			Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings on instruments still held
				Earnings (1)			AOCI (2)												Into Level 3 (3)		Out of Level 3 (3)
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Corporate debt securities	$	371		$	1		$	5	$	106	$	-	$	(96	)	$	(6	)	$	6	$	(63	)	$	324		$	-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-		3		-		-			-			-		-			3			-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Collateralized debt obligations		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Other asset-backed securities		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		12			-			-		11		-		(7	)		-			-		-			16			-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		383			1			5		120		-		(103	)		(6	)		6		(63	)		343			-
Fixed maturity securities held-for-trading
Corporate debt securities		7			-			-		5		-		-			-			-		(2	)		10			-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Collateralized debt obligations		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Other asset-backed securities		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		2			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			2			-
Total fixed maturity securities held-for-trading		9			-			-		5		-		-			-			-		(2	)		12			-
Other invested assets		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Net derivatives		37			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		(37	)		-			-
Net embedded derivatives (4)		(28	)		(5	)		-		-		-		-			-			-		-			(33	)		(5	)
Assets held in trust		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Separate account assets/liabilities (5)		-			-			-		-		-		-			-			-		-			-			-
Total	$	401		$	(4	)	$	5	$	125	$	-	$	(103	)	$	(6	)	$	6	$	(102	)	$	322		$	(5	)

F-57

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

			Net realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:														Transfers								Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings on instruments still held
	Balance at January 1, 2011		Earnings (1)			AOCI (2)		Purchases		Issuances		Sales		Settlements			Into Level 3 (3)		Out of Level 3 (3)			Balance at December 31, 2011
	(in millions)
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
Corporate debt securities	$	255	$	-		$	19	$	66	$	-	$	-	$	(6	)	$	41	$	(4	)	$	371		$	-
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		10		-			-		-		-		-		(10	)		-		-			-			-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Other asset-backed securities		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		7		-			1		4		-		-		-			-		-			12			-
Total fixed maturity securities available-for-sale		272		-			20		70		-		-		(16	)		41		(4	)		383			-
Fixed maturity securities held-for-trading
Corporate debt securities		3		1			-		5		-		-		-			-		(2	)		7			1
Commercial mortgage-backed securities		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Residential mortgage-backed securities		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Collateralized debt obligations		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Other asset-backed securities		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		-		-			-		2		-		-		-			-		-			2			-
Total fixed maturity securities held-for-trading		3		1			-		7		-		-		-			-		(2	)		9			1
Other invested assets		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Net derivatives		-		-			37		-		-		-		-			-		-			37			-
Net embedded derivatives (4)		10		(38	)		-		-		-		-		-			-		-			(28	)		(38	)
Assets held in trust		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Separate account assets/liabilities (5)		-		-			-		-		-		-		-			-		-			-			-
Total	$	285	$	(37	)	$	57	$	77	$	-	$	-	$	(16	)	$	41	$	(6	)	$	401		$	(37	)

F-58

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 13 — Fair Value Measurements - (continued)

(1) This amount is included in net realized investment and other gains (losses) on the Statements of Operations.

(2) This amount is included in net unrealized investment gains (losses) within AOCI on the Balance Sheets.

(3) For financial assets that are transferred into and/or out of Level 3, the Company uses the fair value of the assets at the beginning of the reporting period.

(4) The earnings amount is included in benefits to policyholders on the Statements of Operations.

(5) Investment performance related to separate account assets is fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contract holders whose liability is reflected within separate account liabilities.

The Company may hedge positions with offsetting positions that are classified in a different level. For example, the gains and losses for assets and liabilities in the Level 3 category presented in the tables above may not reflect the effect of offsetting gains and losses on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company in the Level 1 and Level 2 categories.

The transfers into Level 3 primarily result from securities that were impaired during the year or securities where a lack of observable market data (versus the previous year) resulted in reclassifying assets into Level 3. The transfers out of Level 3 primarily result from observable market data becoming available for that asset, thus eliminating the need to extrapolate market data beyond observable points.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain assets are reported at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including investments such as, limited partnership interests, which are reported at fair value only in the period in which an impairment is recognized. The fair is calculated using models that are widely accepted in the financial services industry. During the reporting period, there were no assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Note 14 — Segment Information

The Company operates in the following three business segments: (1) Insurance and (2) Wealth Management, which primarily serve retail and institutional customers and (3) Corporate.

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units offering different products and services. The reportable segments are managed separately, as they focus on different products, markets, and distribution channels.

Insurance Segment. Offers a variety of individual life insurance products. Products are distributed through multiple distribution channels, including insurance agents, brokers, banks, financial planners, and direct marketing.

Wealth Management Segment. Offers annuities and a variety of retirement products to group benefit plans. Annuity contracts provide non-guaranteed, partially guaranteed, and fully guaranteed investment options through general and separate account products. These businesses distribute products through multiple distribution channels, including insurance agents and brokers affiliated with the Company, securities brokerage firms, financial planners, pension plan sponsors, pension plan consultants, and banks. As discussed in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Note, the Company suspended sales of all its individual and group fixed and variable annuities.

Corporate. Includes corporate operations primarily related to certain financing activities and income on capital not specifically allocated to the operating segments.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Note. Allocations of net investment income are based on the amount of assets allocated to each segment. Other costs and operating expenses are allocated to each segment based on a review of the nature of such costs, cost allocations utilizing time studies, and other relevant allocation methodologies.

F-59

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 14 — Segment Information - (continued)

The following table summarizes selected financial information by segment for the periods indicated:

	Insurance			Wealth Management			Corporate and Other			Total
	(in millions)
2013
Revenues from external customers	$	181		$	127		$	(2	)	$	306
Net investment income		185			148			207			540
Net realized investment and other gains (losses)		(200	)		(154	)		221			(133	)
Inter-segment		-			-			-			-
Revenues	$	166		$	121		$	426		$	713
Net income (loss)	$	(43	)	$	7		$	277		$	241
Supplemental Information:
Equity in net income (loss) of investees accounted for under the equity method	$	1		$	28		$	169		$	198
Carrying value of investments under the equity method		55			10			1			66
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, and value of business acquired		(16	)		28			1			13
Goodwill impairment		-			-			-			-
Interest expense		-			-			-			-
Income tax expense (benefit)		(24	)		(10	)		150			116
Segment assets		5,387			12,164			2,794			20,345
	Insurance			Wealth Management			Corporate and Other			Total
	(in millions)
2012
Revenues from external customers	$	187		$	283		$	(1	)	$	469
Net investment income		167			204			216			587
Net realized investment and other gains (losses)		(73	)		(18	)		39			(52	)
Inter-segment		-			-			-			-
Revenues	$	281		$	469		$	254		$	1,004
Net income (loss)	$	(56	)	$	48		$	168		$	160
Supplemental Information:
Equity in net income (loss) of investees accounted for under the equity method	$	1		$	26		$	156		$	183
Carrying value of investments under the equity method		4			1			1			6
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, and value of business acquired		24			29			-			53
Goodwill impairment		-			-			-			-
Interest expense		-			-			-			-
Income tax expense (benefit)		(31	)		(1	)		85			53
Segment assets		5,553			11,989			2,559			20,101

F-60

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Note 14 — Segment Information - (continued)

	Insurance		Wealth Management		Corporate and Other			Total
	(in millions)
2011
Revenues from external customers	$	340	$	144	$	3		$	487
Net investment income		161		235		201			597
Net realized investment and other gains (losses)		229		65		(5	)		289
Inter-segment revenues		-		-		-			-
Revenues	$	730	$	444	$	199		$	1,373
Net income (loss)	$	90	$	14	$	126		$	230
Supplemental Information:
Equity in net income (loss) of investees accounted for under the equity method	$	-	$	25	$	150		$	175
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, and value of business acquired		61		78		-			139
Goodwill impairment		-		-		-			-
Interest expense		-		-		-			-
Income tax expense (benefit)		48		1		72			121

The Company operates primarily in the United States and has no reportable major customers.

Note 15 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated the recognition and disclosure of subsequent events for its December 31, 2013 financial statements through the date on which the financial statements were issued. The Company did not have any subsequent events requiring disclosure.

F-61

AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

December 31, 2013

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Audited Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	1
Statements of Assets and Liabilities	3
Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity	23
Notes to Financial Statements	69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A) and Contract Owners of

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

We have audited the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A (the “Account”) comprised of the following sub-accounts,

500 Index Trust B Series I

500 Index Trust B Series II

500 Index Trust B Series NAV

Active Bond Trust Series I

Active Bond Trust Series II

All Cap Core Trust Series I

All Cap Core Trust Series II

American Asset Allocation Trust Series I

American Asset Allocation Trust Series II

American Global Growth Trust Series II

American Global Growth Trust Series III

American Growth Income Trust Series I

American Growth Income Trust Series II

American Growth Income Trust Series III

American Growth Trust Series II

American Growth Trust Series III

American International Trust Series II

American International Trust Series III

American New World Trust Series II

American New World Trust Series III

Blue Chip Growth Trust Series I

Blue Chip Growth Trust Series II

Bond Trust Series I

Bond Trust Series II

Capital Appreciation Trust Series I

Capital Appreciation Trust Series II

Capital Appreciation Value Trust Series II

Core Bond Trust Series II

Core Strategy Trust Series II

Core Strategy Trust Series NAV

DWS Equity 500 Index

Equity-Income Trust Series I

Equity-Income Trust Series II

Financial Services Trust Series I

Financial Services Trust Series II

Founding Allocation Trust Series II

Fundamental All Cap Core Trust Series II

Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series I

Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series II

Fundamental Value Trust Series I

Fundamental Value Trust Series II

Global Bond Trust Series I

Global Bond Trust Series II

Investment Quality Bond Trust Series I

Investment Quality Bond Trust Series II

Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series I

Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series II

Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series I

Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series II

Lifestyle Balanced Trust PS Series - Series II

Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series I

Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series II

Lifestyle Conservative Trust PS Series - Series II

Lifestyle Growth Trust Series I

Lifestyle Growth Trust Series II

Lifestyle Growth Trust PS Series - Series II

Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series I

Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series II

Lifestyle Moderate Trust PS Series - Series II

Mid Cap Index Trust Series I

Mid Cap Index Trust Series II

Mid Cap Stock Trust Series I

Mid Cap Stock Trust Series II

Mid Value Trust Series I

Mid Value Trust Series II

Money Market Trust B Series NAV

Money Market Trust Series I

Money Market Trust Series II

Mutual Shares Trust Series I

Natural Resources Trust Series II

PIMCO All Asset

Real Estate Securities Trust Series I

Real Estate Securities Trust Series II

Real Return Bond Trust Series II

Science & Technology Trust Series I

Science & Technology Trust Series II

Short Term Government Income Trust Series I

Short Term Government Income Trust Series II

Small Cap Growth Trust Series I

Small Cap Growth Trust Series II

Small Cap Index Trust Series II

Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series I

Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series II

Small Cap Value Trust Series II

Small Company Value Trust Series I

Small Company Value Trust Series II

1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Global Trust Series I

Global Trust Series II

Health Science Trust Series I

Health Science Trust Series II

High Yield Trust Series I

High Yield Trust Series II

International Core Trust Series I

International Core Trust Series II

International Equity Index Trust B Series I

International Equity Index Trust B Series II

International Equity Index Trust B Series NAV

International Growth Stock Trust Series II

International Small Company Series I

International Small Company Series II

International Value Trust Series I

International Value Trust Series II

Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series I

Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series II

Total Bond Market Trust B Series II

Total Bond Market Trust B Series NAV

Total Return Trust Series I

Total Return Trust Series II

Total Stock Market Index Trust Series I

Total Stock Market Index Trust Series II

US Equity Trust Series I

US Equity Trust Series II

Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series II

Utilities Trust Series I

Utilities Trust Series II

Value Trust Series I

Value Trust Series II

as of December 31, 2013, and the related statements of operations and changes in contract owners’ equity and financial highlights for the above mentioned sub-accounts and for the All Cap Value Trust Series I, All Cap Value Trust Series II, American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series II, American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series III, American High-Income Bond Trust Series II, American High-Income Bond Trust Series III, Bond PS Series - Series II, Core Allocation Plus Trust Series II, Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II, Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series III, Core Global Diversification Trust Series II, Core Global Diversification Trust Series III, Disciplined Diversification Trust Series II, Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II, Global Diversification Trust Series II, Smaller Company Growth Trust Series I, Smaller Company Growth Trust Series II and Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series I sub-accounts (the “closed sub-accounts”) for each of the periods indicated therein and the financial highlights for each of the five years in the period then ended. These financial statements and financial highlights are the responsibility of the Account’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial highlights based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial highlights are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Account’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Account’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and financial highlights, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of December 31, 2013, by correspondence with the fund companies, or their transfer agents, as applicable. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements and financial highlights referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of each of the above mentioned sub-accounts constituting John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A at December 31, 2013, and the results of their and the closed sub-accounts’ operations, changes in contract owners’ equity and financial highlights for the periods indicated, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 27, 2014

2

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	500 Index Trust B Series I		500 Index Trust B Series II		500 Index Trust B Series NAV		Active Bond Trust Series I		Active Bond Trust Series II		All Cap Core Trust Series I
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	2,744,358	$	9,408,907	$	8,479,742	$	2,750,928	$	33,316,236	$	3,723,099
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	2,744,358	$	9,392,353	$	8,479,742	$	2,728,521	$	33,316,236	$	3,723,099
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		16,554		—		22,407		—		—
Total net assets	$	2,744,358	$	9,408,907	$	8,479,742	$	2,750,928	$	33,316,236	$	3,723,099
Units outstanding		167,136		573,328		531,405		152,980		1,908,619		159,757
Unit value	$	16.42	$	16.41	$	15.96	$	17.98	$	17.46	$	23.30
Shares		117,582		402,779		363,469		286,555		3,463,226		148,036
Cost	$	2,153,169	$	7,360,469	$	6,336,810	$	2,722,368	$	33,179,280	$	2,126,397

See accompanying notes.

3

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	All Cap Core Trust Series II		American Asset Allocation Trust Series I		American Asset Allocation Trust Series II		American Global Growth Trust Series II		American Global Growth Trust Series III		American Growth Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	1,593,990	$	7,795,755	$	108,866,312	$	17,366,627	$	10,384	$	119,449,927
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	1,593,990	$	7,775,922	$	108,866,312	$	17,352,293	$	10,384	$	119,375,571
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		19,833		—		14,334		—		74,356
Total net assets	$	1,593,990	$	7,795,755	$	108,866,312	$	17,366,627	$	10,384	$	119,449,927
Units outstanding		68,526		485,283		6,859,362		1,051,021		565		4,813,709
Unit value	$	23.26	$	16.06	$	15.87	$	16.52	$	18.38	$	24.81
Shares		63,506		512,205		7,152,846		1,109,689		664		5,339,737
Cost	$	1,318,382	$	4,767,036	$	66,641,825	$	12,022,070	$	8,764	$	66,874,912

See accompanying notes.

4

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	American Growth Trust Series III		American Growth- Income Trust Series I		American Growth- Income Trust Series II		American Growth- Income Trust Series III		American International Trust Series II		American International Trust Series III
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	457,698	$	8,109,704	$	111,884,255	$	804,315	$	64,849,568	$	421,123
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	457,698	$	8,090,578	$	111,873,422	$	804,315	$	64,827,884	$	421,123
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		19,126		10,833		—		21,684		—
Total net assets	$	457,698	$	8,109,704	$	111,884,255	$	804,315	$	64,849,568	$	421,123
Units outstanding		26,493		322,854		4,841,419		44,992		2,511,095		28,856
Unit value	$	17.28	$	25.12	$	23.11	$	17.88	$	25.83	$	14.59
Shares		20,469		369,294		5,104,209		36,693		3,375,823		21,968
Cost	$	314,958	$	4,594,018	$	69,726,496	$	606,229	$	44,917,349	$	338,866

See accompanying notes.

5

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	American New World Trust Series II		American New World Trust Series III		Blue Chip Growth Trust Series I		Blue Chip Growth Trust Series II		Bond Trust Series I		Bond Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	4,926,513	$	16,550	$	22,857,354	$	17,249,150	$	985,486	$	82,016,750
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	4,926,513	$	16,550	$	22,600,668	$	17,249,150	$	985,486	$	82,016,750
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		256,686		—		—		—
Total net assets	$	4,926,513	$	16,550	$	22,857,354	$	17,249,150	$	985,486	$	82,016,750
Units outstanding		325,506		1,120		658,421		708,014		76,158		6,474,700
Unit value	$	15.13	$	14.78	$	34.72	$	24.36	$	12.94	$	12.67
Shares		331,083		1,114		667,758		508,225		74,097		6,162,040
Cost	$	4,220,691	$	15,021	$	11,455,221	$	9,741,186	$	1,025,095	$	85,195,441

See accompanying notes.

6

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Capital Appreciation Trust Series I		Capital Appreciation Trust Series II		Capital Appreciation Value Trust Series II		Core Bond Trust Series II		Core Strategy Trust Series I		Core Strategy Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	11,931,864	$	8,685,968	$	23,451,451	$	934,072	$	396,929	$	260,458,994
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	11,912,005	$	8,681,918	$	23,451,451	$	934,072	$	396,929	$	260,435,765
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		19,859		4,050		—		—		—		23,229
Total net assets	$	11,931,864	$	8,685,968	$	23,451,451	$	934,072	$	396,929	$	260,458,994
Units outstanding		794,745		383,202		1,323,658		57,258		29,036		15,129,111
Unit value	$	15.01	$	22.67	$	17.72	$	16.31	$	13.67	$	17.22
Shares		756,139		557,866		1,805,347		72,747		27,412		17,913,273
Cost	$	7,092,098	$	5,389,818	$	18,862,831	$	991,603	$	392,144	$	248,876,027

See accompanying notes.

7

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Core Strategy Trust Series NAV		DWS Equity 500 Index (a)		Equity-Income Trust Series I		Equity-Income Trust Series II		Financial Services Trust Series I		Financial Services Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	652,279	$	4,480,124	$	28,483,606	$	26,727,395	$	573,684	$	4,256,737
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	652,279	$	4,480,124	$	28,443,590	$	26,727,395	$	573,684	$	4,256,737
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		40,016		—		—		—
Total net assets	$	652,279	$	4,480,124	$	28,483,606	$	26,727,395	$	573,684	$	4,256,737
Units outstanding		34,818		155,876		669,975		1,223,347		32,142		229,202
Unit value	$	18.73	$	28.74	$	42.51	$	21.85	$	17.85	$	18.57
Shares		45,016		235,920		1,437,114		1,351,917		36,195		269,755
Cost	$	544,746	$	3,138,639	$	21,867,706	$	18,609,030	$	420,007	$	2,916,209

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

See accompanying notes.

8

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Founding Allocation Trust Series II		Fundamental All Cap Core Trust Series II		Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series I		Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series II		Fundamental Value Trust Series I		Fundamental Value Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	92,181,353	$	8,326,894	$	1,585,271	$	7,488,231	$	27,471,953	$	31,084,519
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	92,181,353	$	8,326,894	$	1,561,727	$	7,488,231	$	27,276,314	$	31,063,870
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		23,544		—		195,639		20,649
Total net assets	$	92,181,353	$	8,326,894	$	1,585,271	$	7,488,231	$	27,471,953	$	31,084,519
Units outstanding		6,373,509		302,809		72,859		345,765		1,346,424		1,488,937
Unit value	$	14.46	$	27.50	$	21.76	$	21.66	$	20.40	$	20.88
Shares		7,052,896		404,611		99,452		466,556		1,358,653		1,540,363
Cost	$	68,515,188	$	5,971,055	$	1,541,907	$	6,714,276	$	14,795,269	$	18,575,480

See accompanying notes.

9

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Global Bond Trust Series I		Global Bond Trust Series II		Global Trust Series I		Global Trust Series II		Health Sciences Trust Series I		Health Sciences Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	2,084,581	$	13,535,895	$	8,954,928	$	5,297,941	$	3,483,511	$	12,358,149
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	2,084,581	$	13,535,895	$	8,948,761	$	5,297,941	$	3,483,511	$	12,358,149
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		6,167		—		—		—
Total net assets	$	2,084,581	$	13,535,895	$	8,954,928	$	5,297,941	$	3,483,511	$	12,358,149
Units outstanding		62,510		668,291		237,658		245,432		81,037		278,331
Unit value	$	33.35	$	20.25	$	37.68	$	21.59	$	42.99	$	44.40
Shares		168,247		1,103,170		436,826		259,322		119,339		436,684
Cost	$	2,066,326	$	13,710,556	$	6,338,926	$	4,369,851	$	2,274,281	$	8,782,864

See accompanying notes.

10

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	High Yield Trust Series I		High Yield Trust Series II		International Core Trust Series I		International Core Trust Series II		International Equity Index Trust B Series I		International Equity Index Trust B Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	2,465,630	$	10,148,976	$	1,509,517	$	1,389,078	$	1,084,350	$	3,757,117
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	2,458,838	$	10,148,964	$	1,504,236	$	1,389,078	$	1,083,975	$	3,757,117
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		6,792		12		5,281		—		375		—
Total net assets	$	2,465,630	$	10,148,976	$	1,509,517	$	1,389,078	$	1,084,350	$	3,757,117
Units outstanding		114,890		428,859		83,969		69,695		72,636		252,612
Unit value	$	21.46	$	23.67	$	17.98	$	19.93	$	14.93	$	14.87
Shares		404,202		1,634,295		129,018		117,718		63,264		218,946
Cost	$	2,465,460	$	10,199,703	$	1,325,249	$	1,154,130	$	929,115	$	3,228,131

See accompanying notes.

11

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	International Equity Index Trust B Series NAV		International Growth Stock Series II		International Small Company Trust Series I		International Small Company Trust Series II		International Value Trust Series I		International Value Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	2,517,959	$	2,637,502	$	2,317,917	$	4,197,011	$	6,204,005	$	12,422,323
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	2,517,959	$	2,637,502	$	2,317,415	$	4,197,011	$	6,191,175	$	12,422,323
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		502		—		12,830		—
Total net assets	$	2,517,959	$	2,637,502	$	2,317,917	$	4,197,011	$	6,204,005	$	12,422,323
Units outstanding		211,044		173,680		129,301		237,336		280,858		515,947
Unit value	$	11.93	$	15.19	$	17.93	$	17.68	$	22.09	$	24.08
Shares		146,991		156,343		183,816		333,096		419,757		842,191
Cost	$	2,335,605	$	2,186,414	$	1,753,638	$	3,130,502	$	5,432,546	$	9,715,908

See accompanying notes.

12

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Investment Quality Bond Trust Series I		Investment Quality Bond Trust Series II		Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series I		Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series II		Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series I		Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	4,600,768	$	20,372,288	$	2,469,369	$	29,175,878	$	27,825,970	$	831,974,709
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	4,586,396	$	20,372,288	$	2,469,369	$	29,175,878	$	27,801,226	$	831,813,337
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		14,372		—		—		—		24,744		161,372
Total net assets	$	4,600,768	$	20,372,288	$	2,469,369	$	29,175,878	$	27,825,970	$	831,974,709
Units outstanding		170,913		1,120,138		116,714		1,297,727		1,294,649		43,843,012
Unit value	$	26.92	$	18.19	$	21.16	$	22.48	$	21.49	$	18.98
Shares		403,223		1,783,913		226,340		2,681,607		2,032,576		61,039,964
Cost	$	4,575,869	$	20,604,259	$	1,804,995	$	21,271,943	$	23,491,943	$	698,908,540

See accompanying notes.

13

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Lifestyle Balanced PS Series - Series  II		Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series I		Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series II		Lifestyle Conservative PS Series - Series II		Lifestyle Growth Trust Series I		Lifestyle Growth Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	7,423,219	$	7,761,250	$	188,108,880	$	4,188,700	$	16,911,651	$	1,025,005,819
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	7,423,219	$	7,744,373	$	188,108,880	$	4,188,700	$	16,911,651	$	1,024,836,706
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		16,877		—		—		—		169,113
Total net assets	$	7,423,219	$	7,761,250	$	188,108,880	$	4,188,700	$	16,911,651	$	1,025,005,819
Units outstanding		504,846		333,598		10,437,507		306,470		790,522		52,806,989
Unit value	$	14.70	$	23.27	$	18.02	$	13.67	$	21.39	$	19.41
Shares		530,988		616,951		15,036,681		317,566		1,188,450		72,234,378
Cost	$	6,720,165	$	7,634,595	$	189,027,403	$	4,032,620	$	13,526,541	$	834,811,219

See accompanying notes.

14

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Lifestyle Growth PS Series - Series II		Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series I		Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series II		Lifestyle Moderate PS Series - Series  II		Mid Cap Index Trust Series I		Mid Cap Index Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	13,028,743	$	9,425,106	$	297,845,538	$	7,173,780	$	1,352,287	$	12,210,009
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	13,028,743	$	9,425,106	$	297,845,538	$	7,173,780	$	1,352,287	$	12,210,009
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total net assets	$	13,028,743	$	9,425,106	$	297,845,538	$	7,173,780	$	1,352,287	$	12,210,009
Units outstanding		835,780		412,143		15,911,335		495,533		43,096		443,247
Unit value	$	15.59	$	22.87	$	18.72	$	14.48	$	31.38	$	27.55
Shares		896,679		688,969		21,868,248		517,962		61,975		561,122
Cost	$	10,878,600	$	8,027,590	$	245,269,397	$	6,653,553	$	1,077,358	$	9,530,765

See accompanying notes.

15

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Mid Cap Stock Trust Series I		Mid Cap Stock Trust Series II		Mid Value Trust Series I		Mid Value Trust Series II		Money Market Trust Series I		Money Market Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	9,061,214	$	16,515,143	$	3,383,850	$	10,756,223	$	4,997,235	$	33,310,848
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	9,060,113	$	16,498,654	$	3,355,251	$	10,756,223	$	4,983,216	$	33,310,848
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		1,101		16,489		28,599		—		14,019		—
Total net assets	$	9,061,214	$	16,515,143	$	3,383,850	$	10,756,223	$	4,997,235	$	33,310,848
Units outstanding		361,101		552,065		137,166		443,846		317,024		2,774,743
Unit value	$	25.09	$	29.92	$	24.67	$	24.23	$	15.76	$	12.01
Shares		430,053		805,224		241,876		768,302		4,997,235		33,310,848
Cost	$	6,086,096	$	11,285,795	$	2,186,462	$	6,852,223	$	4,997,235	$	33,310,848

See accompanying notes.

16

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Money Market Trust B Series NAV		Mutual Shares Trust Series I		Natural Resources Trust Series II		PIMCO All Asset (a)		Real Estate Securities Trust Series I		Real Estate Securities Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	2,422,708	$	798,008	$	7,667,102	$	3,419,552	$	2,339,851	$	8,669,362
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	2,422,708	$	798,008	$	7,667,102	$	3,419,552	$	2,337,471	$	8,669,362
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		—		—		2,380		—
Total net assets	$	2,422,708	$	798,008	$	7,667,102	$	3,419,552	$	2,339,851	$	8,669,362
Units outstanding		203,313		48,560		280,319		178,354		62,439		305,925
Unit value	$	11.92	$	16.43	$	27.35	$	19.17	$	37.47	$	28.34
Shares		2,422,708		58,079		750,206		309,742		169,064		625,495
Cost	$	2,422,708	$	570,917	$	8,243,298	$	3,429,839	$	1,775,258	$	6,682,144

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

See accompanying notes.

17

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Real Return Bond Trust Series II		Science & Technology Trust Series I		Science & Technology Trust Series II		Short-Term Government Income Trust Series I		Short-Term Government Income Trust Series II		Small Cap Growth Trust Series I
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	5,207,818	$	6,841,624	$	5,551,720	$	4,459,054	$	6,295,335	$	20,859
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	5,207,818	$	6,835,183	$	5,551,720	$	4,459,054	$	6,295,335	$	20,859
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		6,441		—		—		—		—
Total net assets	$	5,207,818	$	6,841,624	$	5,551,720	$	4,459,054	$	6,295,335	$	20,859
Units outstanding		304,664		363,435		229,841		358,961		511,376		1,032
Unit value	$	17.09	$	18.82	$	24.15	$	12.42	$	12.31	$	20.22
Shares		447,407		276,653		229,032		356,724		503,224		1,627
Cost	$	5,531,638	$	3,617,512	$	3,573,825	$	4,600,837	$	6,503,274	$	17,427

See accompanying notes.

18

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Small Cap Growth Trust Series II		Small Cap Index Trust Series I		Small Cap Index Trust Series II		Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series I		Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series II		Small Cap Value Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	3,828,433	$	471,529	$	9,773,218	$	3,765,993	$	7,718,835	$	4,316,151
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	3,809,708	$	471,529	$	9,763,820	$	3,765,993	$	7,718,835	$	4,316,151
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		18,725		—		9,398		—		—		—
Total net assets	$	3,828,433	$	471,529	$	9,773,218	$	3,765,993	$	7,718,835	$	4,316,151
Units outstanding		146,506		18,557		373,364		114,830		243,350		167,018
Unit value	$	26.13	$	25.41	$	26.18	$	32.80	$	31.72	$	25.84
Shares		305,785		29,787		619,734		122,114		252,994		165,942
Cost	$	3,192,488	$	374,322	$	8,315,817	$	3,171,315	$	5,557,739	$	3,330,265

See accompanying notes.

19

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Small Company Value Trust Series I		Small Company Value Trust Series II		Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series I		Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series II		Total Bond Market Trust B Series II		Total Bond Market Trust B Series NAV
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	3,744,546	$	11,736,274	$	4,622,665	$	8,609,219	$	3,580,359	$	1,166,714
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	3,744,546	$	11,736,274	$	4,614,109	$	8,609,188	$	3,580,359	$	1,166,714
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		8,556		31		—		—
Total net assets	$	3,744,546	$	11,736,274	$	4,622,665	$	8,609,219	$	3,580,359	$	1,166,714
Units outstanding		102,435		405,610		218,947		420,205		300,378		96,840
Unit value	$	36.56	$	28.93	$	21.11	$	20.49	$	11.92	$	12.05
Shares		148,240		469,639		350,733		651,720		354,491		115,631
Cost	$	2,245,211	$	7,123,951	$	4,950,573	$	9,073,814	$	3,807,952	$	1,243,222

See accompanying notes.

20

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	Total Return Trust Series I		Total Return Trust Series II		Total Stock Market Index Trust  Series I		Total Stock Market Index Trust  Series II		Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series II		US Equity Trust Series I
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	10,259,386	$	22,569,448	$	545,031	$	7,512,838	$	13,852,689	$	11,132,179
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	10,237,144	$	22,557,593	$	545,031	$	7,512,838	$	13,852,689	$	10,970,222
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		22,242		11,855		—		—		—		161,957
Total net assets	$	10,259,386	$	22,569,448	$	545,031	$	7,512,838	$	13,852,689	$	11,132,179
Units outstanding		450,018		1,180,794		30,914		328,968		1,167,126		681,585
Unit value	$	22.80	$	19.11	$	17.63	$	22.84	$	11.87	$	16.33
Shares		754,367		1,660,739		31,911		441,153		1,156,318		628,582
Cost	$	10,668,853	$	23,584,275	$	389,175	$	5,261,860	$	13,942,732	$	8,774,680

See accompanying notes.

21

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Assets and Liabilities

December 31, 2013

	US Equity Trust Series II		Utilities Trust Series I		Utilities Trust Series II		Value Trust Series I		Value Trust Series II
Total Assets
Investments at fair value	$	879,600	$	1,711,743	$	4,681,739	$	4,981,360	$	4,234,824
Net Assets
Contracts in accumulation	$	879,600	$	1,711,743	$	4,681,739	$	4,978,678	$	4,234,824
Contracts in payout (annuitization)		—		—		—		2,682		—
Total net assets	$	879,600	$	1,711,743	$	4,681,739	$	4,981,360	$	4,234,824
Units outstanding		54,910		63,371		115,014		117,494		150,092
Unit value	$	16.02	$	27.01	$	40.71	$	42.40	$	28.21
Shares		49,639		110,864		305,596		191,960		163,696
Cost	$	715,826	$	1,328,892	$	3,654,646	$	3,179,109	$	2,832,373

See accompanying notes.

22

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	500 Index Trust B Series I						500 Index Trust B Series II						500 Index Trust B Series NAV
	2013			2012 (aa)			2013			2012 (aa)			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	43,847		$	12,106		$	137,709		$	40,484		$	143,794		$	71,381
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(37,420	)		(5,207	)		(147,257	)		(23,495	)		(118,593	)		(99,071	)
Net investment income (loss)		6,427			6,899			(9,548	)		16,989			25,201			(27,690	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		5,116			—			18,484			—			16,348			—
Net realized gain (loss)		43,011			90			456,386			448			171,157			(72,288	)
Realized gains (losses)		48,127			90			474,870			448			187,505			(72,288	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		576,463			14,728			1,967,978			80,460			1,944,816			921,671
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		631,017			21,717			2,433,300			97,897			2,157,522			821,693
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		10,017			1,560			41,621			4,165			56,361			41,757
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		260,184			2,080,277			(392,457	)		9,422,495			(378,045	)		1,528,258
Withdrawals		(246,580	)		(11,932	)		(1,763,248	)		(394,721	)		(1,107,275	)		(485,722	)
Annual contract fee		(1,452	)		(450	)		(34,727	)		(5,418	)		(45,283	)		(37,133	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		22,169			2,069,455			(2,148,811	)		9,026,521			(1,474,242	)		1,047,160
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		653,186			2,091,172			284,489			9,124,418			683,280			1,868,853
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		2,091,172			—			9,124,418			—			7,796,462			5,927,609
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	2,744,358		$	2,091,172		$	9,408,907		$	9,124,418		$	8,479,742		$	7,796,462
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		165,573			—			721,314			—			635,886			555,214
Units issued		18,796			167,809			63,703			778,769			10,523			141,101
Units redeemed		(17,233	)		(2,236	)		(211,689	)		(57,455	)		(115,004	)		(60,429	)
Units, end of period		167,136			165,573			573,328			721,314			531,405			635,886

(aa) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on November 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

See accompanying notes.

23

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Active Bond Trust Series I						Active Bond Trust Series II						All Cap Core Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	157,826		$	136,028		$	1,858,202		$	1,511,926		$	44,071		$	33,885
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(46,576	)		(52,796	)		(559,988	)		(643,307	)		(50,414	)		(44,351	)
Net investment income (loss)		111,250			83,232			1,298,214			868,619			(6,343	)		(10,466	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			22,154			—			262,534			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		40,668			53,347			806,586			453,833			164,751			88,505
Realized gains (losses)		40,668			75,501			806,586			716,367			164,751			88,505
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(195,373	)		101,045			(2,638,841	)		1,378,757			799,611			336,174
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(43,455	)		259,778			(534,041	)		2,963,743			958,019			414,213
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		425			7,575			43,722			96,504			1,531			3,725
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(229,724	)		201,291			3,487,970			1,286,923			(39,634	)		(44,845	)
Withdrawals		(288,153	)		(587,824	)		(7,822,114	)		(6,122,908	)		(246,237	)		(179,549	)
Annual contract fee		(1,426	)		(1,796	)		(114,284	)		(141,324	)		(2,213	)		(2,414	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(518,878	)		(380,754	)		(4,404,706	)		(4,880,805	)		(286,553	)		(223,083	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(562,333	)		(120,976	)		(4,938,747	)		(1,917,062	)		671,466			191,130
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		3,313,261			3,434,237			38,254,983			40,172,045			3,051,633			2,860,503
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	2,750,928		$	3,313,261		$	33,316,236		$	38,254,983		$	3,723,099		$	3,051,633
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		183,300			205,461			2,157,876			2,440,709			173,726			185,841
Units issued		5,727			13,329			274,704			183,486			1,867			3,946
Units redeemed		(36,047	)		(35,490	)		(523,961	)		(466,319	)		(15,836	)		(16,061	)
Units, end of period		152,980			183,300			1,908,619			2,157,876			159,757			173,726

See accompanying notes.

24

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	All Cap Core Trust Series II						All Cap Value Trust Series I						All Cap Value Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013 (d)			2012			2013 (d)			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	16,577		$	9,345		$	18,440		$	9,925		$	46,454		$	23,573
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(21,184	)		(15,828	)		(21,322	)		(20,072	)		(64,482	)		(63,172	)
Net investment income (loss)		(4,607	)		(6,483	)		(2,882	)		(10,147	)		(18,028	)		(39,599	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			740,663			48,424			2,252,443			148,602
Net realized gain (loss)		100,178			(4,925	)		(286,931	)		(6,687	)		(897,081	)		30,944
Realized gains (losses)		100,178			(4,925	)		453,732			41,737			1,355,362			179,546
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		244,850			146,751			(95,300	)		78,072			(258,151	)		201,168
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		340,421			135,343			355,550			109,662			1,079,183			341,115
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		888			7,306			22			1,024			25,237			12,506
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		384,745			(3,343	)		(1,451,554	)		(130,773	)		(4,325,986	)		(269,587	)
Withdrawals		(153,639	)		(67,740	)		(111,278	)		(74,536	)		(528,867	)		(308,121	)
Annual contract fee		(6,147	)		(5,414	)		(733	)		(808	)		(12,798	)		(13,541	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’equity from principal transactions		225,847			(69,191	)		(1,563,543	)		(205,093	)		(4,842,414	)		(578,743	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		566,268			66,152			(1,207,993	)		(95,431	)		(3,763,231	)		(237,628	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		1,027,722			961,570			1,207,993			1,303,424			3,763,231			4,000,859
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	1,593,990		$	1,027,722		$	—		$	1,207,993		$	—		$	3,763,231
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		58,636			62,855			66,486			79,637			200,294			232,813
Units issued		50,781			2,048			6,822			2,147			42,256			3,180
Units redeemed		(40,891	)		(6,267	)		(73,308	)		(15,298	)		(242,550	)		(35,699	)
Units, end of period		68,526			58,636			—			66,486			—			200,294

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

25

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	American Asset Allocation Trust Series I						American Asset Allocation Trust Series II						American Global Growth Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	78,570		$	108,927		$	947,759		$	1,378,368		$	120,553		$	38,322
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(109,434	)		(104,402	)		(1,595,197	)		(1,522,215	)		(233,069	)		(176,497	)
Net investment income (loss)		(30,864	)		4,525			(647,438	)		(143,847	)		(112,516	)		(138,175	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		399,530			294,320			2,518,834			153,805			454,284			(213,928	)
Realized gains (losses)		399,530			294,320			2,518,834			153,805			454,284			(213,928	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,079,902			626,789			18,306,357			12,671,865			3,322,269			2,487,708
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,448,568			925,634			20,177,753			12,681,823			3,664,037			2,135,605
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		14,472			4,822			228,050			648,410			21,521			67,307
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		7,493			96,065			(1,751,925	)		(1,600,055	)		2,894,801			(819,303	)
Withdrawals		(794,064	)		(732,967	)		(8,488,557	)		(7,645,505	)		(896,568	)		(649,817	)
Annual contract fee		(4,247	)		(4,810	)		(618,061	)		(639,652	)		(84,008	)		(65,696	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(776,346	)		(636,890	)		(10,630,493	)		(9,236,802	)		1,935,746			(1,467,509	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		672,222			288,744			9,547,260			3,445,021			5,599,783			668,096
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		7,123,533			6,834,789			99,319,052			95,874,031			11,766,844			11,098,748
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	7,795,755		$	7,123,533		$	108,866,312		$	99,319,052		$	17,366,627		$	11,766,844
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		538,883			590,511			7,591,825			8,338,609			901,891			1,022,128
Units issued		11,327			18,325			112,502			67,187			373,017			31,897
Units redeemed		(64,927	)		(69,953	)		(844,965	)		(813,971	)		(223,887	)		(152,134	)
Units, end of period		485,283			538,883			6,859,362			7,591,825			1,051,021			901,891

See accompanying notes.

26

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	American Global Growth Trust Series III			American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series II						American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series III
	2013 (b)			2013 (e)			2012			2013 (e)			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	119		$	6,834		$	29,327		$	29		$	146
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(55	)		(21,332	)		(62,988	)		(35	)		(104	)
Net investment income (loss)		64			(14,498	)		(33,661	)		(6	)		42
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		106			1,073,963			(61,673	)		2,843			212
Realized gains (losses)		106			1,073,963			(61,673	)		2,843			212
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,620			(654,698	)		705,878			(1,683	)		1,718
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,790			404,767			610,544			1,154			1,972
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		—			2,067			8,391			—			—
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		8,721			(4,482,781	)		(187,637	)		(13,265	)		(693	)
Withdrawals		(46	)		(72,750	)		(261,832	)		(42	)		(596	)
Annual contract fee		(81	)		(2,743	)		(23,419	)		(1	)		(101	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		8,594			(4,556,207	)		(464,497	)		(13,308	)		(1,390	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		10,384			(4,151,440	)		146,047			(12,154	)		582
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		—			4,151,440			4,005,393			12,154			11,572
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	10,384		$	—		$	4,151,440		$	—		$	12,154
	2013			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		—			388,197			434,732			1,035			1,154
Units issued		620			19,863			18,937			—			65
Units redeemed		(55	)		(408,060	)		(65,472	)		(1,035	)		(184	)
Units, end of period		565			—			388,197			—			1,035

(b) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on April 29, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

(e) Terminated as an investment option on April 29, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

27

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	American Growth Trust Series II						American Growth Trust Series III						American Growth-Income Trust Series  I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	438,889		$	303,298		$	3,697		$	2,856		$	73,096		$	89,689
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(1,857,730	)		(1,887,650	)		(4,087	)		(3,726	)		(116,129	)		(105,869	)
Net investment income (loss)		(1,418,841	)		(1,584,352	)		(390	)		(870	)		(43,033	)		(16,180	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(446,623	)		(7,818,502	)		14,637			14,043			596,949			479,766
Realized gains (losses)		(446,623	)		(7,818,502	)		14,637			14,043			596,949			479,766
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		30,514,419			26,899,722			93,337			45,909			1,514,033			525,376
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		28,648,955			17,496,868			107,584			59,082			2,067,949			988,962
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		148,887			485,817			180			1,937			4,355			17,272
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(9,911,576	)		(5,598,543	)		(28,828	)		(7,878	)		(117,829	)		264,369
Withdrawals		(15,375,655	)		(12,583,534	)		(5,843	)		(5,968	)		(1,037,749	)		(759,431	)
Annual contract fee		(462,288	)		(505,400	)		(3,687	)		(3,712	)		(4,998	)		(5,224	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(25,600,632	)		(18,201,660	)		(38,178	)		(15,621	)		(1,156,221	)		(483,014	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		3,048,323			(704,792	)		69,406			43,461			911,728			505,948
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		116,401,604			117,106,396			388,292			344,831			7,197,976			6,692,028
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	119,449,927		$	116,401,604		$	457,698		$	388,292		$	8,109,704		$	7,197,976
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		5,925,717			6,865,890			28,956			30,029			375,557			404,268
Units issued		435,629			213,494			157			3,462			4,640			47,619
Units redeemed		(1,547,637	)		(1,153,667	)		(2,620	)		(4,535	)		(57,343	)		(76,330	)
Units, end of period		4,813,709			5,925,717			26,493			28,956			322,854			375,557

See accompanying notes.

28

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	American Growth-Income Trust Series II						American Growth-Income Trust Series III						American High-Income Bond Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013 (e)			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	891,589		$	1,217,229		$	9,878		$	10,899		$	1,709		$	359,065
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(1,776,923	)		(1,704,927	)		(7,210	)		(2,227	)		(28,451	)		(85,780	)
Net investment income (loss)		(885,334	)		(487,698	)		2,668			8,672			(26,742	)		273,285
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			136,934			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(1,014,569	)		(3,897,652	)		19,645			11,527			166,750			67,541
Realized gains (losses)		(1,014,569	)		(3,897,652	)		19,645			11,527			303,684			67,541
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		31,996,270			19,510,268			187,899			14,890			(140,275	)		242,522
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		30,096,367			15,124,918			210,212			35,089			136,667			583,348
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		139,277			401,583			540			623			4,864			7,300
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(12,643,135	)		2,800,959			(77,948	)		512,631			(5,844,872	)		438,466
Withdrawals		(15,456,941	)		(12,028,143	)		(14,044	)		(1,536	)		(84,834	)		(449,489	)
Annual contract fee		(459,317	)		(473,615	)		(5,517	)		(1,428	)		(2,552	)		(17,971	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(28,420,116	)		(9,299,216	)		(96,969	)		510,290			(5,927,394	)		(21,694	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		1,676,251			5,825,702			113,243			545,379			(5,790,727	)		561,654
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		110,208,004			104,382,302			691,072			145,693			5,790,727			5,229,073
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	111,884,255		$	110,208,004		$	804,315		$	691,072		$	—		$	5,790,727
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		6,197,486			6,771,046			51,116			12,491			381,105			383,113
Units issued		415,089			423,287			181			48,673			5,830			44,012
Units redeemed		(1,771,156	)		(996,847	)		(6,305	)		(10,048	)		(386,935	)		(46,020	)
Units, end of period		4,841,419			6,197,486			44,992			51,116			—			381,105

(e) Terminated as an investment option on April 29, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

29

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	American High-Income Bond Trust Series III						American International Trust Series II						American International Trust Series III
	2013 (e)			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	525		$	18,524		$	499,397		$	605,867		$	5,128		$	5,124
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(825	)		(2,577	)		(1,023,874	)		(1,058,870	)		(3,805	)		(3,452	)
Net investment income (loss)		(300	)		15,947			(524,477	)		(453,003	)		1,323			1,672
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		6,744			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		6,966			1,428			(1,340,556	)		(9,845,596	)		5,529			1,943
Realized gains (losses)		13,710			1,428			(1,340,556	)		(9,845,596	)		5,529			1,943
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(5,867	)		15,033			13,221,240			20,072,639			67,523			52,318
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		7,543			32,408			11,356,207			9,774,040			74,375			55,933
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		900			1,800			85,389			213,135			360			3,874
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(278,788	)		(22,458	)		(3,661,735	)		(3,199,589	)		(11,177	)		(3,407	)
Withdrawals		(1,246	)		(3,790	)		(8,188,547	)		(7,032,122	)		(6,806	)		(4,480	)
Annual contract fee		(1,041	)		(2,683	)		(265,278	)		(291,787	)		(3,224	)		(3,248	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(280,175	)		(27,131	)		(12,030,171	)		(10,310,363	)		(20,847	)		(7,261	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(272,632	)		5,277			(673,964	)		(536,323	)		53,528			48,672
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		272,632			267,355			65,523,532			66,059,855			367,595			318,923
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	—		$	272,632		$	64,849,568		$	65,523,532		$	421,123		$	367,595
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		15,714			17,333			2,992,368			3,466,530			30,329			30,738
Units issued		561			483			305,928			141,001			703			4,214
Units redeemed		(16,275	)		(2,102	)		(787,201	)		(615,163	)		(2,176	)		(4,623	)
Units, end of period		—			15,714			2,511,095			2,992,368			28,856			30,329

(e) Terminated as an investment option on April 29, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

30

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	American New World  Trust Series II						American New World  Trust Series III						Blue Chip Growth Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	39,091		$	23,598		$	202		$	137		$	53,564		$	16,883
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(80,866	)		(82,895	)		(158	)		(208	)		(289,786	)		(279,924	)
Net investment income (loss)		(41,775	)		(59,297	)		44			(71	)		(236,222	)		(263,041	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		252,379			20,308			36			(641	)		1,067,961			1,172,219
Realized gains (losses)		252,379			20,308			36			(641	)		1,067,961			1,172,219
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		267,253			798,126			1,469			3,789			5,836,166			2,009,953
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		477,857			759,137			1,549			3,077			6,667,905			2,919,131
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		37,624			105,514			—			—			28,341			68,373
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(645,478	)		(112,210	)		—			(9,294	)		240,709			(940,460	)
Withdrawals		(527,877	)		(384,561	)		(524	)		—			(1,930,859	)		(2,488,601	)
Annual contract fee		(19,584	)		(19,735	)		—			—			(11,686	)		(13,493	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(1,155,315	)		(410,992	)		(524	)		(9,294	)		(1,673,495	)		(3,374,181	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(677,458	)		348,145			1,025			(6,217	)		4,994,410			(455,050	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		5,603,971			5,255,826			15,525			21,742			17,862,944			18,317,994
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,926,513		$	5,603,971		$	16,550		$	15,525		$	22,857,354		$	17,862,944
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		404,122			437,178			1,158			1,884			724,527			913,838
Units issued		64,292			57,041			—			—			19,042			19,554
Units redeemed		(142,908	)		(90,097	)		(38	)		(726	)		(85,148	)		(208,865	)
Units, end of period		325,506			404,122			1,120			1,158			658,421			724,527

See accompanying notes.

31

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Blue Chip Growth Trust Series II						Bond PS Series - Series II						Bond Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013 (d)			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	17,434		$	—		$	—		$	739		$	27,989		$	26,224
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(252,384	)		(256,344	)		(70	)		(964	)		(9,014	)		(8,782	)
Net investment income (loss)		(234,950	)		(256,344	)		(70	)		(225	)		18,975			17,442
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			7,193			6,372
Net realized gain (loss)		1,766,779			779,798			187			(3,195	)		281			1,164
Realized gains (losses)		1,766,779			779,798			187			(3,195	)		7,474			7,536
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		3,813,841			1,974,965			78			1,201			(47,951	)		22,060
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		5,345,670			2,498,419			195			(2,219	)		(21,502	)		47,038
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		51,267			63,895			—			—			900			10,735
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(1,060,838	)		389,319			(6,624	)		(108,679	)		93,354			70,588
Withdrawals		(2,971,768	)		(2,456,318	)		(210	)		(411	)		(15,929	)		(10,874	)
Annual contract fee		(48,142	)		(52,816	)		—			(645	)		(7,484	)		(8,117	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(4,029,481	)		(2,055,920	)		(6,834	)		(109,735	)		70,841			62,332
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		1,316,189			442,499			(6,639	)		(111,954	)		49,339			109,370
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		15,932,961			15,490,462			6,639			118,593			936,147			826,777
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	17,249,150		$	15,932,961		$	—		$	6,639		$	985,486		$	936,147
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		903,212			1,018,057			501			9,353			70,677			65,741
Units issued		88,411			114,583			7,965			98,063			8,502			10,901
Units redeemed		(283,609	)		(229,428	)		(8,466	)		(106,915	)		(3,021	)		(5,965	)
Units, end of period		708,014			903,212			—			501			76,158			70,677

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

32

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Bond Trust Series II						Capital Appreciation Trust Series I						Capital Appreciation Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	2,169,144		$	2,079,020		$	26,252		$	16,106		$	17,751		$	5,235
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(1,246,813	)		(1,309,483	)		(160,023	)		(157,012	)		(132,693	)		(139,781	)
Net investment income (loss)		922,331			769,537			(133,771	)		(140,906	)		(114,942	)		(134,546	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		601,401			553,899			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(33,633	)		168,369			600,911			458,710			972,179			419,101
Realized gains (losses)		567,768			722,268			600,911			458,710			972,179			419,101
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(4,021,849	)		2,116,119			2,848,539			1,089,195			1,674,179			847,389
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(2,531,750	)		3,607,924			3,315,679			1,406,999			2,531,416			1,131,944
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		126,900			308,814			34,481			26,586			78,765			61,837
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		11,280,005			3,085,383			(225,558	)		(265,473	)		(687,998	)		(193,811	)
Withdrawals		(7,945,164	)		(7,481,262	)		(1,174,790	)		(1,394,107	)		(1,432,935	)		(1,009,733	)
Annual contract fee		(368,332	)		(409,634	)		(7,797	)		(8,947	)		(29,990	)		(30,231	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		3,093,409			(4,496,699	)		(1,373,664	)		(1,641,941	)		(2,072,158	)		(1,171,938	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		561,659			(888,775	)		1,942,015			(234,942	)		459,258			(39,994	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		81,455,091			82,343,866			9,989,849			10,224,791			8,226,710			8,266,704
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	82,016,750		$	81,455,091		$	11,931,864		$	9,989,849		$	8,685,968		$	8,226,710
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		6,208,990			6,556,104			900,954			1,056,091			488,449			558,427
Units issued		1,550,760			657,045			13,303			29,207			78,932			81,327
Units redeemed		(1,285,050	)		(1,004,159	)		(119,512	)		(184,344	)		(184,179	)		(151,305	)
Units, end of period		6,474,700			6,208,990			794,745			900,954			383,202			488,449

See accompanying notes.

33

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Capital Appreciation Value Trust  Series II						Core Allocation Plus Trust Series II						Core Bond Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013 (d)			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	232,690		$	262,140		$	260,875		$	101,244		$	18,349		$	28,996
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(355,300	)		(338,824	)		(129,200	)		(128,555	)		(16,715	)		(18,217	)
Net investment income (loss)		(122,610	)		(76,684	)		131,675			(27,311	)		1,634			10,779
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		1,906,706			2,029,289			2,977,291			522,839			36,545			28,403
Net realized gain (loss)		701,624			626,010			(284,222	)		199,871			4,627			10,993
Realized gains (losses)		2,608,330			2,655,299			2,693,069			722,710			41,172			39,396
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,576,347			(62,639	)		(1,258,650	)		277,917			(86,447	)		(940	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		4,062,067			2,515,976			1,566,094			973,316			(43,641	)		49,235
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		70,531			99,053			14,626			56,231			83			—
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(389,379	)		(316,339	)		(9,959,005	)		(440,842	)		(120,286	)		259,122
Withdrawals		(1,384,411	)		(1,475,535	)		(383,684	)		(279,994	)		(135,221	)		(78,267	)
Annual contract fee		(142,783	)		(141,014	)		(58,071	)		(61,716	)		(2,086	)		(2,351	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(1,846,042	)		(1,833,835	)		(10,386,134	)		(726,321	)		(257,510	)		178,504
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		2,216,025			682,141			(8,820,040	)		246,995			(301,151	)		227,739
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		21,235,426			20,553,285			8,820,040			8,573,045			1,235,223			1,007,484
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	23,451,451		$	21,235,426		$	—		$	8,820,040		$	934,072		$	1,235,223
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		1,437,512			1,567,890			701,318			761,664			72,677			62,059
Units issued		24,075			9,113			1,107			6,636			2,870			18,250
Units redeemed		(137,929	)		(139,491	)		(702,425	)		(66,982	)		(18,289	)		(7,632	)
Units, end of period		1,323,658			1,437,512			—			701,318			57,258			72,677

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

34

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II						Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series III						Core Global Diversification Trust Series II
	2013 (d)			2012			2013 (d)			2012			2013 (d)			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	460,401		$	425,794		$	2,306		$	2,133		$	413,639		$	1,588,999
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(357,309	)		(328,469	)		(837	)		(408	)		(303,953	)		(290,818	)
Net investment income (loss)		103,092			97,325			1,469			1,725			109,686			1,298,181
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		4,664,568			223,999			19,009			568			2,276,763			242,877
Net realized gain (loss)		134,856			357,334			(4,661	)		70			(228,993	)		132,036
Realized gains (losses)		4,799,424			581,333			14,348			638			2,047,770			374,913
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(1,870,152	)		1,378,930			(2,171	)		2,886			244,281			510,619
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		3,032,364			2,057,588			13,646			5,249			2,401,737			2,183,713
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		237,904			111,550			—			26,662			72,776			78,229
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(26,403,157	)		2,509,286			(117,653	)		44,028			(22,675,112	)		(369,081	)
Withdrawals		(1,439,482	)		(1,857,370	)		—			—			(882,977	)		(1,363,517	)
Annual contract fee		(188,603	)		(187,808	)		(1,054	)		(1,258	)		(153,396	)		(159,882	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(27,793,338	)		575,658			(118,707	)		69,432			(23,638,709	)		(1,814,251	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(24,760,974	)		2,633,246			(105,061	)		74,681			(21,236,972	)		369,462
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		24,760,974			22,127,728			105,061			30,380			21,236,972			20,867,510
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	—		$	24,760,974		$	—		$	105,061		$	—		$	21,236,972
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		1,438,099			1,403,537			6,013			1,917			1,238,603			1,354,788
Units issued		231,347			235,513			3			4,130			161,119			123,489
Units redeemed		(1,669,446	)		(200,951	)		(6,016	)		(34	)		(1,399,722	)		(239,674	)
Units, end of period		—			1,438,099			—			6,013			—			1,238,603

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

35

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Core Global Diversification Trust Series III						Core Strategy Trust Series I			Core Strategy Trust Series II
	2013 (d)			2012			2013 (b)			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	5,534		$	18,202		$	2,278		$	971,512		$	1,380,005
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(2,028	)		(1,649	)		(235	)		(1,063,541	)		(833,724	)
Net investment income (loss)		3,506			16,553			2,043			(92,029	)		546,281
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		25,235			2,127			—			6,108,264			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(3,084	)		1,721			(4	)		2,363,198			(228,587	)
Realized gains (losses)		22,151			3,848			(4	)		8,471,462			(228,587	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,796			(246	)		4,786			4,332,673			5,191,225
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		27,453			20,155			6,825			12,712,106			5,508,919
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		—			1,250			—			239,708			724,225
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(242,236	)		56,188			390,652			201,541,764			(522,742	)
Withdrawals		(16,373	)		(7,617	)		(548	)		(9,219,479	)		(3,815,820	)
Annual contract fee		(2,341	)		(1,736	)		—			(419,985	)		(326,133	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(260,950	)		48,085			390,104			192,142,008			(3,940,470	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(233,497	)		68,240			396,929			204,854,114			1,568,449
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		233,497			165,257			—			55,604,880			54,036,431
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	—		$	233,497		$	396,929		$	260,458,994		$	55,604,880
	2013			2012			2013			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		13,501			10,740			—			3,777,009			4,060,704
Units issued		1,591			3,946			29,077			12,612,110			201,183
Units redeemed		(15,092	)		(1,185	)		(41	)		(1,260,008	)		(484,878	)
Units, end of period		—			13,501			29,036			15,129,111			3,777,009

(b) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on April 29, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

36

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Core Strategy Trust Series NAV						Disciplined Diversification Trust Series II						DWS Equity 500 Index (a)
	2013			2012			2013 (d)			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	4,071		$	18,476		$	296,728		$	178,786		$	70,290		$	57,681
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(8,196	)		(7,662	)		(115,186	)		(118,808	)		(73,649	)		(68,148	)
Net investment income (loss)		(4,125	)		10,814			181,542			59,978			(3,359	)		(10,467	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		63,667			—			3,718,860			109,911			106,355			—
Net realized gain (loss)		21,867			1,203			(722,546	)		256,295			304,209			31,666
Realized gains (losses)		85,534			1,203			2,996,314			366,206			410,564			31,666
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		22,359			40,986			(2,101,723	)		466,689			777,859			508,770
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		103,768			53,003			1,076,133			892,873			1,185,064			529,969
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		—			—			26,849			51,596			37,358			14,202
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		—			203,940			(9,130,559	)		(253,511	)		(214,510	)		67,851
Withdrawals		(131,841	)		—			(270,273	)		(678,119	)		(915,343	)		(187,247	)
Annual contract fee		—			—			(50,138	)		(55,057	)		(24,945	)		(25,313	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(131,841	)		203,940			(9,424,121	)		(935,091	)		(1,117,440	)		(130,507	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(28,073	)		256,943			(8,347,988	)		(42,218	)		67,624			399,462
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		680,352			423,409			8,347,988			8,390,206			4,412,500			4,013,038
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	652,279		$	680,352		$	—		$	8,347,988		$	4,480,124		$	4,412,500
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		43,257			26,942			611,903			683,087			198,518			204,725
Units issued		—			16,315			3,900			6,899			1,839			6,951
Units redeemed		(8,439	)		—			(615,803	)		(78,083	)		(44,481	)		(13,158	)
Units, end of period		34,818			43,257			—			611,903			155,876			198,518

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

37

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Equity-Income Trust Series I						Equity-Income Trust Series II						Financial Services Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	510,964		$	504,842		$	431,931		$	467,275		$	3,416		$	3,555
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(393,046	)		(369,124	)		(408,695	)		(397,707	)		(9,093	)		(7,796	)
Net investment income (loss)		117,918			135,718			23,236			69,568			(5,677	)		(4,241	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			5,714			—
Net realized gain (loss)		355,364			(76,449	)		697,591			(663,734	)		62,330			14,806
Realized gains (losses)		355,364			(76,449	)		697,591			(663,734	)		68,044			14,806
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		6,169,150			3,612,392			5,689,314			4,203,872			76,115			62,242
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		6,642,432			3,671,661			6,410,141			3,609,706			138,482			72,807
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		26,444			25,503			158,988			234,359			324			324
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(250,224	)		(851,276	)		(1,375,172	)		(314,952	)		18,963			(64,000	)
Withdrawals		(2,619,778	)		(2,953,144	)		(3,490,966	)		(2,761,331	)		(41,564	)		(62,424	)
Annual contract fee		(15,006	)		(16,371	)		(75,030	)		(77,879	)		(521	)		(665	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(2,858,564	)		(3,795,288	)		(4,782,180	)		(2,919,803	)		(22,798	)		(126,765	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		3,783,868			(123,627	)		1,627,961			689,903			115,684			(53,958	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		24,699,738			24,823,365			25,099,434			24,409,531			458,000			511,958
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	28,483,606		$	24,699,738		$	26,727,395		$	25,099,434		$	573,684		$	458,000
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		746,662			881,322			1,461,561			1,637,805			33,103			42,924
Units issued		11,906			15,843			124,091			80,727			11,460			616
Units redeemed		(88,593	)		(150,503	)		(362,305	)		(256,971	)		(12,421	)		(10,437	)
Units, end of period		669,975			746,662			1,223,347			1,461,561			32,142			33,103

See accompanying notes.

38

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Financial Services Trust Series II						Founding Allocation Trust Series II						Fundamental All Cap Core Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	17,847		$	23,584		$	1,914,546		$	2,297,022		$	59,538		$	41,021
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(67,260	)		(60,593	)		(1,365,800	)		(1,288,716	)		(127,947	)		(111,173	)
Net investment income (loss)		(49,413	)		(37,009	)		548,746			1,008,306			(68,409	)		(70,152	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		42,027			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		293,911			15,464			653,524			(1,562,965	)		67,397			(190,993	)
Realized gains (losses)		335,938			15,464			653,524			(1,562,965	)		67,397			(190,993	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		757,728			576,686			16,578,031			11,495,579			2,330,586			1,619,212
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,044,253			555,141			17,780,301			10,940,920			2,329,574			1,358,067
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		12,402			9,720			175,823			346,531			30,264			21,949
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(76,468	)		134,574			(1,854,935	)		(3,032,148	)		(406,161	)		(8,369	)
Withdrawals		(484,784	)		(561,039	)		(6,311,126	)		(6,037,745	)		(1,008,477	)		(379,755	)
Annual contract fee		(9,768	)		(9,825	)		(505,683	)		(530,466	)		(36,969	)		(37,638	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(558,618	)		(426,570	)		(8,495,921	)		(9,253,828	)		(1,421,343	)		(403,813	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		485,635			128,571			9,284,380			1,687,092			908,231			954,254
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		3,771,102			3,642,531			82,896,973			81,209,881			7,418,663			6,464,409
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,256,737		$	3,771,102		$	92,181,353		$	82,896,973		$	8,326,894		$	7,418,663
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		260,672			293,018			7,018,026			7,856,654			359,881			380,583
Units issued		67,857			29,731			61,173			77,175			11,904			15,127
Units redeemed		(99,327	)		(62,077	)		(705,690	)		(915,803	)		(68,976	)		(35,829	)
Units, end of period		229,202			260,672			6,373,509			7,018,026			302,809			359,881

See accompanying notes.

39

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II						Fundamental Large Cap Value  Trust Series I			Fundamental Large Cap Value  Trust Series II
	2013 (d)			2012			2013 (c)			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	1,120,208		$	1,133,488		$	—		$	26,863		$	24,783
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(1,026,691	)		(1,114,331	)		(1,674	)		(46,514	)		(34,895	)
Net investment income (loss)		93,517			19,157			(1,674	)		(19,651	)		(10,112	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		23,380,584			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		1,724,612			211,357			(221	)		30,028			(82,501	)
Realized gains (losses)		25,105,196			211,357			(221	)		30,028			(82,501	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(16,925,919	)		7,359,029			43,364			808,302			547,880
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		8,272,794			7,589,543			41,469			818,679			455,267
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		201,646			615,036			2			11,860			19,833
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(74,727,818	)		(1,448,527	)		1,575,205			4,675,006			36,653
Withdrawals		(6,243,759	)		(6,585,786	)		(31,366	)		(450,158	)		(115,555	)
Annual contract fee		(435,981	)		(500,725	)		(39	)		(14,709	)		(12,650	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(81,205,912	)		(7,920,002	)		1,543,802			4,221,999			(71,719	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(72,933,118	)		(330,459	)		1,585,271			5,040,678			383,548
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		72,933,118			73,263,577			—			2,447,553			2,064,005
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	—		$	72,933,118		$	1,585,271		$	7,488,231		$	2,447,553
	2013			2012			2013			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		5,845,265			6,508,089			—			146,581			151,195
Units issued		18,888			48,611			75,227			251,956			13,760
Units redeemed		(5,864,153	)		(711,435	)		(2,368	)		(52,772	)		(18,374	)
Units, end of period		—			5,845,265			72,859			345,765			146,581

(c) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on December 6, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

40

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Fundamental Value Trust Series I						Fundamental Value Trust Series II						Global Bond Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	328,479		$	214,738		$	327,669		$	226,229		$	9,995		$	195,692
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(374,881	)		(350,568	)		(496,065	)		(499,580	)		(34,223	)		(42,660	)
Net investment income (loss)		(46,402	)		(135,830	)		(168,396	)		(273,351	)		(24,228	)		153,032
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		1,328,485			1,097,283			2,079,835			(449,244	)		(97,264	)		(14,268	)
Realized gains (losses)		1,328,485			1,097,283			2,079,835			(449,244	)		(97,264	)		(14,268	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		5,704,722			1,672,925			6,590,119			4,196,178			(57,278	)		13,220
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		6,986,805			2,634,378			8,501,558			3,473,583			(178,770	)		151,984
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		37,745			58,803			102,428			71,981			2,280			2,571
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(374,828	)		(503,824	)		(2,815,832	)		(876,697	)		(161,118	)		(171,329	)
Withdrawals		(2,349,801	)		(2,508,633	)		(5,303,685	)		(3,185,835	)		(324,310	)		(380,622	)
Annual contract fee		(16,526	)		(18,815	)		(125,397	)		(129,420	)		(1,631	)		(2,272	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(2,703,410	)		(2,972,469	)		(8,142,486	)		(4,119,971	)		(484,779	)		(551,652	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		4,283,395			(338,091	)		359,072			(646,388	)		(663,549	)		(399,668	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		23,188,558			23,526,649			30,725,447			31,371,835			2,748,130			3,147,798
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	27,471,953		$	23,188,558		$	31,084,519		$	30,725,447		$	2,084,581		$	2,748,130
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		1,495,318			1,708,893			1,922,098			2,185,488			77,096			96,263
Units issued		8,487			30,859			107,779			66,861			1,584			7,111
Units redeemed		(157,381	)		(244,434	)		(540,940	)		(330,251	)		(16,170	)		(26,278	)
Units, end of period		1,346,424			1,495,318			1,488,937			1,922,098			62,510			77,096

See accompanying notes.

41

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Global Bond Trust Series II						Global Diversification Trust Series II						Global Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013 (d)			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	34,375		$	1,138,113		$	738,278		$	729,541		$	124,747		$	166,123
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(222,873	)		(257,210	)		(704,901	)		(736,110	)		(119,885	)		(110,153	)
Net investment income (loss)		(188,498	)		880,903			33,377			(6,569	)		4,862			55,970
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			11,261,540			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		447,131			(191,685	)		4,222,316			(202,597	)		247,100			9,540
Realized gains (losses)		447,131			(191,685	)		15,483,856			(202,597	)		247,100			9,540
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(1,347,186	)		125,429			(9,998,554	)		6,352,201			1,924,272			1,358,806
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(1,088,553	)		814,647			5,518,679			6,143,035			2,176,234			1,424,316
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		38,631			31,878			306,147			149,501			6,936			12,806
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		601,977			285,257			(51,504,254	)		(1,633,527	)		(324,765	)		(253,309	)
Withdrawals		(1,831,517	)		(1,827,948	)		(2,130,138	)		(2,284,949	)		(907,339	)		(744,838	)
Annual contract fee		(46,012	)		(50,887	)		(276,244	)		(312,416	)		(5,083	)		(5,349	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(1,236,921	)		(1,561,700	)		(53,604,489	)		(4,081,391	)		(1,230,251	)		(990,690	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(2,325,474	)		(747,053	)		(48,085,810	)		2,061,644			945,983			433,626
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		15,861,369			16,608,422			48,085,810			46,024,166			8,008,945			7,575,319
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	13,535,895		$	15,861,369		$	—		$	48,085,810		$	8,954,928		$	8,008,945
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		709,690			780,411			3,839,716			4,182,897			274,268			313,686
Units issued		152,024			54,323			37,292			17,247			4,659			7,080
Units redeemed		(193,423	)		(125,044	)		(3,877,008	)		(360,428	)		(41,269	)		(46,498	)
Units, end of period		668,291			709,690			—			3,839,716			237,658			274,268

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

42

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Global Trust Series II						Health Sciences Trust Series I						Health Sciences Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	66,339		$	87,241		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(76,418	)		(67,957	)		(45,682	)		(35,941	)		(174,708	)		(132,515	)
Net investment income (loss)		(10,079	)		19,284			(45,682	)		(35,941	)		(174,708	)		(132,515	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			261,105			146,183			975,801			609,537
Net realized gain (loss)		28,186			(144,243	)		244,848			157,540			2,057,050			538,862
Realized gains (losses)		28,186			(144,243	)		505,953			303,723			3,032,851			1,148,399
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,239,872			933,920			670,454			290,696			1,531,020			1,016,408
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,257,979			808,961			1,130,725			558,478			4,389,163			2,032,292
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		3,345			3,531			300			330			21,897			132,376
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		218,121			(274,948	)		328,661			246,966			(300,232	)		1,306,789
Withdrawals		(552,049	)		(405,493	)		(277,447	)		(360,544	)		(1,120,577	)		(605,205	)
Annual contract fee		(21,630	)		(20,094	)		(2,436	)		(2,395	)		(37,545	)		(28,882	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(352,213	)		(697,004	)		49,078			(115,643	)		(1,436,457	)		805,078
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		905,766			111,957			1,179,803			442,835			2,952,706			2,837,370
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		4,392,175			4,280,218			2,303,708			1,860,873			9,405,443			6,568,073
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	5,297,941		$	4,392,175		$	3,483,511		$	2,303,708		$	12,358,149		$	9,405,443
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		261,667			304,983			79,915			84,157			313,052			283,980
Units issued		45,986			4,571			19,925			15,387			99,912			125,523
Units redeemed		(62,221	)		(47,887	)		(18,803	)		(19,629	)		(134,633	)		(96,451	)
Units, end of period		245,432			261,667			81,037			79,915			278,331			313,052

See accompanying notes.

43

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	High Yield Trust Series I						High Yield Trust Series II						International Core Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	166,394		$	177,737		$	629,890		$	514,665		$	39,289		$	41,885
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(37,578	)		(35,727	)		(145,913	)		(110,300	)		(21,872	)		(23,337	)
Net investment income (loss)		128,816			142,010			483,977			404,365			17,417			18,548
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(22,620	)		(277,383	)		(60,896	)		(696,830	)		(93,727	)		(255,300	)
Realized gains (losses)		(22,620	)		(277,383	)		(60,896	)		(696,830	)		(93,727	)		(255,300	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		52,926			500,046			78,185			1,377,735			377,266			426,784
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		159,122			364,673			501,266			1,085,270			300,956			190,032
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		12,208			4,701			22,568			97,645			20,017			513
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		496,973			245,815			3,812,878			29,529			(10,358	)		(67,935	)
Withdrawals		(601,130	)		(614,262	)		(1,329,104	)		(942,312	)		(268,282	)		(305,685	)
Annual contract fee		(2,752	)		(1,809	)		(28,361	)		(15,097	)		(813	)		(1,070	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(94,701	)		(365,555	)		2,477,981			(830,235	)		(259,436	)		(374,177	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		64,421			(882	)		2,979,247			255,035			41,520			(184,145	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		2,401,209			2,402,091			7,169,729			6,914,694			1,467,997			1,652,142
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	2,465,630		$	2,401,209		$	10,148,976		$	7,169,729		$	1,509,517		$	1,467,997
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		108,634			129,019			314,332			354,042			102,169			131,636
Units issued		38,469			15,167			303,530			49,661			2,518			361
Units redeemed		(32,213	)		(35,552	)		(189,003	)		(89,371	)		(20,718	)		(29,828	)
Units, end of period		114,890			108,634			428,859			314,332			83,969			102,169

See accompanying notes.

44

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	International Core Trust Series II						International Equity Index Trust B Series I						International Equity Index Trust B Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012 (aa)			2013			2012 (aa)
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	33,869		$	36,202		$	25,628		$	11,577		$	84,674		$	41,699
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(21,815	)		(24,100	)		(15,863	)		(2,484	)		(63,497	)		(10,860	)
Net investment income (loss)		12,054			12,102			9,765			9,093			21,177			30,839
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		17,121			(132,020	)		16,444			(18	)		116,346			4,331
Realized gains (losses)		17,121			(132,020	)		16,444			(18	)		116,346			4,331
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		250,983			301,329			106,043			49,192			327,149			201,837
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		280,158			181,411			132,252			58,267			464,672			237,007
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		1,068			25,954			9,704			2,040			40,030			1,488
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(34,257	)		(362,521	)		(35,657	)		1,037,016			(506,930	)		4,169,755
Withdrawals		(215,812	)		(87,164	)		(89,622	)		(28,938	)		(500,367	)		(131,879	)
Annual contract fee		(4,008	)		(4,271	)		(632	)		(80	)		(13,833	)		(2,826	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(253,009	)		(428,002	)		(116,207	)		1,010,038			(981,100	)		4,036,538
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		27,149			(246,591	)		16,045			1,068,305			(516,428	)		4,273,545
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		1,361,929			1,608,520			1,068,305			—			4,273,545			—
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	1,389,078		$	1,361,929		$	1,084,350		$	1,068,305		$	3,757,117		$	4,273,545
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		84,049			112,716			80,779			—			323,406			—
Units issued		10,935			3,560			1,101			84,091			13,994			347,600
Units redeemed		(25,289	)		(32,227	)		(9,244	)		(3,312	)		(84,788	)		(24,194	)
Units, end of period		69,695			84,049			72,636			80,779			252,612			323,406

(aa) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on November 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

See accompanying notes.

45

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	International Equity Index Trust B Series NAV						International Growth Stock Series II						International Small Company Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012 (aa)			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	59,052		$	27,818		$	25,591		$	11,500		$	39,232		$	24,230
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(38,891	)		(36,030	)		(37,687	)		(5,849	)		(29,840	)		(27,138	)
Net investment income (loss)		20,161			(8,212	)		(12,096	)		5,651			9,392			(2,908	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(86,290	)		(107,537	)		44,969			(425	)		77,001			20,957
Realized gains (losses)		(86,290	)		(107,537	)		44,969			(425	)		77,001			20,957
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		362,226			462,750			367,594			83,493			361,282			293,644
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		296,097			347,001			400,467			88,719			447,675			311,693
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		6,279			8,127			3,310			42			2,383			2,515
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		57,954			27,942			51,597			2,383,022			172,995			(26,855	)
Withdrawals		(215,399	)		(172,857	)		(249,704	)		(33,708	)		(204,855	)		(308,157	)
Annual contract fee		(12,701	)		(13,128	)		(5,961	)		(282	)		(1,511	)		(1,688	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(163,867	)		(149,916	)		(200,758	)		2,349,074			(30,988	)		(334,185	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		132,230			197,085			199,709			2,437,793			416,687			(22,492	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		2,385,729			2,188,644			2,437,793			—			1,901,230			1,923,722
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	2,517,959		$	2,385,729		$	2,637,502		$	2,437,793		$	2,317,917		$	1,901,230
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		225,300			239,420			187,886			—			132,099			157,000
Units issued		11,798			9,837			22,109			192,247			22,111			2,537
Units redeemed		(26,054	)		(23,957	)		(36,315	)		(4,361	)		(24,909	)		(27,438	)
Units, end of period		211,044			225,300			173,680			187,886			129,301			132,099

(aa) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on November 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

See accompanying notes.

46

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	International Small Company Trust Series II						International Value Trust Series I						International Value Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	61,701		$	48,907		$	99,096		$	141,082		$	180,606		$	292,072
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(64,080	)		(70,377	)		(84,827	)		(81,382	)		(189,910	)		(185,757	)
Net investment income (loss)		(2,379	)		(21,470	)		14,269			59,700			(9,304	)		106,315
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		208,107			27,824			(339,675	)		(532,165	)		(929,595	)		(1,304,472	)
Realized gains (losses)		208,107			27,824			(339,675	)		(532,165	)		(929,595	)		(1,304,472	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		668,835			667,029			1,581,998			1,354,964			3,552,778			3,122,227
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		874,563			673,383			1,256,592			882,499			2,613,879			1,924,070
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		26,708			55,988			33,791			17,990			69,182			44,943
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(537,875	)		(346,375	)		76,092			(123,043	)		(686,128	)		(628,496	)
Withdrawals		(481,403	)		(323,270	)		(706,868	)		(649,517	)		(1,645,259	)		(944,887	)
Annual contract fee		(14,197	)		(21,337	)		(3,507	)		(3,973	)		(40,596	)		(41,684	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(1,006,767	)		(634,994	)		(600,492	)		(758,543	)		(2,302,801	)		(1,570,124	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(132,204	)		38,389			656,100			123,956			311,078			353,946
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		4,329,215			4,290,826			5,547,905			5,423,949			12,111,245			11,757,299
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,197,011		$	4,329,215		$	6,204,005		$	5,547,905		$	12,422,323		$	12,111,245
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		304,038			352,954			312,326			359,782			622,492			708,414
Units issued		9,746			8,787			12,761			6,874			35,131			25,742
Units redeemed		(76,448	)		(57,703	)		(44,229	)		(54,330	)		(141,676	)		(111,664	)
Units, end of period		237,336			304,038			280,858			312,326			515,947			622,492

See accompanying notes.

47

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Investment Quality Bond Trust Series I						Investment Quality Bond Trust Series II						Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	181,021		$	111,263		$	748,948		$	430,353		$	55,846		$	29,813
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(71,615	)		(81,648	)		(336,434	)		(366,322	)		(36,723	)		(36,123	)
Net investment income (loss)		109,406			29,615			412,514			64,031			19,123			(6,310	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		89,446			—			391,886			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		68,006			80,277			526,717			251,859			37,408			(57,539	)
Realized gains (losses)		157,452			80,277			918,603			251,859			37,408			(57,539	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(438,457	)		216,674			(2,116,272	)		939,404			470,809			377,859
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(171,599	)		326,566			(785,155	)		1,255,294			527,340			314,010
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		113,818			49,724			26,434			34,932			20,961			18,924
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(200,344	)		(78,977	)		1,795,738			743,775			(163,542	)		(5,015	)
Withdrawals		(461,008	)		(852,671	)		(3,431,169	)		(1,833,568	)		(104,339	)		(320,377	)
Annual contract fee		(5,454	)		(6,270	)		(78,720	)		(88,034	)		(2,364	)		(2,507	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(552,988	)		(888,194	)		(1,687,717	)		(1,142,895	)		(249,284	)		(308,975	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(724,587	)		(561,628	)		(2,472,872	)		112,399			278,056			5,035
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		5,325,355			5,886,983			22,845,160			22,732,761			2,191,313			2,186,278
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,600,768		$	5,325,355		$	20,372,288		$	22,845,160		$	2,469,369		$	2,191,313
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		189,505			221,979			1,186,021			1,246,358			130,239			151,007
Units issued		8,330			13,324			268,416			115,965			1,695			1,303
Units redeemed		(26,922	)		(45,798	)		(334,299	)		(176,302	)		(15,220	)		(22,071	)
Units, end of period		170,913			189,505			1,120,138			1,186,021			116,714			130,239

See accompanying notes.

48

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series II						Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series I						Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	613,347		$	320,497		$	760,792		$	612,849		$	21,341,270		$	17,272,097
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(417,451	)		(410,904	)		(405,950	)		(387,087	)		(12,780,802	)		(13,025,397	)
Net investment income (loss)		195,896			(90,407	)		354,842			225,762			8,560,468			4,246,700
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		40,609			(866,193	)		743,288			(177,409	)		(2,570,306	)		(8,832,962	)
Realized gains (losses)		40,609			(866,193	)		743,288			(177,409	)		(2,570,306	)		(8,832,962	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		5,971,465			4,764,175			1,830,197			2,528,182			81,054,957			85,676,691
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		6,207,970			3,807,575			2,928,327			2,576,535			87,045,119			81,090,429
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		140,291			634,696			32,497			125,908			2,010,527			6,360,066
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(1,009,488	)		(1,365,646	)		158,491			2,980,413			(8,148,652	)		(2,423,737	)
Withdrawals		(3,292,381	)		(2,762,595	)		(2,848,146	)		(2,897,243	)		(90,768,996	)		(68,688,370	)
Annual contract fee		(124,241	)		(135,095	)		(52,911	)		(60,306	)		(4,451,982	)		(4,618,881	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(4,285,819	)		(3,628,640	)		(2,710,069	)		148,772			(101,359,103	)		(69,370,922	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		1,922,151			178,935			218,258			2,725,307			(14,313,984	)		11,719,507
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		27,253,727			27,074,792			27,607,712			24,882,405			846,288,693			834,569,186
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	29,175,878		$	27,253,727		$	27,825,970		$	27,607,712		$	831,974,709		$	846,288,693
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		1,511,395			1,722,662			1,417,290			1,379,705			48,964,159			52,930,700
Units issued		76,278			50,324			49,064			291,958			4,064,570			1,214,834
Units redeemed		(289,946	)		(261,591	)		(171,705	)		(254,373	)		(9,185,717	)		(5,181,375	)
Units, end of period		1,297,727			1,511,395			1,294,649			1,417,290			43,843,012			48,964,159

See accompanying notes.

49

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Lifestyle Balanced PS Series - Series  II						Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series I						Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	126,637		$	47,589		$	270,893		$	266,718		$	6,225,309		$	5,813,022
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(71,855	)		(56,350	)		(128,126	)		(153,511	)		(3,130,011	)		(3,394,706	)
Net investment income (loss)		54,782			(8,761	)		142,767			113,207			3,095,298			2,418,316
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		126,702			2,228			260,811			213,920			6,283,183			4,808,532
Net realized gain (loss)		37,883			56,089			178,257			325,095			6,524,440			6,512,263
Realized gains (losses)		164,585			58,317			439,068			539,015			12,807,623			11,320,795
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		380,941			319,716			(386,582	)		7,634			(11,686,769	)		339,528
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		600,308			369,272			195,253			659,856			4,216,152			14,078,639
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		72,985			1,965,179			1,948			1,922			632,182			2,638,915
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		1,610,025			(423,010	)		(310,795	)		632,792			(12,167,638	)		10,993,427
Withdrawals		(77,322	)		(44,165	)		(1,484,178	)		(1,779,084	)		(23,435,360	)		(22,381,593	)
Annual contract fee		(55,232	)		(33,126	)		(7,087	)		(8,222	)		(1,160,465	)		(1,217,038	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		1,550,456			1,464,878			(1,800,112	)		(1,152,592	)		(36,131,281	)		(9,966,289	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		2,150,764			1,834,150			(1,604,859	)		(492,736	)		(31,915,129	)		4,112,350
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		5,272,455			3,438,305			9,366,109			9,858,845			220,024,009			215,911,659
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	7,423,219		$	5,272,455		$	7,761,250		$	9,366,109		$	188,108,880		$	220,024,009
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		396,245			281,979			412,583			470,217			12,375,281			12,905,205
Units issued		122,394			161,371			30,897			63,981			1,240,339			1,483,426
Units redeemed		(13,793	)		(47,105	)		(109,882	)		(121,615	)		(3,178,113	)		(2,013,350	)
Units, end of period		504,846			396,245			333,598			412,583			10,437,507			12,375,281

See accompanying notes.

50

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Lifestyle Conservative PS Series - Series II						Lifestyle Growth Trust Series I						Lifestyle Growth Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	92,346		$	41,225		$	396,460		$	311,749		$	22,209,747		$	15,370,204
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(50,132	)		(39,171	)		(244,594	)		(258,303	)		(15,114,188	)		(14,583,128	)
Net investment income (loss)		42,214			2,054			151,866			53,446			7,095,559			787,076
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		51,191			329			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		12,479			13,071			171,171			(380,977	)		(3,673,870	)		(17,301,466	)
Realized gains (losses)		63,670			13,400			171,171			(380,977	)		(3,673,870	)		(17,301,466	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		125			158,610			2,434,233			2,304,577			154,466,331			119,974,765
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		106,009			174,064			2,757,270			1,977,046			157,888,020			103,460,375
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		55,888			1,272,342			54,699			135,029			4,056,730			8,642,392
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		202,553			290,396			230,007			475,138			10,601,393			24,049,703
Withdrawals		(58,043	)		(29,893	)		(3,430,470	)		(1,814,525	)		(92,596,087	)		(73,600,967	)
Annual contract fee		(40,694	)		(26,075	)		(33,118	)		(35,202	)		(5,346,856	)		(5,428,858	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		159,704			1,506,770			(3,178,882	)		(1,239,560	)		(83,284,820	)		(46,337,730	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		265,713			1,680,834			(421,612	)		737,486			74,603,200			57,122,645
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		3,922,987			2,242,153			17,333,263			16,595,777			950,402,619			893,279,974
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,188,700		$	3,922,987		$	16,911,651		$	17,333,263		$	1,025,005,819		$	950,402,619
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		294,434			178,757			952,242			1,015,784			57,176,912			59,614,348
Units issued		23,913			140,311			21,607			66,829			5,060,302			4,094,926
Units redeemed		(11,877	)		(24,634	)		(183,327	)		(130,371	)		(9,430,225	)		(6,532,362	)
Units, end of period		306,470			294,434			790,522			952,242			52,806,989			57,176,912

See accompanying notes.

51

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Lifestyle Growth PS Series - Series  II						Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series I						Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	162,197		$	74,209		$	271,583		$	269,672		$	8,123,476		$	7,190,135
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(139,645	)		(113,952	)		(145,977	)		(169,697	)		(4,670,181	)		(4,860,934	)
Net investment income (loss)		22,552			(39,743	)		125,606			99,975			3,453,295			2,329,201
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		328,393			10,179			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		120,406			71,421			487,657			1,518			6,342,745			(894,088	)
Realized gains (losses)		448,799			81,600			487,657			1,518			6,342,745			(894,088	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,269,690			787,096			198,515			862,677			14,758,758			25,441,878
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,741,041			828,953			811,778			964,170			24,554,798			26,876,991
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		778,861			1,124,944			37,944			76,649			598,709			1,367,447
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		1,084,810			596,330			73,963			215,836			(8,813,056	)		1,923,716
Withdrawals		(72,217	)		(49,880	)		(2,406,689	)		(1,523,441	)		(31,521,045	)		(28,026,482	)
Annual contract fee		(104,060	)		(83,573	)		(13,176	)		(8,071	)		(1,648,764	)		(1,743,793	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		1,687,394			1,587,821			(2,307,958	)		(1,239,027	)		(41,384,156	)		(26,479,112	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		3,428,435			2,416,774			(1,496,180	)		(274,857	)		(16,829,358	)		397,879
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		9,600,308			7,183,534			10,921,286			11,196,143			314,674,896			314,277,017
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	13,028,743		$	9,600,308		$	9,425,106		$	10,921,286		$	297,845,538		$	314,674,896
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		722,854			600,423			521,732			570,648			18,073,781			19,553,978
Units issued		146,668			233,039			10,185			66,644			1,584,378			747,563
Units redeemed		(33,742	)		(110,608	)		(119,774	)		(115,560	)		(3,746,824	)		(2,227,760	)
Units, end of period		835,780			722,854			412,143			521,732			15,911,335			18,073,781

See accompanying notes.

52

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Lifestyle Moderate PS Series - Series  II						Mid Cap Index Trust Series I						Mid Cap Index Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	137,594		$	53,734		$	13,464		$	16,358		$	99,792		$	131,055
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(81,660	)		(55,001	)		(18,835	)		(18,854	)		(181,451	)		(166,572	)
Net investment income (loss)		55,934			(1,267	)		(5,371	)		(2,496	)		(81,659	)		(35,517	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		108,081			269			66,608			110,656			596,113			1,063,672
Net realized gain (loss)		36,331			23,751			71,731			46,479			917,333			26,055
Realized gains (losses)		144,412			24,020			138,339			157,135			1,513,446			1,089,727
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		281,993			239,008			200,903			21,541			1,670,210			480,330
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		482,339			261,761			333,871			176,180			3,101,997			1,534,540
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		255,386			3,179,401			6,292			377			57,642			22,848
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		1,159,781			(114,373	)		119,934			(149,049	)		(85,203	)		(217,360	)
Withdrawals		(151,851	)		(41,075	)		(202,655	)		(179,115	)		(1,459,315	)		(847,917	)
Annual contract fee		(59,087	)		(23,208	)		(1,148	)		(1,120	)		(44,390	)		(46,756	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		1,204,229			3,000,745			(77,577	)		(328,907	)		(1,531,266	)		(1,089,185	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		1,686,568			3,262,506			256,294			(152,727	)		1,570,731			445,355
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		5,487,212			2,224,706			1,095,993			1,248,720			10,639,278			10,193,923
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	7,173,780		$	5,487,212		$	1,352,287		$	1,095,993		$	12,210,009		$	10,639,278
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		411,213			180,031			45,843			60,738			502,342			554,570
Units issued		102,660			264,583			8,149			2,739			91,059			15,552
Units redeemed		(18,340	)		(33,401	)		(10,896	)		(17,634	)		(150,154	)		(67,780	)
Units, end of period		495,533			411,213			43,096			45,843			443,247			502,342

See accompanying notes.

53

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Mid Cap Stock Trust Series I						Mid Cap Stock Trust Series II						Mid Value Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	3,072		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	32,074		$	24,817
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(130,059	)		(124,286	)		(237,410	)		(232,216	)		(50,707	)		(48,347	)
Net investment income (loss)		(126,987	)		(124,286	)		(237,410	)		(232,216	)		(18,633	)		(23,530	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		153,576			—			277,994			—			210,021			228,707
Net realized gain (loss)		220,907			(29,596	)		840,330			(200,888	)		284,288			257,586
Realized gains (losses)		374,483			(29,596	)		1,118,324			(200,888	)		494,309			486,293
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		2,264,841			1,634,633			3,625,152			3,134,960			338,512			25,959
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		2,512,337			1,480,751			4,506,066			2,701,856			814,188			488,722
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		34,566			20,601			74,722			19,033			900			1,792
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(85,445	)		(300,916	)		314,035			(956,354	)		17,161			(85,533	)
Withdrawals		(1,078,880	)		(1,094,166	)		(2,405,251	)		(1,460,585	)		(418,808	)		(392,815	)
Annual contract fee		(7,834	)		(8,831	)		(47,249	)		(48,366	)		(2,716	)		(3,022	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(1,137,593	)		(1,383,312	)		(2,063,743	)		(2,446,272	)		(403,463	)		(479,578	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		1,374,744			97,439			2,442,323			255,584			410,725			9,144
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		7,686,470			7,589,031			14,072,820			13,817,236			2,973,125			2,963,981
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	9,061,214		$	7,686,470		$	16,515,143		$	14,072,820		$	3,383,850		$	2,973,125
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		412,677			490,026			625,950			736,512			155,955			183,859
Units issued		9,059			7,865			139,152			68,081			10,267			10,980
Units redeemed		(60,635	)		(85,214	)		(213,037	)		(178,643	)		(29,056	)		(38,884	)
Units, end of period		361,101			412,677			552,065			625,950			137,166			155,955

See accompanying notes.

54

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Mid Value Trust Series II						Money Market Trust Series I						Money Market Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	84,172		$	64,230		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(167,361	)		(162,116	)		(93,057	)		(121,218	)		(628,725	)		(839,067	)
Net investment income (loss)		(83,189	)		(97,886	)		(93,057	)		(121,218	)		(628,725	)		(839,067	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		680,788			770,184			363			614			2,481			4,020
Net realized gain (loss)		1,161,926			627,512			—			—			—			—
Realized gains (losses)		1,842,714			1,397,696			363			614			2,481			4,020
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		933,445			329,587			—			—			—			—
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		2,692,970			1,629,397			(92,694	)		(120,604	)		(626,244	)		(835,047	)
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		58,266			26,665			1,194,897			1,051,896			586,363			1,162,519
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(481,637	)		(585,417	)		(2,389,255	)		(974,951	)		1,704,266			16,601,693
Withdrawals		(1,581,373	)		(838,839	)		(1,849,470	)		(993,205	)		(16,014,621	)		(28,759,802	)
Annual contract fee		(33,947	)		(35,390	)		(7,414	)		(8,892	)		(239,319	)		(300,593	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(2,038,691	)		(1,432,981	)		(3,051,242	)		(925,152	)		(13,963,311	)		(11,296,183	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		654,279			196,416			(3,143,936	)		(1,045,756	)		(14,589,555	)		(12,131,230	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		10,101,944			9,905,528			8,141,171			9,186,927			47,900,403			60,031,633
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	10,756,223		$	10,101,944		$	4,997,235		$	8,141,171		$	33,310,848		$	47,900,403
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		537,887			619,332			516,109			571,821			3,931,245			4,853,700
Units issued		19,831			9,791			82,185			200,596			1,603,897			3,375,248
Units redeemed		(113,872	)		(91,236	)		(281,270	)		(256,308	)		(2,760,399	)		(4,297,703	)
Units, end of period		443,846			537,887			317,024			516,109			2,774,743			3,931,245

See accompanying notes.

55

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Money Market Trust B Series NAV						Mutual Shares Trust Series I						Natural Resources Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	277		$	1,324		$	10,492		$	9,876		$	30,186		$	60,791
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(43,382	)		(51,378	)		(7,210	)		(6,493	)		(132,332	)		(167,258	)
Net investment income (loss)		(43,105	)		(50,054	)		3,282			3,383			(102,146	)		(106,467	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		121			236			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		—			—			22,736			9,807			278,843			(44,826	)
Realized gains (losses)		121			236			22,736			9,807			278,843			(44,826	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		—			—			153,278			68,093			(60,632	)		8,987
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(42,984	)		(49,818	)		179,296			81,283			116,065			(142,306	)
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		41,000			3,050			540			5,810			27,765			153,128
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		582,248			1,346,930			(54,293	)		8,242			(1,333,253	)		(900,164	)
Withdrawals		(1,405,924	)		(988,719	)		(12,210	)		(9,737	)		(1,056,738	)		(1,030,358	)
Annual contract fee		(17,974	)		(15,982	)		(6,269	)		(6,246	)		(23,810	)		(30,614	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(800,650	)		345,279			(72,232	)		(1,931	)		(2,386,036	)		(1,808,008	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(843,634	)		295,461			107,064			79,352			(2,269,971	)		(1,950,314	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		3,266,342			2,970,881			690,944			611,592			9,937,073			11,887,387
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	2,422,708		$	3,266,342		$	798,008		$	690,944		$	7,667,102		$	9,937,073
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		269,882			241,734			53,449			53,435			357,660			421,833
Units issued		63,790			171,989			215			5,224			43,180			91,346
Units redeemed		(130,359	)		(143,841	)		(5,104	)		(5,210	)		(120,521	)		(155,519	)
Units, end of period		203,313			269,882			48,560			53,449			280,319			357,660

See accompanying notes.

56

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	PIMCO All Asset (a)						Real Estate Securities Trust Series I						Real Estate Securities Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	154,348		$	166,021		$	47,696		$	43,888		$	152,757		$	148,691
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(58,878	)		(58,699	)		(38,854	)		(40,283	)		(148,768	)		(155,831	)
Net investment income (loss)		95,470			107,322			8,842			3,605			3,989			(7,140	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		29,261			23,538			43,726			12,308			962,880			294,288
Realized gains (losses)		29,261			23,538			43,726			12,308			962,880			294,288
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(203,349	)		315,011			(94,761	)		366,899			(1,079,036	)		1,104,981
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(78,618	)		445,871			(42,193	)		382,812			(112,167	)		1,392,129
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		3,570			18,259			9,545			5,601			21,268			144,973
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(43,286	)		189,122			(26,314	)		(120,354	)		(45,230	)		571,066
Withdrawals		(290,249	)		(311,155	)		(185,641	)		(270,834	)		(1,149,031	)		(983,536	)
Annual contract fee		(12,938	)		(11,747	)		(1,460	)		(1,730	)		(28,728	)		(31,583	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(342,903	)		(115,521	)		(203,870	)		(387,317	)		(1,201,721	)		(299,080	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(421,521	)		330,350			(246,063	)		(4,505	)		(1,313,888	)		1,093,049
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		3,841,073			3,510,723			2,585,914			2,590,419			9,983,250			8,890,201
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	3,419,552		$	3,841,073		$	2,339,851		$	2,585,914		$	8,669,362		$	9,983,250
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		197,158			203,320			67,965			78,660			341,117			351,490
Units issued		24,400			36,431			4,795			4,591			39,948			51,675
Units redeemed		(43,204	)		(42,593	)		(10,321	)		(15,286	)		(75,140	)		(62,048	)
Units, end of period		178,354			197,158			62,439			67,965			305,925			341,117

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

See accompanying notes.

57

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Real Return Bond Trust Series II						Science & Technology Trust Series I						Science & Technology Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	146,758		$	132,225		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(105,216	)		(134,368	)		(88,362	)		(88,334	)		(78,936	)		(80,703	)
Net investment income (loss)		41,542			(2,143	)		(88,362	)		(88,334	)		(78,936	)		(80,703	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		143,613			134,763			478,806			347,127			708,670			323,100
Realized gains (losses)		143,613			134,763			478,806			347,127			708,670			323,100
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(955,771	)		428,650			1,723,586			263,980			1,130,617			168,956
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(770,616	)		561,270			2,114,030			522,773			1,760,351			411,353
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		80,324			9,439			9,558			3,993			15,521			154,023
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(1,092,748	)		165,859			(105,533	)		(220,215	)		(845,389	)		251,031
Withdrawals		(1,101,826	)		(844,957	)		(699,097	)		(742,324	)		(462,829	)		(475,398	)
Annual contract fee		(17,281	)		(20,531	)		(5,664	)		(6,546	)		(18,717	)		(18,447	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(2,131,531	)		(690,190	)		(800,736	)		(965,092	)		(1,311,414	)		(88,791	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(2,902,147	)		(128,920	)		1,313,294			(442,319	)		448,937			322,562
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		8,109,965			8,238,885			5,528,330			5,970,649			5,102,783			4,780,221
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	5,207,818		$	8,109,965		$	6,841,624		$	5,528,330		$	5,551,720		$	5,102,783
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		423,235			459,618			417,902			503,132			295,752			300,417
Units issued		27,870			62,074			15,941			8,822			51,441			50,500
Units redeemed		(146,441	)		(98,457	)		(70,408	)		(94,052	)		(117,352	)		(55,165	)
Units, end of period		304,664			423,235			363,435			417,902			229,841			295,752

See accompanying notes.

58

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Short-Term Government Income Trust Series I						Short-Term Government Income Trust Series II						Small Cap Growth Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	93,803		$	133,976		$	116,293		$	109,632		$	—		$	—
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(80,489	)		(124,184	)		(106,028	)		(127,705	)		(183	)		(215	)
Net investment income (loss)		13,314			9,792			10,265			(18,073	)		(183	)		(215	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			820			3,193
Net realized gain (loss)		(24,404	)		9,405			(36,665	)		15,059			64			(2,111	)
Realized gains (losses)		(24,404	)		9,405			(36,665	)		15,059			884			1,082
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(120,583	)		(41,899	)		(151,262	)		(45,543	)		5,674			1,887
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(131,673	)		(22,702	)		(177,662	)		(48,557	)		6,375			2,754
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		397,511			9,265			11,787			35,567			—			—
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(1,035,684	)		(67,789	)		143,177			121,963			—			(9,096	)
Withdrawals		(2,737,236	)		(671,246	)		(1,019,329	)		(1,073,586	)		(638	)		—
Annual contract fee		(2,468	)		(3,226	)		(11,176	)		(13,359	)		—			—
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(3,377,877	)		(732,996	)		(875,541	)		(929,415	)		(638	)		(9,096	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(3,509,550	)		(755,698	)		(1,053,203	)		(977,972	)		5,737			(6,342	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		7,968,604			8,724,302			7,348,538			8,326,510			15,122			21,464
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,459,054		$	7,968,604		$	6,295,335		$	7,348,538		$	20,859		$	15,122
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		625,928			683,436			582,620			656,081			1,067			1,741
Units issued		51,673			16,186			268,759			59,447			—			—
Units redeemed		(318,640	)		(73,694	)		(340,003	)		(132,908	)		(35	)		(674	)
Units, end of period		358,961			625,928			511,376			582,620			1,032			1,067

See accompanying notes.

59

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Small Cap Growth Trust Series II						Small Cap Index Trust Series I						Small Cap Index Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	—		$	—		$	6,172		$	6,627		$	110,475		$	140,350
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(49,409	)		(42,914	)		(7,174	)		(6,427	)		(139,087	)		(122,085	)
Net investment income (loss)		(49,409	)		(42,914	)		(1,002	)		200			(28,612	)		18,265
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		140,030			362,571			29,939			51,034			606,358			1,335,421
Net realized gain (loss)		78,398			78,683			30,947			(2,289	)		(102,873	)		(152,723	)
Realized gains (losses)		218,428			441,254			60,886			48,745			503,485			1,182,698
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		942,064			(50,396	)		78,145			2,730			2,258,198			(181,485	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,111,083			347,944			138,029			51,675			2,733,071			1,019,478
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		39,881			18,717			280			14,365			25,620			25,082
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		321,553			(51,052	)		59,473			(114,417	)		(27,529	)		85,114
Withdrawals		(289,974	)		(188,281	)		(89,148	)		(37,469	)		(817,015	)		(544,855	)
Annual contract fee		(7,944	)		(7,639	)		(422	)		(373	)		(39,401	)		(38,912	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		63,516			(228,255	)		(29,817	)		(137,894	)		(858,325	)		(473,571	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		1,174,599			119,689			108,212			(86,219	)		1,874,746			545,907
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		2,653,834			2,534,145			363,317			449,536			7,898,472			7,352,565
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	3,828,433		$	2,653,834		$	471,529		$	363,317		$	9,773,218		$	7,898,472
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		143,554			157,692			19,493			27,598			410,848			436,104
Units issued		62,574			18,739			6,138			3,205			38,423			12,022
Units redeemed		(59,622	)		(32,877	)		(7,074	)		(11,310	)		(75,907	)		(37,278	)
Units, end of period		146,506			143,554			18,557			19,493			373,364			410,848

See accompanying notes.

60

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series I						Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series II						Small Cap Value Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	9,196		$	—		$	23,112		$	—		$	15,798		$	21,956
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(23,324	)		(17,846	)		(83,218	)		(96,475	)		(58,398	)		(52,625	)
Net investment income (loss)		(14,128	)		(17,846	)		(60,106	)		(96,475	)		(42,600	)		(30,669	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			219,888			150,256
Net realized gain (loss)		83,142			34,871			828,754			30,764			409,445			287,600
Realized gains (losses)		83,142			34,871			828,754			30,764			629,333			437,856
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		439,223			151,986			1,041,738			879,415			444,042			51,270
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		508,237			169,011			1,810,386			813,704			1,030,775			458,457
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		53			—			22,243			68,400			3,550			9
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		2,245,206			(23,500	)		2,116,365			(120,806	)		642,353			(436,691	)
Withdrawals		(173,193	)		(84,138	)		(2,275,137	)		(402,835	)		(530,867	)		(308,656	)
Annual contract fee		(680	)		(689	)		(20,752	)		(19,689	)		(5,614	)		(6,668	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		2,071,386			(108,327	)		(157,281	)		(474,930	)		109,422			(752,006	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		2,579,623			60,684			1,653,105			338,774			1,140,197			(293,549	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		1,186,370			1,125,686			6,065,730			5,726,956			3,175,954			3,469,503
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	3,765,993		$	1,186,370		$	7,718,835		$	6,065,730		$	4,316,151		$	3,175,954
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		50,063			54,741			265,555			289,029			162,813			200,891
Units issued		74,743			7,206			114,629			7,081			101,425			39,924
Units redeemed		(9,976	)		(11,884	)		(136,834	)		(30,555	)		(97,220	)		(78,002	)
Units, end of period		114,830			50,063			243,350			265,555			167,018			162,813

See accompanying notes.

61

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Small Company Value Trust Series I						Small Company Value Trust Series II						Smaller Company Growth Trust Series I
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013 (d)			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	57,549		$	8,561		$	180,875		$	12,987		$	—		$	—
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(53,450	)		(54,062	)		(179,011	)		(172,326	)		(27,631	)		(27,767	)
Net investment income (loss)		4,099			(45,501	)		1,864			(159,339	)		(27,631	)		(27,767	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			135,355			157,913
Net realized gain (loss)		89,312			(81,557	)		182,811			(235,003	)		752,876			71,903
Realized gains (losses)		89,312			(81,557	)		182,811			(235,003	)		888,231			229,816
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		818,431			616,791			2,719,273			1,849,217			(290,754	)		51,277
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		911,842			489,733			2,903,948			1,454,875			569,846			253,326
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		8,274			10,285			37,300			19,772			1,197			1,209
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(79,491	)		(256,570	)		(626,471	)		(321,680	)		(2,126,027	)		(121,537	)
Withdrawals		(409,222	)		(676,278	)		(1,325,775	)		(1,275,561	)		(229,442	)		(173,423	)
Annual contract fee		(2,359	)		(2,862	)		(27,202	)		(28,435	)		(1,056	)		(1,186	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(482,798	)		(925,425	)		(1,942,148	)		(1,605,904	)		(2,355,328	)		(294,937	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		429,044			(435,692	)		961,800			(151,029	)		(1,785,482	)		(41,611	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		3,315,502			3,751,194			10,774,474			10,925,503			1,785,482			1,827,093
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	3,744,546		$	3,315,502		$	11,736,274		$	10,774,474		$	—		$	1,785,482
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		117,539			152,124			481,886			559,869			105,309			123,384
Units issued		2,221			2,068			14,102			10,905			1,059			575
Units redeemed		(17,325	)		(36,653	)		(90,378	)		(88,888	)		(106,368	)		(18,650	)
Units, end of period		102,435			117,539			405,610			481,886			—			105,309

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

62

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Smaller Company Growth Trust Series II						Strategic Income Opportunities  Trust Series I						Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series II
	2013 (d)			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	—		$	—		$	261,879		$	359,389		$	463,774		$	633,265
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(36,805	)		(39,062	)		(72,921	)		(82,062	)		(144,374	)		(163,903	)
Net investment income (loss)		(36,805	)		(39,062	)		188,958			277,327			319,400			469,362
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		167,125			214,579			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		979,332			98,184			(80,421	)		(138,415	)		(226,098	)		(240,878	)
Realized gains (losses)		1,146,457			312,763			(80,421	)		(138,415	)		(226,098	)		(240,878	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(399,844	)		61,074			8,663			462,302			97,442			826,863
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		709,808			334,775			117,200			601,214			190,744			1,055,347
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		24,957			21,459			3,247			25,424			32,573			19,856
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(2,766,201	)		(87,441	)		(86,917	)		74,089			676,441			(312,149	)
Withdrawals		(409,321	)		(219,328	)		(706,598	)		(1,126,072	)		(1,907,718	)		(1,625,518	)
Annual contract fee		(9,993	)		(9,981	)		(3,091	)		(3,869	)		(27,601	)		(33,026	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(3,160,558	)		(295,291	)		(793,359	)		(1,030,428	)		(1,226,305	)		(1,950,837	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(2,450,750	)		39,484			(676,159	)		(429,214	)		(1,035,561	)		(895,490	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		2,450,750			2,411,266			5,298,824			5,728,038			9,644,780			10,540,270
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	—		$	2,450,750		$	4,622,665		$	5,298,824		$	8,609,219		$	9,644,780
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		145,823			163,832			256,926			309,442			479,656			580,262
Units issued		11,480			6,976			3,705			17,458			74,472			22,195
Units redeemed		(157,303	)		(24,985	)		(41,684	)		(69,974	)		(133,923	)		(122,801	)
Units, end of period		—			145,823			218,947			256,926			420,205			479,656

(d) Terminated as an investment option on December 6, 2013.

See accompanying notes.

63

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Total Bond Market Trust B Series II						Total Bond Market Trust B Series NAV						Total Return Trust Series I
	2013			2012 (aa)			2013			2012 (aa)			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	117,807		$	50,959		$	39,225		$	10,620		$	342,217		$	269,928
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(80,500	)		(18,060	)		(10,612	)		(1,738	)		(184,370	)		(232,837	)
Net investment income (loss)		37,307			32,899			28,613			8,882			157,847			37,091
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			251,358			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(113,112	)		(3,346	)		(1,030	)		(424	)		243,027			181,022
Realized gains (losses)		(113,112	)		(3,346	)		(1,030	)		(424	)		494,385			181,022
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(170,554	)		(57,039	)		(65,189	)		(11,318	)		(1,088,118	)		779,257
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(246,359	)		(27,486	)		(37,606	)		(2,860	)		(435,886	)		997,370
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		3,714			—			1,200			1,385			165,921			38,999
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(1,401,667	)		7,366,578			125,581			1,111,687			(301,751	)		(1,104,333	)
Withdrawals		(1,718,152	)		(364,618	)		(19,100	)		(2,496	)		(2,571,348	)		(2,165,614	)
Annual contract fee		(28,090	)		(3,561	)		(8,794	)		(2,283	)		(7,811	)		(9,528	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(3,144,195	)		6,998,399			98,887			1,108,293			(2,714,989	)		(3,240,476	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(3,390,554	)		6,970,913			61,281			1,105,433			(3,150,875	)		(2,243,106	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		6,970,913			—			1,105,433			—			13,410,261			15,653,367
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	3,580,359		$	6,970,913		$	1,166,714		$	1,105,433		$	10,259,386		$	13,410,261
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		559,817			—			88,666			—			568,091			710,844
Units issued		122,413			599,685			11,907			93,171			37,776			25,618
Units redeemed		(381,852	)		(39,868	)		(3,733	)		(4,505	)		(155,849	)		(168,371	)
Units, end of period		300,378			559,817			96,840			88,666			450,018			568,091

(aa) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on November 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

See accompanying notes.

64

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Total Return Trust Series II						Total Stock Market Index Trust Series I						Total Stock Market Index Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	699,284		$	528,399		$	7,034		$	6,928		$	86,978		$	95,039
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(405,422	)		(465,706	)		(8,392	)		(6,927	)		(119,451	)		(118,251	)
Net investment income (loss)		293,862			62,693			(1,358	)		1			(32,473	)		(23,212	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		550,224			—			6,937			1,021			99,212			18,885
Net realized gain (loss)		532,377			363,469			30,362			4,811			543,906			(5,189	)
Realized gains (losses)		1,082,601			363,469			37,299			5,832			643,118			13,696
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		(2,368,665	)		1,462,683			110,404			47,574			1,405,075			936,002
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(992,202	)		1,888,845			146,345			53,407			2,015,720			926,486
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		143,062			338,115			1,555			1,256			33,780			25,214
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(306,471	)		1,493,189			16,248			82,339			(154,857	)		(256,986	)
Withdrawals		(5,479,814	)		(3,814,187	)		(101,000	)		(69,463	)		(1,569,114	)		(616,675	)
Annual contract fee		(61,711	)		(73,055	)		(585	)		(525	)		(34,644	)		(35,920	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(5,704,934	)		(2,055,938	)		(83,782	)		13,607			(1,724,835	)		(884,367	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(6,697,136	)		(167,093	)		62,563			67,014			290,885			42,119
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		29,266,584			29,433,677			482,468			415,454			7,221,953			7,179,834
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	22,569,448		$	29,266,584		$	545,031		$	482,468		$	7,512,838		$	7,221,953
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		1,471,226			1,576,303			36,013			35,277			413,734			466,123
Units issued		133,357			143,290			5,047			8,269			19,878			6,164
Units redeemed		(423,789	)		(248,367	)		(10,146	)		(7,533	)		(104,644	)		(58,553	)
Units, end of period		1,180,794			1,471,226			30,914			36,013			328,968			413,734

See accompanying notes.

65

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Ultra Short Term Bond  Trust Series I						Ultra Short Term Bond  Trust Series II						US Equity Trust Series I
	2013(f)			2012(cc)			2013			2012			2013			2012(bb)
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	322		$	111		$	129,316		$	79,004		$	172,823		$	144,143
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(418	)		(148	)		(157,639	)		(98,090	)		(153,813	)		(98,720	)
Net investment income (loss)		(96	)		(37	)		(28,323	)		(19,086	)		19,010			45,423
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		(364	)		(293	)		(143,586	)		(49,542	)		237,240			10,436
Realized gains (losses)		(364	)		(293	)		(143,586	)		(49,542	)		237,240			10,436
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		—			299			(9,443	)		(10,314	)		2,237,741			119,759
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		(460	)		(31	)		(181,352	)		(78,942	)		2,493,991			175,618
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		—			—			608,627			378,305			19,950			26,364
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		113,443			(19,623	)		20,955,458			3,809,591			(134,194	)		10,250,970
Withdrawals		(112,011	)		—			(14,590,202	)		(2,441,873	)		(1,147,129	)		(541,546	)
Annual contract fee		(972	)		—			(66,142	)		(32,092	)		(6,984	)		(4,861	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		460			(19,623	)		6,907,741			1,713,931			(1,268,357	)		9,730,927
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		—			(19,654	)		6,726,389			1,634,989			1,225,634			9,906,545
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		—			19,654			7,126,300			5,491,311			9,906,545			—
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	—		$	—		$	13,852,689		$	7,126,300		$	11,132,179		$	9,906,545
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		—			1,586			589,058			448,287			762,462			—
Units issued		18,175			810			2,882,113			562,858			21,176			842,316
Units redeemed		(18,175	)		(2,396	)		(2,304,045	)		(422,087	)		(102,053	)		(79,854	)
Units, end of period		—			—			1,167,126			589,058			681,585			762,462

(f) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on April 29, 2013 through termination on December 6, 2013.

(bb) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on April 27, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

(cc) Terminated as an investment option on December 3, 2012.

See accompanying notes.

66

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	US Equity Trust Series II						Utilities Trust Series I						Utilities Trust Series II
	2013			2012(bb)			2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	12,548		$	13,153		$	33,531		$	65,593		$	83,195		$	164,123
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(14,801	)		(11,382	)		(27,442	)		(28,800	)		(75,648	)		(78,321	)
Net investment income (loss)		(2,253	)		1,771			6,089			36,793			7,547			85,802
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		69,166			5,521			61,542			33,714			379,688			(107,951	)
Realized gains (losses)		69,166			5,521			61,542			33,714			379,688			(107,951	)
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		150,748			13,026			218,534			133,663			401,108			524,218
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		217,661			20,318			286,165			204,170			788,343			502,069
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		—			—			23,043			122,873			18,292			97,393
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		(65,847	)		1,199,529			(44,779	)		(190,181	)		(344,755	)		(118,174	)
Withdrawals		(296,647	)		(186,406	)		(264,173	)		(308,322	)		(519,691	)		(515,926	)
Annual contract fee		(5,533	)		(3,475	)		(1,444	)		(1,709	)		(9,994	)		(11,120	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(368,027	)		1,009,648			(287,353	)		(377,339	)		(856,148	)		(547,827	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		(150,366	)		1,029,966			(1,188	)		(173,169	)		(67,805	)		(45,758	)
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		1,029,966			—			1,712,931			1,886,100			4,749,544			4,795,302
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	879,600		$	1,029,966		$	1,711,743		$	1,712,931		$	4,681,739		$	4,749,544
	2013			2012			2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		81,134			—			75,034			92,288			137,738			155,206
Units issued		25,483			99,450			6,215			17,802			8,105			17,582
Units redeemed		(51,707	)		(18,316	)		(17,878	)		(35,056	)		(30,829	)		(35,050	)
Units, end of period		54,910			81,134			63,371			75,034			115,014			137,738

(bb) Reflects the period from commencement of operations on April 27, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

See accompanying notes.

67

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Statements of Operations and Changes in Contract Owners’ Equity

For the years ended December 31,

	Value Trust Series I						Value Trust Series II
	2013			2012			2013			2012
Income:
Dividend distributions received	$	36,819		$	34,929		$	24,342		$	21,375
Expenses:
Mortality and expense risk and administrative charges		(70,477	)		(66,269	)		(60,335	)		(53,436	)
Net investment income (loss)		(33,658	)		(31,340	)		(35,993	)		(32,061	)
Realized gains (losses) on investments:
Capital gain distributions received		—			—			—			—
Net realized gain (loss)		151,466			(119,962	)		330,848			12,976
Realized gains (losses)		151,466			(119,962	)		330,848			12,976
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) during the period		1,216,181			787,432			775,792			495,603
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from operations		1,333,989			636,130			1,070,647			476,518
Changes from principal transactions:
Purchase payments		15,274			14,511			9,868			4,601
Transfers between sub-accounts and the company		6,303			(151,886	)		235,127			(15,203	)
Withdrawals		(602,194	)		(506,574	)		(483,885	)		(284,801	)
Annual contract fee		(1,974	)		(2,512	)		(7,615	)		(6,531	)
Net increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity from principal transactions		(582,591	)		(646,461	)		(246,505	)		(301,934	)
Total increase (decrease) in contract owners’ equity		751,398			(10,331	)		824,142			174,584
Contract owners’ equity at beginning of period		4,229,962			4,240,293			3,410,682			3,236,098
Contract owners’ equity at end of period	$	4,981,360		$	4,229,962		$	4,234,824		$	3,410,682
	2013			2012			2013			2012
Units, beginning of period		133,501			154,743			159,361			175,393
Units issued		5,804			8,943			40,827			20,908
Units redeemed		(21,811	)		(30,185	)		(50,096	)		(36,940	)
Units, end of period		117,494			133,501			150,092			159,361

See accompanying notes.

68

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

1. Organization

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A (the “Account”) is a separate account established by John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (the “Company”). The Company established the Account on July 22, 1992 as a separate account under New York law. The Account operates as a Unit Investment Trust under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and consists of 117 sub-accounts which are exclusively invested in a corresponding portfolio of the John Hancock Variable Insurance Trust (the “Trust”), and 2 sub-accounts that are invested in portfolios of other Non-affiliated Trusts (the “Non-affiliated Trusts”). The Account is a funding vehicle for variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. The Account includes contracts issued for the following products: Venture, Vantage, Vision, Venture III, Venture IV, Venture VII, Venture Opportunities, Wealthmark, and Wealthmark ML3. These products are distinguished principally by the level of expenses and surrender charges.

Each sub-account holds shares of a particular series (“Portfolio”) of a registered investment company. Sub-accounts that invest in Portfolios of the Trust may offer four classes of units to fund variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. These classes, Series I, Series II, Series III and Series NAV, represent an interest in the same Trust Portfolio, but in different classes of that Portfolio. Series I, Series II, Series III and Series NAV shares of the Trust Portfolio differ in the level of 12b-1 fees and other expenses assessed against the Portfolio’s assets.

The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (“JHUSA”), which in turn is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Manufacturers Life Insurance Company which is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”), a Canadian-based publicly traded stock life insurance company. MFC and its subsidiaries are known collectively as Manulife Financial.

In addition to the Account, certain contract owners may also allocate funds to the fixed account, which is part of the Company’s general account. Because of exemptive and exclusionary provisions, interests in the fixed account have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Company’s general account has not been registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Sub-accounts closed or opened in 2013 are as follows:

Sub-accounts Closed	2013
All Cap Value Trust Series I	12/6/2013
All Cap Value Trust Series II	12/6/2013
American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series II	4/29/2013
American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series III	4/29/2013
American High-Income Bond Trust Series II	4/29/2013
American High-Income Bond Trust Series III	4/29/2013
Bond PS - Series II	12/6/2013
Core Allocation Plus Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series III	12/6/2013
Core Global Diversification Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Core Global Diversification Trust Series III	12/6/2013
Disciplined Diversification Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Global Diversification Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Smaller Company Growth Trust Series I	12/6/2013
Smaller Company Growth Trust Series II	12/6/2013
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series I	12/6/2013

69

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

1. Organization— (continued)

Sub-accounts Opened	2013
American Global Growth Trust Series III		4/29/2013
Core Strategy Trust Series I		4/29/2013
Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series I		12/6/2013
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series I		4/29/2013

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from reported results using those estimates.

Valuation of Investments

Investments made in the Portfolios of the Trust and of the Non-affiliated Trusts are valued at fair value based on the reported net asset values of such Portfolios. Investment transactions are recorded on the trade date. Income from dividends, and gains from realized gain distributions are recorded on the ex-dividend date. Realized gains and losses on the sales of investments are computed on the basis of the identified cost of the investment sold.

Net Assets in Payout (Annuitization) Period

A portion of net assets is allocated to annuity policies in the payout period. The liability for these policies is calculated using statutory accounting using mortality assumptions and an assumed interest rate. Mortality assumptions are based on the Individual Annuity Mortality Table in effect at the time of annuitization. The assumed interest rate is 3% to 4%, as regulated by the laws of the respective states. The mortality risk is borne entirely by the Company and may result in additional amounts being transferred into the variable annuity account by the Company to cover greater longevity of annuitants than expected. Conversely, if amounts allocated exceed amounts required, transfers may be made to the Company.

Expenses

The expense ratio represents the contract expenses of the Account for the period indicated and includes only those expenses that are charged through a reduction of the unit value. Included in this category are mortality and expense charges, and the cost of any riders the policy holder has elected. These fees range between 0.35% and 2.10% of net assets of the sub-account depending on the type of contract. In addition, annual contract charges of up to $30 per policy are made through redemption of units.

Amounts Receivable/Payable

Receivables/Payables from/to Portfolios/the Company are due to unsettled contract transactions (net of asset-based charges) and/or subsequent/preceding purchases/sales of the respective Portfolios’ shares. The amounts are due from/to either the respective Portfolio and/or the Company for the benefit of contract owners. There are no unsettled policy transactions at December 31, 2013.

3. Federal Income Taxes

The Account does not file separate tax returns. The taxable income of the Account is consolidated with that of the Company within the consolidated federal tax return. Any tax contingencies arising from the taxable income generated by the Account is the responsibility of the Company and the Company holds any and all tax contingencies on its financial statements. The Account is not a party to the consolidated tax sharing agreement thus no amount of income taxes or tax contingencies are passed through to the Account. The legal form of the Account is not taxable in any state or foreign jurisdictions.

70

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

3. Federal Income Taxes (continued):

The income taxes topic of the FASB Accounting Standard Codification establishes a minimum threshold for financial statement recognition of the benefit of positions taken, or expected to be taken, in filing tax returns (including whether the Account is taxable in certain jurisdictions). The topic requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing John Hancock’s tax returns to determine whether tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions deemed to meet more-than likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as tax expense.

The Account complies with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. As of December 31, 2013, the Account did not have a liability for any uncertain tax positions. The Account recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to tax liabilities as income tax expense in the Statements of Operations.

4. Transactions with Affiliates

The Company has an administrative services agreement with Manulife Financial, whereby Manulife Financial or its designee, with the consent of the Company, performs certain services on behalf of the Company necessary for the operation of the Account. John Hancock Investment Management Services, LLC (“JHIMS”), a Delaware limited liability company controlled by JHUSA, serves as investment adviser for the Trust.

5. Fair Value Measurements

Accounting Standards Codification 820 (“ASC 820”) “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” provides a single definition of fair value for accounting purposes, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. ASC 820 defines fair value as the value that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; that is, an exit value. An exit value is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale.

Following ASC 820 guidance, the Account has categorized its fair value measurements according to a three-level hierarchy. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used by the Account’s valuation techniques. A level is assigned to each fair value measurement based on the lowest level input significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:

• Level 1 – Fair value measurements that reflect unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the Account has the ability to access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 – Fair value measurements using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 – Fair value measurements using significant non market observable inputs.

71

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

5. Fair Value Measurements (continued):

All of the Account’s sub-accounts’ investments in a portfolio of the Trust and the Non-affiliated Trusts were valued at the reported net asset value of the Portfolio and categorized as Level 1 as of December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the Account’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by fair value hierarchy level under ASC 820, as of December 31, 2013.

	Mutual Funds
Level 1	$	4,049,888,688
Level 2		—
Level 3		—
	$	4,049,888,688

As of December 31, 2013, all investments are categorized as Level 1 under the hierarchy described above. Changes in valuation techniques may result in transfer in or out of an assigned level within the disclosure hierarchy. Transfers between investment levels may occur as the availability of a price source or data used in an investment’s valuation changes. Transfers between investment levels are recognized at the beginning of the reporting period. There have been no transfers between any level of fair value measurements during the period ended December 31, 2013.

72

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Purchases and Sales of Investments

The cost of purchases including reinvestment of dividend distributions and proceeds from the sales of investments in the Portfolios of the Trust and the Outside Trusts during 2013 were as follows:

	Details of Investments
	Purchases		Sales
Sub-account
500 Index Trust B Series I	$	322,510	$	288,797
500 Index Trust B Series II		1,065,724		3,205,601
500 Index Trust B Series NAV		306,267		1,738,961
Active Bond Trust Series I		259,311		666,939
Active Bond Trust Series II		6,639,056		9,745,548
All Cap Core Trust Series I		72,593		365,491
All Cap Core Trust Series II		1,077,636		856,396
All Cap Value Trust Series I		876,561		1,702,322
All Cap Value Trust Series II		3,219,298		5,827,296
American Asset Allocation Trust Series I		237,555		1,044,765
American Asset Allocation Trust Series II		2,152,970		13,430,902
American Global Growth Trust Series II		4,849,603		3,026,374
American Global Growth Trust Series III		9,660		1,002
American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series II		217,892		4,788,598
American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series III		29		13,340
American Growth-Income Trust Series I		172,595		1,371,849
American Growth-Income Trust Series II		1,628,036		30,933,486
American Growth-Income Trust Series III		12,370		106,672
American Growth Trust Series II		1,536,744		28,556,218
American Growth Trust Series III		6,131		44,698
American High-Income Bond Trust Series II		227,367		6,044,571
American High-Income Bond Trust Series III		16,995		290,728
American International Trust Series II		1,655,394		14,210,043
American International Trust Series III		13,497		33,022
American New World Trust Series II		824,789		2,021,879
American New World Trust Series III		202		681
Blue Chip Growth Trust Series I		635,843		2,545,560
Blue Chip Growth Trust Series II		1,670,371		5,934,803
Bond PS Series - Series II		102,902		109,807
Bond Trust Series I		145,148		48,139
Bond Trust Series II		15,692,860		11,075,719
Capital Appreciation Trust Series I		176,678		1,684,113
Capital Appreciation Trust Series II		1,346,192		3,533,291
Capital Appreciation Value Trust Series II		2,308,240		2,370,186
Core Allocation Plus Trust Series II		3,250,856		10,528,023
Core Bond Trust Series II		102,497		321,827
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II		8,407,796		31,433,477
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series III		21,316		119,546
Core Global Diversification Trust Series II		5,391,867		26,644,128
Core Global Diversification Trust Series III		61,068		293,276
Core Strategy Trust Series I		392,850		703
Core Strategy Trust Series II		214,810,286		16,652,043
Core Strategy Trust Series NAV		67,739		140,038
Disciplined Diversification Trust Series II		4,065,909		9,589,631
DWS Equity 500 Index (a)		222,678		1,237,121
Equity-Income Trust Series I		909,715		3,650,362
Equity-Income Trust Series II		2,328,629		7,087,573
Financial Services Trust Series I		196,747		219,508
Financial Services Trust Series II		919,657		1,485,661
Founding Allocation Trust Series II		2,055,410		10,002,585
Fundamental All Cap Core Trust Series II		331,139		1,820,892
Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II		24,712,261		82,444,073
Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series I		1,570,486		28,358
Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series II		5,276,780		1,074,432
Fundamental Value Trust Series I		447,789		3,197,601

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

73

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Purchases and Sales of Investments— (continued)

	Details of Investments
	Purchases		Sales
Sub-account
Fundamental Value Trust Series II	$	1,027,496	$	9,338,378
Global Bond Trust Series I		52,829		561,836
Global Bond Trust Series II		2,048,527		3,473,946
Global Diversification Trust Series II		12,379,490		54,689,062
Global Trust Series I		205,082		1,430,470
Global Trust Series II		941,034		1,303,325
Health Sciences Trust Series I		951,849		687,348
Health Sciences Trust Series II		4,291,796		4,927,160
High Yield Trust Series I		791,348		757,233
High Yield Trust Series II		7,143,973		4,182,015
International Core Trust Series I		81,310		323,330
International Core Trust Series II		167,108		408,064
International Equity Index Trust B Series I		39,666		146,107
International Equity Index Trust B Series II		259,204		1,219,126
International Equity Index Trust B Series NAV		186,747		330,453
International Growth Stock Series II		278,823		491,677
International Small Company Trust Series I		399,371		420,968
International Small Company Trust Series II		178,191		1,187,336
International Value Trust Series I		345,557		931,781
International Value Trust Series II		640,375		2,952,480
Investment Quality Bond Trust Series I		497,059		851,194
Investment Quality Bond Trust Series II		4,316,056		5,199,374
Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series I		86,285		316,447
Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series II		1,847,137		5,937,060
Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series I		1,619,246		3,974,473
Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series II		42,276,847		135,075,482
Lifestyle Balanced PS Series - Series II		1,990,643		258,704
Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series I		1,160,713		2,557,247
Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series II		28,322,053		55,074,852
Lifestyle Conservative PS Series - Series II		461,450		208,342
Lifestyle Growth Trust Series I		783,265		3,810,281
Lifestyle Growth Trust Series II		49,185,350		125,374,610
Lifestyle Growth PS Series - Series II		2,637,612		599,273
Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series I		536,449		2,718,802
Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series II		23,667,386		61,598,247
Lifestyle Moderate PS Series - Series II		1,691,574		323,330
Mid Cap Index Trust Series I		301,093		317,433
Mid Cap Index Trust Series II		2,621,626		3,638,438
Mid Cap Stock Trust Series I		353,288		1,464,291
Mid Cap Stock Trust Series II		3,031,473		5,054,632
Mid Value Trust Series I		453,706		665,780
Mid Value Trust Series II		1,165,945		2,607,037
Money Market Trust B Series NAV		764,415		1,608,046
Money Market Trust Series I		1,407,980		4,551,916
Money Market Trust Series II		18,057,167		32,646,721
Mutual Shares Trust Series I		13,413		82,362
Natural Resources Trust Series II		1,074,929		3,563,110
PIMCO All Asset (a)		626,459		873,893
Real Estate Securities Trust Series I		242,390		437,419
Real Estate Securities Trust Series II		1,027,069		2,224,801
Real Return Bond Trust Series II		639,320		2,729,310

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

74

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

6. Purchases and Sales of Investments— (continued)

	Details of Investments
	Purchases		Sales
Sub-account
Science & Technology Trust Series I	$	304,143	$	1,193,241
Science & Technology Trust Series II		890,168		2,280,518
Short-Term Government Income Trust Series I		734,802		4,099,365
Short-Term Government Income Trust Series II		3,455,031		4,320,306
Small Cap Growth Trust Series I		820		821
Small Cap Growth Trust Series II		1,395,320		1,241,182
Small Cap Index Trust Series I		162,024		162,905
Small Cap Index Trust Series II		1,617,142		1,897,722
Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series I		2,367,231		309,972
Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series II		3,421,253		3,638,640
Small Cap Value Trust Series II		2,224,680		1,937,971
Small Company Value Trust Series I		130,245		608,943
Small Company Value Trust Series II		422,126		2,362,409
Smaller Company Growth Trust Series I		156,263		2,403,870
Smaller Company Growth Trust Series II		394,175		3,424,411
Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series I		337,171		941,573
Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series II		1,944,899		2,851,804
Total Bond Market Trust B Series II		1,400,540		4,507,427
Total Bond Market Trust B Series NAV		183,459		55,959
Total Return Trust Series I		1,470,332		3,776,116
Total Return Trust Series II		3,616,607		8,477,454
Total Stock Market Index Trust Series I		89,915		168,119
Total Stock Market Index Trust Series II		584,574		2,242,670
US Equity Trust Series I		392,607		1,641,953
US Equity Trust Series II		387,363		757,643
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series I		222,846		222,482
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series II		32,208,835		25,329,417
Utilities Trust Series I		189,739		471,003
Utilities Trust Series II		388,764		1,237,366
Value Trust Series I		250,755		867,005
Value Trust Series II		914,310		1,196,808

75

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values

A summary of unit values and units outstanding for variable annuity contracts and the expense and income ratios, excluding expenses of the underlying Portfolios, were as follows:

					At December 31,				For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
500 Index Trust B Series I		2013		167	$	16.45 to $16.38	$	2,744		1.75% to 1.40	%		1.81	%		30.19% to 29.74	%
		2012		166		12.63		2,091		1.75 to 1.40			3.64			1.06 to 1.01
500 Index Trust B Series II		2013		573		16.41 to 16.32		9,409		1.85 to 1.40			1.45			29.86 to 29.28
		2012		721		12.63 to 12.62		9,124		1.85 to 1.40			2.70			1.07 to 0.99
500 Index Trust B Series NAV		2013		531		16.57 to 15.51		8,480		1.85 to 0.80			1.74			29.61 to 25.36
		2012		636		12.65 to 11.97		7,796		1.85 to 0.80			1.11			13.67 to 1.20
		2011		555		10.75 to 10.53		5,928		1.85 to 1.40			1.75			0.45 to 0.00
		2010		597		10.71 to 10.53		6,361		1.85 to 1.40			1.75			13.26 to 12.76
		2009		642		9.45 to 9.34		6,043		1.85 to 1.40			2.23			24.59 to 24.03
Active Bond Trust Series I		2013		153		18.07 to 17.53		2,751		1.75 to 1.40			5.28			(1.15) to (1.49	)
		2012		183		18.28 to 17.80		3,313		1.75 to 1.40			4.05			8.18 to 7.80
		2011		205		16.90 to 16.51		3,434		1.75 to 1.40			5.08			4.34 to 3.98
		2010		255		16.20 to 15.88		4,099		1.75 to 1.40			7.01			12.27 to 11.87
		2009		336		14.43 to 14.19		4,801		1.75 to 1.40			6.94			23.07 to 22.64
Active Bond Trust Series II		2013		1,909		17.77 to 17.09		33,316		1.85 to 1.40			5.34			(1.35) to (1.79	)
		2012		2,158		18.02 to 17.40		38,255		1.85 to 1.40			3.80			7.95 to 7.46
		2011		2,441		16.69 to 16.20		40,172		1.85 to 1.40			4.68			4.23 to 3.76
		2010		3,013		16.01 to 15.61		47,666		1.85 to 1.40			6.99			12.13 to 11.62
		2009		3,309		14.28 to 13.98		46,780		1.85 to 1.40			7.26			22.65 to 22.10
All Cap Core Trust Series I		2013		160		26.72 to 11.53		3,723		1.75 to 1.40			1.27			32.46 to 32.00
		2012		174		20.17 to 8.74		3,052		1.75 to 1.40			1.12			14.94 to 14.54
		2011		186		17.55 to 7.63		2,861		1.75 to 1.40			0.95			(0.98) to (1.33	)
		2010		223		17.73 to 7.73		3,461		1.75 to 1.40			0.99			11.47 to 11.08
		2009		283		15.90 to 6.96		3,792		1.75 to 1.40			1.60			26.68 to 26.24
All Cap Core Trust Series II		2013		69		23.94 to 22.72		1,594		1.85 to 1.40			1.24			32.18 to 31.59
		2012		59		18.11 to 17.27		1,028		1.85 to 1.40			0.94			14.75 to 14.23
		2011		63		15.78 to 15.11		962		1.85 to 1.40			0.77			(1.25) to (1.69	)
		2010		72		15.98 to 15.37		1,116		1.85 to 1.40			0.82			11.25 to 10.75
		2009		78		14.37 to 13.88		1,083		1.85 to 1.40			1.39			26.48 to 25.91
All Cap Value Trust Series I		2013		0		22.62 to 18.71		0		1.75 to 0.80			1.35			28.67 to 22.14
		2012		66		17.58 to 14.41		1,208		1.75 to 0.80			0.78			10.06 to 9.02
		2011		80		16.13 to 13.09		1,303		1.75 to 0.80			0.31			(4.96) to (5.86	)
		2010		99		17.13 to 13.78		1,725		1.75 to 0.80			0.35			17.41 to 16.3
		2009		121		14.73 to 11.73		1,807		1.75 to 0.80			0.53			24.41 to 20.78
All Cap Value Trust Series II		2013		0		25.19 to 23.91		0		1.85 to 1.40			1.15			28.90 to 28.36
		2012		200		19.54 to 18.63		3,763		1.85 to 1.40			0.60			9.08 to 8.59
		2011		233		17.92 to 17.16		4,001		1.85 to 1.40			0.14			(5.73) to (6.16	)
		2010		272		19.01 to 18.28		4,998		1.85 to 1.40			0.15			16.49 to 15.97
		2009		300		16.31 to 15.76		4,735		1.85 to 1.40			0.31			24.65 to 24.09

76

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
American Asset Allocation Trust Series I		2013		485	$	16.09 to $15.72	$	7,796		1.75% to 1.40	%		1.05	%		21.58% to 21.16	%
		2012		539		13.24 to 12.98		7,124		1.75 to 1.40			1.54			14.14 to 13.74
		2011		591		11.60 to 11.41		6,835		1.75 to 1.40			1.38			(0.49) to (0.83)
		2010		711		11.65 to 11.50		8,268		1.75 to 1.40			1.46			10.50 to 10.11
		2009		924		10.55 to 10.45		9,735		1.75 to 1.40			1.86			20.11 to 19.83
American Asset Allocation Trust Series II		2013		6,859		15.46 to 15.39		108,866		1.90 to 1.00			0.90			20.81 to 18.11
		2012		7,592		12.79 to 12.63		99,319		1.90 to 1.00			1.39			13.31 to 1.02
		2011		8,339		11.69 to 11.29		95,874		1.90 to 1.15			1.31			(0.30) to (1.04)
		2010		9,291		11.73 to 11.41		107,550		1.90 to 1.15			1.46			10.62 to 9.80
		2009		9,658		10.60 to 10.39		101,401		1.90 to 1.15			2.03			21.86 to 20.95
American Global Growth Trust Series II		2013		1,051		16.21 to 16.10		17,367		1.90 to 1.00			0.78			26.01 to 24.60
		2012		902		12.78 to 12.75		11,767		1.90 to 1.00			0.33			19.69 to 2.00
		2011		1,022		11.05 to 10.67		11,099		1.90 to 1.15			0.74			(10.44) to (11.11)
		2010		1,146		12.34 to 12.01		13,942		1.90 to 1.15			0.94			9.90 to 9.08
		2009		1,204		11.23 to 11.01		13,373		1.90 to 1.15			0.87			39.80 to 38.76
American Global Growth Trust Series III		2013		1		18.40 to 17.60		10		1.55 to 0.80			1.74			27.13 to 25.28
American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series II		2013		0		14.19 to 11.45		0		1.90 to 1.00			0.50			9.71 to 4.10
		2012		388		12.90 to 10.44		4,151		1.90 to 1.00			0.71			15.27 to 3.18
		2011		435		9.38 to 9.05		4,005		1.90 to 1.15			0.71			(20.54) to (21.14)
		2010		455		11.80 to 11.48		5,292		1.90 to 1.15			1.12			20.46 to 19.56
		2009		497		9.80 to 9.6		4,817		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			58.60 to 57.42
American Global Small Capitalization Trust Series III		2013		0		12.99 to 12.49		0		1.55 to 0.80			0.74			9.95 to 4.25
		2012		1		11.79 to 11.36		12		1.55 to 0.80			1.22			17.23 to 16.35
		2011		1		10.06 to 9.77		12		1.55 to 0.80			1.40			(19.88) to (20.48)
		2010		1		12.55 to 12.28		10		1.55 to 0.80			1.61			21.52 to 20.62
		2009		1		10.33 to 10.18		9		1.55 to 0.80			0.00			37.43 to 36.75
American Growth Trust Series II		2013		4,814		26.31 to 16.30		119,450		1.90 to 1.00			0.37			27.04 to 24.86
		2012		5,926		20.71 to 12.72		116,402		1.90 to 1.00			0.25			15.02 to 1.72
		2011		6,866		18.00 to 11.79		117,106		1.90 to 1.15			0.08			(5.88) to (6.58)
		2010		7,523		19.27 to 12.53		137,649		1.90 to 1.15			0.19			16.79 to 15.92
		2009		8,519		16.63 to 10.73		134,439		1.90 to 1.15			0.08			37.09 to 36.07
American Growth Trust Series III		2013		26		17.43 to 16.68		458		1.55 to 0.80			0.87			28.07 to 25.57
		2012		29		13.51 to 13.02		388		1.55 to 0.80			0.74			16.94 to 16.06
		2011		30		11.55 to 11.22		345		1.55 to 0.80			0.66			(5.06) to (5.76)
		2010		21		12.17 to 11.91		254		1.55 to 0.80			1.18			17.74 to 16.86
		2009		4		10.34 to 10.19		44		1.55 to 0.80			1.62			24.36 to 23.75
American Growth-Income Trust Series I		2013		323		25.37 to 24.44		8,110		1.75 to 1.40			0.95			31.16 to 30.71
		2012		376		19.34 to 18.70		7,198		1.75 to 1.40			1.30			15.52 to 15.11
		2011		404		16.74 to 16.24		6,692		1.75 to 1.40			1.05			(3.45) to (3.79)
		2010		505		17.34 to 16.88		8,666		1.75 to 1.40			1.07			9.51 to 9.13
		2009		592		15.84 to 15.47		9,282		1.75 to 1.40			1.08			26.38 to 26.08
American Growth-Income Trust Series II		2013		4,841		23.88 to 16.64		111,884		1.90 to 1.00			0.79			30.34 to 27.13
		2012		6,197		18.32 to 12.65		110,208		1.90 to 1.00			1.14			14.73 to 1.23
		2011		6,771		15.97 to 11.67		104,382		1.90 to 1.15			1.01			(3.36) to (4.08)
		2010		7,611		16.65 to 12.08		122,473		1.90 to 1.15			0.97			9.57 to 8.76
		2009		8,246		15.31 to 11.02		121,878		1.90 to 1.15			1.08			29.17 to 28.21
American Growth-Income Trust Series III		2013		45		18.04 to 17.26		804		1.55 to 0.80			1.31			31.45 to 27.90
		2012		51		13.62 to 13.13		691		1.55 to 0.80			4.43			16.57 to 15.69
		2011		12		11.68 to 11.35		146		1.55 to 0.80			2.58			(2.53) to (3.26)
		2010		2		11.99 to 11.73		21		1.55 to 0.80			1.55			10.55 to 9.72
		2009		2		10.84 to 10.69		18		1.55 to 0.80			2.25			23.59 to 22.98

77

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
American High-Income Bond Trust Series II		2013		0	$	15.22 to $12.89	$	0		1.90% to 1.00	%		0.09	%		2.25% to 1.21	%
		2012		381		14.89 to 12.57		5,791		1.90 to 1.00			6.50			10.84 to 0.57
		2011		383		13.91 to 13.43		5,229		1.90 to 1.15			7.43			0.17 to (0.58)
		2010		375		13.88 to 13.51		5,127		1.90 to 1.15			7.28			13.22 to 12.37
		2009		356		12.26 to 12.02		4,312		1.90 to 1.15			7.04			36.84 to 35.81
American High-Income Bond Trust Series III		2013		0		17.95 to 17.26		0		1.55 to 0.80			0.60			2.55 to 1.33
		2012		16		17.46 to 16.83		273		1.55 to 0.80			6.73			12.63 to 11.79
		2011		17		15.50 to 15.06		267		1.55 to 0.80			7.26			1.03 to 0.28
		2010		18		15.34 to 15.02		274		1.55 to 0.80			8.48			14.06 to 13.21
		2009		7		13.45 to 13.26		98		1.55 to 0.80			23.21			26.17 to 25.55
American International Trust Series II		2013		2,511		29.28 to 15.27		64,850		1.90 to 1.00			0.77			18.71 to 17.90
		2012		2,992		24.67 to 12.75		65,524		1.90 to 1.00			0.91			15.04 to 1.99
		2011		3,467		21.44 to 11.17		66,060		1.90 to 1.15			1.26			(15.36) to (15.99)
		2010		3,471		25.53 to 13.20		79,177		1.90 to 1.15			1.47			5.46 to 4.67
		2009		3,654		24.39 to 12.52		79,898		1.90 to 1.15			0.91			40.78 to 39.73
American International Trust Series III		2013		29		14.73 to 14.10		421		1.55 to 0.80			1.30			19.71 to 18.61
		2012		30		12.21 to 11.77		368		1.55 to 0.80			1.43			17.00 to 16.12
		2011		31		10.44 to 10.14		319		1.55 to 0.80			2.19			(14.73) to (15.37)
		2010		18		12.24 to 11.98		222		1.55 to 0.80			3.41			6.40 to 5.60
		2009		4		11.51 to 11.35		42		1.55 to 0.80			4.91			30.60 to 29.96
American New World Trust Series II		2013		326		14.73 to 14.08		4,927		1.90 to 1.00			0.73			9.64 to 8.66
		2012		404		13.56 to 12.84		5,604		1.90 to 1.00			0.43			14.90 to 2.71
		2011		437		12.22 to 11.80		5,256		1.90 to 1.15			1.08			(15.38) to (16.02)
		2010		468		14.44 to 14.05		6,675		1.90 to 1.15			1.14			15.85 to 14.98
		2009		391		12.47 to 12.22		4,826		1.90 to 1.15			1.19			47.11 to 46.02
American New World Trust Series III		2013		1		14.96 to 14.31		17		1.55 to 0.80			1.28			10.47 to 9.65
		2012		1		13.54 to 13.05		16		1.55 to 0.80			0.62			16.77 to 15.89
		2011		2		11.60 to 11.26		22		1.55 to 0.80			2.54			(14.71) to (15.34)
Blue Chip Growth Trust Series I		2013		658		39.29 to 17.68		22,857		1.75 to 1.40			0.27			39.37 to 38.88
		2012		725		28.19 to 12.73		17,863		1.75 to 1.40			0.09			16.66 to 16.25
		2011		914		24.16 to 10.95		18,318		1.75 to 1.40			0.01			0.03 to (0.32)
		2010		1,103		24.16 to 10.99		22,002		1.75 to 1.40			0.08			14.54 to 14.14
		2009		1,322		21.09 to 9.63		22,583		1.75 to 1.40			0.15			40.91 to 40.42
Blue Chip Growth Trust Series II		2013		708		24.06 to 17.60		17,249		1.90 to 1.00			0.11			38.38 to 35.68
		2012		903		17.39 to 12.61		15,933		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			15.86 to 0.85
		2011		1,018		15.01 to 13.46		15,490		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			0.09 to (0.66)
		2010		1,175		15.11 to 13.45		17,962		1.90 to 1.15			0.05			14.61 to 13.76
		2009		1,287		13.28 to 11.73		17,230		1.90 to 1.15			0.09			40.93 to 39.88
Bond PS Series - Series II		2013		0		12.84 to 12.61		0		2.00 to 0.80			0.00			(2.50) to (3.67)
		2012		1		13.17 to 13.09		7		2.00 to 0.80			1.11			4.82 to 3.56
		2011		9		12.64 to 12.56		119		2.00 to 0.80			1.51			1.11 to 0.50
Bond Trust Series I		2013		76		12.98 to 12.77		985		1.55 to 0.80			2.97			(2.24) to (2.88)
		2012		71		13.27 to 13.15		936		1.55 to 0.80			2.86			5.48 to 4.69
		2011		66		12.58 to 12.56		827		1.55 to 0.80			3.64			0.64 to 0.51
Bond Trust Series II		2013		6,475		12.61 to 12.13		82,017		1.90 to 1.00			2.74			(2.67) to (3.48)
		2012		6,209		13.07 to 12.46		81,455		1.90 to 1.00			2.52			4.11 to (0.35)
		2011		6,556		12.57 to 12.55		82,344		1.90 to 1.15			3.37			0.55 to 0.42
Capital Appreciation Trust Series I		2013		795		15.15 to 14.47		11,932		1.75 to 1.40			0.24			35.50 to 35.03
		2012		901		11.18 to 10.71		9,990		1.75 to 1.40			0.15			14.36 to 13.96
		2011		1,056		9.78 to 9.40		10,225		1.75 to 1.40			0.07			(1.31) to (1.66)
		2010		1,257		9.91 to 9.56		12,339		1.75 to 1.40			0.15			10.28 to 9.89
		2009		791		8.98 to 8.70		7,034		1.75 to 1.40			0.25			40.31 to 39.82

78

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
Capital Appreciation Trust Series II		2013		383	$	22.23 to $17.21	$	8,686		1.90% to 1.00	%		0.21	%		34.52% to 33.83	%
		2012		488		16.53 to 12.68		8,227		1.90 to 1.00			0.06			13.65 to 1.45
		2011		558		14.54 to 13.17		8,267		1.90 to 1.15			0.03			(1.31) to (2.05)
		2010		688		14.85 to 13.35		10,382		1.90 to 1.15			0.02			10.30 to 9.48
		2009		601		13.56 to 12.10		8,267		1.90 to 1.15			0.05			40.42 to 39.37
Capital Appreciation Value Trust Series II		2013		1,324		17.43 to 15.25		23,451		1.90 to 1.00			1.04			19.64 to 16.73
		2012		1,438		14.56 to 12.63		21,235		1.90 to 1.00			1.24			12.33 to 1.05
		2011		1,568		13.32 to 12.97		20,553		1.90 to 1.15			1.17			1.70 to 0.94
		2010		1,706		13.09 to 12.85		22,084		1.90 to 1.15			1.30			12.34 to 11.5
		2009		1,848		11.65 to 11.52		21,392		1.90 to 1.15			2.11			28.35 to 27.39
Core Allocation Plus Trust Series II		2013		0		15.03 to 14.50		0		1.90 to 1.00			2.94			17.61 to 15.03
		2012		701		12.67 to 12.33		8,820		1.90 to 1.00			1.16			11.20 to 1.39
		2011		762		11.38 to 11.09		8,573		1.90 to 1.15			1.13			(3.63) to (4.35)
		2010		777		11.81 to 11.59		9,097		1.90 to 1.15			0.93			9.03 to 8.21
		2009		776		10.84 to 10.71		8,364		1.90 to 1.15			1.62			23.67 to 22.74
Core Bond Trust Series II		2013		57		16.62 to 15.98		934		1.85 to 1.40			1.77			(3.71) to (4.14)
		2012		73		17.26 to 16.67		1,235		1.85 to 1.40			2.58			4.78 to 4.31
		2011		62		16.47 to 15.99		1,007		1.85 to 1.40			3.08			6.54 to 6.06
		2010		59		15.46 to 15.07		900		1.85 to 1.40			2.28			5.44 to 4.96
		2009		64		14.66 to 14.36		923		1.85 to 1.40			2.01			8.08 to 7.60
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II		2013		0		16.86 to 16.45		0		2.10 to 0.35			1.82			13.07 to 11.24
		2012		1,438		14.91 to 14.79		24,761		2.10 to 0.35			1.82			10.42 to 8.50
		2011		1,404		13.63 to 13.51		22,128		2.10 to 0.35			1.89			0.17 to (1.57)
		2010		1,288		13.85 to 13.48		20,482		2.10 to 0.35			2.24			7.43 to 10.81
		2009		501		14.73 to 14.66		7,363		1.90 to 1.15			2.72			17.86 to 17.27
Core Fundamental Holdings Trust Series III		2013		0		19.75 to 19.08		0		1.55 to 0.80			2.21			12.25 to 10.85
		2012		6		17.47 to 17.00		105		1.55 to 0.80			4.21			10.29 to 9.46
		2011		2		15.84 to 15.53		30		1.55 to 0.80			2.19			0.18 to (0.56)
		2010		1		15.81 to 15.62		20		1.55 to 0.80			5.86			9.20 to 8.38
		2009		0		14.48 to 14.41		3		1.55 to 0.80			8.68			15.85 to 15.28
Core Global Diversification Trust Series II		2013		0		16.30 to 16.28		0		2.10 to 0.35			1.92			12.17 to 10.36
		2012		1,239		14.76 to 14.54		21,237		2.10 to 0.35			7.73			12.50 to 10.54
		2011		1,355		13.35 to 12.92		20,868		2.10 to 0.35			1.91			(4.09) to (5.75)
		2010		1,353		14.16 to 13.47		21,940		2.10 to 0.35			2.17			7.98 to 13.30
		2009		880		15.23 to 15.15		13,364		1.90 to 1.15			3.12			21.83 to 21.22
Core Global Diversification Trust Series III		2013		0		19.47 to 18.81		0		1.55 to 0.80			2.46			11.36 to 10.56
		2012		14		17.36 to 16.89		233		1.55 to 0.80			10.44			12.44 to 11.59
		2011		11		15.44 to 15.14		165		1.55 to 0.80			2.48			(4.13) to (4.84)
		2010		10		16.11 to 15.91		158		1.55 to 0.80			3.94			7.84 to 7.03
		2009		0		14.94 to 14.86		3		1.55 to 0.80			8.00			19.48 to 18.90

79

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to		Investment		Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*		Income Ratio**		Lowest***
Core Strategy Trust Series I		2013		29		13.68 to 13.61		397		1.55 to 0.80		8.64		9.41 to 8.86
Core Strategy Trust Series II		2013		15,129		17.78 to 13.71		260,459		2.10 to 0.35		1.35		16.56 to 9.66
		2012		3,777		15.25 to 12.62		55,605		2.10 to 1.00		2.48		9.93 to 0.99
		2011		4,061		13.88 to 13.36		54,036		2.10 to 1.15		1.96		(1.13) to (2.07)
		2010		4,192		14.17 to 13.51		56,653		2.10 to 1.15		2.09		10.89 to 13.36
		2009		4,217		12.19 to 12.12		51,522		1.90 to 1.15		1.89		20.26 to 19.36
Core Strategy Trust Series NAV		2013		35		20.60 to 15.07		652		1.60 to 1.20		0.65		17.86 to 17.39
		2012		43		17.48 to 12.83		680		1.60 to 1.20		3.13		11.23 to 2.67
		2011		27		15.72 to 15.72		423		1.20 to 1.20		2.14		(1.01) to (1.01)
		2010		30		15.88 to 15.88		472		1.20 to 1.20		2.38		11.22 to 14.16
		2009		30		14.27 to 14.27		424		1.20 to 1.20		3.01		14.20 to 10.40
Disciplined Diversification Trust Series II		2013		0		15.03 to 14.40		0		1.90 to 1.00		3.64		12.59 to 11.19
		2012		612		13.35 to 12.68		8,348		1.90 to 1.00		2.15		10.47 to 1.44
		2011		683		12.41 to 12.08		8,390		1.90 to 1.15		1.92		(3.40) to (4.12)
		2010		704		12.84 to 12.60		8,972		1.90 to 1.15		1.41		11.89 to 11.05
		2009		719		11.48 to 11.35		8,210		1.90 to 1.15		2.26		25.51 to 24.57
DWS Equity 500 Index (a)		2013		156		29.35 to 27.91		4,480		1.85 to 1.40		1.51		29.61 to 29.03
		2012		199		22.65 to 21.63		4,412		1.85 to 1.40		1.34		13.65 to 13.13
		2011		205		19.93 to 19.12		4,013		1.85 to 1.40		1.29		0.02 to (0.43)
		2010		216		19.93 to 19.20		4,243		1.85 to 1.40		1.50		12.70 to 12.20
		2009		223		17.68 to 17.11		3,883		1.85 to 1.40		2.48		24.04 to 23.49
Equity-Income Trust Series I		2013		670		47.43 to 25.80		28,484		1.75 to 1.40		1.89		28.24 to 27.79
		2012		747		36.99 to 20.19		24,700		1.75 to 1.40		2.00		15.72 to 15.32
		2011		881		31.96 to 17.51		24,823		1.75 to 1.40		1.72		(2.19) to (2.53)
		2010		1,009		32.68 to 17.96		29,280		1.75 to 1.40		1.86		13.52 to 13.12
		2009		1,177		28.79 to 15.88		29,467		1.75 to 1.40		2.12		23.97 to 23.54
Equity-Income Trust Series II		2013		1,223		21.35 to 16.31		26,727		1.90 to 1.00		1.65		27.31 to 22.48
		2012		1,462		16.77 to 12.70		25,099		1.90 to 1.00		1.84		14.96 to 1.57
		2011		1,638		14.59 to 12.23		24,410		1.90 to 1.15		1.63		(2.14) to (2.87)
		2010		1,620		15.02 to 12.50		24,675		1.90 to 1.15		1.65		13.60 to 12.75
		2009		1,793		13.32 to 11.00		24,196		1.90 to 1.15		1.96		24.11 to 23.18
Financial Services Trust Series I		2013		32		18.23 to 17.44		574		1.75 to 1.40		0.58		28.94 to 28.49
		2012		33		14.14 to 13.57		458		1.75 to 1.40		0.72		16.40 to 15.99
		2011		43		12.14 to 11.70		512		1.75 to 1.40		1.38		(10.77) to (11.08)
		2010		63		13.61 to 13.16		843		1.75 to 1.40		0.31		10.69 to 10.31
		2009		75		12.29 to 11.93		912		1.75 to 1.40		0.74		39.44 to 38.95
Financial Services Trust Series II		2013		229		18.47 to 16.47		4,257		1.90 to 1.00		0.42		28.03 to 22.12
		2012		261		14.43 to 12.75		3,771		1.90 to 1.00		0.62		15.59 to 2.01
		2011		293		12.48 to 9.99		3,643		1.90 to 1.15		1.43		(10.69) to (11.36)
		2010		338		14.08 to 11.18		4,735		1.90 to 1.15		0.14		10.72 to 9.90
		2009		349		12.82 to 10.1		4,423		1.90 to 1.15		0.56		39.37 to 38.33
Founding Allocation Trust Series II		2013		6,374		26.64 to 14.11		92,181		1.90 to 0.35		2.16		23.84 to 21.94
		2012		7,018		21.51 to 11.57		82,897		1.90 to 0.35		2.78		15.62 to 13.83
		2011		7,857		18.61 to 10.16		81,210		1.90 to 0.35		2.63		(2.05) to (3.55)
		2010		8,711		18.99 to 10.54		93,003		1.90 to 0.35		3.46		9.45 to 8.36
		2009		9,836		9.92 to 9.72		96,556		1.90 to 1.15		3.91		29.62 to 28.66

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

80

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
Fundamental All Cap Core Trust Series II		2013		303	$	28.02 to $26.71	$	8,327		1.85% to 1.40	%		0.73	%		33.66% to 33.06	%
		2012		360		20.96 to 20.07		7,419		1.85 to 1.40			0.58			21.59 to 21.04
		2011		381		17.24 to 16.58		6,464		1.85 to 1.40			0.84			(3.64) to (4.07	)
		2010		424		17.89 to 17.29		7,484		1.85 to 1.40			0.93			17.56 to 17.03
		2009		467		15.22 to 14.77		7,022		1.85 to 1.40			1.18			26.24 to 25.67
Fundamental Holdings Trust Series II		2013		0		14.17 to 13.63		0		1.90 to 1.00			1.63			11.49 to 10.62
		2012		5,845		12.60 to 12.22		72,933		1.90 to 1.00			1.54			10.34 to 0.79
		2011		6,508		11.43 to 11.08		73,264		1.90 to 1.15			1.33			(2.33) to (3.06	)
		2010		6,974		11.70 to 11.43		80,652		1.90 to 1.15			1.39			8.93 to 8.12
		2009		7,422		10.74 to 10.57		79,090		1.90 to 1.15			1.66			25.23 to 24.30
Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series I		2013		73		21.25 to 12.84		1,585		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			2.76 to 2.69
Fundamental Large Cap Value Trust Series II		2013		346		21.04 to 21.98		7,488		1.85 to 1.40			0.88			30.27 to 29.69
		2012		147		16.87 to 16.22		2,448		1.85 to 1.40			1.08			22.49 to 21.94
		2011		151		13.77 to 13.31		2,064		1.85 to 1.40			0.76			0.22 to (0.23)
		2010		165		13.74 to 13.34		2,249		1.85 to 1.40			1.70			11.54 to 11.04
		2009		183		12.32 to 12.01		2,245		1.85 to 1.40			1.90			22.77 to 22.22
Fundamental Value Trust Series I		2013		1,346		19.52 to 17.07		27,472		1.75 to 0.80			1.28			31.20 to 25.34
		2012		1,495		14.88 to 12.89		23,189		1.75 to 0.80			0.90			12.47 to 11.40
		2011		1,709		13.36 to 11.46		23,527		1.75 to 0.80			0.77			(4.55) to (5.45	)
		2010		2,046		14.13 to 12.01		29,715		1.75 to 0.80			1.09			12.20 to 11.14
		2009		2,371		12.71 to 10.7		30,866		1.75 to 0.80			0.91			29.49 to 24.99
Fundamental Value Trust Series II		2013		1,489		20.72 to 16.81		31,085		1.90 to 1.00			1.04			30.70 to 24.98
		2012		1,922		15.86 to 12.75		30,725		1.90 to 1.00			0.72			11.04 to 2.00
		2011		2,185		14.28 to 11.54		31,372		1.90 to 1.15			0.60			(5.08) to (5.79	)
		2010		2,527		15.16 to 12.16		38,467		1.90 to 1.15			0.90			11.59 to 10.76
		2009		2,813		13.69 to 10.9		38,515		1.90 to 1.15			0.73			30.08 to 29.11
Global Bond Trust Series I		2013		63		22.80 to 15.41		2,085		1.75 to 0.80			0.43			(6.17) to (7.06	)
		2012		77		24.53 to 16.42		2,748		1.75 to 0.80			6.79			6.17 to 5.16
		2011		96		23.33 to 15.47		3,148		1.75 to 0.80			5.88			8.22 to 7.19
		2010		131		21.76 to 14.30		3,817		1.75 to 0.80			3.37			9.43 to 8.39
		2009		155		20.08 to 13.06		4,111		1.75 to 0.80			12.54			17.11 to 13.39
Global Bond Trust Series II		2013		668		20.88 to 11.55		13,536		1.90 to 1.00			0.24			(6.61) to (7.44	)
		2012		710		22.56 to 12.37		15,861		1.90 to 1.00			7.01			4.79 to (1.06	)
		2011		780		21.53 to 17.23		16,608		1.90 to 1.15			5.98			7.61 to 6.81
		2010		937		20.15 to 16.02		18,637		1.90 to 1.15			3.24			8.86 to 8.05
		2009		1,016		18.65 to 14.71		18,682		1.90 to 1.15			11.87			13.82 to 12.97
Global Diversification Trust Series II		2013		0		14.25 to 13.69		0		1.90 to 1.00			1.60			11.38 to 10.36
		2012		3,840		12.68 to 12.29		48,086		1.90 to 1.00			1.53			13.37 to 1.48
		2011		4,183		11.18 to 10.84		46,024		1.90 to 1.15			1.65			(7.61) to (8.30	)
		2010		4,572		12.10 to 11.82		54,657		1.90 to 1.15			1.80			11.01 to 10.19
		2009		5,088		10.90 to 10.73		54,994		1.90 to 1.15			1.78			34.73 to 33.73
Global Trust Series I		2013		238		18.57 to 17.36		8,955		1.75 to 0.80			1.47			28.81 to 26.45
		2012		274		14.42 to 13.35		8,009		1.75 to 0.80			2.14			20.77 to 19.62
		2011		314		12.05 to 11.06		7,575		1.75 to 0.80			1.93			(6.75) to (7.63	)
		2010		361		13.05 to 11.86		9,356		1.75 to 0.80			1.52			6.90 to 5.89
		2009		408		12.32 to 11.09		9,789		1.75 to 0.80			1.61			29.09 to 27.06
Global Trust Series II		2013		245		21.98 to 20.86		5,298		1.85 to 1.40			1.33			29.02 to 28.44
		2012		262		17.04 to 16.24		4,392		1.85 to 1.40			1.97			19.81 to 19.27
		2011		305		14.22 to 13.62		4,280		1.85 to 1.40			1.81			(7.52) to (7.94	)
		2010		330		15.38 to 14.79		5,009		1.85 to 1.40			1.34			6.06 to 5.58
		2009		352		14.50 to 14.01		5,046		1.85 to 1.40			1.44			29.28 to 28.70
Health Sciences Trust Series I		2013		81		43.86 to 41.95		3,484		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			48.98 to 48.46
		2012		80		29.44 to 28.26		2,304		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			30.11 to 29.65
		2011		84		22.63 to 21.80		1,861		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			9.03 to 8.65
		2010		99		20.75 to 20.06		2,017		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			14.09 to 13.69
		2009		134		18.19 to 17.64		2,396		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			29.98 to 29.53

81

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
Health Sciences Trust Series II		2013		278	$	44.72 to $18.76	$	12,358		1.90% to 1.00	%		0.00	%		47.95% to 38.97	%
		2012		313		30.23 to 12.57		9,405		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			29.16 to 0.52
		2011		284		23.40 to 17.42		6,568		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			9.13 to 8.32
		2010		320		21.61 to 15.96		6,838		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			14.15 to 13.30
		2009		345		19.07 to 13.98		6,464		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			30.05 to 29.08
High Yield Trust Series I		2013		115		20.96 to 12.80		2,466		1.75 to 0.80			6.60			6.64 to 2.41
		2012		109		23.95 to 19.65		2,401		1.75 to 1.40			7.78			17.33 to 16.92
		2011		129		20.41 to 16.81		2,402		1.75 to 1.40			7.79			(0.50) to (0.85	)
		2010		176		20.52 to 16.95		3,254		1.75 to 1.40			35.43			12.20 to 11.81
		2009		237		18.28 to 15.16		3,896		1.75 to 1.40			10.85			52.37 to 51.84
High Yield Trust Series II		2013		429		24.13 to 13.56		10,149		1.90 to 1.00			6.74			6.32 to 4.87
		2012		314		22.70 to 12.64		7,170		1.90 to 1.00			7.41			16.62 to 1.09
		2011		354		19.46 to 15.75		6,915		1.90 to 1.15			8.34			(0.48) to (1.22	)
		2010		385		19.70 to 15.83		7,614		1.90 to 1.15			36.39			12.24 to 11.40
		2009		508		17.69 to 14.1		8,953		1.90 to 1.15			11.26			52.59 to 51.46
International Core Trust Series I		2013		84		14.27 to 13.80		1,510		1.75 to 0.80			2.68			23.38 to 22.82
		2012		102		11.51 to 11.24		1,468		1.75 to 0.80			2.71			14.13 to 13.04
		2011		132		10.08 to 9.94		1,652		1.75 to 0.80			2.24			(10.29) to (11.14	)
		2010		151		11.24 to 11.19		2,107		1.75 to 0.80			1.81			8.70 to 7.68
		2009		180		10.39 to 10.34		2,336		1.75 to 0.80			2.45			24.01 to 16.58
International Core Trust Series II		2013		70		19.36 to 15.94		1,389		1.90 to 1.00			2.44			22.97 to 22.43
		2012		84		15.81 to 12.90		1,362		1.90 to 1.00			2.39			12.65 to 3.23
		2011		113		14.04 to 10.03		1,609		1.90 to 1.15			2.19			(10.83) to (11.50	)
		2010		112		15.86 to 11.25		1,800		1.90 to 1.15			1.64			8.13 to 7.32
		2009		126		14.78 to 10.4		1,878		1.90 to 1.15			2.21			17.17 to 16.29
International Equity Index Trust B Series I		2013		73		14.94 to 14.88		1,084		1.75 to 1.40			2.38			12.96 to 12.57
		2012		81		13.22 to 13.21		1,068		1.75 to 1.40			6.96			5.78 to 5.72
International Equity Index Trust B Series II		2013		253		14.82 to 14.61		3,757		1.90 to 1.00			2.10			12.41 to 12.17
		2012		323		13.21 to 12.90		4,274		1.90 to 1.00			6.11			5.66 to 3.23
International Equity Index Trust B Series NAV		2013		211		12.09 to 11.74		2,518		1.85 to 1.40			2.43			12.95 to 12.44
		2012		225		10.71 to 10.44		2,386		1.85 to 1.40			1.24			16.12 to 15.59
		2011		239		9.22 to 9.03		2,189		1.85 to 1.40			3.28			(15.18) to (15.57	)
		2010		265		10.87 to 10.69		2,866		1.85 to 1.40			2.56			9.89 to 9.40
		2009		278		9.89 to 9.78		2,734		1.85 to 1.40			3.78			36.87 to 36.26
International Growth Stock Series II		2013		174		15.12 to 14.97		2,638		1.90 to 1.00			1.04			16.63 to 16.16
		2012		188		12.97 to 12.72		2,438		1.90 to 1.00			3.02			3.73 to 1.78
International Small Company Trust Series I		2013		129		18.40 to 17.69		2,318		1.75 to 0.80			1.89			24.15 to 20.61
		2012		132		14.68 to 14.25		1,901		1.75 to 0.80			1.29			18.23 to 17.11
		2011		157		12.42 to 12.17		1,924		1.75 to 0.80			1.50			(16.89) to (17.68	)
		2010		204		14.94 to 14.78		3,024		1.75 to 0.80			2.49			21.72 to 20.58
		2009		270		12.27 to 12.26		3,316		1.75 to 0.80			0.78			(1.80) to (1.93	)
International Small Company Trust Series II		2013		237		17.43 to 16.17		4,197		1.90 to 1.00			1.51			23.65 to 20.22
		2012		304		14.10 to 12.96		4,329		1.90 to 1.00			1.11			16.75 to 3.71
		2011		353		12.27 to 12.08		4,291		1.90 to 1.15			1.37			(17.38) to (17.99	)
		2010		394		14.85 to 14.73		5,826		1.90 to 1.15			2.51			21.06 to 20.15
		2009		441		12.27 to 12.26		5,404		1.90 to 1.15			0.77			(1.85) to (1.95	)
International Value Trust Series I		2013		281		21.30 to 15.09		6,204		1.75 to 0.80			1.73			24.46 to 23.96
		2012		312		17.19 to 12.06		5,548		1.75 to 0.80			2.59			18.43 to 17.30
		2011		360		14.65 to 10.18		5,424		1.75 to 0.80			2.23			(13.55) to (14.36	)
		2010		440		17.11 to 11.78		7,726		1.75 to 0.80			1.89			7.12 to 6.11
		2009		525		16.12 to 11.00		8,641		1.75 to 0.80			2.11			33.42 to 29.88

82

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
International Value Trust Series II		2013		516	$	23.61 to $16.17	$	12,422		1.90% to 1.00	%		1.49	%		24.00% to 23.52	%
		2012		622		19.11 to 12.97		12,111		1.90 to 1.00			2.48			16.82 to 3.77
		2011		708		16.36 to 10.61		11,757		1.90 to 1.15			2.12			(13.98) to (14.63	)
		2010		799		19.16 to 12.33		15,513		1.90 to 1.15			1.72			6.54 to 5.74
		2009		875		18.12 to 11.58		16,005		1.90 to 1.15			1.97			34.04 to 33.04
Investment Quality Bond Trust Series I		2013		171		21.03 to 15.96		4,601		1.75 to 0.80			3.67			(2.90) to (3.62	)
		2012		190		21.82 to 16.40		5,325		1.75 to 0.80			2.01			6.72 to 5.71
		2011		222		20.64 to 15.37		5,887		1.75 to 0.80			3.98			7.21 to 6.20
		2010		262		19.44 to 14.33		6,614		1.75 to 0.80			4.95			6.60 to 5.59
		2009		295		18.41 to 13.45		7,038		1.75 to 0.80			4.75			10.52 to 10.50
Investment Quality Bond Trust Series II		2013		1,120		18.14 to 12.08		20,372		1.90 to 1.00			3.52			(3.17) to (3.88	)
		2012		1,186		18.87 to 12.45		22,845		1.90 to 1.00			1.87			5.26 to (0.39	)
		2011		1,246		17.93 to 16.60		22,733		1.90 to 1.15			3.58			6.62 to 5.83
		2010		1,566		16.94 to 15.57		26,939		1.90 to 1.15			4.74			6.07 to 5.28
		2009		1,667		16.09 to 14.68		27,172		1.90 to 1.15			5.17			10.92 to 10.09
Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series I		2013		117		23.43 to 17.78		2,469		1.75 to 1.40			2.34			24.96 to 24.52
		2012		130		18.75 to 14.28		2,191		1.75 to 1.40			1.29			14.98 to 14.58
		2011		151		16.31 to 12.46		2,186		1.75 to 1.40			1.69			(7.80) to (8.12	)
		2010		162		17.69 to 13.57		2,562		1.75 to 1.40			1.71			14.83 to 14.43
		2009		221		15.41 to 11.86		3,044		1.75 to 1.40			1.01			33.75 to 33.28
Lifestyle Aggressive Trust Series II		2013		1,298		21.88 to 15.99		29,176		1.90 to 1.00			2.17			24.06 to 21.37
		2012		1,511		17.64 to 12.77		27,254		1.90 to 1.00			1.16			14.23 to 2.18
		2011		1,723		15.44 to 11.35		27,075		1.90 to 1.15			1.49			(7.78) to (8.47	)
		2010		2,053		16.87 to 12.31		34,935		1.90 to 1.15			1.67			14.80 to 13.94
		2009		2,338		14.81 to 10.72		34,902		1.90 to 1.15			0.86			33.91 to 32.91
Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series I		2013		1,295		19.41 to 16.13		27,826		1.75 to 0.80			2.74			10.83 to 9.82
		2012		1,417		17.51 to 14.42		27,608		1.75 to 0.80			2.31			10.97 to 9.92
		2011		1,380		15.93 to 12.99		24,882		1.75 to 0.80			3.25			(0.18) to (1.12	)
		2010		1,410		16.11 to 13.02		26,554		1.75 to 0.80			2.51			10.86 to 9.81
		2009		1,754		14.67 to 11.74		30,229		1.75 to 0.80			4.45			28.48 to 22.49
Lifestyle Balanced Trust Series II		2013		43,843		16.45 to 15.68		831,975		2.10 to 0.35			2.53			12.15 to 10.20
		2012		48,964		14.93 to 13.98		846,289		2.10 to 0.35			2.03			11.31 to 9.37
		2011		52,931		13.65 to 12.56		834,569		2.10 to 0.35			3.05			0.07 to (1.66	)
		2010		56,894		13.88 to 12.55		910,709		2.10 to 0.35			2.58			7.90 to 11.06
		2009		57,548		15.91 to 12.19		846,400		1.90 to 1.15			4.39			28.99 to 28.02
Lifestyle Balanced PS Series - Series II		2013		505		14.54 to 12.65		7,423		2.00 to 0.35			2.26			10.45 to 1.19
		2012		396		13.63 to 13.16		5,272		2.00 to 0.80			1.08			9.66 to 8.34
		2011		282		12.43 to 12.15		3,438		2.00 to 0.80			2.56			(0.56) to (2.82	)
Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series I		2013		334		20.26 to 15.86		7,761		1.75 to 0.80			3.26			2.31 to 2.07
		2012		413		19.85 to 15.39		9,366		1.75 to 0.80			2.73			7.65 to 6.62
		2011		470		18.61 to 14.29		9,859		1.75 to 0.80			4.05			3.40 to 2.42
		2010		547		18.17 to 13.82		11,142		1.75 to 0.80			2.61			8.25 to 7.23
		2009		617		16.95 to 12.77		11,622		1.75 to 0.80			5.00			19.60 to 16.28
Lifestyle Conservative Trust Series II		2013		10,438		15.80 to 14.45		188,109		2.10 to 0.35			3.03			3.33 to 1.54
		2012		12,375		15.29 to 14.23		220,024		2.10 to 0.35			2.63			7.89 to 6.00
		2011		12,905		14.17 to 13.42		215,912		2.10 to 0.35			3.94			3.68 to 1.89
		2010		13,932		13.67 to 13.17		229,082		2.10 to 0.35			2.57			3.52 to 5.39
		2009		12,692		15.80 to 13.72		195,831		1.90 to 1.15			5.84			20.05 to 19.15

83

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
Lifestyle Conservative PS Series - Series II		2013		306	$	13.41 to $12.53	$	4,189		2.00% to 0.35	%		2.27	%		1.80% to 0.20	%
		2012		294		13.35 to 13.17		3,923		2.00 to 0.80			1.31			6.67 to 5.39
		2011		179		12.52 to 12.50		2,242		2.00 to 0.80			3.56			0.13 to (0.03	)
Lifestyle Growth Trust Series I		2013		791		18.53 to 16.51		16,912		1.75 to 0.80			2.35			17.27 to 15.33
		2012		952		15.80 to 13.95		17,333		1.75 to 0.80			1.78			12.96 to 11.88
		2011		1,016		14.12 to 12.35		16,596		1.75 to 0.80			2.66			(2.38) to (3.31	)
		2010		1,040		14.60 to 12.65		17,871		1.75 to 0.80			2.34			12.12 to 11.06
		2009		1,148		13.15 to 11.28		17,935		1.75 to 0.80			3.15			30.98 to 24.30
Lifestyle Growth Trust Series II		2013		52,807		17.88 to 15.94		1,025,006		2.10 to 0.35			2.24			18.67 to 16.61
		2012		57,177		15.33 to 13.43		950,403		2.10 to 0.35			1.62			13.19 to 11.21
		2011		59,614		13.78 to 11.87		893,280		2.10 to 0.35			2.46			(2.15) to (3.84	)
		2010		63,087		14.34 to 12.13		981,607		2.10 to 0.35			2.24			10.73 to 14.68
		2009		64,057		15.36 to 11.47		904,376		1.90 to 1.15			3.25			31.43 to 30.44
Lifestyle Growth PS Series - Series II		2013		836		15.31 to 12.73		13,029		2.00 to 0.35			1.49			16.51 to 1.81
		2012		723		13.82 to 13.14		9,600		2.00 to 0.80			0.85			11.55 to 10.21
		2011		600		12.39 to 11.92		7,184		2.00 to 0.80			2.33			(0.89) to (4.63	)
Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series I		2013		412		20.04 to 16.46		9,425		1.75 to 0.80			2.76			8.31 to 7.71
		2012		522		18.50 to 15.05		10,921		1.75 to 0.80			2.43			9.78 to 8.74
		2011		571		17.02 to 13.71		11,196		1.75 to 0.80			3.28			1.51 to 0.56
		2010		696		16.92 to 13.51		13,480		1.75 to 0.80			2.55			9.67 to 8.64
		2009		784		15.58 to 12.32		13,890		1.75 to 0.80			4.58			25.05 to 20.36
Lifestyle Moderate Trust Series II		2013		15,911		16.21 to 15.84		297,846		2.10 to 0.35			2.63			9.59 to 7.69
		2012		18,074		14.80 to 14.71		314,675		2.10 to 0.35			2.26			10.11 to 8.19
		2011		19,554		13.60 to 13.44		314,277		2.10 to 0.35			3.40			1.78 to 0.02
		2010		20,211		13.59 to 13.20		324,398		2.10 to 0.35			2.57			6.30 to 8.75
		2009		19,158		15.71 to 12.87		284,910		1.90 to 1.15			4.85			25.41 to 24.48
Lifestyle Moderate PS Series - Series II		2013		496		14.27 to 12.62		7,174		2.00 to 0.35			2.35			7.94 to 0.93
		2012		411		13.56 to 13.22		5,487		2.00 to 0.80			1.35			8.68 to 7.37
		2011		180		12.48 to 12.31		2,225		2.00 to 0.80			2.78			(0.20) to (1.48	)
Mid Cap Index Trust Series I		2013		43		30.26 to 24.27		1,352		1.75 to 0.80			1.07			30.72 to 24.50
		2012		46		23.15 to 18.39		1,096		1.75 to 0.80			1.33			16.54 to 15.43
		2011		61		20.05 to 15.78		1,249		1.75 to 0.80			0.55			(3.03) to (3.94	)
		2010		90		20.88 to 16.27		1,921		1.75 to 0.80			1.09			24.98 to 23.80
		2009		95		16.86 to 13.02		1,630		1.75 to 0.80			1.06			34.39 to 4.16
Mid Cap Index Trust Series II		2013		443		27.32 to 16.75		12,210		1.90 to 1.00			0.86			30.26 to 24.08
		2012		502		20.98 to 12.74		10,639		1.90 to 1.00			1.23			15.08 to 1.92
		2011		555		18.23 to 13.68		10,194		1.90 to 1.15			0.45			(3.58) to (4.30	)
		2010		620		19.05 to 14.19		11,969		1.90 to 1.15			0.82			24.37 to 23.44
		2009		678		15.43 to 11.41		10,562		1.90 to 1.15			0.85			34.82 to 33.81
Mid Cap Stock Trust Series I		2013		361		25.19 to 18.36		9,061		1.75 to 0.80			0.04			34.45 to 29.46
		2012		413		18.74 to 13.52		7,686		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			21.23 to 20.08
		2011		490		15.60 to 11.15		7,589		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			(9.92) to (10.77	)
		2010		592		17.49 to 12.38		10,302		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			22.10 to 20.95
		2009		699		14.46 to 10.14		10,087		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			29.07 to 26.89
Mid Cap Stock Trust Series II		2013		552		30.08 to 17.31		16,515		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			33.94 to 29.03
		2012		626		22.46 to 12.81		14,073		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			19.70 to 2.48
		2011		737		18.76 to 12.22		13,817		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			(10.43) to (11.10	)
		2010		813		21.10 to 13.64		17,115		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			21.40 to 20.50
		2009		928		17.51 to 11.23		16,195		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			29.55 to 28.58

84

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
Mid Value Trust Series I		2013		137	$	28.29 to $24.10	$	3,384		1.75% to 0.80	%		1.00	%		29.12% to 23.42	%
		2012		156		21.70 to 18.67		2,973		1.75 to 0.80			0.82			18.58 to 17.45
		2011		184		18.30 to 15.89		2,964		1.75 to 0.80			0.64			(5.68) to (6.57	)
		2010		237		19.40 to 17.01		4,085		1.75 to 0.80			2.00			15.23 to 14.14
		2009		277		16.84 to 14.9		4,163		1.75 to 0.80			0.44			33.87 to 29.15
Mid Value Trust Series II		2013		444		24.62 to 23.67		10,756		1.85 to 1.40			0.79			29.31 to 28.73
		2012		538		19.04 to 18.39		10,102		1.85 to 1.40			0.63			17.62 to 17.09
		2011		619		16.18 to 15.71		9,906		1.85 to 1.40			0.50			(6.35) to (6.77	)
		2010		748		17.28 to 16.85		12,804		1.85 to 1.40			1.79			14.18 to 13.67
		2009		859		15.14 to 14.82		12,905		1.85 to 1.40			0.34			43.99 to 43.34
Money Market Trust Series I		2013		317		12.32 to 12.12		4,997		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			(0.79) to (1.73	)
		2012		516		12.54 to 12.22		8,141		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			(0.79) to (1.74	)
		2011		572		12.76 to 12.32		9,187		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			(0.72) to (1.66	)
		2010		642		12.97 to 12.41		10,278		1.75 to 0.80			0.00			(0.80) to (1.73	)
		2009		909		13.20 to 12.51		14,419		1.75 to 0.80			0.22			(0.45) to (1.54	)
Money Market Trust Series II		2013		2,775		12.37 to 11.54		33,311		1.90 to 0.35			0.00			(0.34) to (1.88	)
		2012		3,931		12.41 to 11.76		47,900		1.90 to 0.35			0.00			(0.34) to (1.88	)
		2011		4,854		12.45 to 11.99		60,032		1.90 to 0.35			0.00			(0.28) to (1.81	)
		2010		4,659		12.49 to 12.21		58,457		1.90 to 0.35			0.00			(0.15) to (1.88	)
		2009		6,839		13.09 to 12.44		87,119		1.90 to 1.15			0.08			(1.07) to (1.81	)
Money Market Trust B Series NAV		2013		203		12.07 to 11.71		2,423		1.85 to 1.40			0.01			(1.38) to (1.82	)
		2012		270		12.24 to 11.93		3,266		1.85 to 1.40			0.04			(1.35) to (1.80	)
		2011		242		12.40 to 12.15		2,971		1.85 to 1.40			0.00			(1.30) to (1.75	)
		2010		354		12.57 to 12.36		4,417		1.85 to 1.40			0.05			(1.34) to (1.79	)
		2009		418		12.74 to 12.59		5,299		1.85 to 1.40			0.52			(0.92) to (1.37	)
Mutual Shares Trust Series I		2013		49		16.58 to 15.87		798		1.55 to 0.80			1.39			26.37 to 21.65
		2012		53		13.02 to 12.55		691		1.55 to 0.80			1.45			13.11 to 12.26
		2011		53		11.51 to 11.18		612		1.55 to 0.80			1.05			(1.73) to (2.46	)
		2010		37		11.72 to 11.47		432		1.55 to 0.80			3.98			10.63 to 9.80
		2009		9		10.59 to 10.44		98		1.55 to 0.80			0.00			22.32 to 21.71
Natural Resources Trust Series II		2013		280		33.07 to 13.03		7,667		1.90 to 1.00			0.35			1.88 to 0.97
		2012		358		32.76 to 12.79		9,937		1.90 to 1.00			0.56			2.29 to (1.67	)
		2011		422		33.32 to 11.48		11,887		1.90 to 1.15			0.31			(21.29) to (21.87	)
		2010		436		42.64 to 14.59		15,562		1.90 to 1.15			0.42			13.56 to 12.71
		2009		475		37.83 to 12.85		15,108		1.90 to 1.15			0.68			57.08 to 55.90
PIMCO All Asset (a)		2013		178		18.66 to 18.66		3,420		1.85 to 1.40			4.12			(1.49) to (1.93	)
		2012		197		19.78 to 19.02		3,841		1.85 to 1.40			4.48			13.04 to 12.53
		2011		203		17.50 to 16.91		3,511		1.85 to 1.40			6.47			0.25 to (0.20)
		2010		200		17.46 to 16.94		3,453		1.85 to 1.40			7.01			11.14 to 10.64
		2009		182		15.71 to 15.31		2,831		1.85 to 1.40			6.86			19.63 to 19.09
Real Estate Securities Trust Series I		2013		62		38.22 to 35.82		2,340		1.75 to 1.40			1.86			(1.49) to (1.84	)
		2012		68		38.80 to 36.49		2,586		1.75 to 1.40			1.66			15.62 to 15.21
		2011		79		33.56 to 31.67		2,590		1.75 to 1.40			1.37			7.95 to 7.57
		2010		101		31.09 to 29.44		3,087		1.75 to 1.40			1.83			27.4 to 26.96
		2009		119		24.40 to 23.19		2,838		1.75 to 1.40			3.49			28.36 to 27.91
Real Estate Securities Trust Series II		2013		306		29.32 to 12.66		8,669		1.90 to 1.00			1.60			(2.25) to (3.33	)
		2012		341		30.00 to 12.84		9,983		1.90 to 1.00			1.50			14.87 to 2.69
		2011		351		26.12 to 13.80		8,890		1.90 to 1.15			1.22			7.99 to 7.19
		2010		432		24.37 to 12.78		10,202		1.90 to 1.15			1.62			27.40 to 26.45
		2009		474		19.27 to 10.03		8,905		1.90 to 1.15			3.26			28.55 to 27.59
Real Return Bond Trust Series II		2013		305		17.43 to 16.61		5,208		1.85 to 1.40			2.21			(10.68) to (11.09	)
		2012		423		19.51 to 18.68		8,110		1.85 to 1.40			1.57			7.07 to 6.58
		2011		460		18.22 to 17.53		8,239		1.85 to 1.40			3.62			10.31 to 9.82
		2010		572		16.52 to 15.96		9,312		1.85 to 1.40			10.82			7.16 to 6.68
		2009		654		15.42 to 14.96		9,959		1.85 to 1.40			8.51			17.57 to 17.04

(a) Sub-account which invests in non-affiliated Trust.

85

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
									Expense Ratio
			Units		Unit Fair Value		Assets		Highest to			Investment			Total Return Highest to
Sub-account	Year		(000s)		Highest to Lowest		(000s)		Lowest*			Income Ratio**			Lowest***
Science & Technology Trust Series I		2013		363	$	23.28 to $7.99	$	6,842		1.75% to 1.40	%		0.00	%		41.54% to 41.04	%
		2012		418		16.45 to 5.66		5,528		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			8.91 to 8.52
		2011		503		15.11 to 5.22		5,971		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			(9.03) to (9.34	)
		2010		650		16.60 to 5.76		8,333		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			22.88 to 22.45
		2009		799		13.51 to 4.7		7,810		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			62.20 to 61.63
Science & Technology Trust Series II		2013		230		24.05 to 18.06		5,552		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			40.57 to 37.66
		2012		296		17.11 to 12.73		5,103		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			8.14 to 1.86
		2011		300		15.82 to 14.86		4,780		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			(9.02) to (9.70	)
		2010		385		17.52 to 16.33		6,815		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			22.96 to 22.05
		2009		402		14.35 to 13.28		5,799		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			62.26 to 61.05
Short-Term Government Income Trust Series I		2013		359		12.47 to 12.31		4,459		1.75 to 1.40			1.76			(2.24) to (2.58	)
		2012		626		12.76 to 12.64		7,969		1.75 to 1.40			1.60			(0.21) to (0.56	)
		2011		683		12.78 to 12.71		8,724		1.75 to 1.40			2.25			1.34 to 0.99
		2010		814		12.61 to 12.58		10,263		1.75 to 1.40			1.40			0.91 to 0.67
Short-Term Government Income Trust Series II		2013		511		12.22 to 12.16		6,295		1.90 to 1.00			1.74			(2.05) to (2.92	)
		2012		583		12.52 to 12.47		7,349		1.90 to 1.00			1.41			(0.22) to (0.90	)
		2011		656		12.79 to 12.64		8,327		1.90 to 1.15			1.96			1.39 to 0.64
		2010		919		12.62 to 12.56		11,557		1.90 to 1.15			1.24			0.95 to 0.44
Small Cap Growth Trust Series I		2013		1		20.46 to 19.57		21		1.55 to 0.80			0.00			41.87 to 34.84
		2012		1		14.31 to 13.80		15		1.55 to 0.80			0.00			15.53 to 14.67
		2011		2		12.39 to 12.03		21		1.55 to 0.80			0.00			(7.56) to (8.25	)
Small Cap Growth Trust Series II		2013		147		26.72 to 18.39		3,828		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			41.09 to 34.45
		2012		144		18.94 to 12.92		2,654		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			14.09 to 3.34
		2011		158		16.60 to 12.21		2,534		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			(8.07) to (8.76	)
		2010		148		18.20 to 13.29		2,592		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			20.32 to 19.42
		2009		149		15.24 to 11.04		2,158		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			32.89 to 31.90
Small Cap Index Trust Series I		2013		19		25.68 to 25.27		472		1.75 to 1.40			1.37			36.69 to 36.22
		2012		19		18.79 to 18.55		363		1.75 to 1.40			1.68			14.48 to 14.08
		2011		28		16.41 to 16.26		450		1.75 to 1.40			1.01			(5.83) to (6.15	)
		2010		42		17.43 to 17.33		732		1.75 to 1.40			0.53			24.61 to 24.17
		2009		42		13.99 to 13.96		592		1.75 to 1.40			0.79			24.89 to 24.45
Small Cap Index Trust Series II		2013		373		26.55 to 25.19		9,773		1.85 to 1.40			1.24			36.42 to 35.81
		2012		411		19.46 to 18.55		7,898		1.85 to 1.40			1.80			14.20 to 13.69
		2011		436		17.04 to 16.32		7,353		1.85 to 1.40			0.93			(5.97) to (6.39	)
		2010		477		18.12 to 17.43		8,568		1.85 to 1.40			0.29			24.34 to 23.79
		2009		534		14.57 to 14.08		7,710		1.85 to 1.40			0.61			24.59 to 24.03
Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series I		2013		115		33.07 to 31.86		3,766		1.75 to 1.40			0.59			38.21 to 37.73
		2012		50		23.93 to 23.13		1,186		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			15.21 to 14.81
		2011		55		20.77 to 20.15		1,126		1.75 to 1.40			0.09			(4.51) to (4.84	)
		2010		86		21.75 to 21.18		1,864		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			27.87 to 27.42
		2009		83		17.01 to 16.62		1,404		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			32.00 to 31.54
Small Cap Opportunities Trust Series II		2013		243		30.82 to 17.84		7,719		1.90 to 1.00			0.43			37.29 to 29.91
		2012		266		22.45 to 12.88		6,066		1.90 to 1.00			0.00			14.41 to 3.04
		2011		289		19.62 to 10.29		5,727		1.90 to 1.15			0.06			(4.43) to (5.14	)
		2010		258		20.69 to 10.77		5,378		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			27.86 to 26.91
		2009		279		16.30 to 8.42		4,528		1.90 to 1.15			0.00			32.07 to 31.08
Small Cap Value Trust Series II		2013		167		25.99 to 16.97		4,316		1.90 to 1.00			0.41			30.50 to 25.04
		2012		163		19.91 to 12.89		3,176		1.90 to 1.00			0.63			13.32 to 3.13
		2011		201		17.57 to 14.95		3,470		1.90 to 1.15			0.64			(0.31) to (1.05	)
		2010		213		17.76 to 15.00		3,697		1.90 to 1.15			0.15			24.49 to 23.56
		2009		205		14.37 to 12.05		2,847		1.90 to 1.15			0.43			26.92 to 25.97
Small Company Value Trust Series I		2013		102		37.32 to 36.37		3,745		1.75 to 1.40			1.63			29.78 to 29.33
		2012		118		28.86 to 28.02		3,316		1.75 to 1.40			0.24			14.67 to 14.27
		2011		152		25.25 to 24.44		3,751		1.75 to 1.40			0.54			(2.30) to (2.64	)
		2010		179		25.94 to 25.01		4,530		1.75 to 1.40			1.35			19.67 to 19.26
		2009		215		21.75 to 20.90		4,555		1.75 to 1.40			0.38			25.91 to 25.47

86

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
Sub-account	Year		Units (000s)		Unit Fair Value Highest  to Lowest		Assets (000s)		Expense Ratio Highest to Lowest*			Investment Income  Ratio**			Total Return Highest  to Lowest***
Small Company Value Trust Series II		2013		406	$	28.38 to $16.83	$	11,736		1.90% to 1.00	%		1.61	%		28.93% to 23.58	%
		2012		482		22.01 to 12.93		10,774		1.90 to 1.00			0.12			13.91 to 3.47
		2011		560		19.32 to 12.95		10,926		1.90 to 1.15			0.36			(2.33) to (3.05	)
		2010		644		19.93 to 13.26		12,957		1.90 to 1.15			1.17			19.77 to 18.88
		2009		721		16.76 to 11.07		12,174		1.90 to 1.15			0.23			26.02 to 25.08
Smaller Company Growth Trust Series I		2013		0		22.65 to 22.34		0		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			33.31 to 32.88
		2012		105		16.99 to 16.81		1,785		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			14.60 to 14.19
		2011		123		14.83 to 14.72		1,827		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			(8.40) to (8.72	)
		2010		164		16.19 to 16.12		2,651		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			23.31 to 22.88
		2009		176		13.13 to 13.12		2,310		1.75 to 1.40			0.00			5.03 to 4.98
Smaller Company Growth Trust Series II		2013		0		22.47 to 22.06		0		1.85 to 1.40			0.00			33.06 to 32.50
		2012		146		16.89 to 16.65		2,451		1.85 to 1.40			0.00			14.36 to 13.84
		2011		164		14.77 to 14.63		2,411		1.85 to 1.40			0.00			(8.58) to (8.99	)
		2010		199		16.15 to 16.07		3,214		1.85 to 1.40			0.00			23.12 to 22.56
		2009		202		13.12 to 13.11		2,643		1.85 to 1.40			0.00			4.96 to 4.89
Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series I		2013		219		21.19 to 20.48		4,623		1.75 to 1.40			5.23			2.37 to 2.02
		2012		257		20.69 to 20.08		5,299		1.75 to 1.40			6.43			11.28 to 10.89
		2011		309		18.60 to 18.10		5,728		1.75 to 1.40			9.88			0.61 to 0.26
		2010		400		18.48 to 18.06		7,359		1.75 to 1.40			7.31			1.61 to 1.56
Strategic Income Opportunities Trust Series II		2013		420		20.06 to 12.94		8,609		1.90 to 1.00			5.07			1.66 to 0.42
		2012		480		19.73 to 12.61		9,645		1.90 to 1.00			6.13			10.48 to 0.91
		2011		580		17.86 to 12.79		10,540		1.90 to 1.15			10.00			0.72 to (0.03	)
		2010		687		17.86 to 12.70		12,430		1.90 to 1.15			23.27			1.57 to 1.45
		2009		95		16.21 to 15.81		1,517		1.85 to 1.40			6.15			24.68 to 24.12
Total Bond Market Trust B Series II		2013		300		11.96 to 11.85		3,580		2.10 to 1.00			2.30			(3.74) to (4.79	)
		2012		560		12.44 to 12.42		6,971		2.10 to 1.00			4.52			(0.47) to (0.62	)
Total Bond Market Trust B Series NAV		2013		97		12.07 to 11.96		1,167		1.55 to 0.80			3.52			(3.22) to (3.94	)
		2012		89		12.47 to 12.46		1,105		1.55 to 0.80			5.86			(0.24) to (0.36	)
Total Return Trust Series I		2013		450		22.00 to 15.96		10,259		1.75 to 0.80			2.89			(2.96) to (3.73	)
		2012		568		22.85 to 16.43		13,410		1.75 to 0.80			1.83			7.62 to 6.59
		2011		711		21.43 to 15.26		15,653		1.75 to 0.80			4.15			3.09 to 2.11
		2010		868		20.99 to 14.81		18,679		1.75 to 0.80			2.29			6.79 to 5.78
		2009		1,056		19.84 to 13.86		21,410		1.75 to 0.80			3.99			11.62 to 10.41
Total Return Trust Series II		2013		1,181		18.61 to 12.06		22,569		1.90 to 1.00			2.70			(3.25) to (4.07	)
		2012		1,471		19.40 to 12.46		29,267		1.90 to 1.00			1.79			6.24 to (0.34	)
		2011		1,576		18.26 to 17.12		29,434		1.90 to 1.15			3.95			2.52 to 1.76
		2010		1,929		17.94 to 16.70		35,302		1.90 to 1.15			2.09			6.18 to 5.38
		2009		2,189		17.03 to 15.73		37,904		1.90 to 1.15			3.93			12.06 to 11.23
Total Stock Market Index Trust Series I		2013		31		17.74 to 17.43		545		1.75 to 1.40			1.29			31.54 to 31.08
		2012		36		13.49 to 13.29		482		1.75 to 1.40			1.57			13.89 to 13.49
		2011		35		11.84 to 11.71		415		1.75 to 1.40			1.18			(1.12) to (1.46	)
		2010		42		11.97 to 11.89		496		1.75 to 1.40			1.23			15.57 to 15.17
		2009		55		10.36 to 10.32		564		1.75 to 1.40			1.40			27.08 to 26.63
Total Stock Market Index Trust Series II		2013		329		23.49 to 22.30		7,513		1.85 to 1.40			1.16			31.24 to 30.65
		2012		414		17.90 to 17.07		7,222		1.85 to 1.40			1.29			13.61 to 13.10
		2011		466		15.76 to 15.09		7,180		1.85 to 1.40			1.01			(1.23) to (1.67	)
		2010		528		15.95 to 15.35		8,253		1.85 to 1.40			1.08			15.26 to 14.75
		2009		603		13.84 to 13.37		8,170		1.85 to 1.40			1.36			26.74 to 26.17
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series I		2013		0		12.25 to 11.95		0		1.55 to 0.80			0.75			(0.86) to (1.60	)
		2012		0		12.36 to 12.14		0		1.55 to 0.80			0.60			(0.27) to (1.02	)
		2011		2		12.39 to 12.27		20		1.55 to 0.80			1.95			(0.67) to (1.41	)

87

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

			At December 31,						For the years and periods ended December 31,
Sub-account	Year		Units (000s)		Unit Fair Value Highest  to Lowest		Assets (000s)		Expense Ratio Highest to Lowest*			Investment Income Ratio**			Total Return Highest to Lowest***
Ultra Short Term Bond Trust Series II		2013		1,167	$	12.34 to $11.63	$	13,853		2.10% to 0.35	%		1.24	%		(0.61)% to (2.34	)%
		2012		589		12.42 to 11.91		7,126		2.10 to 0.35			1.16			0.02 to (1.73	)
		2011		448		12.42 to 12.12		5,491		2.10 to 0.35			2.10			(0.43) to (2.15	)
		2010		81		12.47 to 12.38		1,010		2.10 to 0.35			1.48			(0.23) to (0.95	)
US Equity Trust Series I		2013		682		16.09 to 16.00		11,132		1.75 to 1.40			1.61			26.45 to 26.00
		2012		762		12.72 to 12.69		9,907		1.75 to 1.40			2.09			1.80 to 1.56
US Equity Trust Series II		2013		55		16.04 to 15.92		880		1.85 to 1.40			1.27			26.29 to 25.73
		2012		81		12.70 to 12.67		1,030		1.85 to 1.40			1.73			1.63 to 1.32
Utilities Trust Series I		2013		63		27.76 to 26.55		1,712		1.75 to 1.40			1.97			18.89 to 18.47
		2012		75		23.35 to 22.41		1,713		1.75 to 1.40			3.62			12.07 to 11.67
		2011		92		20.83 to 20.07		1,886		1.75 to 1.40			3.45			5.17 to 4.80
		2010		107		19.81 to 19.15		2,093		1.75 to 1.40			2.23			12.34 to 11.95
		2009		153		17.63 to 17.11		2,649		1.75 to 1.40			4.94			31.91 to 31.45
Utilities Trust Series II		2013		115		42.37 to 40.21		4,682		1.85 to 1.40			1.78			18.68 to 18.14
		2012		138		35.70 to 34.04		4,750		1.85 to 1.40			3.41			11.78 to 11.27
		2011		155		31.94 to 30.59		4,795		1.85 to 1.40			3.43			5.10 to 4.63
		2010		178		30.39 to 29.24		5,251		1.85 to 1.40			2.17			12.04 to 11.54
		2009		206		27.13 to 26.21		5,422		1.85 to 1.40			4.70			31.61 to 31.02
Value Trust Series I		2013		117		38.16 to 20.87		4,981		1.75 to 0.80			0.78			33.05 to 26.37
		2012		134		28.68 to 15.53		4,230		1.75 to 0.80			0.79			16.48 to 15.38
		2011		155		24.86 to 13.34		4,240		1.75 to 0.80			1.05			0.18 to (0.77	)
		2010		181		25.05 to 13.31		4,974		1.75 to 0.80			0.98			21.25 to 20.10
		2009		208		20.86 to 10.98		4,741		1.75 to 0.80			1.31			38.73 to 29.28
Value Trust Series II		2013		150		29.11 to 16.95		4,235		1.90 to 1.00			0.64			32.56 to 25.92
		2012		159		21.96 to 12.67		3,411		1.90 to 1.00			0.64			14.97 to 1.35
		2011		175		19.10 to 14.23		3,236		1.90 to 1.15			0.86			(0.32) to (1.06	)
		2010		202		14.27 to 19.30		3,772		1.90 to 1.15			0.79			20.57 to 19.67
		2009		214		16.13 to 11.84		3,344		1.90 to 1.15			1.14			39.18 to 38.14

88

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A

Notes to Financial Statements — (continued)

December 31, 2013

7. Unit Values — (continued)

* These amounts represent the annualized contract expenses of the variable account, consisting primarily of mortality and expense charges, for each period indicated. The ratios include only those expenses that result in a direct reduction to unit values. Charges made directly to policyholder accounts through the redemption of units and expenses of the underlying Portfolio are excluded.

** These ratios, which are not annualized, represent the distributions from net investment income received by the sub-account from the underlying Portfolio, net of management fees assessed by the portfolio manager, divided by the average net assets. These ratios exclude those expenses, such as mortality and expense charges, that are assessed against policyholder accounts either through the reductions in the unit values or the redemptions of units. The recognition of investment income by the sub-account is affected by the timing of the declaration of dividends by the underlying Portfolio in which the sub-accounts invest.

*** These amounts represent the total return for the periods indicated, including changes in the value of the underlying Portfolio, and expenses assessed through the reduction of unit values. These ratios do not include any expenses assessed through the redemption of units. Investment options indicated in footnote 1 with a date notation, if any, denote the effective date of that investment option in the variable account. The total return is calculated for the period indicated or from the effective date through the end of the reporting period. For closed sub-accounts, the total return is calculated from the beginning of the reporting period to the date the sub-account closed. As the total return is presented as a range of minimum to maximum values, based on the product grouping representing the minimum and maximum expense ratio amounts, some individual contract total returns are not within the ranges presented.

8. Diversification Requirements

Under the provisions of Section 817(h) of the Internal Revenue Code, a variable annuity contract, other than a contract issued in connection with certain types of employee benefits plans, will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal tax purposes for any period for which the investments of the segregated asset account on which the contract is based are not adequately diversified. The Code provides that the “adequately diversified” requirement may be met if the underlying investments satisfy either a statutory safe harbor test or diversification requirements set forth in regulations issued by the Secretary of Treasury.

The Company believes that the Account satisfies the current requirements of the regulations, and it intends that the Account will continue to meet such requirements.

89

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

Guide to Name Changes and Successions:

NAME CHANGES

DATE OF CHANGE	OLD NAME	NEW NAME
October 1, 1997	FNAL Variable Account	The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A
October 1, 1997	First North American Life Assurance Company	The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York
November 1, 1997	NAWL Holding Co., Inc.	Manulife-Wood Logan Holding Co., Inc.
September 24, 1999	Wood Logan Associates, Inc.	Manulife Wood Logan, Inc
January 1, 2005	The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of	John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York
	New York Separate Account A	Separate Account A
January 1, 2005	The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of	John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York
	New York	Separate Account A.
January 1, 2005	Manulife Financial Securities LLC	John Hancock Distributors LLC
January 1, 2005	Manufacturers Securities Services LLC	John Hancock Investment Management Services LLC

On September 30, 1997, Manufacturers Securities Services, LLC (“MSSLLC”) succeeded to the business of NASL Financial Services, Inc.

The following changes became effective January 1, 2002: (a) The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of North America (“Manulife North America”) merged into The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) with the latter becoming the owner of all of Manulife North America’s assets; (b) Manulife Financial Securities LLC became the successor broker-dealer to Manufacturers Securities Services, LLC.

* * * * *

Item 24. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) Financial Statements

(1) Financial Statements of the Registrant, John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A. [FILED HEREWITH]

(2) Financial Statements of the Depositor, John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York. [FILED HEREWITH]

(b) Exhibits

(1)      (a) Resolution of the Board of Directors of First North American Life Assurance Company establishing the FNAL Variable Account - incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(1)(a) to Form N-4, File No. 33-46217 filed February 25, 1998.

(b) Resolution of the Board of Directors of First North American Life Assurance Company establishing the Fixed Separate Account - incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(1)(b) to Form N-4, File No. 33-46217 filed February 25, 1998.

(c) Resolution of the Board of Directors of First North American Life Assurance Company establishing The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account D and The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account E - incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(1)(c) to Form N-4, File No. 33-46217 filed February 25, 1998.

(2) Agreements for custody of securities and similar investments - NOT APPLICABLE.

(3)      (a) Underwriting and Distribution Agreement dated January 1, 2002, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(3)(a) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to Registration Statement, File No. 033-79112, filed on April 30, 2009.

(b) General Agent and Broker-Dealer Selling Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(3)(b) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to Registration Statement, File No. 033-79112, filed on April 30, 2009.

(c) Amended and Restated Underwriting and Distribution Agreement dated December 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(3)(c) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement, File No. 333-146590, filed on February 1, 2010.

(4)      (a)    (i) Form of Specimen Flexible Payment Deferred Variable Annuity Contract and Form of Specifications Page (VENTURE-B.11.NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(a)(i) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(ii) Form of Specimen Individual Modified Single Payment Deferred Variable Annuity Contract and Form of Specifications Page (VENTUREW-L.11.NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(a)(ii) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(b)    (i) Form of Income Plus For Life 6.11 Rider – single life Qual (BR001Q.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(b)(i) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(ii) Form of Income Plus For Life 6.11 Rider – single life NQ (BR001NQ.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(b)(ii) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(iii) Form of Income Plus For Life 6.11 Rider – joint life Qual (BR002Q.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(b)(iii) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(iv) Form of Income Plus For Life 6.11 Rider – joint life NQ (BR002NQ.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(b)(iv) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(v) Form of Annual Death Benefit Rider (BR010-R.11), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(b)(v) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(c)    (i) Specimen Endorsements to Contract (v24) – (i) ERISA Tax-Sheltered Annuity, (ii) Tax-Sheltered Annuity, (iii) Qualified Plan Endorsement Section 401 Plans, Benefits and Payments, (iv) Individual Retirement Annuity – previously filed as Exhibit as Exhibit 24(b)(4)(b) to post-effective amendment no. 5 to Registration Statement, File No. 033-79112, filed on April 29, 1998.

(ii) Form of DCA Endorsement (END002.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(c)(ii) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(iii) Form of Endorsement for Section 401a Plans (END401A.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(c)(iii) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(iv) Form of Endorsement for IRAs (ENDIRA.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(c)(iv) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(v) Form of Endorsement for Roth IRAs (ENDROTH.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(c)(v) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(vi) Form of Endorsement for Simple IRAs (ENDSIMPLE.11-NY), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(4)(c)(vi) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(5)      (a) Form of Specimen Application for Annuity Contract, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(5)(a) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(6)      (a)    (i) Declaration of Intention and Charter of First North American Life Assurance Company - incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(6)(a)(i) to post-effective amendment no. 7 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-4 File, No.33-46217, filed February 25, 1998.

(ii) Certificate of Amendment of the Declaration of Intention and Charter of First North American Life Assurance Company - incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(6)(a)(ii) to post-effective amendment no. 7 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-4 File, No.33-46217, filed February 25, 1998.

(iii) Certificate of Amendment of the Declaration of Intention and Charter of The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York—incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(6)(a)(iii) to post-effective amendment no. 7 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-4 File, No.33-46217, filed February 25, 1998.

(iv) Certificate of Amendment of the Declaration of Intention and Charter of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York dated as of January 1, 2005 - incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b)(6)(a)(iv) to post-effective amendment no. 1 to Form N-4 registration statement filed on Form N-4, File No. 333-138846, filed on May 1, 2007.

(v) Certificate of Amendment of the Declaration of Intention and Charter of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York dated as of August 10, 2006 - incorporated by

reference to Exhibit (b)(6)(a)(v) to post-effective amendment no. 1 to registration statement filed on Form N-4, File No. 333-138846, filed on May 1, 2007.

(vi) Certificate of Amendment of the Declaration of Intention and Charter of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York dated as of December 17, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(6)(a)(vi) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to Registration Statement, File No. 033-79112, filed on May 3, 2010.

(b)    (i) By-Laws of John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, as amended and restated as of July 31, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(6)(b)(i) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1, to Registration Statement, File No. 333-138846, filed on May 1, 2007.

(ii) John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, Amended and Restated By-Laws, as adopted on November 19, 2009, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(6)(b)(ii) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to Registration Statement, File No. 033-79112, filed on May 3, 2010.

(iii) John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, Amended and Restated By-Laws, as adopted on December 14, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(6)(b)(iii) to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on February 22, 2011.

(7) Contract of reinsurance in connection with the variable annuity contracts being offered - NOT APPLICABLE.

(8) Other material contracts not made in the ordinary course of business which are to be performed in whole or in part on or after the date the registration statement is filed:

(a) Administrative Services Agreement between The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York and The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), effective January 1, 2001, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(8)(a) to Post-Effective Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement, File No. 333-61283, filed on April 30, 2002.

(b) Investment Services Agreement between The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company of New York and The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1(A)(8)(c) to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-33351, filed on March 17, 1998.

(c)    (i) Participation Agreement among John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, John Hancock Life Insurance Company, John Hancock Variable Life Insurance Company and John Hancock Trust dated April 20, 2005, incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement, File No. 333-126668, filed on October 12, 2005.

(ii) Shareholder Information Agreement between John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, John Hancock Life Insurance Company, John Hancock Variable Life Insurance, and John Hancock Trust portfolios (except American Funds Insurance Series) dated April 16, 2007, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement, File No. 333-85284, filed on April 30, 2007.

(iii) Shareholder Information Agreement between John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.), John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York, John Hancock Life Insurance Company, John Hancock Variable Life Insurance, and John Hancock Trust on behalf of series of the Trust that are feeder funds of the American Funds Insurance Series dated April 16, 2007, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement, File No. 333-85284, filed on April 30, 2007.

(9) Opinion and Consent of Counsel as to the legality of the securities being registered, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(9) to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on February 22, 2011.

(10) Written consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm. [FILED HEREWITH]

(11) All financial statements omitted from Item 23, Financial Statements - NOT APPLICABLE.

(12) Agreements in consideration for providing initial capital between or among Registrant, Depositor, Underwriter or initial contract owners - NOT APPLICABLE.

(13)    (a) Powers of Attorney for Thomas Borshoff, James R. Boyle, Steven Finch, Ruth Ann Fleming, James D. Gallagher, Scott S. Hartz, Rex Schlaybaugh, Jr., and John G. Vrysen. - Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(13)(a) to Form N-4, File No. 333-169797, filed on October 6, 2010.

(b) Power of Attorney for Paul M. Connolly, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(13)(b) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on May 17, 2011.

(c) Power of Attorney for Craig Bromley, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 24(b)(13)(c) to this Registration Statement, File No. 333-169797, filed on April 26, 2013.

(d) Power of Attorney for Michael Doughty. [FILED HEREWITH]

Item 25. Directors and Officers of the Depositor.

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

EFFECTIVE AS OF APRIL 7, 2014

Name and Principal Business Address	Position with Depositor
Craig Bromley***	Chairman and President
Thomas Borshoff*	Director
Paul M. Connolly*	Director
Michael Doughty***	Director and Executive Vice President
Ruth Ann Fleming*	Director
James D. Gallagher*	Director, Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Scott S. Hartz***	Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer – U.S. Investments
Rex Schlaybaugh, Jr.*	Director
John G. Vrysen*	Director
Steven Finch*	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Hugh McHaffie*	Executive Vice President
Andrew G. Arnott*	Senior Vice President
Kevin J. Cloherty*	Senior Vice President
Barry Evans#	Senior Vice President
Peter Gordon*	Senior Vice President
Brian Heapps***	Senior Vice President
Gregory Mack*	Senior Vice President
Janis K. McDonough***	Senior Vice President
H. Steven Moore**	Senior Vice President and Treasurer
James O’Brien†	Senior Vice President
Sebastian Pariath*	Senior Vice President, Head of Operations and Chief Information Officer
Timothy W. Ramza*	Senior Vice President
Alan R. Seghezzi***	Senior Vice President
Anthony Teta***	Senior Vice President
Brooks Tingle***	Senior Vice President
Emanuel Alves*	Vice President, Counsel, and Corporate Secretary
John C. S. Anderson***	Vice President
Roy V. Anderson*	Vice President
Abigail M. Armstrong***	Vice President
Kevin Askew††	Vice President
Arnold Bergman*	Vice President
Ann E. Birle†	Vice President
Stephen J. Blewitt***	Vice President
Robert Boyda*	Vice President
David Campbell	Vice President
Bob Carroll*	Vice President
Rick A. Carlson*	Vice President
Brian Collins†	Vice President
John J. Danello*	Vice President
Brent Dennis***	Vice President
Robert Donahue††	Vice President
Paul Gallagher†††	Vice President
Ann Gencarella***	Vice President
Richard Harris**	Vice President and Appointed Actuary
John Hatch*	Vice President
Eugene Xavier Hodge, Jr.***	Vice President
James C. Hoodlet***	Vice President
Roy Kapoor**	Vice President
Mitchell Karman*	Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, and Counsel
Frank Knox*	Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer – Retail Funds/Separate Accounts
Hung Ko**	Vice President, Treasury
Robert Leach*	Vice President

OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

EFFECTIVE AS OF APRIL 7, 2014

Name and Principal Business Address	Position with Depositor
Scott Lively*	Vice President
Cheryl Mallett**	Vice President
Nathaniel I. Margolis***	Vice President
John Maynard†	Vice President
Karen McCafferty*	Vice President
Scott A. McFetridge***	Vice President
William McPadden***	Vice President
Maureen Milet***	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer - Investments
Scott Morin*	Vice President
Jeffrey H. Natuapsky*	Vice President
Scott Navin***	Vice President
Betty Ng**	Vice President
Nina Nicolosi*	Vice President
Jacques Ouimet†	Vice President
Jeffrey Packard***	Vice President
Gary M. Pelletier***	Vice President
Tracy Polsgrove*	Vice President
Krishna Ramdial**	Vice President, Treasury
S. Mark Ray***	Vice President
Jill Rebman**	Vice President
George Revoir*	Vice President
Mark Rizza*	Vice President
Andrew Ross**	Vice President
Lisa Anne Ryan†	Vice President
Thomas Samoluk*	Vice President
Martin Sheerin*	Vice President
Gordon Shone*	Vice President
Rob Stanley*	Vice President
Tony Todisco††	Vice President
Simonetta Vendittelli*	Vice President and Controller
Peter de Vries*	Vice President
Linda A. Watters*	Vice President
Jeffery Whitehead*	Vice President
Henry Wong***	Vice President
Leo Zerilli*	Vice President

* Principal business office is 601 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210

** Principal business office is 200 Bloor Street, Toronto, Canada M4W 1E5

*** Principal business office is 197 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02117

**** Principal business office is 164 Corporate Drive Portsmouth, NH 03801

† Principal business office is 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116

†† Principal business office is 380 Stuart Street, Boston, MA 02116

††† Principal business office is 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116

†††† Principal business office is 25 Water Street South, Kitchener, ON Canada N2G 4Y5

# Principal business office is 101 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199

Item 26. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Depositor or Registrant.

Registrant is a separate account of John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) (the “Company”), operated as a unit investment trust. Registrant supports certain benefits payable under the Company’s variable annuity contracts by investing assets allocated to various investment options in shares of John Hancock Trust (the “Trust”), which is a “series” type of mutual fund registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) as an open-end management investment company. The purchasers of variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts, in connection with which the Trust is used, will have the opportunity to instruct the Company with respect to the voting of the shares of the Series Fund held by Registrant as to certain matters. Subject to the voting instructions, the Company directly controls Registrant.

On the effective date of this Pre-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement, the Company and its affiliates are controlled by Manulife Financial Corporation (“MFC”). A list of other persons controlled by MFC as of December 31, 2013 appears below:

Item 27. Number of Contract Owners.

As of March 31, 2014, there were 2 qualified and 1 non-qualified contracts of the series offered hereby outstanding.

Item 28. Indemnification.

Article 10 of the Charter of the Company provides as follows:

TENTH: No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty as a director; provided, however, the foregoing provision shall not eliminate or limit (i) the liability of a director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director established his or her such acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or were acts or omissions (a) which he or she knew or reasonably should have known violated the New York Insurance Law or (b) which violated a specific standard of care imposed on directors directly, and not by reference, by a provision of the New York Insurance Law (or any regulations promulgated thereunder) or (c) which constituted a knowing violation of any other law, or establishes that the director personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which the director was not legally entitled or (ii) the liability of a director for any act or omission prior to the adoption of this Article by the shareholders of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

Article VII of the By-laws of the Company provides as follows:

Section VII.1. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation may indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator, testatrix or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, or in connection with an appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification under this Section shall be made in respect of (1) a threatened action, or a pending action which is settled or is otherwise disposed of, or (2) any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action was brought, or , if no action was brought, any court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such portion of the settlement amount and expenses as the court deems proper.

The Corporation may indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding (other than one by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), whether civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other corporation of any type or kind, domestic or foreign, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the Corporation served in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator, testatrix or intestate, was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

The termination of any such civil or criminal action or proceeding by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, of its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption that any such director or officer did not act, in good faith, for a purpose which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interest of the Corporation or that he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrant hereby makes the following undertaking pursuant to Rule 484 under the Securities Act of 1933:

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 29. Principal Underwriters.

(a) Set forth below is information concerning other investment companies for which John Hancock Distributors, LLC (“JHD LLC”), the principal underwriter of the contracts, acts as investment adviser or principal underwriter.

NAME OF INVESTMENT COMPANY	CAPACITY IN WHICH ACTING
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account H	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account A	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account N	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account I	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account L	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account M	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account A	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York Separate Account B	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account Q	Principal Underwriter

NAME OF INVESTMENT COMPANY	CAPACITY IN WHICH ACTING
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account W	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account X	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Variable Life Account UV	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account R	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) Separate Account T	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Variable Life Account S	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Variable Life Account U	Principal Underwriter
John Hancock Variable Life Account V	Principal Underwriter

(b) John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) is the sole member of John Hancock Distributors LLC (JHD LLC). The management of JHD LLC is vested in its board of managers (consisting of Michael Doughty***, Steve Finch***, James C. Hoodlet***, George Revoir*, Alan Seghezzi***, Christopher M. Walker**) who have authority to act on behalf of JHD LLC.

* Principal business office is 601 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210

** Principal business office is 200 Bloor Street, Toronto, Canada M4W 1E5

*** Principal business office is 197 Clarendon St, Boston, MA 02116

(c) None.

Item 30. Location of Accounts and Records.

All books and records are maintained at 100 Summit Lake Drive, Second Floor, Valhalla, New York 10595.

Item 31. Management Services.

The Company has entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with The Manufacturers Life Insurance Company (“Manulife”). This Agreement provides that under the general supervision of the Board of Directors of the Company, and subject to initiation, preparation and verification by the Chief Administrative Officer of the Company, Manulife shall provide accounting services related to the provision of a payroll support system, general ledger, accounts payable, tax and auditing services.

Item 32. Undertakings.

(a) Representation of Insurer pursuant to Section 26 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

John Hancock Life Insurance Company of New York (the “Company”) hereby represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Contracts issued pursuant to this registration statement, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred and the risks assumed by the Company.

(b) Representation of Registrant Pursuant to Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended

The Company is relying on a no-action letter issued in connection with funding vehicles for retirement plans meeting the requirements of Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, on November 28, 1988, SEC Reference No. IP-6-88, and is complying with the provisions of paragraphs 1-4 of such no action letter.

(c) Undertakings Pursuant to Item 32 of Form N-4

(1) The Depositor and Registrant will file a post-effective amendment to this registration statement as frequently as is necessary to insure that the audited financial statements in the registration statement are never longer than 16 months old for so long as payments under the variable annuity contracts may be accepted;

(2) The Depositor and Registrant will include either (1) as part of any application to purchase a contract offered by the prospectus, a space that an applicant can check to request a Statement of Additional Information, or (2) a post card or similar communication affixed to or included in the prospectus that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of Additional Information; and

(3) The Depositor and Registrant will deliver any Statement of Additional Information and any financial statements required to be made available under this form promptly upon written or oral request.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant and the Depositor certify that they meet all the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement Pursuant to Securities Act of 1933 Rule 485(b) and they have caused this amended Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf in the City of Boston, Massachusetts, on this 28th day of April, 2014.

JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK SEPARATE ACCOUNT A
(Registrant)
By:	JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
	(Depositor)
By:	/s/ Craig Bromley
	Craig Bromley
	Director and President
JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
By:	/s/ Craig Bromley
	Craig Bromley
	Director and President

SIGNATURES

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this amended Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in their capacities with the Depositor on this 28th day of April, 2014.

Signature	Title
/s/ Craig Bromley	Chairman and President
Craig Bromley	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Steven Finch	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Steven Finch	(Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ Simonetta Vendittelli	Vice President and Controller
Simonetta Vendittelli	(Principal Accounting Officer)
*	Director
Thomas Borshoff
*	Director
Paul M. Connolly
*	Director
Michael Doughty
*	Director
Ruth Ann Fleming
*	Director
James D. Gallagher
*	Director
Scott S. Hartz
*	Director
Rex Schlaybaugh, Jr.
*	Director
John G. Vrysen
*/s/ Thomas J. Loftus	Senior Counsel - Annuities
Thomas J. Loftus
Pursuant to Power of Attorney

EXHIBIT INDEX

ITEM NO.	DESCRIPTION
24(b)(10)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24(b)(13)(d)	Power of Attorney for Michael Doughty